It, 
 
 , 
 
 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK: 
 
 OR, 
 
 A DESCRIPTION OF THE DIFFERENT COUNTRIES, WITH 
 
 THEIR SEVERAL SUB-DIVISIONS INTO PROVINCES, 
 
 CANTONS OR STATES ; AS ALSO, A CONCISE 
 
 OUTLINE OF THE 
 
 PRINCIPAL CITIES, TOWNS AND VILLAGES 
 
 OF EACH, GIVING THEIR KIND OF MANUFACTURES, 
 
 POPULATION, AND NOTABLE EVENTS OF 
 
 HISTORY ; 
 
 WITH A COPIOUS INDEX. 
 
 ADAPTED AS AN AID TO THE STUDENT OF HISTORY. 
 
 UY 
 
 ALEX. HARRIS, 
 h 
 
 LANCASTER, PA.: 
 
 PRINTED AT THE DAILY EXPRESS OFFICE 
 1862, 
 
Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1862, tyjr 
 
 ALEX. HARRIS, ESQ., 
 
 In the Office of the Clerk of the District Court of the United States, in and for the 
 Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 A full Geographical Hand Book, containing a clear description of every 
 country, and adapted to the wants, and within the means of all classes, 
 seems to be a desideratum in our American literature. Being aware of no 
 publication in the English language which supplies this want, the Author 
 has, for a considerable period of time, devoted his leisure hours to the exe- 
 cution of a work, designed to supply this void in our literature. He has en- 
 deavored, according to the best of his ability, to meet the demands of the 
 time, and to adapt it not only to the use of Colleges, Academies and High 
 Schools, but also to make it a work of interest and reference for private 
 families, and for persons engaged in business. The value of history is ad- 
 mitted, but to acquire a correct knowledge of history, it is indispensable to 
 know where to find the cities, towns or places, which on account of the great 
 events associated with them, are mentioned in history. Geography and his- 
 tory are inseparable. To attempt to study history without having constant 
 reference to Geography, is like essaying to read by moonlight ; but when 
 the light of Geography is shed upon history, its pages become illumined. 
 The Hand Book describes the different countries and states, by giving under 
 distinctive heads their area, population, boundaries, mountains, surface, soil, 
 rivers, lakes, climate, products, animals, minerals, form of government, and 
 some of the national characteristics ; and in the United States, the chief cu- 
 riosities, and the manufacturing and literary status of the several states, have 
 been added. European and Asiatic countries have^been treated, by noting 
 their several divisions, or provinces into which they are sub-divided, and by 
 describing the cities and important towns, under their proper divisions. As 
 far as compatible with space, the association of the different cities and towns 
 with the great events of history, and famed personages, has been uniformly 
 kept in view. The Author has made it an object to note and describe the 
 historical and chief objects of interest in all the large cities of the world, and 
 also to remark for what each city or town is peculiarly distinguished. By 
 means of a copious alphabetical index, the reader or student can at once 
 refer to any country, province, city, town or village, thereby affording the 
 greatest facility for constant reference. With respect to accuracy, the geog- 
 rapher must rely upon his authorities ; and when these are conflicting, as is 
 
4 PREFACE. 
 
 the case in the many instances, it becomes his duty to endeavor to recon- 
 cile them by the current of authority. 
 
 In the compilation of this work, the authorities used have been carefully 
 collated, and it is believed that the truth has been approximated as near as 
 possible. Conscious, however, that the execution of the work is not entirely 
 perfect, the Author nevertheless submits it, in the hope that it may prove 
 serviceable to the large class who;*like himself, may have felt the want of a 
 book such as he has here attempted to supply. 
 
 ALEX. HARRIS. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY, OR DESCRIPTION OF THE EARTH. 
 
 We divide this science with reference to its objects into : 
 
 1. MATHEMATICAL or ASTRONOMICAL GEOGRAPHY, which 
 explains the form, size and motion of the Earth, and its rela- 
 tion to the Sun, and the whole solar system. This branch 
 of science views the Earth as a celestial body. 
 
 2. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, which describes mountains, rivers, 
 lakes, products and climate. This branch of science gives a 
 general outline of the whole world. 
 
 3. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY, which teaches the regulations 
 adopted for the division of the earth into empires, kingdoms 
 and republics, and their different constitutions. This branch 
 of science regards the earth as the abode of intelligent beings. 
 
 FORM OF THE EARTH. 
 
 The earth is nearly globular in form, but at the poles it is 
 somewhat compressed, arising from its revolution on its 
 own axis. The globular form of the earth is deduced from 
 the following observations : 
 
 1. The circumnavigation of the globe. If we set out from 
 a certain point, and travel continuously eastward, we arrive 
 eventually in the same place whence we started, which could 
 not be were the form of the earth not globular. 
 
 2. The eclipses of the moon, as the earth during their con- 
 tinuance, casts a round shadow upon her. 
 
 3. That we always first observe the highest points of dis- 
 tant objects, and as we approach them we see gradually their 
 lower portions. This fact is best exemplified upon the ocean. 
 
 GRAVITATION. 
 
 The earth contains a central point, towards which all ob- 
 jects upon its surface are attracted. This attraction is called gra* 
 
6 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 vitation. We go upon the earth with the head erect, and the feet 
 gravitating towards the centre. All objects adhere to the earth, 
 from a certain magnetic influence which it possesses, of at- 
 tracting and drawing all things towards its centre. Were 
 therefore, an opening ' made through the earth, a stone 
 when thrown therein would not reach the other side, but 
 would continue falling back and forth, until finally it would 
 stop in the centre. 
 
 As now the earth in form is globular, there are conse- 
 quently regions, the inhabitants of which have their feet 
 opposite ours. These we call our Antipodes. 
 
 SIZE OF THE EARTH. 
 
 The earth has a diameter of about 8,000, and a circumfer- 
 ence of 25,000 miles. Its area contains 185,000,000 square 
 miles. If we compare the earth with the moon, the earth is fifty 
 times larger, consequently fifty moons could be iormed from 
 the earth. But, when compared with the sun, the earth is one 
 and a half million times smaller, consequently one and a half 
 million terrestrial globes could be formed from the sun. 
 
 AXIS POLES. 
 
 The axis of the earth is the imaginary line drawn through 
 the earth, from the North to the South. The uttermost points 
 of this line, are called Poles : North Pole, South Pole. 
 
 LINES OF THE EARTH. 
 
 1. The Equator is an imaginary line drawn around the 
 centre of the globe, 90 distant from each of the Poles, divid- 
 ing the earth into two equal halves into the Northern and 
 the Southern hemisphere. 
 
 2. The Tropics. These are also imaginary lines, running 
 parallel with the Equator, at a distance of 23| North and 
 South of it. The Northern is called the Tropic of Cancer^ 
 and the Southern the Tropic of Capricorn. They bear the 
 name of tropics, because the sun when on his apparent tour, 
 reaches these lines, wends and alters his direction. The name 
 of Cancer originates from a constellation bearing this name, 
 which is behind fhe sun when he stands over the Northern 
 tropic. Properly speaking, it is the constellation of the Twins, 
 for the twelve signs of the zodiac (see Ecliptic or orbit of the 
 sun) have, since they were named, advanced about 30, or 
 pne constellation, in advance of them. Care must, therefore. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 7 
 
 be taken to distinguish between the name and the constella- 
 tion itself. Thus the constellation of the Goat, should pro- 
 perly be termed the Archer. 
 
 3. Polar Circles. There are also two of these imaginary 
 lines, which run parallel with the above-mentioned ones 
 the Northern 23j from the North Pole, and the Southern 
 the same distance from the South Pole. We can easily con- 
 jecture why these lines are called Polar circles ; but why they 
 are fixed at a certain distance from the Poles, is far from being 
 so clear. When the sun stands directly over the equator, his 
 rays reach to both Poles; but as he recedes in his path from 
 the equator towards the North, his rays are withdrawn from 
 the South Pole, over the North Pole, until at length when he 
 has reached the tropic of Cancer, his rays are removed 23J> 
 from the South Pole, but stretch at- the same time an equal 
 distance over the North Pole; and the reverse is the case 
 when he moves towards the South. 
 
 4. Meridians. These are lines drawn from one pole to the 
 other, forming right angles with the equator. They are so 
 called, because we have noon when the sun enters these 
 lines. There are an innumerable quantity of meridians; each 
 spot upon the earth, from east to wetst, having a different one; 
 but lor the purpose of making uniform calculations, a prime 
 or first meridian, is usually adopted by each nation. The 
 English have established, as their prime meridian, that of 
 Greenwich; and the people of the United States. Washing- 
 ton city. 
 
 5. The EcHptic^pr Orbit of the Sun. We apply this name 
 to the path over which the sun seems to perform his annual 
 tour in the heavens. It extends from one tropic to the other, 
 around the earth, and intersects the equator at an angle of 
 23 J. This path is divided, from the number of our months, 
 into twelve equal parts or constellations, which are called the 
 signs of the zodiac. Northward, are the following: 1. The 
 Ram. 2. The Bull. 3. The Twins. 4. The Crab. 5. The. 
 Lion. 6. The Virgin. And Southward : 7. The Scales. 8. 
 The Scorpion. 9. The Archer. 10. The Goat. 11. The 
 irulcrman. 12. The Fishes. 
 
 THE HORIZON THE ZENITH THE NADIR. 
 
 There are two horizons, the apparent and the real. When 
 we stand upon a plain, or the ocean, our view is circum* 
 
8 JNTBODUCTION. 
 
 scribed by a circle formed by the apparent resting of the 
 heavens upon the earth ; this circle is called the sensible, or 
 visible horizon, it being the limit of vision. It becomes 
 greater, the higher we ascend upon the earth, and smaller the 
 lower we descend. The real horizon embraces on the con- 
 trary a whole hemisphere, and the centre of it is the stand- 
 point of the observer; from this spot it extends in all directions 
 90. When an observer stands upon the equator, his horizon 
 reaches from one pole to the other, and that of him who 
 stands upon the pole extends to the equator. That point of 
 the heavens directly over the observer, which is, as it were, 
 the pole of the horizon, is called the Zenith ; the opposite 
 point, directly beneath the observer, in the opposite heavens, 
 is termed the Nadir. Every point upon the earth therefore 
 has its own horizon, zenith and nadir. 
 
 QUARTERS OF THE EARTH. 
 
 An innumerable quantity of lines can be drawn from 
 every point of the earth's surface towards the horizon, which 
 are used to designate the different quarters or regions of the 
 globe. There are four of these, termed the principal quar- 
 ters or'divisions, viz: North, East, South and West. These 
 have been again subdivided into smaller divisions, and hence 
 originate the terms : Northeast, Northwest, Southeast, South- 
 west. The compass contains 32 such divisions, or points, as 
 they are termed in seaman's language. He who turns his 
 back to the sun about mid-day, has the north opposite his 
 face, the south behind his back, the east on his right, and the 
 west on his left. The sun rises on the 20th of March and the 
 23d of September, due east, and sets due West. 
 
 LONGITUDE AND LATITUDE. 
 
 1. The distance of -a place East or West of the prime 
 meridian, is called geographical longitude. When the reck- 
 oning is continuously eastward around the globe, a 
 longitude of 360 is obtained ; but when it is made westward, 
 as well as eastward, an Eastern and a Western Longitude 
 result therefrom, and each of these 180. Philadelphia, for 
 example, lies about 2 of East Longitude from Washington 
 City, and about 77 of West Longitude from Greenwich. 
 
 2. The distance of a place, North or South of the equator, 
 is called its geographical latitude. Northern Latitude extends 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 from the equator to the north pole, and Southern Latitude 
 from the equator to the south pole, and each of these is 90. 
 Philadelphia is ahout 40 North of the equator, and we 
 usually say, therefore, that it lies in the 40th degree of North 
 Latitude. Every degree contains 60 geographical, or 69 J Eng- 
 lish miles; consequently Philadelphia, is situated about 
 2780 miles from the equator. The degrees of longitude along 
 the equator, around the middle of the earth, number 69J 
 English miles each ; they decrease, however, in length grad- 
 ually, the further North or South of this line we move, until 
 at the poles they become zero. 
 
 MOTION OF THE EARTH. 
 
 The earth has a two-fold motion : 
 
 1. Around its own Jlxis, from West to East, like a wheel 
 revolving on its axis. This revolution is made in 24 hours,and 
 as the sun can only illuminate the half -of the globe at one 
 time, the alternation of day and night is the consequence. 
 This causes the sun to rise in the East, to go forth in his 
 meridian splendor in the heavens, and afterwards to sink be- 
 neath the western horizon. As a consequence of this revo- 
 lution, it is noon 2 hours earlier in St. Petersburg than in 
 Edinburgh. In different places, on the contrary, lying under 
 the same meridian, all hours of the day occur at one and the 
 same time. Rome, for example, has morning and noon at 
 the same time as Copenhagen. 
 
 2. Ground the Sun, accompanied by the moon at a distance 
 of ninety-five millions of miles from him. The almost circu- 
 lar orbit of the earth, through which it passes, is about 600 
 millions of miles long, and the period of time required in its 
 passage we call a year. The earth moves in its orbit through 
 a space of nineteen miles every second. We are, however, 
 unconscious of either of these motions, owing to the fact that 
 the circumambient atmosphere, in which we live, moves 
 along with the earth. This motion of the earth causes the 
 change of the seasons, and the difference in the length of the 
 days and the nights, as the earth, during this motion, at one 
 time turns its centre to the sun ; but at another time fhe 
 northern, and again the southern half, inclines towards him. 
 We, however, usually say, (for such he seems to do,) the sun 
 goes towards the north, or towards the south, and we will, 
 therefore, in the following description, confine ourselves to 
 
 B* 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 this mode of expression. The sun, in his advance from the 
 south towards the north, is on the 20th of March,directly vertical 
 over the Equator ; this to us living in the Northern Hemis- 
 phere, is the commencement of spring, but to those who 
 dwell in the Southern Hemisphere, the beginning of autumn: 
 day and night is then of equal length, in all parts of the 
 world: everywhere 12 hours day, and 12 night. As he 
 gradually nears us, his rays fall upon us the less obliquely, 
 and he remains longer above the horizon; his rays likewise 
 wax gradually warmer, until he reaches the Tropic of Cancer, 
 when we have the longest day, and the commencement of 
 Summer. The longest day at Philadelphia, numbers over 
 15 hours, and it increases in length as we advance towards 
 the North Pole, where an uninterrupted day lasts for the space 
 of 6 months. Thereupon, he returns to the South, causing the 
 days to decrease, and the nights to increase. He is again, on 
 the 23d of September, above the Equator, and we have for 
 the second time, days and nights equal, (equinoxium) the 
 commencement of autumn ; but the inhabitants of the 
 Southern Hemisphere now kail with joy the appearance of 
 spring. He continues in his course until he advances to the 
 Tropic of Capricorn, when our winter sets in and we have 
 the shortest day and the longest night ; the inhabitants of 
 the Southern Hemisphere, on the contrary, have at this time, 
 the commencement of their summer. What we now lose in 
 the length of the day, during one half of the year, whilst the 
 sun wanders from the Northern to the Southern Tropic, we 
 gain in the other half; and thus it is in every section of the 
 globe ; so that after the expiration of the whole year, every- 
 where one half of the time has been day, and the other 
 half night. 
 
 ZONES. 
 
 The Zones are large, broad, divisions of the earth's sur- 
 face made by the tropics, and polar circles. There are five 
 Zones, one Torrid, two Temperate, and two Frigid. 
 
 1. The Torrid Zone embraces that division of the earth's 
 surface between the tropics. It is so called, because the 
 sunbeams, which fall almost perpendicularly upon this por- 
 tion of the globe, cause great and continued heat. In this 
 Zone, only two seasons alternate : a dry season, during 
 which the sky is clear, and a wet season, during which time 
 
INTRODUCTION. 11 
 
 rain falls almost incessantly. North of the Equator, it is the 
 dry season, during our summer, but south of it, the reverse ; 
 the beginning and duration of these seasons, however, are 
 very different in the several countries of this zone, according 
 to the quality of the soil, and the localities. Snow and ice 
 are found alone upon the highest mountains, and the days 
 and nights are always about an equal length. The trade 
 winds blow continually in the same direction, in these re- 
 gions, viz: North of the equator, the Northeast Trade Wind, 
 and South of the equator, the Southeast Trade Wind ; and 
 these winds prove of great service to the mariner. They 
 change their direction, alone in the Indian Ocean, every six 
 months, either in a northeasterly or southwesterly direction. 
 
 2. The two Temperate, Zones include those parts of the 
 earth's surface between the tropics and polar circles. There 
 is, therefore, one northern Temperate Zone and one southern 
 Temperate. The rays of the sun fall obliquely upon the 
 countries within the Temperate Zones, on which account 
 the heat is not so great as in the Torrid. Here the four sea- 
 sons alternate: Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter; yet 
 so that in the northern Temperate Zone it is Spring, whilst 
 it is Autumn in the southern, and the contrary. 
 
 3. The two Frigid Zones. The Northern and the South- 
 ern Frigid, embrace those portions of the earth between the 
 polar circles and the poles. The rays of the sun fall very 
 obliquely within these regions, and hence the great rigidity of 
 the climate; long winters and short summers, but of spring 
 and autumn, very little is perceptible. The short summers 
 are warm, and often oppressively hot, arising irom the iact 
 that the sun is continuously above the horizon, and his rays 
 constantly developing an increasing heat. 
 
 CHANGES OF THE MOON. 
 
 We observe the moon, at one time dark, then partly, and 
 afterwards fully illuminated. What gives rise to this change 
 in the moon's aspect? When the moon, in her revolution 
 around the earth, comes between the sun arid the earth, we 
 are unable to see her illuminated side, because it is turned 
 towards the sun. But as she moves aside from this position, 
 the rays of the sun fall gradually upon that half which turns 
 towards the earth, until, at length, when she is behind the 
 earth, we see her full disc luminous. Henceforth the moon 
 
12 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 in her progress wanes quite as regularly as she increased, 
 until she becomes again entirely dark. The different changes 
 in the moon's phases are termed: New Moon, First Quar- 
 ter, Full Moon, and Last Quarter. This revolution of the 
 moon is completed in 29 J days, whence, there is only an 
 interval of about seven' days from New Moon until the First 
 Quarter, &c. From these changes the division of time into 
 weeks and months originated. 
 
 ECLIPSES OF THE MOON. 
 
 An Eclipse of the Moon is caused by the earth's intercept- 
 ing the rays of the sun, which would otherwise fall upon and 
 render her brilliant. As this can only occur when the earth 
 intervenes between the sun and moon, a lunar eclipse, as a 
 consequence, can only take place at the full moon. 
 
 ECLIPSES OF THE SUN. 
 
 An eclipse of the sun ought, properly speaking, to be 
 termed an eclipse of the earth, as the sun does not lose its 
 illumination, but the earth does. The moon, the producing 
 cause of this, steps between the sun and the earth, and thereby 
 intercepts the rays of the former, which would otherwise fall 
 upon and illuminate the earth. A solar eclipse can only 
 happen, therefore, at the period of the new moon, as the 
 moon can alone at this time occupy the position we have 
 described. 
 
 THE SOLAR SYSTEM. 
 
 The sun, together with all the opake celestial bodies re- 
 volving around him, such as planets, moons and comets, 
 which receive their light from him, forms the solar system. 
 The number of planets, exclusive of the planetoids or aster- 
 oids is 8, and these have 20 moons revolving around them, 
 which are likewise known by the name of satellites. The 
 following is the planetary order of revolutions around the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 13 
 
 NAMES. 
 
 Distance 
 from Sun. 
 
 Magnitude 
 compared with the 
 Earth. 
 
 Revolution 
 around their 
 own nxprt. 
 
 Time of Revolution 
 around the Sun. 
 
 
 MILES. 
 
 
 
 YEARS. DAYS 
 
 MERCURY, 
 
 37 millions. 
 
 1 "> times less. 
 
 24 hours. 
 
 88 
 
 VENUS, 
 
 <;< 
 
 
 1-20 " " 
 
 281 " 
 
 224':-. 
 
 EARTH 
 
 96 
 
 
 See Maff. page 6. 
 
 24 " 
 
 1 
 
 MARS, 
 
 145 
 
 
 C>\ times less. 
 
 -4;i " 
 
 1 322 
 
 VESTA, 
 
 225 
 
 
 12,555 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 3 224 
 
 JUNO, 
 
 268 
 
 
 172 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 4 i:m 
 
 CERES, 
 
 263 
 
 
 116 
 
 " 
 
 9 
 
 4 220 
 
 *TALLAS, 
 
 204 
 
 
 50 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 4 2211 
 
 JUPITER, 
 
 485 
 
 
 1474 
 
 greater. 
 
 10 hours. 
 
 11 313 
 
 SATURN, 
 
 890 
 
 
 1080 
 
 H 
 
 11 " 
 
 2< " 154 
 
 URANUS, 
 
 1800 
 
 
 85 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 83 271 
 
 NEPTUNE, 
 
 2860 
 
 
 91 
 
 H 
 
 9 
 
 165 nearly 
 
 Here is to be remarked : 
 
 1. That of the aforementioned planets, the Earth has l, 
 Neptune at least 1, Jupiter 4, Saturn, 8 and Uranus 6 moons, 
 or satellites. Saturn is also encompassed with at least 2 large 
 revolving concentric rings. 
 
 2. Venus is called the evening and morning star, because 
 she is visible before the rising and after the setting of the sun, 
 and distinguishes herself by her size and sparkling light. 
 
 3. The Comets are easily distinguished from the planets, 
 partly by there luminous tails, which are invariably turned 
 from the sun, and partly by their courses, since they 
 go inimitably far around the sun, and in very eccentric orbits. 
 
 4. The Sun has a diameter of 880,000 miles, and his 
 magnitude is 550 times greater than all the planets and 
 moons together. Were the sun hollow and were the earth 
 with its satellite, the moon, to revolve in the sun's centre, 
 the moon, which is distant from the earth near 240,000 miles, 
 could perform its revolution around the earth without com- 
 ing in contact with the outer rim of the sun; indeed the 
 moon would even yet be distant 200,000 miles from his ex- 
 tremity. He is full of spots, termed sun spots, and revolves 
 upon his own axis once in 25 1- days. 
 
 SURFACE OF THE EARTH. 
 
 The surface of the earth consists of a continual succession 
 of elevations and depressions; the latter are principally filled 
 with water and sometimes with various kinds of earth ; it is 
 therefore composed partly of land and partly of water. 
 
 *Since 1845, upwards of sixty planetoids have been discovered, which re- 
 volve around the sun at about the same average distance from him as do 
 Juno, Ceres and Pallas. 
 
14 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. THE LAND. 
 
 Thus we call this portion of the earth's surface which is 
 not covered with water, and which is inhabited. It compri- 
 ses scarcely one third of the Avhole surface of the earth, and 
 it rises gradually from the sea or ocean, so that the regions 
 most remote therefrom,, have usually the highest localities. 
 The large coherent portions are called the main land, or Con- 
 tinent ; the smaller portions surrounded by the sea, are 
 termed Islands, and may be regarded as mountains, jutting 
 forth from the deep. Low islands overflowed with water, 
 having craggy peaks projecting therefrom, are called Cliffs, 
 and when these are upon the coast, they bear sometimes 
 the name of Shears. Many islands near each other, are 
 called an Archipelago ; and even the sea in which they lie is 
 called by this name. Elevations near low waters, are called 
 Banks ; but if they consist of sand heaped up, the name of 
 Sandbanks is applied to them. A tract of land washed on 
 its three sides by the sea and united on the other to the main 
 land, is called a Peninsula; to a long narrow strip extending 
 into the sea, the name Neck, is given; and when two coun- 
 tries are united by such a neck, it Dears the name of an 
 Isthmus. The land upon the sea or ocean is called the 
 Coast ; and that part of the coast laved by the sea, is termed 
 the Strand, Shore or Beach. The sand hills upon the beach 
 which are sometimes overflowed by the sea, go under the 
 name of Downs. 
 
 The different elevations of the earth, have given rise to 
 various appellations The smaller to the height of 100 feet, 
 are called Hillocks; those from 100 to 1,000 feet, Hills; and 
 those of 1,000 feet and upwards, Mountains. If many 
 mountains are united together, so as to form a continual 
 range, they are called a Chain of mountains, and when this 
 chain projects into the sea, it bears the name Promontory, 
 or Cape. There are mountains which throw forth burning 
 matter or lava; such are called Volcanoes, and their aper- 
 tures through which the lava is emitted, Craters. The high- 
 est mountain upon the globe, is, so far as is known, Kunchin- 
 junga, in Asia, over 28,000 feet high. A narrow passage, 
 between two 'mountains, is called a Pass or Defile; a deep- 
 ening between the same, a Vale; this deepening when be- 
 tween steep mountains, a Ravine ; and if the ravine is as 
 narrow at the top as at the bottom, a. Gulf, which when 
 
INTRODUCTION. 15 
 
 very deep has the name of an Abyss. A tract of land 
 which is not enclosed by mountains, nor much elevated 
 above the surrounding country, is called a Plain ; an exten- 
 sive plain upon which only short grass or heath grows, is 
 called a Heath or Steppe; a large sterile, and therefore unin- 
 habitable region, a Desert ; a wild uninhabited country, which 
 could, however, be cultivated and beautified, a Wilderness ; 
 and a fertile spot in the midst of a desert, an Oasis. A 
 region that rises higher than the surrounding country, is 
 called Highlands, and when the reverse is the case, Low- 
 lands. The highlands are again, sometimes traversed by 
 mountains, between which lie very deep valleys, and some- 
 times vast plains lie upon the highlands, called Table-lands. 
 The Scandinavian Peninsula of Norway and Sweden 
 exhibits to us, amongst other things, a country where we 
 meet all these varieties of surface. The middle strip running 
 north and south is a range of highlands, but east and west 
 of this, the surface sinks towards the sea and becomes low- 
 lands. The highlands again present not entirely a level, but 
 rather and undulating surface. 
 
 2. THE WATER. 
 
 The Water comprises about two-thirds of the whole surface 
 of the earth, and it has probably in some places a depth of 
 five miles. At its bottom are mountains, valleys, plains and 
 morasses, often overgrown with plants like the main land ; 
 and innumerable quantities of living creatures animate the 
 liquid element. When the sea is quite calm it presents a 
 mirrored surface; but as soon as the wind blows, even gently, it 
 becomes ruffled ; and during a storm its waves heave from 10 
 to 1 5 feet high, which when they roar and dash against each 
 other, from the intersecting winds, rise sometimes to the height 
 of 50 and 60 feet. When the waves dash upon the shore, 
 especially upon one that is rocky, and are driven back by 
 the succeeding ones, which break foaming upon the beach, 
 this is called the surge. 
 
 Moist vapors rise from the surface of the earth and mingle 
 with the atmosphere. These vapors, whilst they float in the 
 lower strata of air, are called mist; but when they astvnd 
 higher, receive the name of clouds. The mountains and sur- 
 face of the earth absorb these vapors, and after becoming 
 united, they issue forth riot as vapors, but as water, and thus 
 
16 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 give rise to fountains ; for so waters gushing from the earth 
 are called. Fountains, which contain certain peculiar sani- 
 tary powers, on account of their mixture with metallic ingre- 
 dients, as sulphur, salt, and different kinds of air, are called 
 mineral, or medicinal springs. When the rising water flows 
 from its source, it forms a brook ; many brooks when united 
 make a creek ; and many creeks a river/ The brooks, how- 
 ever, do not always flow into a creek, nor the creeks into a 
 river, but they frequently run directly, like the river itself, 
 into a lake, or sea. When a river flows in its course over 
 rocky places, having a steep declivity, a waterfall or cataract 
 is produced, as the water is precipitated from a great height 
 into the abyss below. Rivers, which have their sources not 
 distant from the sea, and flow only through the coast, are 
 called Coast rivers ; and those which are absorbed in the sand, 
 are termed rivers of the Desert. The channel in which a river 
 flows, is called its Bed ; the land bordering on the river, its 
 bank ; and the place where a brook, creek, or river unites 
 with a larger stream, or body of water, its Mouth. When 
 water is collected in small or large basins upon the surface 
 of the earth, the former are called Ponds; the latter, Lakes; 
 and when the lake is united to the sea by a small strait or 
 inlet, it is named a Haven. A narrow passage of water, divid- 
 ing countries, and uniting seas together, is called a Strait, or 
 Sound ; and when the water which separates the countries, 
 is of considerable breadth, it receives the name of a Channel. 
 This name is likewise applied to an artificial canal, through 
 which merchandise is transported from one sea to another. 
 When the water flows from the ocean or sea into the land, 
 where a natural cavity exists, an Inlet or Bay is formed. A 
 Road, is a place near a city, where ships ride at anchor, and 
 from thence run into the harbor in the winter, where they are 
 more protected against storms and ice. A Naval Station, is a 
 harbor which has the necessary establishments for the equip- 
 ment of a squadron, such as docks, arsenal, magazines, rope 
 manufactories, and anchor shops; arid a harbor, in which the 
 vessels of all nations are permittted to enter and trade, at a 
 moderate duty, is called a Free Harbor. 
 
 THE TIDE. 
 
 The ocean exhibits a singular phenomenon, in its periodi- 
 cal rise and fall, termed its ebb and flood. It rises during six 
 
INTRODUCTION. It 
 
 hours, and falls for the same length of time, producing two 
 ebb tides and two flood tides, in about 24 hours. The rise of the 
 tide is unequal, the greatest taking place in the narrow seas, 
 where the action of the sun and moon is assisted by winds, 
 currents, and the position of the coast. In the Bay of Fundy, 
 the tide rises to the height ot 70 feet; whereas in the River 
 Elbe, it rises only from four to six feet. Spring tides are those 
 which occur soon after the new moon, and are higher than 
 the ordinary tides. The principal cause of this phenomenon, 
 is the influence of the sun and moon upon the earth ; the 
 power of the latter being three times that of the former. 
 
 ATMOSPHERE CLIMATE. 
 
 The earth is encompassed by a transparent fluid, which we 
 call air. Into this air vapors of various kinds ascend contin- 
 ually from the earth, and the whole forms the circumambient 
 atmosphere. That quality of the atmosphere which is pecu- 
 liar to a certain district or country, as regards its degree of 
 heat or cold, its moisture or aridity, and its favonible or un- 
 favorable influence upon health and vegetation, we call 
 climate. 
 
 PRODUCTS. 
 
 Such fruits of the soil as are brought forth partly with 
 jind p.inly without the co-operation of man, we call the pro- 
 ducts of the earth. Every region, and indeed almost every 
 district of country, has its own peculiar products, which else- 
 where either do not grow at all, or at least quite imperfectly. 
 Were the reindeer and the white bear removed from their 
 Arctic homes to the South, and the sloth or the giraffe of 
 Africa to the North, they would all languish and perish ; and 
 so with many objects of the vegetable kingdom. The torrid 
 zone yields the greatest variety of products, the largest and 
 strongest animals, a vegetation glittering with the must beau- 
 tiful and variegated colors, the costliest fruits, the most pun- 
 gent spices, and wood of the finest species ; bur men do not 
 attain to a great age in this zone. The temperate zones are 
 by no means barren in products, but they are not so prolific 
 as the torrid ; the inhabitants, however, live longer. The 
 1'riuid zones are sparingly provided in this respect, producing 
 merely low shrubbery and moss; they contain many fur ani- 
 mals, fish, and sea fowl. It is also to be observed that in the 
 torrid zone, the trees and shrubbery bloom during the whole 
 
18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 year, whilst, with a few exceptions, they lose their foliage 
 in the others ; but on the other hand that of the torrid zone has 
 not the freshness noticeable in the foliage of the remaining 
 ones, during Spring and Summer. 
 
 INHABITANTS OF THE GLOBE. 
 
 The number of inhabitants of the human family upon the 
 earth is usually estimated at from 900 to 1000 millions, who 
 differ vastly from each other, as well in a physical as in an 
 intellectual point of view, and also in their religious belief 
 and form of government. 
 
 I. In respect to physical form, we distinguish five main 
 classes : 
 
 1. The Caucasian race, which have a white skin, with a 
 mixture of red on their cheeks and the most handsome 
 forms. This race comprises all Europeans except the Lapps 
 and Finns; also the western Asiatics, the inhabitants of north 
 Africa, and the descendants of the Europeans in America. 
 
 2. The Mongolian race, which have a skin of a sallow or 
 olive tint, long black straight hair, a flat face and prominent 
 cheek bones. It comprises the remainder of the Asiatics ex- 
 cept the Malays, the Finns in Europe, and the Esquimaux in 
 North America. 
 
 3. The Ethiopic, or Black race, which have complexions 
 of a jetty hue, black woolly hair, flat noses and thick lips. 
 This race comprehends the most of the Africans and a part 
 of the inhabitants of Oceanica. 
 
 4. The America race, which have a reddish brown com- 
 plexion, long black hair, broad, but not flat faces, and very 
 expressive features. To this race belong, with the exception 
 of the Esquimaux, all the aboriginal tribes of America. 
 
 5. The Malay race, which are distinguished by a dark 
 brown skin, coarse black hair, a broad nose and a large 
 mouth. This race comprises the inhabitants of most of the 
 East Indies and many of the Oceanic Islands. 
 
 II. As regards mental culture, we distinguish three grades : 
 1. The lowest grade: Man in a state of nature, as a 
 hunter, or fisherman. Accustomed to few pursuits, he is 
 very adroit in the use of the bow and arrow, and of the 
 javelin and sling, but is destitute of the art of writing ; he 
 dwells in simple huts, which are often constructed of the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 19 
 
 branches of trees, and he has only a feeble foreboding of 
 superior beings, which he worships in the form of images. 
 
 2. The middle, grade : The half civilized herdsmen, who 
 leads a nomadic life. Here exists a certain proficiency in the 
 tanning of hides, in the art of weaving ; also in iron manu- 
 factures and in the erection of portable tents. In this grade 
 the art of penmanship is not unknown, and the conceptions 
 on the subject of religion are somewhat purer. 
 
 3. The highest grade : The cultivated and educated man, 
 who lives under well regulated governments, has permanent 
 dwellings, is busied with various intellectual avocations, and 
 entertains elevated and correct views of religion. 
 
 III. In reference to religion, the human family is divided 
 into two principal classes : 
 
 1. Confessors of a supreme, perfect, omnipotent, and invisi- 
 ble Being, whom we call God. To this class belong: 
 
 A, The Jews, or Israelites, five millions, (according to some 
 statements; of others, more.) 
 
 B. The Christians, 290 millions. 
 
 A. The Roman Catholics, 146 millions. 
 
 B. The Greek Catholics, 74 millions. 
 
 c. Protestants, 70 millions. These comprise : 
 
 AA. Lutherans. 
 
 BB. Episcopalians. 
 
 cc. Methodists and many other sects. 
 
 C. The Mohammedans, about 130 millions. 
 
 2. The Heathen, who have a more or less unworthy, crude, 
 and often puerile conceptions of the Supreme Being: 
 
 A. Fetish Worshippers, who adore some object of the cor- 
 poreal world, as mountains, trees, serpents and crocodiles ; 
 also, objects made of wood, stone, arid metal, under the name 
 of fetishes. This belief prevails chiefly amongst the negro 
 tribes of Africa and the inhabitants of Oceanica. 
 
 B. Worshippers of the Sun, Moon and Stars. These live 
 in Asia, and are principally Tartars and Mongols. Also, some 
 of the Indians of North America. 
 
 c. Hero Worshippers, or the adorers of distinguished men. 
 Such are the worshippers of the Grand Lama, and of Foo, in 
 Thibet and China. 
 
 D. Image Worshippers, who, instead of the three above 
 named species of adoration, worship images, and venerate in 
 symbols, the conception of the qualities and perfections of 
 
20 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 their deities. Such a worship is observed by the confessors 
 of the Braminical religion in Hindoostan, who believe in 
 three principal divinities. One of these called Brama, the 
 Creator of all things, they represent as a person with four 
 hands, and as many Jieads. In the one hand he holds a ring, 
 the emblem of immortality ; in another, a flame of fire, the 
 sign of strength; and with the third and fourth he composes 
 laws. 
 
 IV. We distinguish various kinds of Government : 
 
 1. A MONARCHY, where the supreme power is in the hands 
 of one individual. 
 
 A. ^ Despotism, where the sovereign has no law but his 
 own willj and can dispose at pleasure of the lives, persons 
 and property of his subjects. This kind of government prin- 
 cipally prevails in Asia and Africa. 
 
 B. Msolute Monarchy, where the ruler is circumscribed 
 by law, but has the legislative, executive, and judicial depart- 
 ments of the government united in his own person, so as to 
 render his will supreme. Russia affords an instance of this 
 kind of government. 
 
 c. Limited Monarchy, where the monarch exercises the 
 supreme power, especially the legislative, in unison with his 
 subjects. This kind of government prevails in most of the 
 European States, as in England and Denmark. 
 
 2. A REPUBLIC, where the supreme power is vested in more 
 than one person. Republican governments are principally 
 met with in America, the most perfect of which is that of the 
 United States; but they are also found in Europe, as in Swit- 
 zerland. 
 
 Republics are of two kinds : 
 
 A. Jl Democracy, where the whole nation takes part in the 
 affairs of government. 
 
 B. Jin Aristocracy, a government where the administration 
 of the State is in the hands of a few nobles. 
 
 DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 
 
 THE LAND. 
 
 It consists of two grand divisions the Old World and the 
 New World, and these are again sub-divided into five parts. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 21 
 
 To the Old World belong : 
 
 1. Europe. 2. Asia. 3. Africa. 
 
 All these three parts form one united continent; Europe 
 being united to Asia on the West, and Africa also joined with 
 it by the Isthmus of Suez. Asia is the largest of these parts. 
 
 To the New World belong : 
 
 4. America. 5. Oceanica. Both these parts have been 
 since discovered ; hence the name, New World. 
 
 If we cast a glance upon these five parts, we discover that 
 a much greater portion of land lies in the northern than in 
 the southern hemisphere Europe, Asia, and the greater part 
 of Africa, lying in the former, whilst only a part of Oceanica, 
 and the smaller portions of Africa and America lie in the 
 latter. The main land stretches from the 55th degree of south 
 latitude to about 75 of north latitude. 
 
 OB. In 1841 Sir James Ross discovered on the borders of the southern 
 ocean, below 67 of south latitude, a country which seems to consist of 
 mountains, covered with snow, where neither animals nor vegetation were> 
 visible. This is thought to be a continent around the South Pole. The vol- 
 canoes Mount Erebus and Mount Terror are found here. 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 The ocean surrounds all parts of the continent, or main 
 land, and is divided into five principal divisions, to which for 
 convenience different names have been applied: 
 
 1. The Northern, or Arctic Ocean, which washes the 
 northern coast of Europe, Asia and America, comprises the 
 largest portion of the northern frigid zone. 
 
 2. The Southern or Antarctic Ocean, which surrounds the 
 south pole, was little known until the recent exploring expe- 
 ditions, which have penetrated its waters. 
 
 3. The Atlantic Ocean, lies between Europe and Africa on 
 the one side and America on the other, and extends from the 
 Arctic ocean to the Antarctic. The northern part, however, 
 from the straits of Dover, bears the name of the North Sea, 
 and the southern part from the equator, is sometimes called 
 the Ethiopian Sea, so that strictly speaking only the middle 
 portion, from the straits of Dover to the equator, is called 
 the Atlantic. 
 
 4. The Indian Ocean, lies between Africa, Asia and Aus- 
 tralia and extends from the south coast of Asia, through the 
 torrid and temperate zones, to the Antarctic ocean. 
 
 5. The Pacific Ocean, washes Asia and Australia on the 
 
22 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 east and America on the west, and extends like the Atlantic 
 from the Arctic to the Antarctic oceans. It is the largest of 
 the five above mentioned oceans and therefore is sometimes 
 called the Great Ocean. That portion south of the equator 
 bears the name of the South Sea. Ferdinand Magellan and 
 his companions, who- first navigated it, and who were con- 
 tinually attended with gentle breezes, called it the Still Ocean; 
 other navigators by no means so fortunate as the first, have 
 experienced violent storms here, like in the other oceans. 
 It is, however, on account of its vast extent, usually free from 
 storms. 
 
AMERICA. 
 
 This division of the globe, discovered by Christopher 
 Columbus, a Genoese navigator, in the year 1492, lies be- 
 tween 56 of south and 80 of north latitude, and also 
 between 34 and 168 of west longitude. It is bound- 
 ed north by the Arctic ocean, east by the Atlantic, south 
 and west by the Pacific and Behring's strait, which separates 
 it from Asia. Its area is estimated at about fifteen millions 
 of square miles. 
 
 America contains, especially in the south, many large and 
 lofty mountains, the most of which, even in the torrid zone, 
 are covered with continual snow ; here also, the highest 
 table-lands upon the globe are met with. Many regions are 
 covered with immense forests, and the most northern por- 
 tions are quite barren ; in general, however, the soil is very 
 fertile, but sparsely inhabited in proportion to its vast 
 extent. 
 
 BAYS AND GULFS. 
 
 Upon the east side : 
 
 1. Baffin's Bay in the north. 
 
 2. Hudson's Bay, the southern part of which is called 
 James' Bay. 
 
 3. The Gulf of St. Lawrence. 
 
 4. The Gulf of Mexico, the southern part of which is called 
 the Caribbean Sea. 
 
 Upon the west side : 
 
 1. The Gulf of Panama. 
 
 2. The Gulf of California, or the Purple Sea. 
 
 STRAITS. 
 
 1. Davis' Strait, leading into Baffin's Bay. 
 
24 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 2. The Lancaster Sound leads west from Baffin's Bay into 
 the Arctic Ocean. 
 
 3. Hudson's Sir ait leads into Hudson's Bay. 
 
 4. The Strait of Magellan unites the Atlantic and Pacific 
 Oceans. 
 
 5. Behr ing's or Cook's Strait unites the Pacific and Arctic 
 Oceans. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. 
 
 The principal chain of Mountains are the Cordilleras de 
 los *ftndes (chain, of the Andes or Copper Mountains) which 
 run along the western side and attain their loftiest elevations 
 near the equator. Here the highest inhabited mountain 
 plains rise, called the high table lands of Quito, which reach 
 an altitude of over 9500 feet. This chain of mountains 
 stretches over the Isthmus of Panama, and forms the lofty 
 table lands of Mexico, and runs through Mexico under the 
 name of the Cordilleras ; but thence to the Arctic Ocean bears 
 the name of the Rocky Mountains. The highest peaks of 
 this chain are in the South, Mount Sorato, 25,400 feet high; 
 Illimani, 24,200 feet, and Mount Chimborazo, 21,420 feet: 
 in the North, Mount St. Elias, with an elevation of 17,850 
 feet. Numerous volcanoes are found in this chain of moun- 
 tains. 
 
 CLIMATE. 
 
 America is possessed of a colder climate than that of other 
 countries under the same latitude. In none of the countries 
 lying under the tropics is the heat so excessive as in Africa; 
 and in the temperate zones the degree of cold is much greater 
 than in Europe. This difference of climate in the torrid 
 zone is to be attributed to the fact that America has a higher 
 elevation than the eastern continent ; and in the temperate 
 zones, seems principally caused by its vast districts oi uncul- 
 tivated land, and by its extensive forests and morasses. The 
 air in general is pure and healthy, except in some marshy 
 localities in the torrid zone, where the yellow fever rages. 
 
 PRODUCTS. 
 
 The most noted animals, peculiar to America, are the bison 
 of North America, the largest land animal of the new world; 
 the grizzly bear, of the Rocky Mountains ; the lama,, a very 
 useful, domesticated animal, in South America ; the vicuna, 
 
AMERICA. 25 
 
 which occupies the high mountains ; and the tapir, of the 
 marshy districts of South America ; also, the jaguar, a species 
 of tiger, the sloth, various kinds of monkeys, and the vampire, 
 a large bat. Here are also found the condor and cochineal. 
 
 The most important, indigenous products of the vegetable 
 kingdom are potatoes, maize, tobacco, and different species 
 of wood; also, the Paraguay tea, cocoa and vanilla. 
 
 Gold and silver are found here in abundance, as are also 
 beautiful diamonds, and platinum. 
 
 INHABITANTS. 
 
 The population of America is composed of various races, 
 ^Europeans, Aborigines and Negroes ; and it is estimated at 
 "sixty-one millions. 
 
 A more minute classification comprises : 
 
 1. The, Esquimaux, a people of diminutive stature, who 
 belong to the aborigines, and inhabit the most northern parts 
 of America. 
 
 2. The Indians, also aborigines, whose number is consid- 
 erable, and who are found in most parts of America, except 
 in the most northern and in the settled portions. 
 
 3. Creoles and other descendants of Europeans, born in 
 America. 
 
 4. Creole Negroes, the children or descendants of Negroes 
 born in America. 
 
 5. Mulattoes, whose parents on the one side are Europe- 
 ans, and on the other Negroes. 
 
 6. Mestizoes, the descendants of Europeans and Indians, 
 
 7. Zamboes, the descendants of Negroes arid Indians. 
 The professors of the Catholic religion are principally 
 
 found in the southern portions of America, where the Span- 
 ish and Portuguese are the prevailing languages ; whilst the 
 Protestants chiefly possess the northern sections, and mostly 
 speak the English language. The Indians are composed prin- 
 cipally of savage tribes, who subsist by hunting and fishing, 
 except a few in the north, who have become somewhat 
 civilized. 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK, 
 
 PKINCIPAL DIVISIONS. 
 
 America is divided into two large parts, which are united 
 together by the Isthmus of Panama, and it has a cluster of 
 islands lying between these two divisions, called the West 
 Indies. 
 
 The divisions are: 
 
 A NORTH AMERICA. B SOUTH AMERICA, c WEST INDIES. 
 
 A-NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 The greatest part of North America lies in the north tem- 
 perate, a small portion in the north frigid, and the southern 
 strip in the torrid zone. Little doubt remains, after the re- 
 peated exploring expeditions that have sailed as far north as 
 possible, that navigation through the polar seas is scarcely 
 practicable, on account of the ice, and consequently of no 
 utility for commerce. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. 
 
 Besides the Mexican Cordilleras, and the Rocky Mountains 
 in the west, with the lofty Mount St. Elias in the northwest, 
 in the eastern part are the Alleghany, or Appalachian chain 
 of mountains, which stretches from the gulf of St. Lawrence 
 to the gulf of Mexico. 
 
 Between these chains of mountains, stretch east and west, 
 large and extensive plains, called prairies or savannas, upon 
 large portions of which little except low bashes and grass 
 grow. The western tide of emigration is fast possessing these 
 meadows of unsurpassed fertility, towards the Rocky Moun- 
 tains : but upon large portions of them great droves of buffa- 
 lo, wild horses and deer, yet roam in all their native wildness. 
 Great abundance of wild fowl are likewise found here. 
 
 CAPES. 
 
 1. Cape, Farewell, the southern point of Greenland. 
 
 2. Cape Sable, the southern point of Florida. 
 
NORTH AMERICA. 27 
 
 3. Cape. St. Lucas, the southern point of the Peninsula of 
 California. 
 
 4. Cape Prince of Wales, the most western in America, 
 on Behring's strait. 
 
 LAKES. 
 
 The largest are : 
 
 1. Great Bear Lake, the most northern. 
 
 2. Great Slave Lake, south of the former. 
 
 3. Lake Winnipeg, in the vicinity of which are many 
 smaller. 
 
 4. Superior, the largest fresh water lake upon the globe. 
 
 5. Lake Michigan. 
 
 6. Lake Huron. 
 
 7. Lake Erie. 
 
 8. Lake Ontario. 
 
 These five last named lakes are united together, and called 
 by the general name, Canadian Lakes. Lake Erie is united 
 to Lake Ontario by the river Niagara, celebrated on account 
 of the Falls of Niagara, 160 feet high ; the most noted curi- 
 osity of the new world. The roaring of the water over these 
 falls is ordinarily heard at the distance of from 5 to 20 miles 
 arid has even been heard at Toronto, 45 miles distant. 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 North America also abounds in rivers. 
 
 1. The Mackenzie River, the outlet of Great Slave lake, 
 empties into the Arctic ocean. 
 
 2. The Nelson, an outlet of Lake Winnipeg, flows into 
 Hudson's Bay. 
 
 3. The St. Lawrence, the outlet of the five Canadian 
 lakes, flows into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 
 
 4. The Connecticut. 5. The Hudson. 6. The Delaware. 
 7. The Susquehanna. 8. The Potomac. All these rise in the 
 Alleghany mountains, and empty into the Atlantic. 
 
 9. The Mississippi, the largest river in North America, 
 takes its rise in many small lakes, and after a course of over 
 3,000 miles, empties into the Gulf of Mexico. It annually 
 overflows its banks, and has sometimes produced great de- 
 struction to the surrounding country. Great quantities of 
 wood are washed upon its surface to the ocean. 
 
 The two principal affluents of the Mississippi are : 
 
23 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 10. The Missouri, which rises in the Rocky Mountains, 
 and flows about 3,000 miles into the Mississippi ; and 
 
 11. The Ohio, formed by the confluence of the Alleghany 
 and Monongahela, with a length of 1,000 miles. 
 
 12. The Rio Grande del Norte rises in the Mexican Cor- 
 dilleras, and flows, after a course of 1,800 miles, into the Gulf 
 of Mexico. 
 
 DIVISIONS, 
 
 1. Greenland. 
 
 2. Russian America. 
 
 3. British America. 
 
 4. The United States. 
 
 5. Mexico. 
 
 6. Central America. 
 
 1. GREENLAND. 
 
 Population 12,000. 
 
 This division belongs to Denmark, and stretches from Cape 
 Farewell along Davis' Strait and Baffin's Bay to the unex- 
 plored regions of the north. It is one of the most desolate 
 and sterile countries upon the face of the globe, in which an 
 almost uninterrupted winter prevails, except a short summer 
 of a few weeks. The principal products are marble, sulphur, 
 stone coal, bilberries, creeping willows and birch; also hares, 
 foxes, bears, reindeer, and dogs which resemble wolves. The 
 sea around Greenland abounds in fish, seal and whale ; and 
 the tide casts great quantities of drift-wood upon the coast, 
 which the inhabitants use for fuel and building timber. The 
 seal is as serviceable to the Greenlanders as the reindeer to 
 the Lapps. They use the flesh for meat, bum the oil in 
 lamps, and mingle it in their food ; and with the skins they 
 clothe themselves and cover their tents. The chief exports 
 are : train oil, the skins of bears, foxes, and seals ; also eider 
 down and whalebone. The inhabitants are mostly Esqui- 
 maux, who have been partially converted to Christianity, 
 through the instrumentality of the Danes and Moravian 
 
RUSSIAN AMERICA BRITISH AMERICA. 29 
 
 missionaries. The latter, with a few Danish traders, and the 
 officers of government, are the only European residents. 
 
 LICHTENFELS, is the capital of firetnland. 
 
 UPERNAVIK, situated north of 72 of north latitude, on 
 the west coast of Greenland, is the most northern settlement 
 of the Danes in this cold country. 
 
 2. RUSSIAN AMERICA. 
 
 Area 3 94,000 square-miles. Population 65,000. 
 
 Russian America comprises the northwestern part of North 
 America, lying on the Pacific, Behring's Strait and the 
 Arctic Ocean. The inhabitants are composed of Indians, 
 Esquimaux and Russians. The fur trade of this region is 
 extensive. The promontory of Alaska is noteworthy, as 
 being very mountainous and containing two lofty volcanoes. 
 
 NEW ARCHANGEL, is the principal trading place along the 
 coast, and is the seat of the governor. 
 
 The Aleutian or Fox Islands, extending a great distance westward from 
 the peninsula of Alaska, form a part of Russian America, and are inhabited 
 by a race of savages, who dwell in houses under ground, each containing 
 from 50 to 150 inmates. 
 
 3. BRITISH AMERICA. 
 
 British America comprises all the northern part of the 
 Western Continent, lying north of the United States, except 
 the Russian possessions. This vast region includes more 
 than one third of North America. It is divided into the 
 Hudson's Bay territory, Canada, New Brunswick, Prince 
 Edward's Islands, Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, and the island 
 of Newfoundland. 
 
 HUDSON'S BAY TERRITORY. 
 
 Area about 2,500,000 square miles. 
 
 This territory comprises that part of British America lying 
 north of Canada and the United States. This vast region 
 may be appropriately divided for description into the Western, 
 Interior and Eastern parts. 
 
 THE WESTERN PART. 
 
 This division lies south of the Russian dominions. The 
 principal article of trade, consists in the fur of the sea otter 
 
30 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 and the skins of other fur animals. The inhabitants are 
 chiefly Indians, and subsist by hunting. 
 
 The most important point on the coast, is the large island of Quadra or- 
 Vancouver, with an ample bay, called Nooika Sound, where European 
 vessels usually anchor. 
 
 THE INTERIOR. 
 
 This division towards the south is covered with immense 
 forests, in which live great quantities of wild animals, which 
 furnish abundant supplies of fur, for the natives and the- 
 English traders. Besides these, moose, reindeer, bears, deer, 
 wolves, foxes and hares, are found in great abundance ; also- 
 the musk ox and the bison in large droves. The trade in 
 beaver skins, is the most important. The forests bcome 
 thinner towards the north, and disappear entirely at the 68th 
 degree of north latitude. The inhabitants are Esquimaux and 
 Indians. The former inhabit the most northern portions, and 
 live upon fish and seal ; the Indians on the contrary, occupy 
 the southern parts, and derive their subsistence by the remu- 
 nerations of the chase. The British claim this extensive 
 country, as part of their dominions ; but the natives live in a 
 state of total independence and only maintain a trading in- 
 tercourse with them. 
 
 THE EASTERN PART. 
 
 Herein are comprised : 
 
 A. New Wales, which encircles Hudson's Bay on the 
 west, in the form of a half moon, and is inhabited by the 
 Esquimaux. 
 
 This district is divided by the Churchill river, into New 
 North Wales and New South Wales. 
 
 B. Labrador is the large peninsula lying east of Hudson's 
 Bay. It is very barren and unfruitful ; fur animals and the 
 Labrador Stone, are almost the only products of this penin- 
 sula. The inhabitants are Esquimaux, and are divided into 
 the Highlanders, who live upon reindeer, and the Esqui- 
 maux proper, who resides in the north, and gain their liveli- 
 hood by fishing. These two races are very hostile towards 
 each other. Some Moravian missions have been established 
 upon the east coast ; and upon the west, the English have 
 erected buildings, for the accommodation of fur traders. 
 
BRITISH AMERICA. 31 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 Area 355,000 square miles. Population 3,000,000. 
 
 Canada was originally settled by the French, but came into 
 the possession of the English by the victory gained by Gen. 
 Wolf at Quebec, in 1759. It was for a long time divided 
 into two provinces : Canada East and Canada West ; but in 
 1840, these were politically united. It is the most im- 
 portant of the British American possessions, and lies north of 
 the New England States and the Canadian Lakes, with 
 boundaries, as yet, somewhat undefined. 
 
 Surface and Soil. Western Canada is characterised by a 
 general evenness of surface; but Eastern Canada is traversed by 
 chains of mountains, the principal of which are the Green 
 Mountains. The soil of the former is fertile, but that of the 
 lower portion of the latter is rugged and sterile, while the 
 upper portion is productive. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers, are the St. Lawrence and its 
 tributaries, the Saguenay, and the Ottawa. The Ottawa 
 forms the boundary between East and West Canada. 
 
 Climate. In Canada East, the winters are long and severe, 
 the thermometer often falling to 40 below zero ; the summers 
 are short and the heat at times very intense ; but Canada 
 West has a mild and healthy climate. 
 
 Products. The cereal products of Canada, are in general 
 similar to those of the northern parts of the United States. 
 Wheat, Indian corn, and flax, are grown in great abundance. 
 Canada is also rich in fisheries. The chief exports are, 
 timber, grain, flour, furs, and pot and pearl ashes. 
 
 Curiosities. Besides the celebrated cataract of Niagara, 
 which Canada shares in common with the state of New 
 York, there are a great number of smaller falls, the most 
 rioted of which are the falls of the Montmorenci, 7 miles below 
 Quebec, with a descent of 250 feet. 
 
 Government. The system of government is modeled 
 after that of the mother country, the law-making power 
 being in the hands of the legislative chambers elected by the 
 people, and a governor-general appointed by the British crown. 
 
 Inhabitants. More than three fourths of the inhabitants of 
 Canada East, are of French origin, speak the French lan- 
 guage, and are principally catholics. The native French 
 Canadians are called Habitans. The people of Canada 
 West, are principally composed of English, Irish and Scotch. 
 
32 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 CANADA EAST. 
 Canada East is divided into fifty-nine counties. 
 
 1. Argenteuil. 21- Kamouraska. 41. Richelieu. 
 
 2. Athabasca. 22. La Prairie. 42. Rimouski. 
 
 3. Bagot. 23. Laval. 43. Rouville. 
 
 4. Beauce. 24., L'Assomption. 44. Saguenay. 
 
 5. Bellechasse. 25. L'Islet. 45. Shefford. 
 
 6. Beauharnois. 26. Levis. 46. Sherbrooke. 
 
 7. Berthier. 27. Lotbiniere. 47. Soulanges. 
 
 8. Bonaventure. 28. Maskinonge. 48. Stanstead. 
 
 9. Brome. 29. Megantic. 49. St. Hyacnthe. 
 
 10. Chateauguay. 30. Missisquoi. 50. St. John. 
 
 11. Chambly. 31. Montcalm. 51. St. Maurice. 
 
 12. Champlain. 32. Montmagny. 52. Tadousac. 
 
 13. Chicoutimi. 33. Montmorency. 53. Temiscouata. 
 
 14. Compton. 34. Montreal. 54. Terre Bonne. 
 
 15. Dorchester. 35. Napierville. 55. Two Mountains. 
 
 16. Drummond. 36. Nioolet. 56. Vandreuil. 
 
 17. Gaspe. 37. Ottawa. 57. Vercheres. 
 
 18. Huntingdon. 38. Pontiac. 58. Wolfe. 
 
 19. Iberville. 39. Portneuf. 59. Yamaska. 
 
 20. Jolliette. 40. Quebec. 
 
 QUEBEC, one of the strongest fortified cities upon the globe, 
 built partly upon a plain, along the river St. Lawrence, and 
 partly upon a high perpendicular rock, 350 feet in altitude, 
 has a fine harbor, and 50,000 inhabitants. Of the public 
 edifices of Quebec, the following may be mentioned : the 
 Parliament House; the Roman Catholic Cathedral, an 
 irregular building, sufficiently capacious to accomodate 4,000 
 persons ; the Episcopal Cathedral ; and the Scotch Free Church, 
 built in the Grecian style. This city, has been called the 
 Gibraltar of America. The tide rises here 24 feet. 
 
 MONTREAL, situated on an island in the St. Lawrence, 180 
 miles above Quebec, is the largest city in British America, the 
 chief depot of the Hudson's Bay company, and the emporium 
 of trade with the United States. The most noted structures 
 of this city, are the Roman Catholic Cathedral, the Town 
 Hall, the Seminary of St. Sulpice, the Hotel Dieu, 
 a large Hospital for the reception of the sick poor; the 
 Convent of Notre Dame, and Nelson's Monument. Popula- 
 tion 80,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. St. Placide. 2. Athabasca. 3. Upton. 4. St. Maria. 5. St. Michael. 
 G. Beauharnois. 7. Berthier. 8. N. Carlisle. * 9. Brome. 10. Chateauguay. 
 11. Chambly. 12. Batiscan. 13. Chicoutimi. 14. Compton. 15. St. Anselme. 
 16. Drummond. 17. Perce. 18. Huntingdon. 19. St. George. 20. Jolliette 
 21. Kamouraska. 22. La Prairie. 23, He Jesus. 24. L'Assomption. 25. 
 
BRITISH AMERICA. 33 
 
 L'Islet. 26. St. Joseph. 27. Lotbiniere. 28. Maskinonge. 29. Somerset. 
 30. Philipsburg. 31. St. Patrick. 32. Montmagny. 33. Chateau Richer. 
 34. Montreal. 35. Sherrington. 36. Nicolet. 37. Aylmer. 38. Allumettes. 
 39. Cap Sante. 40. Quebec. 41. Sorel. 42. Rimouski. 43. St. Hilaire. 
 44. St. Pierre. 45. Granby. 40. Sherbrooke. 47. Coteau du Lac. 48. 
 Stanstead. 40. St. Hyacinthe. 50. St. Johns. 51. Three Rivers. 52. 
 Tadousac. 53. R du Loup. 54. St. Therese. 55. St. Scholastique. 56. 
 Vaudreuii. 57. Varennes. 58. . . . 5 ( J. Yamaska. 
 
 CANADA WEST. 
 Canada West contains forty-two counties : 
 
 1. Addington. 15. Hastings. 29. Perth. 
 
 2. Brant. 16. Huron. 80. Peterboro. 
 
 3. Bruce. 17. Kent. 31. Prescott. 
 
 4. Carleton. 18. Lincoln. 32. Prince Edward. 
 
 5. Durham. 19. Lanark. 33. Renfrew. 
 <). Dundas. 20. Leeds. 34. Russell. 
 
 7. Elgin. 21. Lenox. 35. Simcoe. 
 
 8. Essex. 22. Lambton. 36. Stormont. 
 
 9. Frontenac. 23. Middlesex. 37, Victoria. 
 
 10. Glengary. 24. Northumberland. 88. Waterloo. 
 
 11. Grey. 25. Norfolk. ::'.>. Wellington. 
 
 12. Grenville. 26. Ontario. 40. Welland. 
 
 13. Haldimand. 27. Oxford. 41. Wentworth. 
 
 14. Halton. 2S. Peel. 42. York. 
 
 TORONTO, on the northwest shore of Lake Ontario, is the 
 most flourishing commercial city of Canada West. It has a fine 
 capacious harbor, and its manufactures are extensive. This 
 was the old capital, until the seat of government was removed 
 to Ottawa. Conspicuous among the numerous handsome public 
 buildings of this city, are the old Parliament Houses, Osgood 
 Hall, Trinity College University, and the University of 
 Toronto. This city likewise contains many rich and highly 
 <>rn;i minted churches. Population 50,000. 
 
 OTTAWA, on the river of this name, 130 miles west of 
 Montreal, is a thriving town with 10,000 inhabitants. This 
 place was recently chosen by Queen Victoria, as the capital 
 of British America. 
 
 HAMILTON, at the head of Burlington Bay, at the west end 
 of L;ik<> Ontario, has one of the lim>si harbors in British 
 America. Its manufactures are important. Population 30,000. 
 
 KINGSTON, on Lake Ontario, is the principal British naval 
 station on the lake. It has considerable manufactures, and 
 fine public buildings. Population 16,000. 
 
 LONDON, on the Thames river, is the entrepot of a fine agri- 
 cultural country, and has extensive founderies arid machine 
 shops. Population 10,000. 
 
 fl* 
 
34 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Ernestown. 2. Brantford. 3. Fenatangore. 4. OTTAWA. 5. Newcas- 
 tle. 6. Williamsburg. 7. St. Thomas. 8. Sandwich. 9. Kingston. 10. 
 Alexander. 11. Sydenham. 12. Prescott. 13. Cayuga. 14. Milton. 15. 
 Belleville. 16. Gooderich. 17. Chatham. 18. Niagara. 19. Perth. 20. 
 Brookville. 21. Napanee. 22. Port Sarnia. 23. London. 24. Cobourg. 
 25. Simcoe. 26. Whitby. 27. Woodstock. 28. Brampton. 29. Stratford. 
 30. Peterboro. 31. L'Orignal. 32. Picton. 33. McNab. 34. Clarence. 
 35. Barrie. 36. Cornwall. 87. Lindsay. 38. Berlin. 39. Guellph. 40. 
 Merritsville. 41. Hamilton. 42. Toronto. 
 
 NEW BRUNSWICK. 
 
 Area 27,000 square miles. Population 211,000. 
 
 New Brunswick lies between the St. Lawrence and the 
 Bay of Fundy. It is but partially cleared and contains vast 
 forests. Its soil is generally fertile, especially along the river 
 banks. The inhabitants are extensively engaged in the 
 fisheries arid shipbuilding, which are great sources of wealth. 
 Lumber is the chief article of export. 
 
 New Brunswick is divided into fourteen counties : 
 
 1. Albert. 6. Kings. 11. Sunbury. 
 
 2. Carleton. 7. Northumberland. 12. Victoria. 
 
 3. Charlotte. 8. Queens. 13. Westmoreland. 
 
 4. Gloucester. 9. Restigouche. 14. York. 
 
 5. Kent. 10. St. John. 
 
 FREDERICTON, on the right bank of the river St. John, is 
 the capital, with 6,000 inhabitants. The streets are 
 regularly laid out, and the houses are generally constructed 
 of wood. Providence Hall, in which the provincial assembly 
 and courts of justice meet, is a handsome edifice. This 
 place was made a port of entry in 1848, since which time it 
 has become the chief entrepot of commerce with the interior. 
 
 ST. JOHN, at the mouth of the river of the same name, has 
 a fine harbor, and monopolizes the entire foreign commerce 
 of the province. Population 26,000. 
 
 ST. ANDREWS, at the head of Passamaquoddy Bay, is a 
 place of brisk trade. Population 10,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Hope well. 2. Woodstock. 3. St. Andrews. 4. Bathurst. 5. Liver- 
 pool. G.Kingston. 7. Miramiclii. J8. Gagetown. 9. Dalhousie. 10. St. 
 John. 11. Magerville. 12. Perth. 13. Dorchester. 14. FREDERICTON. 
 
BRITISH AMERICA. 35 
 
 NOVA SCOTIA. 
 
 Area 15,627 square miles. Population 221,000. 
 
 The peninsula so called, is united to New Brunswick, and 
 was first settled by the French ; but came by conquest into 
 the possession of the British in 1763. Along the coast the 
 soil is poor, but in the interior and northern parts, it is gener- 
 ally well adapted'to cultivation. Wheat, barley and rye, with 
 potatoes of the finest quality, are grown. Coal and plaster 
 of paris are obtained in great quantities, and extensively ex- 
 ported. Copper, iron and other metals also abound. 
 
 Nova Scotia, with Cape Breton, is divided into 18 counties : 
 
 1. Annapolis. 7. Halifax. 13. Queens. 
 
 2. *Cape Breton. 8. Hants. 14. * Richmond. 
 
 3. Colchester. 9. ^Inverness. 15. Shelburne. 
 
 4. Cumberland. 10. Kings. l(j. Sydney. 
 
 5. Digby. 11. Lunenburg. 17. ^Victoria. 
 G. Guysborough. 12. Pictou. 18. Yarmouth. 
 
 HALIFAX the capital, has one of the best harbors in the 
 world, which is defended by strong forts and batteries. It is 
 the principal naval station of the British American colonies. 
 The Province Building in which are the government offices, 
 the legislative chambers and the city library, is a superb edi- 
 fice of freestone, 140 feet long and 70 broad, with an Ionic 
 colonnade. This city was founded by the Earl of Halifax in 
 1749, and in 1859 was visited by a severe conflagration, which 
 consumed much property. Population 40,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Annapolis. 2. Sydney. 3. Truro. 4. Amherst. 5. Digby. 6. Guys- 
 borough. 7. HALIFAX. 8. Windsor. 9. Port Hood. 10. Kentville. 11. 
 Lunenburg. 12. Pictou. 13. Liverpool. 14. Arichat. 15. Shelburne. 1(5. 
 Antigonish. 17. Bedcquc. 18. Yarmouth. 
 
 CAPE BRETON. 
 
 Area 3,120 square miles. Population 55,000. 
 
 Cape Breton is a small island, separated from Nova Scotia 
 by the gut or strait of Canso. It contains rich coal mines 
 and also extensive cod fisheries. This island is politically 
 united with Nova Scotia, 
 
 SYDNEY is the capital. In the vicinity of Sydney, are the 
 famous coal mines, estimated to contain 250 miles of work, 
 able coal. 
 
 ^Situated on the island of Cape Breton. 
 
86 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 NEWFOUNDLAND. 
 
 Area 35,000 square miles. Population 100,000. 
 
 This is a large island at the mouth of the Gulf of St. 
 Lawrence. Its soil is mostly barren and contains little tim- 
 ber. It owes its importance chiefly to its cod fisheries, which 
 are the most valuable in the world. 
 
 ST. JOHNS, the capital of the colony, is the most eastern 
 town in North America. It has an excellent harbor, and is 
 the chief emporium for the cod fish trade. The city is hand- 
 somely laid out and well built, the houses being mostly of 
 brick or stone, and in general they present an elegant appear- 
 ance. The most handsome edifices are the Episcopal and 
 Presbyterian churches, the Marine Hospital, and the Govern- 
 ment State Houses. Population 22,000. 
 
 HARBOR GRACE and PLACENTIA are small towns. 
 
 PRINCE EDWARD'S ISLAND. 
 
 Area 2,134 square miles. Population 90,000. 
 
 This island lies east of New Brunswick. Its surface is 
 level, and its soil fertile and well irrigated. 
 
 CHARLOTTETOWN is the capital. The principal buildings 
 are the Government House, Episcopal and Scotch Churches, 
 and the Barracks, Population 5,000. 
 
THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Area 2,936,000 square miles. Population 31,421,000. 
 
 The Federal Republic, or the United States, is by far the 
 most important portion of North America, and consists of 34 
 States, 8 Territories and one District. These States are 
 leagued together into a confederate compact, for mutual 
 benefit and protection ; and the American Union presents 
 the fairest specimen of a republican government that has 
 ever yet existed. Each State has its own individual laws, 
 and officers of government; but the affairs of the Union or 
 general government are regulated by the Federal Congress, 
 composed of two houses, the Senate and House of Represen- 
 tatives. The Senate consists of two Senators from each 
 State ; and the House of Representatives, of members chosen 
 by the different States according to population. The Execu- 
 tive Power of the Federal Government is vested in a President, 
 who is chosen by a majority of electors from all the States of 
 the Union. Soon after the American Revolution, the 
 Federal Constitution was formed by delegates from the 13 
 original States. New States have been added from time to 
 time, until the republic now comprises 34, besided a vast 
 extent of territory, sufficient to form a number equal to those 
 already admitted. The States of the Union are usually 
 allotted arid described under different groups as: 6 Eastern, 
 4 Middle, 10 Southern and 14 Western States. 
 
 EASTERN STATES. 
 
 Area 66,116 square miles. Population 3,134,000. 
 
 The Eastern or New England States, including Maine, 
 New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island ;unl 
 Connecticut, are all situated east of the Hudson rivrr and 
 stretch along the coast from Long Island Sound to the Bay 
 
38 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 of Fundy. They are distinguished for the infinite variety 
 of their surface, and for their beautiful lakes, rivers and delight- 
 ful mountain scenery. The land along the coast is princi- 
 pally level, but in the interior it is diversified Avith numerous 
 hills, mountains and valleys; no plains of any considerable 
 extent being met with. The soil is in many places good ; 
 but greater care is required to insure good crops here, than in 
 other sections of the country. It is better adapted for grazing 
 than agriculture. Large quantities of grass, corn, wheat and 
 other grains are cultivated, but the farmer bestows the great- 
 est attention to the raising of cattle, horses, sheep and swine. 
 Apples, pears, peaches and plums, are grown in great abun- 
 dance, especially in the southern parts. Many of the inhab- 
 itants of these States are engaged in the whale, herring and 
 cod fisheries. The manufactures of the Eastern States are 
 very extensive, embracing a great variety of articles, and 
 their large commerce is constantly increasing. Massachusetts, 
 Connecticut, Rhode Island and New Hampshire, are largely 
 engaged in the manufacture of cotton and woolen goods, 
 hats, shoes, clocks, iron, tinware, and numerous other arti- 
 cles. Of exports, lumber, pot and pearl ashes and fish, are 
 the most important. Railroads are numerous and extend 
 through all parts of New England. 
 
 In no other part of the Avorld, perhaps, is knowledge so 
 generally diffused among all classes, as in the Eastern States, 
 and this is owing to the universal provision made for the 
 education of all persons. All the inhabitants are instructed 
 in the ordinary branches of common school education, and 
 it is an anomaly to meet a person of New England origin, 
 who is unable to read and write, and who has not also a 
 practical knowledge of arithmetic. In addition to the com- 
 mon schools, the Eastern States are abundantly supplied with 
 high schools, academies and colleges, some of the latter 
 standing at the head of Jhe literary institutions of the country. 
 The inhabitants of these States are intelligent, industrious 
 and enterprising. They hold rank amongst the foremost in 
 each of the learned professions ; and with the best mechan- 
 ics, farmers and seamen in the whole union. 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 Area 33,000 square miles. Population 628,000. 
 Maine is the most eastern and one of the most northern 
 
UNITED STATES. 39 
 
 States of the American Union. It once formed a part of 
 Massachusetts, and its separate existence dates from 1820, in 
 which year it was admitted as a sovereign State. The first 
 permanent settlement was made within the borders of Maine 
 at Saco, in 1623. This State was the scene of the celebrated 
 march of Arnold and his troops against Quebec, over the 
 unexplored wilderness, in the year 1775, one of the most 
 remarkable events of the American Revolution. The diffi- 
 culty respecting its boundary was terminated by treaty in 
 1842, by the cession of a small part of its territory to Great 
 Britain in lieu of certain privileges granted by the British 
 Government. It is bounded on the north by Canada East, 
 east by New Brunswick and the Atlantic, south by the 
 Atlantic, and west by New Hampshire and Canada East, 
 and it has 16 counties. 
 
 Surface, 8?c. A range of mountains called the Main 
 Ridge, runs from the northern extremity of New Hampshire 
 to the northwestern extremity of the State, and forms a part 
 of the western boundary. Some of the peaks of this 
 chain rise to the height of 4,000 feet. Mount Katahdin, 
 a rugged and isolated peak in the interior, has an 
 elevation of 5,385 feet. In general the surface of this State 
 is hilly. Along the sea coast arid on the banks of rivers, lie 
 some small plains, but the great portion of the State is vari- 
 ously diversified with hills and dales. The soil is sterile in 
 the mountainous portions, but fertile in the valleys. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Kennebec, which takes 
 its source in Moosehead lake ; the Penobscot, the Jlndroscog- 
 gin and the Saco, all flowing south into the Atlantic, The 
 river St. Croix forms part of the boundary with New Bruns- 
 wick, and flows likewise into the Atlantic. 
 
 Lakes. Many lakes are found in this State, the largest of 
 which are: Moosehead, 50 miles long and 12 wide; Umba- 
 gog, 15 long and 10 wide; Chesuncook, 20 long and 2 wide, 
 besides numerous smaller ones. 
 
 Climate. The winters are very severe, the ground being 
 covered with snow, usually from 3 to 4 months in the year. 
 The rivers are closed with ice during the same length of time. 
 In the mountainous districts snow falls to the depth of 5 
 feet The summers are hot, but too short for the successful 
 cultivation of some products grown in the northern states, 
 
40 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 such as Indian corn. The climate however, is very 
 healthy. 
 
 Products. Immense forests grow in the northern and 
 central parts, yielding great quantities of timber, which is the 
 chief source of wealth. The principal forest trees are : 
 pine, spruce, hemlock, maple, birch, beech and ash. Apple, 
 pear, plum, and cherry trees thrive here, but the peach in gen- 
 eral has failed. Deers, wolves, catamounts, beavers, martens, 
 and sables are yet found in the forests ; abundance of wild 
 geese, ducks and eagles are caught. Great, quantities of mack- 
 erel and herring are caught on the coast, and the rivers con- 
 tain salmon and trout. 
 
 Manufactures. Maine is less extensively engaged in man- 
 ufactures than some of the other New England states, but 
 owing to the abundance of timber supplied by her forests, a 
 greater number of ships are built here than in any other state 
 of the Union. 
 
 Education. This State has a very finely established system 
 of schools for public instruction, and she supports these with 
 considerable liberality. Her superior educational institutions 
 are: Bowdoin College, ar Brunswick, founded in 1794; and, 
 Waterville College, at the town of the same name, in 1820 ; of 
 the former it may be remarked that it ranks amongst the fore- 
 most Colleges in the country. 
 
 Government. The Governor of this ^State, as also the 
 Senate of 31 members, and the House of Representatives of 
 151, are chosen annually. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Androscoggin. 7. Knox. 12. Sagadaliock. 
 
 2. Aroostook. 8. Lincoln. 13. Somerset. 
 
 3. Cumberland. 9. Oxford. 14. Waldo. 
 
 4. Franklin. 10. Penobscot. 15. Washington. 
 
 5. Hancock. 11. Piscataquis. 16. York. 
 
 6. Kennebec. 
 
 AUGUSTA, the capital, situated on the west side of the Ken- 
 nebec river 43 miles from its mouth, has a hospital for the in- 
 sane, and manufactures of cotton and woolen goods. It stands 
 in the centre of a beautiful and fertile country, and is noted for 
 the elegance of its public buildings, and the increaseof its pop- 
 ulation. The capitol, a noble structure of whitish marble at the 
 southern extremity of the city, occupies a position command- 
 ding a wide and extensive prospect. In front of the State 
 
UNITED STATES. 41 
 
 House is a spacious park, handsomely laid out with walks, 
 and ornamented with shade trees. On the east side of the ri- 
 ver stands the United States Arsenal, enclosed by a neat iron 
 fence. Population 15,000. 
 
 PORTLAND, is a flourishing and handsome city, situated 
 upon a peninsula in Casco Bay. It has a capacious harbor, 
 defended by two forts, and its commerce is greater than that 
 of any other city in the State. The facilities of this place 
 for foreign and inland trade are excellent, and its ship 
 building extensive. It contains several scientific and literary 
 institutions, and it is handsomely ornamented with shade 
 trees. Portland was settled by an English colony in 1632, 
 and during the Indian and French wars, was three times en- 
 tirely destroyed. Population 26,000. 
 
 BANGOR, on the right bank of the Penobscot, 60 miles from 
 its mouth, is one of the greatest lumber depots in the world. 
 It has a fine location ; and its inhabitants are extensively 
 engaged in foreign commerce, the coast trade and ship build- 
 ing. Its manufactures are considerable. Population 16,000. 
 
 BATH, on the Kennebec, 12 miles from the ocean, is one of 
 the largest ship building ports in the United States. Popula- 
 tion 15,000. 
 
 BIDDEFORD, on the Saco river, 6 miles from its mouth, has 
 extensive manufactories of cotton and woolen goods. Pop- 
 ulation 10,000. 
 
 SACO, opposite the above and united to it by bridge, is also 
 a great manufacturing place. Population 7,000. 
 
 BELFAST, at the head of Penobscot Bay, 30 miles from the 
 ocean, has a harbor sufficiently capacious for vessels of the 
 largest size. Lumber is the chief article of export. Popula- 
 tion 6,000. 
 
 CALAIS, at the head of the St. Croix navigation, carries on 
 a brisk lumber trade. Population 6,000. 
 
 ROCKLAND, is a flourishing town on the southwest side of 
 the Penobscot Bay. Its principal establishments are saw- 
 mills, paper mills and machine shops. Population 10,000. 
 
 LKWISTON, in Androscoggin County, on the river BO named, is one of the 
 most extensive manufacturing towns in the State. The river here has a 
 fall of 60 feet in 15 rods, furnishing water power equal to any in New 
 England. Population 8,000. 
 
 CASTIXE, situated on the east side of Penobscot Bay, at the entrance of 
 the river so named, 3-4 miles south of Bangor, is noted for its fisheries and 
 ship building. It was first settled by the French in 1667. 
 
\ 
 
 42 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 MACHIAS, situated near the mouth of Machias river, is chiefly engaged in 
 the coasting trade and ship building. 
 
 WATERVILLE, on the Kennebec, 18 miles above Augusta, is 
 the seat of Bowdoin College, with 5,000 inhabitants. 
 
 THOMASTON, in Lincoln county, contains the State prison. 
 The plan of the prison and discipline are similar to those 
 of the Auburn prison in New York State. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Lewiston. 2. Houlton. 3. Portland. 4. Farmington. 5. Ellsworth, 
 fi. AUGUSTA. 7. Wai'ren. 8. Wicasset. 9. Paris. 10. Bangor. 11. Dover. 
 12. Bath. 13. Norridgewock. 14. Belfast. 15. Machias. 16. Alfred. 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 Area 9,280 square miles. Population 326,000. 
 
 New Hampshire is one of the most interesting States of 
 the Union, on account of its varied scenery, its mountains, 
 lakes, rivers and cascades. This State was first settled at 
 Dover and Portsmouth in 1623, and it bore a conspicuous 
 part during the American Revolution. 
 
 It is bounded north by Canada, east by Maine and the 
 Atlantic, south by Massachusetts and west by Vermont. 
 It is divided into 10 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Between the Merrimac and Connecticut 
 rivers, in the southwest of the State, a ridge of mountains 
 runs north, the highest peak of which, called Moosehillock, is 
 4,636 feet high. This ridge in the north ri^es much higher 
 and goes under the name of the White Mountains, the lof- 
 tiest summit of which has an altitude of 6,428 feet. The 
 mountain scenery of this State is very romantic, and with 
 the exception of Niagara Falls attracts more tourists than 
 any other natural object in the United States. The moun- 
 tainous regions are called the " American Switzerland." 
 
 Rivers. The Connecticut, the largest river, has its source in 
 this State, and forms its western boundary with Vermont. 
 The Merrimac also rises here, flows south, and afterwards 
 bends eastward and empties into the Atlantic. 
 
 Lakes. Winnipiseogee lake is the largest and most beauti- 
 ful ; it is 25 miles long, and from 1 to 10 wide, and contains 
 360 islands. Umbagog is 18 miles long and 10 wide. 
 
 Climate. The climate is severe, being somewhat colder than 
 that of Maine, but more steady. The heat of summer is some- 
 
UNITED STATES. 43 
 
 times very great ; and the cold of winter has been so intense 
 as to freeze mercury. In the vicinity of the White mountains 
 the winters are excessively cold, and the peaks are covered 
 with snow during 9 and 10 months of the year. The State 
 is very healthy. 
 
 Products. The native forest trees are: the oak, pine, hem- 
 lock, ash, beech and birch. The white pine grows here some- 
 times to the enormous height of 200 feet, and has a diameter 
 of from 6 to 7 feet. Great quantities of lumber are exported. 
 Wild fowl and game are abundant in the forests, and the riv- 
 ers and lakes contain large numbers of fish. 
 
 Manufactures. The excellent hydraulic power furnished by 
 the Merrimac and Cocheco rivers, has enabled the people of 
 New Hampshire to carry manufacturing to a high pitch of 
 activity ; of this, her extensive manufactories of cotton and 
 woolen goods and of iron and leather, are sufficient evidence. 
 
 Education. Popular education is greatly encouraged by 
 the people of New Hampshire, and her citizens rank amongst 
 the best educated in the whole country. Dartmouth College 
 at Hanover, founded 1769, is the only institution of this class 
 in the State, and is justly regarded as one of the most excel- 
 lent in the Union. 
 
 Curiosities. Besides the mountain scenery in this State, 
 the passage of the Saco river, called the Notch, 2 miles long, 
 and only 22 feet wide ; Bellows Falls, in the Connecticut 
 river; Jlmoskeag Falls, in the Merrimac; and Profile Moun- 
 tain, a rugged peak 1000 feet high, exhibiting the features of 
 the human face, are objects of noted celebrity. 
 
 Government. No person can be Governor, Senator or 
 Representative in this State, unless he conform to some sect 
 of protestantism. The Governor, Senate of 12 members, 
 and House of Representatives of 286 members, are all 
 elected annually. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Belknap. 5. Grafton. 8. Rockingham. 
 
 2. Carroll. 6. Hillsborougb. 9. Stratford. 
 
 3. Cheshire. 7. Merrimac. 10. Sullivan. 
 
 4. Coos. 
 
 CONCORD, the seat of government, is situated on the Merri- 
 mac, 50 miles from the Atlantic, and contains the State Prison 
 
44 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 and the Insane Asylum ; it is noted for its carriage manu 
 factories. The vehicles manufactured at this place, are seen 
 in every state of the Union, and in Canada, Mexico, Central 
 and South America. , The State House stands in a handsome 
 common, planted with beautiful shade trees. It is built of 
 hewn granite, is 126 feet long, 49 wide, and two stories high 
 above the basement. The business of the city, which is im- 
 portant and rapidly increasing, centres principally in Boston. 
 Population 11,000. 
 
 MANCHESTER, on the Merrimac river, 25 miles southeast of 
 Concord, is a great manufacturing place, containing some of 
 the largest cotton mills in the world ; also extensive machine 
 shops, foundries and paper mills. Population 30,000. 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, situated at the mouth of the Piscataqua river, 
 3 miles from the ocean, is the only seaport in the State. It 
 has one of the finest harbors in the world, accessible to the 
 largest ships. Ship building is extensively carried on at this 
 place. Population 12,000. 
 
 DOVER, situated on the Cocheco river, 4 miles from its junc- 
 tion with the Piscataqua, is the oldest settled town in the 
 State, and has considerable manufactures. Population 10,000. 
 
 NASHUA, situated at the confluence of the river of the same 
 name with the Merrimac, is distinguished for the extent and 
 variety of its manufactures. Population 10,000. 
 
 HANOVER, is pleasantly located on the Connecticut, and is 
 the seat of Dartmouth college. 
 
 EXETER, situated on a river of its own name, manufactures 
 great numbers of carriages. Here the celebrated Phillips' 
 Academy, founded in 1781, is located. Population 4,000. 
 
 NASHVILLE, in Hillsboro county, is extensively engaged in 
 the manufacture of cotton sheeting and shirting. 
 
 GREAT FALLS, situated in Strafford county, is one of the 
 most extensive cotton manufacturing towns in the State. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Gilford. 2. Ossippee. 8. Keene. 4. Lancaster. 5. Haverhill and 
 Plymouth. 6. Amherst. 7. CONCORD. 8. Portsmouth and Exeter. 9. Po- 
 ver. 10. Newport. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 Area, 10,000 square miles. Population 315,000. 
 
 This State derives its name from the Green Mountains, by 
 
tTNITED STATES. 45 
 
 which it is traversed. It was first explored by the French 
 from Canada, but the earliest settlement was made at Fort 
 Dummer, in 1724, by colonists from Massachusetts. The 
 people of this State distinguished themselves by their valor 
 during the American Revolution, and the name of " Green 
 Mountain boys," acquired during that struggle, has ever been 
 remembered as a title of renown and patriotism. The State 
 was admitted into the Union in 1791. 
 
 It is bounded north by Canada, east by New Hampshire, 
 south by Massachusetts, and west by New York, and contains 
 14 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Green Mountains run through this 
 State, dividing it into the eastern and western declivities. In 
 the northern part these divide into two branches ; the one 
 called the Height of Land, running in a northeastern course, 
 forms the boundary of New Hampshire and Maine; the other 
 branch, stretching north, terminates near the extremity of the 
 State. The State is greatly diversified with hills and valleys. 
 The surface slopes from the mountainous chain which occu- 
 pies the centre, to the Connecticut and Lake Champlain. 
 Some plains lie along the rivers, but the State is in general 
 elevated, and is one of the most picturesque regions of North 
 America. The soil is rich and fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The Connecticut forms its eastern boundary, and 
 is the only river of importance, the remaining streams being 
 small. 
 
 Lakes. The largest is Lake Champlain, 128 miles long, 
 and from 1 to 15 miles wide. On the llth of September, 1814, 
 a naval engagement was fought upon this lake, between the 
 Americans and English, in which the former were victorious. 
 Lake Memphremagog, lies partly in Canada and partly in this 
 State, and is 35 miles long and 3 wide. 
 
 Climate. The climate of Vermont is very cold and vari- 
 able, but its purity and salubrity compensate for the severity. 
 The winters continue from the beginning of December, until 
 April ; the cold is more uniform than in the other eastern 
 states. The summers are very fair and serene. 
 
 Products. The principal products are wheat, rye, barley, 
 oats, peas, rlax and potatoes. Wheat flourishes best west of 
 the Green Mountains. Horses, cattle and sheep are raised in 
 abundance. This State possesses extensive mines of iron, 
 copper, lead and numerous marble quarries. 
 
46 GEOGOAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Manufactures. Vermont is less engaged in manufacturing 
 than the rest of the New England states ; yet, her industry in 
 this particular is by no means so insignificant as to be totally 
 overlooked. One of the most extensive manufactories of pat- 
 ent weighing scales in the Union, is in this State. 
 
 Education. The universities of Vermont and Norwich, 
 founded, the former in 1791, the latter in 1834, and Middle- 
 bury College, founded in 1800, are the leading institutions of 
 literature in the Green Mountain State. 
 
 Government. The Governor, Lieutenant Governor, and 
 also the members of the Senate and House of Representatives, 
 are elected annually by popular} vote. The Senate is 
 composed of 30 and the House of Representatives of 230 
 members. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Addison. 6. Franklin. 11. Rutland. 
 
 2. Bennington. 7. Grand Isle. 12. Washington. 
 
 3. Caledonia. 8. Lamoille. 13. Windham. 
 
 4. Chittendcn. 9. Orleans. 14. Windsor. 
 
 5. Essex. 10. Orange. 
 
 This State includes no large cities within its limits. 
 
 MONTPELIER, the capital, is situated on Onion river, 43 
 miles from its mouth, and is a flourishing town, containing 
 the State Capitol and other handsome buildings. The State 
 House is a magnificent granite edifice, built in the form of a 
 cross, 150 feet long and 100 deep,including the portico, which 
 consists of 6 columns each 6 feet in diameter at the base, and 
 36 feet high. The building is crowned by a dome, the apex 
 of which is 100 feet high. Population 4,000. 
 
 BURLINGTON, on lake Champlain, is a flourishing commer- 
 cial town. It is the largest town in the State, and occupies a 
 location not surpassed for beauty by any in the New Eng- 
 land States. Burlington was settled in 1783. Population 
 10,000. 
 
 RUTLAND, is pleasantly situated on Otter creek, and is the 
 centre of trade for a large section of country. Population 8,000. 
 
 WINDSOR, on the Connecticut river, 60 miles southeast of 
 the Capital, is a beautiful town, and carries on an extensive 
 trade. It is the seat of the Vermont state prison. The lofty 
 Mount JLscutney, affords a magnificent prospect of the 
 surrounding country from its summit. 
 
UNITED STATES. 47 
 
 BENNINGTON, near the south west corner of the State, is 
 noted in revolutionary annals, for the victory obtained by 
 Gen. Stark, over a detachment of Burgoyne's army, August 
 16th, 1777. 
 
 BRATTLEBOROUGH, on the Connecticut, below Windsor, 
 contains the State Lunatic Asylum. A bridge across the 
 Connecticut unites this place with Hinsdale, in New Hamp- 
 shire. 
 
 MIDDLEBURY, is one of the most important manufacturing 
 towns in the state, and the seat of Middlebury College. 
 
 VERGENNES, situated on Otter Creek, 7 miles from its entrance into Lake 
 Charnplain, is admirably located for ship building. It contains a United 
 States Arsenal, the only establishment of the kind in the State belonging to 
 the Federal Government. Here the flotilla which was commanded by 
 Commadore McDonough and which captured the British fleet on Lake Cham- 
 plain, September llth, 1814, was fitted out. 
 
 NORWICH, in Windsor County, has manufactures of boots, shoes, leather 
 and cabinet ware. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Middlebury. 2. Bennington and Manchester. 8. Danville. 4. Bur- 
 lington. 5. Guildhall. G. St. Albans. 7. North Hero. 8. Hyde Park. 
 9. Irasburg. 10. Chelsea. 11. Rutland. 12. MOXTPELIEH. 13. Xcwfane. 
 14. Woodstock. 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 Area 7,800 square miles. Population 1,231,000. 
 
 Massachusetts is the oldest, and although small in territory, 
 by far the most important of the Eastern States. It was first 
 settled by the Pilgrim Fathers, who landed on Plymouth 
 rock, December 22d, 1620. The spark of liberty borne in 
 the Mayflower bark, ignited in the battle of Lexington, 1775, 
 the torch of of the American Revolution, which blazed until 
 the independence of the then United Colonies was secured. 
 To this state belongs the honor of the first establishment of 
 common school education. Her high educational institutions 
 are among the best in the country, and she has given birth to 
 a larger number of eminent authors, inventors and statesmen, 
 than any other State in the whole confederacy. She is one 
 of the original 13 States, and is bounded, north by Ver- 
 mont and New Hampshire, east by the Atlantic, south by 
 the same and the States of Rhode Island and Connecticut, 
 and west by New York. It contains 14 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Green Mountains of Vermont enter the 
 north of this State, under the name of the Hoosac and 
 
48 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Taugkannic Mountains, and extend into Connecticut. 
 The highest peaks of these, are Saddle Mountain, 3,600 feet 
 high, and Taugkannic Mountain, 3,000 feet. The isolated 
 peaks of Mount Torn and Mount Holyoke have elevations, 
 the former 1,200 and. the latter 910 feet. This latter peak is 
 greatly visited for the beauty of its charming prospect. The 
 western portion of this State is mountainous, but not very 
 elevated ; the middle and northwestern lie lower and are 
 uneven and broken in surface. The southeastern part is 
 low, level and sandy. The best soil is in the middle and 
 western parts and in the valleys of her rivers ; the low, level, 
 southeastern part, is composed of the poorest soil. 
 
 Rivers. The Connecticut, flows south through this State 
 and receives within its. limits the Westfield on the west and 
 the Chicopee on the east, as affluents. The remaining 
 rivers, except the Merrimac, which flows through the north- 
 eastern part of the State, are small streams. 
 
 Islands. Nantucket and Martha's Vineyard are the prin- 
 cipal islands upon the coast, and these are noted for their 
 whale and other fisheries. The former has an area of 50, 
 the latter 85 square miles. 
 
 Climate. The winters here are severe, and snow covers 
 the earth every season, to the depth of several feet. The 
 cold is most excessive in February, and the rivers are frozen 
 over during 2 or 3 months. The heat of summer is at times 
 very great ; but like the cold of winter, continues only a few 
 days. Spring sets in, about one week earlier than in New 
 Hampshire. 
 
 Products. This State does not raise grain sufficient for 
 home consumption. The most important products, like those 
 of the other Eastern States, are corn, oats, potatoes, rye, bar- 
 ley, buckwheat, fruits, butter, cheese, hay, maple sugar, and 
 live stock. 
 
 Manufactures. Massachusetts, is the greatest manufactu- 
 ring state of the Union, and her cities and towns are filled with 
 a population who depend upon the various manufacturing 
 interests of the State for their support and wealth ; the cotton 
 and woolen manufactures give direct employment to a large 
 number of her people. 
 
 Curiosities. After the picturesque grandeur and sublimity 
 of the mountain prospects, and the variety of her beautiful 
 landscapes, Massachusetts is yet prolific in her attractive 
 
UNITED STATES. 49 
 
 stores of nature. Some of these are : the Ice Hole, a wild ra- 
 vine of Stockbridge, where the ice never melts ; the Falls of 
 the Housatonic, in Dalton ; the Natural Bridge, on Hudson's 
 Brook, in Adams county; the Great Rock, in Marlborough, 
 so equally balanced as to be moved by a finger ; and Hang- 
 ing Mountain, on the Farmington river. 
 
 Education. To Massachusetts belongs the distinguished 
 honor of having first conceived arid inaugurated the system 
 of general education among the masses, by means of common 
 schools ; a plan, by the instrumentality of which, knowledge 
 is furnished to the humblest as well as to the wealthiest in 
 the land ; and this same system has extended itself into the 
 Middle and Western states, and is now slowly making its way 
 into the Southern states of our Union, and even into Europe 
 itself. Though Massachusetts is at this time being rivalled 
 by many of her sister states in the excellence of their common 
 schools, yet in none of them are her schools surpassed. Of 
 colleges, she claims equality, if not superiority to all others. 
 Harvard University, at Cambridge, founded in 1636, is the old- 
 est, best endowed, and most celebrated institution in the whole 
 Union. Her colleges are : Williams College, at Williamstown, 
 founded in 1793 ; Amherst College, at Amherst, founded in 
 1821 ; Holy Cross, at Worcester, founded in 1843; and Tuft's 
 College, at Medford, founded in 1854. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor are 
 elected annually. The Senate, composed of 40, and the House 
 of Representatives of 356 members, are also elected annually, 
 by popular vote. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Barnstable. 6. Franklin. 11. Norfolk. 
 
 2. Berkshire. 7. Hampden. 12. Plymouth. 
 
 3. Bristol. 8. Hampshire. 13. Suffolk. 
 
 4. Dukes. 9. Middlesex. 14. Worcester. 
 
 5. Essex. 10. Nantucket. 
 
 This State contains more large towns than any other State 
 in the Union, in proportion to its population. 
 
 BOSTON, the capital of the State, and second commercial 
 city of the Union, is pleasantly situated upon a small penin- 
 sula in Massachusetts Bay. The city is divided into 3 parts : 
 Boston Proper, East Boston and South Boston. It was 
 originally laid out without regularity, and its streets were left 
 
 D 
 
50 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 to form themselves in tortuous courses. Some of its streets 
 are now rendered handsome and spacious ; the most fash- 
 ionable of which are Washington and Tremont. The 
 public edifices of Boston are numerous and splendid, the 
 most noted of which are the State House, on Beacon Hill ; 
 Faneuil Hall, the cradle of American liberty ; the Merchant's 
 Exchange, the City Hall, Tremont Temple, and many other 
 gorgeous and costly edifices. The great ornament of the 
 city, is the open space, called the Common, which is sur- 
 rounded upon all sides except the west, with handsome 
 buildings and beautiful elm trees. Boston contains nu- 
 merous literary, scientific and benevolent institutions. The 
 Athenaeum, the Massachusetts Historical Society, the Library 
 Society, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and 
 the Mercantile Library Association, have all large libraries, 
 that of the first containing 50,000 volumes. The city has 
 over 100 churches, issues about the same number of period- 
 icals, and its great literary superiority has given it the name 
 of the " American Mhens" Population 175,000. 
 
 CHARLESTOWN, situated on a peninsula north of Boston, to 
 which it is united by bridges, is for the most part hand- 
 somely built. The chief object of attraction is the Bunker 
 Hill Monument, an obelisk of granite, 220 feet high, erected 
 in commemoration of the battle fought here, June 17th, 
 1775. It stands upon Breed's Hill, near the spot where 
 the brave Warren fell. Population 25,000. 
 
 LOWELL, situated on the right bank of the Merrimac river, 
 above the mouth of the Concord, is the greatest manufactu- 
 ring city in the United States. It has sprung up since the 
 introduction of cotton manufacture, and its citizens are 
 chiefly dependent upon this branch of industry. The cotton 
 mills give employment to 15,000 operatives. Population 
 37,000. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, west of Boston, consists of three parts : East 
 Cambridge, Cambridgeport and Old Cambridge. This last 
 part, three miles from Boston, stands upon a level space of 
 ground and contains Harvard University, the first establish- 
 ed and most renowned collegiate institution in the whole 
 United States. In the southwestern part of this city is 
 Mount Auburn, the cemetery of the metropolis. Cambridge 
 is one of the earliest settled towns in New England, dating 
 its origin from 1630. During the Revolutionary War, the 
 
UNITED STATES. 51 
 
 American Army occupied Cambridge while the British held 
 possession of Boston. Population 26,000. 
 
 ROXBURY, three miles south of the metropolis, with which 
 it is united by bridges. Its private residences are neat, and 
 many of them elegant and enclosed by spacious grounds, 
 gardens and shrubbery. Many business men of the capital 
 reside here. Population 25,000. 
 
 WORCESTER, forty miles west of Boston, in the centre of 
 one of the richest and most productive regions of the State, 
 is the focus of a vast commerce, and has various and exten- 
 sive manufactories. It is the seat of the State Lunatic Asy- 
 lum, and of the American Antiquarian Society, founded in 
 1812. Population 25,000. 
 
 NEW BEDFORD, a port on Buzzard's Bay, fifty-five miles 
 south of Boston, is a handsome tovrn, the streets of which are 
 generally adorned with shade trees. It is the great depot of 
 the American whale fisheries, and one of the wealthiest 
 towns of the Union. Population 23,000. 
 
 SALEM, situated on the peninsula, fourteen miles north of 
 Boston, is noted for the number and excellence of its literary 
 institutions. It has a fine harbor, and its trade is extensive. 
 Here, in 1692, prevailed the famous witchcraft superstition, 
 through which nineteen persons were executed. Popula- 
 tion 22,000. 
 
 LYNN, on Massachusetts Bay, between Boston and Salem, 
 has long been celebrated for its manufacture of ladies' shoes. 
 Its beaches, and Nahant, in the vicinity, are noted summer 
 resorts. Population 20,000. 
 
 LAWRENCE, on both sides of the Merrimac river, twenty- six 
 miles from the metropolis, is one of the greatest manufactur- 
 ing towns in the United States. Population 18,000. 
 
 TAUNTON, at the head of the river of the same name, is a 
 place of various and extensive manufactures. Pop. 15,000. 
 
 SPRINGFIELD, on the Connecticut river, is one ot the most 
 flourishing and handsome inland towns in the State. It has 
 the most extensive arsenal in the Union. Great quantities of 
 arms are made here annually. Population 15,000. 
 
 NEWBURYPORT, at the mouth of the Merrimac river, is noted 
 for its beauty and the regularity of its streets. It has a safe 
 and capacious harbor, but obstructed by a sand bar. Here 
 died, September 30, 1770, the celebrated George Whitfield. 
 Population 13,000. 
 
52 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 PLYMOUTH, on the Bay of this name, is memorable as the 
 first settled town in New England. The most noted edifice 
 is Pilgrim's Hall, erected by the Pilgrim Society in 1624. 
 Population 7,000. 
 
 The other towns in this state are: Fall River, with 14,000 
 inhabitants; Chelsea, 13,000; Gloucester, 11,000; Haverhill, 
 10,000; Dorchester, 10,000; Milford, 9,000; Abington, 8,500; 
 Newton, 8,000 ; Pittsfield, 8,000 ; Somerville, 8,000 ; Fitch- 
 burg, 8,000 ; Marblehead, 7,500 ; Chicopee, 7,000 ; Adams, 
 7,000; Northampton, 7,000; Quiricy, 7,000; Woburn, 6,500; 
 North Bridgewater, 6,500; South Danvers, 6,500 ; Waltham, 
 6,400; Dedham, 6,300; West Roxbury, 6,300; Beverly, 
 6,000 ; Attleborough, 6,000 ; Marlborough, 5,900 ; Maiden, 
 5,800 ; Randolph, 5,700 ; Natick, 5,500 ; Blackstone, 5,400 ; 
 Brookline, 5,100 ; Barnstable, 5,000 ; Danvers, 5,000 ; West- 
 field, 5,000 ; Holyoke, 5,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Barnstable. 2. Lenox. 3. Taunton arid New Bedford. 4. Edgarton. 
 5. Salem, Ipswich, Lawrence and Newburyport. 6. Greenfield. 7. Spring- 
 field. 8. Northampton. 9. Concord, Cambridge and Lowell. 10. Nan- 
 tucket. 11. Dedham. 12. Plymouth. 13. BOSTON. 14. Worcester. 
 
 RHODE ISLAND. 
 
 Area 1,306 square miles. Population 174,000. 
 
 Rhode Island is the smallest State of the Union, and was 
 first settled in 1636, by Roger Williams and his followers. It 
 was one of the earliest and firmest advocates oi American In- 
 dependence; but after its achievement, one of the last to ratify 
 the adopted Federal Constitution. This State was the scene 
 of the Dorr rebellion in 1842. 
 
 It is bounded north and east by Massachusetts, south by 
 the Atlantic, and west by Connecticut, and contains five 
 counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. This State is mostly level, except in the north- 
 west, where it is hilly and rocky. The soil is moderately fer- 
 tile. It contains no mountains nor rivers of importance. 
 
 Climate. The climate of this State is very similar to that 
 of Connecticut and Massachusetts. Its contiguity to the 
 ocean moderates the severity of winter and the heat of sum- 
 mer. 
 
 Products. The attention of farmers is more turned to the 
 grazing of cattle and the products of the dairy, than to agri- 
 
TJNITED STATES. 53 
 
 culture. The products, however, are similar to those of the 
 other Eastern States. 
 
 Manufactures. Owing to its great hydraulic power, this 
 State is extensively engaged in manufactures, and the first 
 cotton mill established in the United States, was built within 
 the limits of Rhode Island. In proportion to its population, 
 it ranks as the first cotton manufacturing State in the Union. 
 
 Education. Rhode Island gives great attention to the 
 cause of popular education. In addition to this, Brown Uni- 
 versity, located at Providence, founded in 1764, is deservedly 
 ranked as one of the most excellent educational institutions in 
 the United States. This University has made some very im- 
 portant innovations in the method of instruction and in the 
 manner of conferring degrees, with the design of allowing 
 young men to select their studies with reference to their de- 
 signs or future plans, without being obliged to pass through 
 the whole course of college studies. 
 
 Government. The executive power, is vested in a Gover- 
 nor and Lieutenant Governor, who are chosen annually 
 The Legislative power is in the hands of a Senate of 31, and 
 a House of Representatives of 72 members, also elected an- 
 nually by popular vote. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Bristol. 3. Newport. 5. Washington. 
 
 2. Kent. 4. Providence. 
 
 PROVIDENCE, situated on a river of its own name, at the 
 head of Narraganset bay, thirty -five miles from the ocean, is a 
 semi-capital of the State, and in proportion to size one of the 
 most wealthy cities in the United Statts. It occupies an ad- 
 vantageous position for commerce, and has a harbor capable 
 of admitting vessels of 900 tons. Many of its public buildings 
 are large arid costly structures. The Arcade is a beautiful 
 granite edifice on the west side of the river, 226 feet long, 80 
 wide and 3 stories high, and extends from Broad street to 
 Westminster. Some of the other public buildings are the 
 State House, the Savings Bank, and the new Custom House. 
 This city is the seat of Brown University, and contains nu- 
 merous other literary and educational institutions. Its man- 
 ufactures are of various kinds and very extensive. Popula- 
 tion 50,000. 
 
54 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 NEWPORT, on Narraganset Bay, 5 miles from the ocean, 
 also a semi-capital of the State, has one of the best harbors in 
 the Union. Its sea air and delightful scenery have ren- 
 dered this place one of the most celebrated watering places 
 in New England. Many persons of wealth from other cities, 
 have erected summer residences here. Population 10,500. 
 
 BRISTOL, also on Narraganset Bay, has an easy and safe 
 harbor, with considerable trade. In the vicinity is Mount 
 Hope, the residence of Philip, the celebrated Indian king, who 
 was killed 1676. Population 5,000. 
 
 PAWTUCKET, four miles northeast of Providence, is one of the great manu- 
 facturing towns of Rhode Island. Its manufactures comprise those of cot- 
 ton goods, thread, machinery, cabinet ware, and carriages. It is noted as 
 the town in which the first cloth manufactory run by water in the United 
 States was established, in 1790. 
 
 WOONSOCKET, situated in Providence county, on both sides of the Black- 
 stone river, is likewise a great manufacturing town. Besides the principal 
 town it includes under its general name the smaller villages of Beron, Ham- 
 let, Jencksville, Globe and Union. The chief article of manufacture is cotton 
 goods. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Bristol. 2. East Greenwich. 3. NEWPORT. 4. PROVIDENCE. 5. 
 South Kingston. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 Area 4,730 square miles. Population 460,000. 
 
 Connecticut, the most southern of the Eastern States, at first 
 a colony of Massachusetts, was settled at Windsor, in 1633, 
 by the Plymouth company. During the Revolution, no other 
 State furnished so large a quota of soldiers, according to its 
 population, as did Connecticut, and George Washington had 
 no more efficient coadjutor than was Governor Trumbull, the 
 executive of this State during that famed struggle. It is bound- 
 ed north by Massachusetts, east by Rhode Island, south by 
 bong Island sound, and west by New York, and contains 
 eight counties. 
 
 Surface. The surface is greatly diversified, consisting of 
 few level tracts, and no very high mountains. The State is 
 traversed by several ranges of mountains, some of which attain 
 an altitude' of 700 feet. The soil is in general good, but of 
 very different qualities. 
 
UNITED STATES. 55 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Connecticut, the 
 Housatonic, and the Thames, all flowing south into Long 
 Island Sound. 
 
 Climate. All the rivers are frozen over for two or three 
 months, and deep snows cover the earth every winter. 
 The summers are clear and serene, and the climate is in gen- 
 eral healthy. 
 
 Products. The products are similar to those of Massa- 
 chusetts ; such as corn, wheat, oats, barley, buckwheat and 
 potatoes. Great quantities of butter and cheese are made, 
 and exported annually. Iron, copper and lead are mined here. 
 Porcelain clay is found in some parts. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of Connecticut are 
 various and extensive. Nearly all persons here are more or 
 less interested in some branch of manufactures. The 
 principal manufactures are those of cotton, woolen and silk 
 goods ; also of clocks, cutlery, carriages, india rubber goods 
 and tinware. Great quantities of hats, boots, shoes, paper, 
 saddlery, cabinet furniture, combs, buttons, &c., are likewise 
 made. 
 
 Education. The most liberal provisions have been made 
 in this State for the cause of popular education, the effects ol 
 which display themselves throughout the whole State, and 
 for this reason the people of Connecticut have long been 
 ranked amongst the most intelligent and well educated in the 
 whole country. Her colleges, likewise, entitle her to an 
 eminent grade. Next to Harvard University, Yale College, 
 founded in 1700, is universally estimated as holding rank, 
 and may properly be considered its equal. Besides Yale, 
 Trinity College at Hartford, founded in 1825, and the Wes- 
 leyan University at Middletown, founded 1831, are excellent 
 founts of literature. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor 
 are elected annually. The General Assembly is composed of 
 a Senate of 21, and a House of Representatives of 234 
 members. The members of each house are chosen annually. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Hartford. 4. Fairfield. 7. Middlesex. 
 
 2. New Haven. 6. Windham. 8. Tolland. 
 
 3. New London, 6. Litchfield. 
 
56 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 NEW HAVEN, is delightfully located on the bay of its own 
 name, four miles from Long Island Sound. It is built in 
 squares, with wide and spacious streets, and is one of the 
 most handsome cities in the United States. One of its 
 squares is occupied by the State House, the buildings of Yale 
 College and other edifices, which with the surrounding rows 
 of beautiful trees, render it an attractive resort. The private 
 residences are mostly detached, standing in yards and adorn- 
 ed with trees, gardens and shrubbery. On account of the 
 number of elms in this place, it has been called, " the City 
 of Elm Trees ; and it has long been celebrated for the intellec- 
 tual and moral character of its citizens. Population 40,000. 
 
 HARTFORD, one of the State capitals, is built upon the 
 Connecticut river, 50 miles from its mouth, in the midst of 
 a fertile and handsome country. It is a very elegant and 
 beautiful city, containing some of the finest specimens of 
 architecture in the Union. The first asylum for the deaf and 
 dumb in the United States, was erected here. It has numer- 
 ous manufacturing establishments, with a population of 30,- 
 000. The legislature meets alternately here and at New 
 Haven. The annual publication of books in this place is 
 extensive. 
 
 NORWICH, on the Thames river, at the head of navigation, 
 is a beautiful city, built in terraces, street above street, and 
 presents a delightful appearance as it is approached by the 
 river. It has numerous manufacturing establishments. The 
 burying ground of the Uncases is here shown, in which many 
 of the ancient Indian Sachems lie interred. Population 
 14,000. 
 
 BRIDGEPORT, built upon an arm of Long Island Sound, is 
 a delightful and handsome city, with numerous ornamental 
 shade trees. Its coasting trade and manufactures are very 
 extensive. Population 13,000. 
 
 NEW LONDON, on the river Thames, three miles from the 
 ocean, has one of the best harbors in the Union, which is de- 
 fended by two forts. Many of the inhabitants are engaged in 
 the whale fisheries, and its shipping is considerable. Popu- 
 lation 10,000. 
 
 WATERBURY, a handsome and flourishing city, twenty-eight 
 miles southwest of Hartford, is noted for its varied and ex- 
 pensive manufactures. Population 10,000. 
 
UNITED STATES. 5t 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. HARTFORD. 2. NEW HAVEN. 3. Norwich and New London. 4. Fair- 
 field and Danbury. 5. Brooklyn. 6. Litchfield. 7. Middletown and 
 Haddam. 8. Tolland. 
 
 MIDDLE STATES. 
 
 Area 103,440 square miles. Population 7,577,000. 
 
 The Middle States comprise New York, New Jersey, Penn- 
 sylvania and Delaware. They occupy an important section 
 of the American Union, and are distinguished for their agri- 
 culture, manufactures and commerce, for their rapid growth 
 in prosperity and wealth, and for their numerous and exten- 
 sive canals and railways. These States are traversed by the 
 Alleghany, the Blue mountains, and other ranges, and their 
 surface is therefore considerably diversified with mountains, 
 hills and valleys. The soil is in general fertile, and the cli- 
 mate mild and salubrious. Wheat is the great staple of these 
 States, but rye, oats, barley, corn, buckwheat, beans, flax and 
 hemp are grown in great quantities. The soil and climate is 
 admirably adapted to the growth of various kinds of fruit; 
 Apples, pears, peaches, plums and cherries, are produced in 
 abundance. The mineral wealth of these states is inexhaust- 
 ible, especially in Pennsylvania, where iron and coal exist 
 in the greatest quantities. Copper, lead, limestone and mar- 
 ble are found. Bituminous coal is abundantly obtained near 
 Pittsburg. Salt springs are numerous, especially in New 
 York, and also in Pennsylvania west of the Alleghanies. The 
 manufactures of these states,- are important and various, and 
 these employ an astonishing amount of capital, giving support 
 to thousands of both sexes. Their commerce, is larger than that 
 of any other section of the Union, and it is carried on chiefly 
 through the great depots of New York and Philadelphia. 
 The inland traffic is greatly facilitated by means of canals 
 and railroads, which are made through nearly all sections of 
 the country. Great advancement has also been made in 
 the cause of education, and at this time, common schools are 
 very generally established, and the people of the Middle 
 Slates are now being ranked with the most intelligent of the 
 Republic. 
 
 D* 
 
58 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 Area 47,000 square miles. Population 3,887,000. 
 
 New York is the most wealthy and populous state of the 
 American Union. It was first explored by Henry Hudson, 
 an Englishman, in the service of the Dutch East India com- 
 pany, who in 1609 sailed up the harbor of New York and the 
 river which bears his name. The first permanent settlements 
 in this State were made in 1614, by the Dutch, at Fort Orange 
 and New Amsterdam, afterwards called Albany and New 
 York. After a series of contests between the Dutch and En- 
 glish this State came, in 1674, into the possession of the latter, 
 and so remained until the war of the Revolution. Previous 
 to this latter date, the shores of Lake George and Champlain 
 had become the classic scenes of the contests between the 
 French and English. New York, was an active participant 
 in the war of the Revolution, and was the theatre of the de- 
 feat of Washington on Long Island and at White Plains, in 
 1776, and of the surrender of Burgoyne and the taking of 
 Stony Point the following year. It is bounded north by lake 
 Ontario and Canada, east by Vermont, Massachusetts, and 
 Connecticut, south by New Jersey and Pennsylvania, and 
 west by Pennsylvania, Lake Erie and the river Niagara, and 
 contains sixty counties. 
 
 Surface. The Appalachian mountains enter the eastern 
 portion of this State from New Jersey and Pennsylvania, in 
 two separate ridges ; the chain from New Jersey crosses the 
 Hudson near West Point, 50 miles from its mouth, and forms 
 the celebrated Highlands of the Hudson; northwest of this 
 chain and nearly parallel with the Highlands, are the Shaw- 
 angunk, and north of these the far famed Catsldll mountains. 
 The most important group in the northeast are the Adiron- 
 dack mountains, the highest peak of which has an elevation 
 of 5,460 feet. The eastern part, although mountainous, is in- 
 terspersed with fertile tracts ; the western part is in general 
 level. All varieties of soil are found here, from the, thin poor 
 soil of the northeast to the rich alluvial loams of the Gene- 
 see flats, and the fertile valleys of the Hudson and Mohawk. 
 Rivers. This State has a greater amount of navigable 
 waters, than any other in the Union. The Hudson rises in 
 the Adirondack mountains, receives on the right the Mohawk, 
 as an affluent, and flows into the sea at Nfcw Yo*rk. The 
 
UNITED STATES. 59 
 
 Black river runs west, and the Genesee north, into lake On- 
 tario. The northern limit of the State is washed by the St. 
 Lawrence. The Susqueharina, Alleghany, and the Delaware 
 rivers all rise in this State. 
 
 Lakes. Lakes Erie and Ontario lie on the western border, 
 Champlain on the northeast, and Lake George, celebrated for 
 the grandeur of its scenery, in the east ; in the centre are 
 Oneida, Skeneateles, Owasco, Cayuga, Seneca, Crooked, and 
 Canandaigua lakes, and in the west Lake Chatauqua. 
 
 Climate. Considerable diversities of climate are met with, 
 within the limits of this State. In the northern part, the win- 
 ters are long and severe, except at times the severity is mod- 
 erated by the proximity of the great lakes ; south of the Cats- 
 kill mountains, the heat of summer is tempered, and the air 
 of spring chiled by the effects of the sea-breezes, which pen- 
 etrate considerably into the country. The climate is in gen- 
 eral healthy. 
 
 Products. The greater proportion of the evergreen trees 
 of North America grow here. The western portion contains 
 deciduous trees of the loftiest growth ; the eastern has also of 
 the same kind, but not so loity. The agricultural products 
 are various and abundant; the deer, bear, panther and wolf are 
 yet found in the forests, arid birds of the sweetest melody and 
 gaudiest plumage, greet the arrival of spring with their har- 
 monious strains. 
 
 Manufactures. The Empire State, although greatly en- 
 gaged in manufactures, can not compete in this particular 
 with Pennsylvania and Massachusetts ; and even the small 
 states of Connecticut, New Hampshire and Rhode Island, 
 relatively surpass her. She may be rega r ded however as one 
 of the great manufacturing states of the nation. 
 
 Education. Yew York has for a long time mani- 
 interest and spirit in the causeof common school 
 Il lias IMMMI ivinnrked by competent authorities 
 that she was advancing the cause of popular education more 
 than any other State in the Union, or country in the world. In 
 the number and character of her collegiate institutions she 
 maintains a distinguished rank. She has the following: Colum- 
 bia College, at New York, founded in 1754 ; Union College, 
 ;ii Schenectedyyin 1795; Hamilton, at Clinton, in 1812; Mad- 
 ison University, at Hamilton, in 1846; Hohart Free College, 
 at Geneva, in 1825 ; University of the City of New York, in 
 
60 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 1831; University of Rochester, in 1850; and St. John's 
 College, at Fordham, in 1840. 
 
 Curiosities. The far famed Falls of Niagara, with a de- 
 scent of 160 feet, surpass everything of the kind in the world, 
 and require to be seen to be realized. Numerous other cat- 
 aracts are found in this state, which would excite admiration 
 in any other part of the world. The Falls of the Genesee, 
 90 feet high ; Trenton Falls, on Canada creek, an affluent of 
 the Mohawk ; the Falls of Cohoes, on the Mohawk near its 
 entrance into the Hudson; Glen's Falls on the Hudson, 18 
 miles above Saratoga, 67 feet high ; and on the same stream 
 Jessup's, Hadley's, and Claverack's Falls, are the most noted 
 cataracts after Niagara. 
 
 Mineral Springs. Of the most noted places of fashionable 
 resort, upon the whole continent, the Saratoga Springs, in the 
 county so named, stand pre-eminent, and these are annually 
 visited by those seeking health and pleasure. The Sharon 
 Sulphur Springs, in Schoharie county, are also much visited 
 by invalids. Avon Springs, twenty miles south of Rochester, 
 are likewise greatly resorted to. 
 
 Commerce. New York has great facilities for foreign, and 
 inland commerce, and it exceeds every other State in the 
 Union in the amount of tonnage owned by its citizens, though 
 it is relatively surpassed by Massachusetts. 
 
 Government. The government is in the hands of a Gov- 
 ernor and Lieutenant Governor, elected for two years each ; 
 a Senate of thirty-two, and a House of Representatives of one 
 hundred and twenty-eight members ; the former chosen for 
 two years, and the latter annually. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Albany. 14. Erie. 27. Monroe. 
 
 2. Alleghany. 15. Essex. 28. Montgomery. 
 
 3. Broome. 36. Franklin. 29. New York. 
 
 4. Cattaraugug. 17. Fulton. 80. Niagara. 
 
 5. Cayuga. 18. Genesee. 31. Oneida. 
 
 6. Chatauqua. 19. Greene. 32. Onondaga. 
 
 7. Chemung. 20. Hamilton. 33. Ontario. 
 
 8. Chenango. 21, Herkimer. 34. Orange. 
 
 9. Clinton. 22. Jefferson. 35. Orleans. 
 30. Columbia. 23. Kings. 36. Oswego. 
 
 11. Cortland. 24. Lewis. 37. Otsego. 
 
 12. Delaware. 25. Livingston. 38. Putnam. 
 
 13. Dutckess. 26. Madison. 39. Queens. 
 
UNITED STATES. 61 
 
 40. Rensselaer. 47. Seneca. 54. Ulster. 
 
 41. Richmond. 48. St. Lawrence. 55. Warren. 
 
 42. Rockland. 49. Steuben. 56. Washington. 
 
 43. Saratoga. 50. Suffolk. 57. Wayne. 
 
 44. Schenectady. 51. Sullivan. 58. Westchester. 
 
 45. Schoharie. 52. Tioga. 59. Wyoming. 
 
 46. Schuyler. 53. Tompkins. 60. Yates. 
 
 No other State has so many large and populous cities as 
 New York. 
 
 NEW YORK, situated on Manhattan Island, about eighteen 
 miles from the Atlantic, at the confluence of the Hudson and 
 East rivers, is the metropolis of the State, and the emporium 
 of the New World. The old, or southern part of the city, is 
 laid out with narrow and irregular streets ; but in the new 
 portion they are wide and spacious. Broadway, the principal 
 street, traversing this metropolis from north to south, is eighty 
 feet wide, and one of the most splendid in any city. Wall 
 street is the Rialto of New York, the grand centre around 
 which the financial affairs of the country revolve. The great- 
 est contrasts are met with in this city, from the superb and 
 costly mansions of Fifth Avenue, to the wretched, miserable 
 abodes of the Five Points. New York contains several 
 small parks or public promenades of which the Battery is one 
 of the most delightful offered by any city. It occupies an area 
 of eleven acres at the extreme southwest of the city, and is 
 hansomely laid out with walks and ornamented with beautiful 
 shadejrees. Besides the Battery there are several other hand- 
 some promenades. Of the public works, the Croton Aqueduct 
 stands pre-eminent, and rivals anything of the kind in mod- 
 ern times, and is alone surpassed by those of ancient Rome. 
 The principal public edifices are: 1, the Custom House', 2, 
 Merchants' Exchange ; 3, Trinity Church, with the highest 
 steeple in the United States ; 4, the City Hall, and numerous 
 other gorgeous and handsome structures. The Custom House 
 occupies the site of the old Federal Hall, from the balcony of 
 which Washington delivered his first inaugural address. It 
 is 200 feet long, ninety wide, and eighty high, with a portico 
 at each end,supported by eight massive columns; the build 
 ing cost $1,175,000. The Merchants 1 Exchange in Wall street, 
 is also one of the most imposing and magnificent structures in 
 the United States. It is constructed of Quincy granite, is 200 
 feet long, 144 to 177 wide, 77 feet high to the top of the cor- 
 nice, and 124 to the summit of the dome. Its cost was $1,- 
 
62 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 800,000. Trinity Church, with its lofty spire, 264 feet high, is 
 189 feet long, 84 wide and 64 high. It is believed that this 
 church exhibits the finest specimen of Gothic architecture in 
 the whole Union. Besides Trinity Church, Grace Church, 
 the Baptist, corner of Elizabeth and Broome streets, Trinity 
 Chapel, the Church of the Ascension, Calvary ,Holy Commu- 
 nion, and many other large and splendid churches are to be 
 seen in this city. New York probably surpasses most cities 
 of the globe in the number, extent, and magnificence of its 
 hotels, and in the sumptuousness of their equipments. Among 
 the most important of these may be mentioned the Astor 
 House, Howard House, American, Irving House, Carlton 
 House, Taylor's Restaurant, Collamore House, St. Nicholas, 
 Metropolitan, and many other superb and elegantly furnished 
 hotels. New York has long betn regarded as the great com- 
 mercial metropolis of the nation, and is now likewise becom- 
 ing a considerable literary centre, for which it is vastly in- 
 debted to the munificence of John Jacob Astor, whose liberal 
 bequest furnished the means for the establishment of one of 
 the largest libraries in the whole country. Its scientific and 
 literary institutions are numerous and liberally patronized. 
 Being the great trading depot of America, the New York 
 steamers now make regular trips to several leading European 
 ports. Population 813,000. 
 
 BROOKLYN, on the west end of Long Island, opposite New 
 York, with which it is connected by numerous steam ferries, 
 is one of the best built cities in the Union, and contains a 
 large number of edifices distinguished for elegance and archi- 
 tectural design. Its churches are so numerous as to entitle it 
 to be called the " City of Churches." Some of the most hand- 
 some of these are the Church of the Pilgrims, Holy Trinity, 
 Grace Church, Unitarian, and the Church of the Restoration. 
 The objects of interest are the Navy Yard, Atlantic Docks, 
 Greenwood cemetery, and Ridgewood Reservoir, which sup- 
 plies the city with water. Wallabout bay, near Brooklyn is 
 noted in Revolutionary history as the. station of the English 
 prison ships, in which near 12,000 American prisoners are 
 said to have perished from close confinement and other ill 
 treatment. Population 260,000. 
 
 ALBANY, the capital, situated on the Hudson, 145 miles above 
 New York, carries on a large commerce. It is the principal en- 
 trepot 6f the northern section of the Mississippi valley, and of 
 
UNITED STATES. 63 
 
 the lakes with the ocean. The most imposing church edifice 
 in this city is the Cathedral of the Immaculate Conception, 
 built upon a commanding eminence, fronting on Eagle, 
 and extending from Lydius to Jefferson streets. It is 180 feet 
 long arid 115 deep, with two towers, each 280 feet high. This 
 Cathedral is built in the Gothic style, of brown freestone, and 
 cost $600,000 ; it is probably not surpassed in size by any 
 edifice of the kind in the Union. Albany has various and ex- 
 tensive manufactures, and is also one of the greatest lum- 
 ber markets in the United States. Population 62,000. 
 
 BUFFALO, built at the eastern extremity of lake Erie, is one 
 of the most flourishing cities in the United States. It is very 
 handsomely laid out and contains some of the finest speci- 
 mens of architecture in the whole country. St. Joseph's Cath- 
 olic Cathedral and the Episcopalian churches of St. John and 
 St. Paul are amongst the finest structures of the kind in the 
 United States. The Catholic Cathedral is built in the deco- 
 rated gothic style, in the form of a cross, and its.eastern front 
 is flanked by two lofty towers. Buffalo contains many lite- 
 rary, educational and benevolent institutions, and its manu- 
 factures are important and rapidly becoming more extensive. 
 Its <rade is immense, and it may be regarded as the western 
 entrepot of the lakes and seaboard. Population 80,000. 
 
 ROCHESTER, situated on the Genesee river, seven miles 
 from its mouth, is a very handsome city, the streets inter- 
 secting each other at right angles, and many of the houses 
 have gardens and ornamental grounds attached. The site 
 of the city is nearly level, with streets varying in breadth 
 from sixty to eighty feet, and these are generally well paved 
 and lighted with gas. The two most handsome buildings 
 are the new Court House, on Buffalo street, and the Arcade, 
 occupied by the post office department, both being large and 
 splendid structures. This city has long been celebrated for 
 its flour mills, probably the most extensive in the United 
 States; but besides these, its other manufactures are various 
 and important. Its owes its rapid growth in a gre^t 
 measure to the excellent hydraulic powe^ of the Genesee. 
 Population 48,000. 
 
 TROY, built upon both sides of the Hudson, six miles above 
 Albany, is a regularly laid out city and is composed of hand- 
 some buildings. South of the city rises an eminence called 
 
64 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Mount Ida, which commands a beautiful and extensive view 
 of the Hudson, and of this and the neighboring towns. In 
 the north part a bare mass of rock towers to the height of 200 
 feet, called likewise by the classic name of Mount Olympus. 
 Troy is admirably located for commerce, and its manufac- 
 tures are various and extensive. Population 40,000. 
 
 SYRACUSE, at the south end of Onondago Lake, is a 
 beautiful city, built upon level ground, and its streets are wide 
 and cross each other at right angles. Its business avenues 
 are lined with handsome blocks of stone and brick buildings. 
 Owing to its central location, the political conventions of the 
 State have been generally held here. The principal hotels are 
 the Globe, the Syracuse and Onondago Houses. It is re- 
 markable as the seat of the most extensive and valuable salt 
 manufactures in the United States. Population 28,000. 
 
 UTICA, on the Mohawk river, situated in the midst of a 
 fertile and populous region, is a place of great trade and of 
 extensive manufactures. It is the seat of the State Lunatic 
 Asylum. It occupies the site of old Fort Sehuyler, and was 
 incorporated as a city in 1830. Population 22,000. 
 
 OSWEGO, stands upon the southeast shore of Lake Ontario, 
 and is the most populous and flourishing town on the Amer- 
 ican side of the lake. It enjoys unrivalled facilities for man- 
 ufacturing, and in the article of flour it has produced, with 
 the exception of Rochester, more in one year than any other 
 town upon the continent. It is the greatest wheat market in 
 the State and monopolizes near one half of the whole 
 Canadian trade with the United States. Population 18,000. 
 
 KINGSTON, on the Hudson, ninety miles north of New York, 
 carries on a more extensive trade than any other town between 
 the capital and the metropolis. It has numerous manufac- 
 tures, including those of carriages, steam boilers, leather, 
 castings, &c. It was burned by the British in 1777. The 
 house is yet shown here in which the first constitution of 
 New York was framed and adopted. Population 17,000. 
 
 NEWBURG, on the Hudson, sixty miles above New York, is 
 built upon ground which rises gradually from the river to 
 the height of 300 feet, affording a magnificent view of the 
 Highlands and the Hudson, which is here one mile wide. 
 The adjacent country is noted for its extensive dairies. 
 This town was the theatre of several im portant events during 
 
UNITED STATES. 65 
 
 the American revolution, and here the army was disbanded, 
 June 23rd, 1783. Population 15,000. 
 
 POUGHKEEPSIE, on the Hudson, seventy miles south of 
 Albany, is surrounded by a rich agricultural country and is 
 the centre of an active trade. It is the seat of the State and 
 National Law School. It comprises manufactures of cotton 
 goods, machinery, farming implements, iron ware, guns, car- 
 pets, earthenware, flour and leather. Population 14,700. 
 
 LOCKPORT, in Niagara county, is a thriving town with large manufacturing 
 establishments, especially those of flour. Large quarries of limestone and 
 sandstone flagging are worked at this place. Population 14,000. 
 
 AUBURN, in Cayuga County, near Owasco lake, is a handsomely built 
 town, its buildings being generally adorned with beautiful gardens and or- 
 namental shrubbery. Here the Auburn State Prison is erected, which has 
 become so famous for its peculiar system of prison discipline. Population 
 12,000. 
 
 SCIIENECTADY, one of the oldest towns of New York, is built upon the 
 Mohawk, sixteen miles N. W. of the capital, and it contains numerous man- 
 factures. Population 10,000. 
 
 ROME, on the Mohawk, 14 miles northwest of Utica, is a considerable 
 lumber market. It occupies the site of old Fort Stanwix. Population 10,000. 
 
 ELMIRA, in Chemung County, is a rapidly growing town, with 8,000 inhabi- 
 tants. It is the seat of a flourishing female college. 
 
 BINGHAMPTON, in Broome county, is a brisk town, carrying on an exten- 
 sive flour and lumber trade. Population 8,000. 
 
 ITHACA, is a handsome town of Tompkins County, with 8,000 inhabitants. 
 
 OGDENSBURG, situated on the river St. Lawrence, carries on a considerable 
 commerce with Canada. It has been visited by two destructive fires, one in 
 April IGth, 1839, and the other, September lst,^1852. Population 7,000. 
 
 GENEVA, built on the north end of Seneca Lake, is a handsome town, 
 with 6,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CANANDAIGUA, located at the northern extremity of the lake so called, is 
 distinguished both for the beauty of its situation, and the elegance of its 
 buildings. Population 6,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. ALBANY. 2. Angelica. 3. Binghampton. 4. Ellicottville. 5. Auburn. 
 6. Maysville. 7. Elmira. 8. Norwich. 9. Plattsburg. 10. Hudson. 11. 
 Cortland Village. 12. Delhi. 13. Poughkeepsie. 14. Buffalo. 15. Eliza- 
 bethtown. 16. Malone. 17. Johnstown. ]8. Batavia. 19. Catskill. 20. 
 Lake Pleasant, 21. Herkimer. 22. Watertown. 23. Brooklyn. 24. Mar- 
 tinsburg. 25. Genesee. 26. Morrisville. 27. Rochester. 28. Fonda. 
 29. New York, 30. Lockport. 31. Rome and Whitesborough. 32. Syra- 
 cuse. 33. Canandaigua. 34. Goshen and Newburg. 35. Albion. 36. 
 Oswego and Pulaski. 37. Cooperstown. 38. Carmel. 39. North Hemp- 
 stead. 40. Troy. 41. Richmond. 42. Clarkstown. 43. Ballston Spa. 
 44. Schenectady. 45. Schoharie. 46. Havana. 47. Ovid and Waterloo. 
 48. Canton. 49. Bath. 50. Riverhead. 51. Monticello. 52. Owego. 
 53. Ithica. 54. Kingston. 55. Caldwell. 56. Salem and Sandy Hill. 
 57- Lyons. 68, White Plains and Bedford. 59. Warsaw, 60. Penn Yan. 
 
66 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 
 Area 8,320 square miles. Population 672,000. 
 
 New Jersey is one of the original thirteen States of the 
 American Union, and was first settled by the Dutch, at Ber- 
 gen, between 1617 and 1620. Afterwards the territory was 
 granted, by the Duke of York, to Lords Berkeley and Carteret, 
 and was named in honor of the latter, who had been Gover- 
 nor of the Isle of Jersey. It is bounded, north by New York, 
 east by the same and the Atlantic, south by the Delaware bay, 
 and west by Delaware and Pennsylvania, and it contains 21 
 counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. The southern half of the State is level, and 
 the northern hilly and mountainous. The Blue Ridge lies 
 on the northwest boundary, and south of this, several ranges 
 of the Alleghanies cross the State. In the northwest are 
 some remarkable elevations, including the Palisades, a rajige 
 of rocks, running along the Hudson for about twenty miles ; 
 also the Neversink Hills, below Raritan. The northern part 
 is adapted to agriculture and grazing; but the southern is 
 naturally sterile. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Delaware, which 
 forms the western boundary, and the Hudson, forming part 
 of the eastern border. The Passaic rises in the north, and 
 flows south into Newark Bay. 
 
 Climate. The cold is much less severe in this State than 
 in Pennsylvania, owing to its proximity , to the ocean. The 
 climate, however, is quite variable, in the different portions, 
 being much greater in the northern hilly regions than in the 
 low southern parts. 
 
 Products. The products are near the same as those of the 
 middle states generally. The central portion is the most fer- 
 tile, and forms the great market garden from which Phila- 
 delphia and New York are principally supplied. 
 
 Manufactures. New Jersey is extensively engaged in 
 manufactures of cotton, woolen, and silk goods. She is like- 
 wise considerably employed in the manufacture of iron, glass, 
 leather, &c. 
 
 Education. New Jersey has done her part towards the 
 advancement of the Free School system of education, and the 
 manner in which her people appreciate it is manifest from the 
 intelligence which the masses display. Not only in the es- 
 
UNITED STATES. 6? 
 
 tablishment of common schools does she show her apprecia- 
 tion of learning, but her superior institutions likewise entitle 
 her to a distinguished position. Princeton College has long 
 been celebrated, and has educated some of the most famed 
 men of the nation. It was founded in 1746; Rutger's College, 
 at New Brunswick, in 1770; and Burlington College, at Bur- 
 lington, in 1846. 
 
 Curiosities. The Falls of the Passaic at Patterson, seventy 
 feet high ; the passage of the Delaware through the Blue 
 Mountains, called the Delaware Water Gap ; Schooley's moun- 
 tain, in Morris county, with a mineral spring upon its summit, 
 are all objects of considerable attraction for travellers. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for three years. 
 The Senate of 20, and the House of Representatives of 
 60 members, compose the General Assembly, the former 
 being elected for three years, and the latter annually. The 
 present Constitution was adopted in 1844. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Atlantic. 8. Gloucester. 15. Ocean. 
 
 2. Bergen. 9. Hudson. 16. Passaic. 
 
 3. Burlington. 10. Hunterdon. 17. Salem. 
 
 4. Camden. 11. Mercer. 18. Somerset. 
 
 5. Cape May. 12. Middlesex. 19. Sussex. 
 (>. Cumberland. 13. Monmouth. 20. Union. 
 7. Essex. 14. Morris. 21. Warren. 
 
 NEWARK, the largest city of New Jersey, is situated on the 
 right bank of the Passaic river, four miles from its mouth. 
 Its streets are regular, intersecting each other at right angles. 
 Broad Street, the principal thoroughfare, is one of the most 
 handsome avenues in any city, and is bordered by beautiful 
 parks each adorned with lofty elms. The public buildings 
 worthy of notice are the Court House, an edifice built in the 
 Egyptian style; the Railroad Depot, and the Library build- 
 ing, which is one of the finest structures of the city. New- 
 ark contains many handsome churches. The inhabitants of 
 this city have long been noted for their intelligence, and for 
 the spirit they display in the advancement of science and lit- 
 erature. The rapid growth of this city is chiefly to be 
 attributed to its manufactures, in which it has long excelled. 
 Population 72,000. 
 
 TRENTON, the capital of New Jersey, situated on the Dela- 
 ware, thirty miles above Philadelphia, at the head of sloop 
 and steamboat navigation, is a handsome and regularly built 
 
68 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 city, and is rapidly becoming one of the great manufacturing 
 towns of the State. It is the seat of the State Lunatic 
 Asylum and also of the Penitentiary. The capitol is a hand- 
 some structure, 100 feet by 60, and it commands a fine view 
 of the Delaware in both directions. Trenton is memorable in 
 revolutionary annals for the battle fought here, December 26th, 
 1777, in which Gen. Washington defeated the enemy and 
 captured 1000 Hessian prisoners. Population 17,000. 
 
 JERSEY CITY, on the Hudson, opposite New York, is a 
 flourishing place and the American station of the Cunard 
 line of steamships, running between New York and Liver- 
 pool. Population 30,000. 
 
 PATERSON, situated on the Passaic, below the falls, is one 
 of the principal manufacturing towns in the State. Its man- 
 ufactures of cotton and woolen are very great and, those of 
 silk are amongst the most extensive in the United States. 
 Population 20,000. 
 
 CAMDEN, on the Delaware river, opposite Philadelphia, is a 
 very handsome town, with considerable manufactures. Pop- 
 ulation 14,000. 
 
 ELIZABETH CITY, on Elizabeth Creek, 2 miles from Staten 
 Island Sound, is noted for its excellent schools, and for the 
 intelligence and politeness of its citizens. Population 1 1,000. 
 
 NEW BRUNSWICK, on the right bank of the Raritan river, is the seat of a 
 Theological Seminary and of Rutger's College, one of the oldest institutions 
 in the State. Population 11,000. 
 
 HOBOKEN, on the Hudson, opposite New York, is noted as a place of vast 
 resort and recreation for the citizens of New York ; and also for its delight- 
 ful scenery, called the " Elysian Fields." Population 9,000. 
 
 PRINCETON, 10 miles northeast of Trenton, is the seat of Princeton College, 
 and is memorable for the battle fought here in 1777, between Washington 
 and Col. May hood. 
 
 BORDENTOWN, on the Delaware, is chiefly noted for being the place where 
 Joseph Bonaparte, the ex-king of Spain, took up his abode for some years. 
 
 CAPE ISLAND, usually knowa by the name of Cape May, in the county so 
 named, is one of the most fashionable places of summer resort in the United 
 States. Of its hotels may be mentioned the Mount Vernon, the dining 
 room of which is perhaps not surpassed in size by any other in the world, 
 being 460 feet long and 66 wide, and designed to accomodate 2,000 persons. 
 
 ATLANTIC CITY and LONG BRANCH, are likewise fashionable watering places. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Cape May Landing, 2. Hackensuck. 3. Mount Holly. 4. Camden. 
 5. Cape May Court House. 6. Bridgeton. 7. Newark. 8. Woodbury. 
 9. Jersey City. 10. Flemington. 11. TRENTON. 12. New Brunswick. 
 13. Freehold. 14. Morristown. 15. Tom's River. 16. Paterson. 17. 
 Salem. 18. Somerville. 19. Newton. 20. Elizabeth. 21. Belvidere. 
 
UNITED STATES. 69 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Area 46,000 square miles. Population 2,906,000. 
 
 Pennsylvania ranks next to New York, in wealth and im- 
 portance ; her system of railroads and canals being very 
 extensive and productive. The celebrated Quaker, William 
 Penn, who in 1682, left England for America, was the founder 
 of this important State of the Union, of which he at once was 
 Governor, magistrate, preacher, teacher, and laborer. All 
 things based upon Penn's wise principles went on prosper- 
 ously in Pennsylvania, till the year 1754, when Penn and his 
 pacific teachings had begun to be forgotten, and the colony 
 became involved in an Indian war, which terminated in 1756, 
 by the treaty of Easton, when 500 Indian representatives were 
 present in their national costume. Pennsylvania played a 
 prominent part in the struggle of the Colonies against English 
 despotism and tyranny, the first General Congress of the 
 Colonies being opened September 4th, 1774, at Philadelphia; 
 the 2nd Congress met likewise in Philadelphia, May 20th, 
 1775 ; the 3rd Congress convened in the same place, May, 
 ] 776, and on the 4th of July, in the same year, the Declara- 
 tion of Independence was there signed. It is bounded north 
 by Lake Erie and New York, east by the same and New 
 Jersey, south by Delaware, Maryland and Virginia, and west 
 by Virginia and Ohio. It contains 66 counties. 
 
 Surface, S?c. Pennsylvania exhibits a great variety of sur- 
 face and soil. The mountains, which are numerous, abound- 
 ing in extreme beauty of scenery, are not confusedly scattered 
 over the State, but extend in long uniform ridges, mostly 
 covered with wood. The Alleghany mountains in the south- 
 west part, are the loftiest. Generally, the soil is better suited 
 for grain than for pasturage. The two best tracts of land 
 are, one in the southeast part of the State, along the Susque- 
 hanna, the other in the northwest, between lake Erie and 
 the Alleghany river. Limestone almost everywhere abounds, 
 which enables the farmer to keep up the strength of his land 
 by the use of this excellent manure. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Delaware, which 
 forms its eastern boundary, the Susquehanna, flowing south- 
 east into the Chesapeake Bay, and the Ohio, formed at Pitts- 
 burg, by the confluence of the Alleghany and Monongahela. 
 
 Climate. From the size of this State, a great variety of 
 
70 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 climate is experienced. In the northern parts deep snows 
 sometimes fall and cover the ground for a couple of months; 
 but in the southern, the snow usually melts soon. The cli- 
 mate is also changeable and liable to sudden extremes, varying 
 from the heat of Georgia to the cold of .Canada. The sum- 
 mers are moderately warm, and the State is esteemed very 
 healthy. 
 
 Products. The staples are wheat and corn, and in general 
 the same kinds of grain are cultivated here as in New York. 
 Hemp is raised extensively in the western part of the State. 
 Peaches flourish remarkably well, and wine is made to some 
 extent from wild grapes. Large quantities of maple sugar 
 are also annually manufactured. 
 
 Minerals. Iron is found in vast quantities ; coal abounds 
 on the Susquehanna, about Pittsburg, and in many other 
 parts of the State. Its supply is inexhaustible. Lead has 
 been found near the Schuylkiil, and various quarries of mar- 
 ble have been opened. Petroleum or coal oil has recently 
 been obtained in large quantities in the northwestern part of 
 the State. Salt springs are numerous west of the Alleghanies. 
 
 Manufactures. Pennsylvania excels all the other States 
 in the variety of her manufactures, some of which are of 
 superior excellency, particularly the articles of paper and cast 
 iron. Printing and engraving are also executed at Philadel- 
 phia in a very superior style. 
 
 Education. The University of Pennsylvania, at Philadel- 
 phia, founded in 1749, with which is connected a medical 
 school, considered the most respectabie in the Union ; the 
 University at Lewisburg, founded in 1849, and the Univer- 
 sity at Alleghany City, are thriving and excellent institutions. 
 Several colleges are established : Dickinson College, at Carlisle, 
 founded in 1783; Jefferson college, at Canonsburg, founded 
 in 1802 ; Washington college, at Washington, founded in 
 1806; Alleghany College, at f Meadville, founded in 1817; 
 Pennsylvania College, at Gettysburg, founded in 1832; Lafay- 
 ette College, at Easton, founded in 1832; Franklin & Marshall 
 College, at Lancaster, founded in 1836 ; and the Polytechnic 
 College, at Philadelphia, founded in 1853. Besides these, a 
 great number of academies are erected all over the State. 
 
 Mineral Springs. Pennsylvania has also in this respect, 
 a respectable share. The Ephrata Springs, near Lancaster, 
 
UNITED STATES. 71 
 
 the Sulphur Springs, at Carlisle, and the Bedford Springs, at 
 Bedford, are all considered as having curative powers, and 
 are places of resort. 
 
 Government. The Legislature consists of a Senate of thirty- 
 three members, chosen for three years, and a House of Rep- 
 resentatives of one hundred members, elected annually. The 
 Governor is elected for a term of three years. The Legisla- 
 ture holds its sessions annually at Harrisburg, and this city 
 is also the residence of the Governor. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of this State are of various 
 descent. About half are English, a fourth part German, the 
 rest are Irish, Scotch, Welsh, Swedes, and Dutch ; the Ger- 
 mans are particularly distinguished for industry and economy. 
 They speak still, to some extent, German, which, however, is 
 so corrupt, that it may properly be called a mere medley. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Adams. 23. Delaware. 45. Montgomery. 
 
 2. Alleghany. 24. Elk. 46. Montour. 
 
 3. Armstrong. 25. Erie. 47. Northumberland. 
 
 4. Beaver. 26. Fayette. 48. Northampton. 
 
 5. Bedford. 27. Forest. 49. Perry. 
 
 6. Berks. 28. Franklin. 50. Philadelphia. 
 
 7. Blair. 29. Fulton. 51. Pike. 
 
 8. Bradford. 30. Greene. 52. Potter. 
 
 9. Bucks. 31. Huntingdon. 63. Schuylkill. 
 
 10. Butler. 32. Indiana. , 54. Snyder. 
 
 11. Cambria. 33. Jefferson', 55. Somerset. 
 
 12. Cameron. 34. Juniata. 66. Sullivan. 
 
 13. Carbon. 35. Lancaster. 57. Susquehanna. 
 
 14. Centre. 36. Lawrence. 58. Tioga. 
 
 15. Chester. 37. Lebanon. 59. Union. 
 
 16. Clarion. 38. Lehigh. 60. Venango. 
 
 17. Clearfield. 39. Luzerne. 61. Warren. 
 
 18. Clinton. 40. Lycoming. 62. Washington. 
 
 19. Columbia, 41. McKean. 63. Wayne. 
 
 20. Crawford. 42. Mercer. 64. Westmoreland. 
 
 21. Cumberland. 43. Mifflin. 65. Wyoming. 
 
 22. Dauphin. 44. Monroe. 66. York. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, next to New York, the largest and most 
 populous city of the Union, is situated between the Schuyl- 
 kill and the Delaware rivers. It is a place of great commerce, 
 and also one of the most extensive manufacturing cities of 
 the Union. It contains numerous humane and literary insti- 
 tutions, many libraries, theatres, hospitals and alms houses. 
 In the year 1743 the American Philosophical Society was here 
 established. The most noted edifices of this city are : the 
 
72 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 State House, Girard College, the Custom House, the United 
 States Mint, the Merchants' Exchange, besides numerous other 
 large and costly structures. The most attractive place of in- 
 terest in Philadelphia, is the room in the State House where 
 the Declaration of Independence, the great Magna Charta of 
 American liberty was proclaimed, July 4th, 1776. Girard 
 College, situated about two miles northwest of the State 
 House, exhibits the finest specimen of Grecian architecture in 
 the whole Union. The building is 169 feet in length, by 111 
 in breadth, and is surrounded by a magnificent colonnade of 
 thirty-four columns, fifty-five feet high and 6 feet in diameter. 
 This noble edifice is due to the magnificent bequest of Ste- 
 phen Girard, a native of France, who came about the year 
 1760, poor and friendless to America and settled in Philadel- 
 phia, where he died December 26th, 1831. Philadelphia was 
 on the 27th of September, 1777, taken possession of by the 
 British army, and on the 4th of October the battle of German- 
 town took place. Here was the general place of meeting of the 
 Colonial Congress during the gloomy period of the Revolution, 
 and in this city assembled, in May, 1787, the Convention 
 which adopted the Constitution of the United States. The 
 great American statesman and natural philosopher, Benjamin 
 Franklin, lived in Philadelphia'the greater part of his life, and 
 here he died, April 17, 1790, and the city of brotherly love is 
 rightfully proud of having sheltered him, " qui eripuit coelo 
 fulmen, sceptrumque tyrannis." Water is brought to the 
 city by means of the Fairmount water works, situated in the 
 district of Spring Garden, on the Schuylkill river, about two 
 miles north west of the State House. Population about 600,000. 
 
 HARRISBURG, the Capital and seat of government, situated 
 on the east bank of the Susquehanna, ninety-eight miles 
 from Philadelphia, has about 14,000 inhabitants. The capi- 
 tol is a fine brick building, 180 feet long and eighty wide, 
 with a circular portico in front, supported by six Ionic columns 
 and surmounted by a dome. This city became the seat of 
 government in 1812. 
 
 PITTSBURG, next to Philadelphia the largest city in Penn- 
 sylvania, formerly called Fort du Quesne, is situated at the 
 confluence of the Alleghany and Monongahela rivers. It has 
 an extensive commerce, and distilleries, breweries, furnaces, 
 glass-houses, and various other manufactories are establish- 
 ed here; steamboat building is carried on with great 
 
UNITED STATES. T3 
 
 spirit. November 25th, 1758, Pittsburg, at that time called 
 Fort du Quesne, suffered severely when taken by the English. 
 ALLEGHANY CITY, with the Alleghany University, commonly 
 called the Western University, is by bridges united to Pitts- 
 burg, both considered one city, numbering about 50,000. 
 
 READING, on the Schuylkill river fifty-eight miles from Phil- 
 adelphia, is one of the largest inland towns in the Union, and 
 has great manufactures. It is compactly and regularly built, 
 and intersected by clean smooth rectangular streets, which 
 are covered with a hard white gravel obtained from the sand- 
 stone of the adjacent hills. Reading is noted for its vast coal 
 and lumber business. Population 23,000. 
 
 LANCASTER, situated sixty-eight miles west of Philadelphia, 
 in the centre of a rich and highly agricultural county of the 
 same name, appropriately termed the garden of the Keystone^ 
 is a handsome city with considerable manufactures, and 18,- 
 000 inhabitants. The new Court House is a magnificent 
 edifice near the centre of the city, built in the Grecian style 
 of architecture. Twenty miles from Lancaster is the birth- 
 place of the celebrated Robert Fulton. 
 
 WILKESIJAIIRK, a beautiful town in Luzerne co., close by the Wyoming 
 Valley, sadly celebrated for the massacre, 1778, which the savage Indians 
 headed by the cruel Brant, perpetrated on the white colonists, of whom 
 310 were murdered in the most cruel manner. 
 
 WEST CHESTER, in Chester county, is a snug little inland town mostly set- 
 tled by Quakers. About 2 miles from here, flows the celebrated Brandywine 
 creek. On the llth of September, 1777, a severe battle took place upon the 
 banks of this stream, between the English and Americans, which lasted 
 nearly all day. The Americans were defeated with great loss. Among the 
 wonnded, was the Marquis de Lafayette, who had only just arrived from 
 France. Count Pulaski, fought for America for the first tirae in this battle. 
 
 CHESTER, in Delaware co., is noted as the oldest town in the State, settled 
 hy the Swedes in 1043. Five miles north of this, the celebrated painter 
 Benjamin West was born, 1738. 
 
 EASTON, in Northampton county, is a smart town, with 
 quite a large trade, situated at the confluence of the Lehigh 
 and Delaware rivers. Treaty of Easton, 1756. Population 
 9,000. 
 
 EKIE, is a pleasant town on lake Erie. Its situation is high 
 and healthy, and it commands an extensive view of the ma- 
 jestic lake and the adjacent country. It has a large and spa- 
 cious harbor, is an important place of outfit for vessels, and 
 its trade is flourishing. Population 9,000. 
 
 PoTTsviLLE,on the Schuylkill river in the county of Schuyl- 
 kill, is the centre of an immense coal trade, which mineral 
 
 E 
 
74 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 is abundantly furnished by the sterile and rugged hills with 
 which it is surrounded. This town was commenced in 1825, 
 since which time its growth has been quite rapid. Popula- 
 tion 10,000. 
 
 SCRANTON, in Luzerne cpunty, sixteen miles northeast of Wilkesbarre, is 
 a rapidly growing town with extensive furnaces, founderies and rolling mills. 
 Iron ore is obtained in great abundance in the vicinity. Population 0,000. 
 
 ALLENTOWN, in Lehigh county, occupies a high and heal- 
 thy location upon the west bank of the Lehigh river, eighteen 
 miles above its junction with the Delaware. This town has 
 recently become an important central point for supplies of 
 iron ore and anthracite coal, and several large blast furnaces 
 are in operation in the vicinity. Here the first Lutheran 
 church in America was erected, upon the spot where the 
 Egyptian church now stands. Population 9,000. 
 
 CARLISLE, one of the most handsome towns in the State, is situated in the 
 rich and highly cultivated Cumberland valley. It contains barracks belong- 
 ing to the General Government, built in 1777, chiefly by Hessian prisoners, 
 who were captured at Trenton. During the Whisky Insurrection in 1794, 
 Gen. Washington had his head quarters at this place, and some years pre- 
 vious Major Andre spent a short time here as a prisoner of war. Four miles 
 north of Carlisle are the Sulphur Springs, a pleasant summer resort. Pop- 
 ulation 6,000. 
 
 YORK, in the county of the same name, is a considerable inland town, with 
 good trade, situated between Harrisburg and Baltimore, and has 9,000 in- 
 habitants. In 1~77 the Continental Congress met here while the British held 
 possession of Philadelpnia. 
 
 BETHLEHEM, situated on the Lehigh, eleven miles aboveEaston, is a pleas- 
 ant summer resort. This town was settled in 1741, by the Moravians, and 
 its female seminary enjoys a high reputation. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Gettysburg. 2. Pittsburg. 3. Kittanning. 4. Beaver. 5. Bedford. 
 G. Beading. 7. Hollidaysburg. 8. Towanda. 9. Doylestown. 10. Butler. 
 11. Ebensburg. 12. Shippen. 33. Mauch Chunk. 14. Bellefonte. 
 15. West Chester. 16. Clarion. 17. Clearfield. 18. Lock Haven. 11). 
 Bloomsburg. 20. Meadville. 21. Carlisle. 22. HARRISBURG. 23. Media. 
 24. Ridgeway. 25. Erie. 26. Uniontown. 27. Marion. 28. Chambersburg. 
 29. McConnelsburg. 30. Waynesburg. 31. Huntingdon. 32. Indiana. 33. 
 Brookville. 34 Mifflintown. 35. Lancaster. 36. New Castle. 37. Leba- 
 non. 38. Allentown. 39. Wilkesbarre. 40. Williamsport. 41. Smeth- 
 port. 42. Mercer. 43. Lewistown. 44. Stroudsburg. 45. Norristown. 
 46. Danville. 47. Sunbury. 48. Easton. 49. Bloomfield. 50. Philadel- 
 phia. 51. Milford. 52. Coudersport. 53. Pottsville. 54. Middleburg. 
 55. Somerset. 56. Laporte. 57. Montrose. 58. Wellsborough. 59. Low- 
 isburg. GO. Franklin. 61. Warren. 62. Washington. 63. Honesdale. 
 64. Greensburg. 65. Tuukhannock. 66. York. 
 
UNITED STATES. 75 
 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 Area 2,120 square miles. Population 1 12,000. Slaves 1,798. 
 
 Delaware, next to Rhode Island, the smallest State in the 
 Union, was originally settled by the Swedes and Finns, at 
 Cape Henlopen, in 1637, and was named by them New 
 Sweden. 
 
 It lies between the Delaware bay and the Atlantic on the 
 east, and Maryland on the west, and contains 3 counties. 
 
 Surface. The general aspect resembles an extended plain ; 
 but the northern part is undulating. In the south is the Cy- 
 press Swamp, twelve miles long and six wide, which is in- 
 fested with noxious reptiles. 
 
 Rivers. The most important streams are the Brandywine, 
 and Christiana creeks, affluents of the Delaware river. 
 
 Climate. The climate is in general mild. The northern 
 parts enjoy a salubrious atmosphere, but in the soujh, epi- 
 demics prevail. 
 
 Products. The principal product is wheat ; but corn, rye, 
 barley, buckwheat and potatoes are also grown. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufacturing industry of Delaware 
 employs itself chiefly in the articles of powder, paper and 
 flour ; and at Wilmington ship-building is prosecuted with 
 considerable spirit. 
 
 Education. Delaware College, at Newark, founded in 
 1833, and St. Mary's College, at Wilmington, founded in 1847, 
 are institutions of promising fame. 
 
 Curiosities. The passage of the Delaware Canal, four 
 miles in length, through a hill ninety feet high, is the deepest 
 cut of the kind in the world, and an object of interest to the 
 curious. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for four years, a 
 Senate of 9 members for the same period, and a House of 
 Representatives of 21 members, for two years. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. New Castle. 2. Kent. 3. Sussex. 
 
 WILMINGTON, the most important and populous city of 
 Delaware, is situated at the confluence of Christiana creek 
 with the Brandywine. It is regularly planned and well built, 
 with wide and straight streets, and the houses are generally 
 constructed of brick. Wilmington has long been celebrated 
 for its manufactures, the most important of which are steaxn 
 
76 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 engines, railway cars, railroad wheels, steamboats, locomo- 
 tives, and car springs, iron, cotton and woollen goods, pow- 
 der and flour. Its flouring mills have the reputation of being 
 amongst the best in the United States. Population 22,000. 
 
 DOVER, the capital, is situated on Jones' creek, five miles 
 from Delaware bay. It contains a fine State House, with an 
 open lawn and many handsome buildings. Population 
 5,000. 
 
 NEW CASTLE, on the Delaware, is a considerable manu- 
 facturing town, with an active trade. 
 
 SMYRNA, thirty-six miles south of Wilmington, next to 
 which city it ranks as the second in commercial importance 
 in the State. 
 
 NEWARK is the seat of Delaware College. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. New Castle. 2. Dover. 3. Georgetown. 
 
 SOUTHERN STATES. 
 
 Area 638,410. Population 8,316,800. Slaves 3,220,260. 
 
 The Southern States comprise Maryland, Virginia, North 
 Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Missis- 
 sippi, Louisiana, Texas, and the District of Columbia. These 
 States extend from the Susqnehanna to the Rio Grande; arid 
 are washed by the Atlantic on the East and by the Gulf of Mex- 
 ico on the South. Along the eastern coast, to a considerable 
 distance from the sea shore, the land is low, sandy, and gen- 
 erally barren, except near rivers and bays. This section 
 abounds in pine forests, and is known by the name of the 
 "Pine Barrens." The interior is greatly diversified, and has 
 a rich and productive soil. The loftiest mountains in the 
 Atlantic States are found in North Carolina; and a large por- 
 tion of Texas consists of prairie. The climate in the eastern 
 part is warm and unhealthy; but in the interior is quite mild 
 and salubrious. The chief products of the northern part are 
 wheat, tobacco and corn ; of the southern, rice, cotton, and 
 sugar; and of the eastern, pitch, tar, turpentine, and lumber. 
 The southern people are principally engaged in agriculture ; 
 and many of them have large plantations, with numerous 
 slaves. The wealthy classes are generally well educated, and 
 are noted for their politeness and liberal hospitality. Amongst 
 the poorer grades of society, education is not so generally 
 
UNITED STATES. 7f 
 
 disseminated as in the Eastern and Middle States. Support- 
 ed by large incomes, the wealthy are enabled to indulge in 
 various amusements, as their several inclinations may dic- 
 tate. Hunting and dancing are favorite recreations ; and 
 music is cultivated with diligence and success. The women 
 of the upper classes are usually well educated, and are re- 
 puted to possess great refinement of manners. Iron, coal, 
 and salt are found, especially in Virginia; and gold is mined 
 in some of the Southern States. Many railroads have been 
 completed, and the southern people in general manifest great 
 ardor in their efforts to advance the interests of their country. 
 The inhabitants are chiefly of British origin ; but in Florida 
 and Louisiana many are descended from the Spanish and 
 French. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 Area 9,350 square miles. Population 687,000. Slaves 87,000* 
 
 Maryland is the most irregular State in form of any in the 
 Union, being divided by the Chesapeake Bay and the Sus- 
 quehanna into two unequal sections. It was settled in 1634 
 by Catholics, under Leonard Calvert, a brother of Lord Bal- 
 timore, who had obtained from Charles the First, a charter 
 for the territory embraced in its limits. It was named in ho- 
 nor of Henrietta Maria, Queen of Charles the First, and the 
 early settlers at once raised the standard of universal religious 
 toleration. This State was the scene of no important engage- 
 ment during the revolution: but some of the sessions of the 
 Continental Congress were held at Annapolis, and here Wash- 
 ington resigned his command at the close of the war. 
 
 It is bounded north by Pennsylvania, east by Delaware 
 and the Atlantic, and south and west by Virginia ; and it con- 
 tains 21 counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. On both shores of the Chesapeake bay the 
 surface is level, and the soil sandy. The narrow strip along 
 the northern bank of the Potomac is crossed by different 
 ridges of the Alleghanies, under various names, none of which, 
 however, have a great elevation. 
 
 Rivers. The principal river is the Potomac, which forms 
 the southern boundary with Virginia. The Susquehanna 
 flows through the northeastern corner of the State, into the 
 Chesapeake Bay, which extends northward within this State, 
 120 miles, with a breadth of from 7 to 20 miles. 
 
T8 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Climate. The State occupies a medium between the ex- 
 tremes of north and south, as regards temperature. She 
 experiences the mitigating effects of contiguity to large bodies 
 of water, upon her climate ; yet along the borders of the 
 Chesapeake the miasmatic exhalations originate much bilious 
 fevers and ague. 
 
 Products. Tobacco is the great staple of this State, and 
 next, wheat and corn. Great quantities of oats, rye, buck- 
 wheat, barley, potatoes, hay, &c., are cultivated. The chief 
 minerals are iron and coal. 
 
 Manufactures. Maryland in her relative amount of man- 
 ufactures, nearly approximates the northern states, as she has 
 a large capital employed in this branch of industry. Her 
 manufacture of cotton and woolen goods, and of iron, whisky 
 and wine, are considerable. 
 
 Education. Although common school education is not so 
 general in this as in the Eastern States, yet with respect to 
 the means of obtaining a collegiate, institutions are not want- 
 ing. Here are St. Charles' College, at Ellicott's Mill, founded 
 in 1805; Mount St. Mary, at Emmetsburg, founded in 1830; 
 St. James, in Washington county, founded in 1842 ; and 
 Washington College, at Chestertown, founded in 1783. 
 
 Cariosities. The wild scenery at Harper's Ferry, where 
 the Potomac passes through the Blue Ridge, Thomas Jeffer- 
 son declared " one of the most stupendous scenes in nature, 
 and well worth a voyage across the Atlantic to witness." 
 The fall of the Potomac, above Georgetown, is one of the 
 most interesting cataracts in the United States. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for four years. The 
 Senate of 22 members, is chosen for the same length of time, 
 and the House of Representatives of 74, for half that period. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 ]. Alleghany. 8. Charles. 15. Prince George. 
 
 2. Anne Arundel. 0. Dorchester. 16. Queen Anne. 
 
 3. Baltimore. 10. Frederick. 17. St. Mary's. 
 
 4. Calvert. 11. Harford. ]8. Somerset. 
 
 5. Caroline. 12. Howard. 19. Talbot. 
 
 0. Carroll. 13. Kent. 20. Washington. 
 
 7. Cecil. 14. Montgomery. 21. Worcester. 
 
 BALTIMORE, situated on the Patapsco river, fourteen miles 
 from its entrance into the Chesapeake Bay, is a large and 
 flourishing city, with a capacious and safe harbor. It is ad- 
 
UNITED STATES. 79 
 
 mirably located for commerce, and its elegant buildings 
 exhibit a high degree of wealth and enterprise. Baltimore 
 has been denominated, from its numerous structures of this 
 kind, the " Monumental City." The two most noted of these 
 are : the Washington, and the Battle monument, the former 
 213, and the latter 55 feet high. The Battle monument was 
 erected to commemorate those who fell in the defence of the 
 city, Sept. 12th, 1814. Of the public buildings may be enu- 
 merated : the Court House, situated on Monument square and 
 Lexington street ; the Exchange, in Gay street, one of the 
 largest and most costly structures in the city; the Maryland 
 Institute, in Baltimore street, said to be the largest building " 
 ever erected in the United States, for the advancement of the 
 mechanic arts ; and Calvert Hall, at the corner of Baltimore 
 and Calvert streets. Another object of much interest to stran- 
 gers is the Merchant's Shot Tower, 246 feet high, said to be the 
 loftiest struct are of the kind in the world. Amongst churches 
 the most imposing is the Roman Catholic Cathedral on Mulber- 
 ry, between Charles and Cathedral streets. This is a magnificent 
 granite structure 190 feet long, 177 broad, and 127 high to the 
 top of the cross surmounting the dome. The Cathedral has 
 one of the largest organs in the United States, having 6,000 
 pipes and 36 stops ; and two handsome paintings, one " the 
 Descent of Christ from the Cross," presented by Louis XVI. 
 of France, the other " St. Louis burying his officers and soldiers 
 slain before Tunis," presented by Charles X. The church of 
 St. Alphonsus, that of St. Vincent de Paul and Grace church 
 are likewise all large and costly edifices. Baltimore is the 
 seat of the Roman Catholic Primate of the United States. It 
 contains numerous educational and literary institutions, 
 and also many erected for charitable and humane purposes. In 
 commercial importance she ranks amongst the first cities of 
 the Union. Population 212,000. 
 
 ANNAPOLIS, situated on the western shore of the Chesapeake 
 Bay, is the capital of the State, and a very handsome city. 
 The State House occupies the centre, from which the streets 
 diverge in all directions. A United States Naval Academy 
 was established here in 1845. The city was founded in 1649, 
 and received its present name, Annapolis, (city of Anne) in 
 honor of Queen Anne, who had made several valuable pres- 
 ents to the inhabitants. Here Gen. Washington resigned his 
 
80 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 
 
 commission at the close of the Revolutionary War. Popula- 
 tion 5,000. 
 
 CUMBERLAND, located in the western part of the State, upon 
 the Potomac, is a thriving town and carries on an extensive 
 trade. Au abundance of stove coal is mined in the vicinity. 
 Population 8,500. 
 
 FREDERICK, built near the centre of the State, is a hand- 
 some city, and in wealth and commercial importance regarded 
 as the second in Maryland. The houses are generally of 
 brick, and the streets cross each other at right angles. Popu- 
 ulation 8,000. 
 
 HAGERSTOWN, in the northern part of the State, situated 
 near the centre of a fertile and productive country, is a hand- 
 some town and a place of some trade. Population 6,000. 
 
 EMMETSBURG, situated in Frederick county, is the seat of , Mount St. 
 Mary's College. Here the first institution of the Sisters of Charity in the 
 United States was established, in 1809, by Mrs. Eliza Seton. 
 
 EASTON, in Talbot county, is a brisk town containing a State armory. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, in Dorchester county, is a smart town. 
 
 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 
 
 Area 60 square miles. Population 75,000. 
 
 The District of Columbia, or the Federal District, lies on 
 the left bank of the Potomac, arid is subject to the direct con- 
 trol of Congress. It was originally ten miles square, having 
 an area of one hundred square miles, but the portion on the 
 right bank of the Potomac was, in 1846, re-ceded to the State 
 of Virginia, leaving the District with only sixty square miles 
 of territory. The portion now included in the District, was 
 ceded to the General Government by the State of Maryland, 
 and the city bearing his name was laid out in 1791 by Gen- 
 eral Washington, to which place the seat of government was 
 I3inoved in 1800. 
 
 WASHINGTON, the National capital, residence of the Presi- 
 dent and other executive officers, the place of meeting of the 
 general Congress, and also the Foreign Diplomatic Corps, is 
 situated on the Potomac, 110 miles from its mouth. It is a 
 large and handsome city, deriving its chief importance from 
 the regular meetings of the general Congress, and the usual ac- 
 companiments of a national capital. It contains an observatory 
 and many superb and costly public edifices, among which 
 may be mentioned the National Capitol, President's Mansion, 
 Smithsonian Institute, Treasury Buildings, and Post Office; 
 
UNITED STATES. 81 
 
 also an Arsenal and Navy Yard. The Capitol is a splendid 
 building of while free stone, 352 feet lonc\ built in the shape 
 of a cross, having the Representatives' Hrdl and Senate 
 Chamber in the two wings, and a spacious Rotunda in the 
 centre. The Representatives' Hall is semi-ciiTulai, 95 feet 
 long and 60 high, lighted from above, and ornamented with 
 a colonnade of beautiful pillars. The Senate Chamber has 
 the same form, and is 74 feet long. The Rotunda has a 
 diameter of 96 feet, and is 96 feet to the top of the dome within. 
 The grounds around the Capitol are handsomely laid out and 
 are beautifully decorated with shade trees and shrubbery, 
 which, during the spring and summer, present a charming ap- 
 pearance. The President's Mansion is a noble edifice, 170 feet 
 long by 86 deep and two stories high, and is built of free- 
 stone, painted white. The Smithsonian Institute is one of the 
 finest institutions and noblest structures in Washington. This 
 edifice has a length of 450 feet and a breadth of 140, con- 
 structed in the Norrnan style, and embellished by nine towers 
 of from 75 to 150 feet in height, and presents, when viewed 
 from Capitol Hill, an imposing display. This institution was 
 endowed by James Smithson, an Englishman, who left the 
 United States over half a million of dollars " to found at 
 Washington an establishment for the increase and diffusion 
 of knowledge among men." The National Observatory oc- 
 cupies a commanding site upon the banks of the Potomac, 
 southwest of the Presidential residence, and is one of the 
 most creditable institutions belonging to the general govern- 
 ment. The most prominent hotels of Washington are the 
 National, Willard's, Gadsby's, United States, Potomac and 
 Irving, all built upon Pennsylvania Avenue. At the sugges- 
 tion of President Washington, the seat for the National Gov- 
 ernment was selected in 1790 ; the corner-stone of the Capitol 
 was laid by him, September 18th, 1793; and in 1800 the 
 Government was removed thither from Philadelphia. Fifteen 
 miles south of Washington is Mount Vernon, the residence 
 and mausoleum of the Father of his Country. Population 
 6 00. 
 
 GEORGETOWN, situated on the left bank of the Potomac, 
 two miles northwest of Washington, from which it is sepa- 
 rated by Rock Creek, is one of the handsomest cities in the 
 Union. It is built upon a range of hills denominated the 
 Heights, and these are covered with numerous palatial resi- 
 
 js* 
 
82 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BCOK. 
 
 deuces, from which a magnificent view is obtained of 
 Washington, the Potomac, and almost an illimitable ex- 
 panse of country. Among its literary institutions, George- 
 town College, tinder the control of the Catholics is regarded 
 as the most important. This city is noted for its vast shad 
 and herring fisheries. Population 9,000. 
 
 VIRGINIA .* 
 
 Area 62,000 square miles. Population 1,596,000. Slaves 
 491,000. . 
 
 Virginia was the first settled of the English Colonies, and 
 on this account has been called the " Old Dominion." The 
 first settlement was made at Jamestown, in 1607, by 
 English Colonists, under the lead of the celebrated Captain 
 John Smith, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, and 
 was saved from destruction by the romantic sympathy of 
 Pocohontas, the daughter of the Indian*King. To no other 
 State was the country more indebted, than to Virginia, for 
 her strenuous resistance to British oppression, and her heroic 
 appeal to arms in the cause of American Independence. 
 Many of her distinguished sons carved their names high 
 upon the temple of fame and rendered the name of Virginia 
 dear to every true American. She has been termed the 
 " mother of Presidents and Statesmen," as she gave to the 
 Union five Presidents : the " Father of his Country," Jeffer- 
 son, Madison, Monroe and Tyler. Harrison was also a 
 native of this State. It is bounded on the north by Ohio, 
 Pennsylvania and Maryland, east by Maryland and the 
 Atlantic, south by North Carolina and Tennessee, and west 
 by Kentucky and Ohio, and it contains 148 counties. 
 
 *The State of Virginia, on the 17th of April, 1861, passed an ordinance 
 of secession, dissolving her connexion with the Federal Government, and 
 united her destiny with that of the Southern Confederacy, and she is at this 
 time (July 1862.) participant in a revolution against the Federal authority 
 with the design of securing the independence of the Confederate Government. 
 Hers has become the capital of the Confederacy and many of the sanguin- 
 ary battles of the existing revolution have been fought upon her soil and 
 some of them almost over the bones of the Father of his Country. She is 
 not however, unanimous in her opposition to the United States Government, 
 as the people of the western portion of the State, refusing to be bound by 
 the ordinance of secession passed by a majority of her voters, have inaugu- 
 rated a seperatc government composed of the western counties, and have 
 established as their capital, the city of .WHEELING. 
 
UNITED STATES. 83 
 
 Mountains. The Alleghany Mountains from Pennsylva- 
 nia cross this State in a southwestern direction and occupy a 
 belt of from 80 to 100 miles in width. The most eastern 
 ridge is called the Blue Ridge. White Top, the highest peak 
 of these mountains, has an elevation of 6,000 feet, and the 
 peaks of Otter, 4,260 feet. The Cumberland mountains lie 
 on the boundary between Kentucky arid Virginia. 
 
 Surface. No greater variety of surface is found in any 
 state of the Union than in Virginia, from the rugged and bar- 
 ren mountains of the interior, to the rich alluvial soil along 
 the rivers, and the sandy flats of the sea coast. This State 
 is naturally divided into four parts: 1. The Tidewater dis- 
 trict, bordering on the Atlantic and Chesapeake Bay ; 2. The 
 Piedmont district ; 3. The Valley district ; 4. The trans-Alle- 
 ghany district. Every variety of soil almost, is found here, 
 and in general the soil is fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are, the Potomac, which re- 
 ceives from the south the Shenandoah, as an affluent, also 
 the James river which rises in the Blue Ridge and flows east 
 into the Chesaponko, niter a course of 600 miles, and the 
 Rappahannock which flows cast into the Cliosjippake. The 
 Great Kanawha, the Little Kanawha, and the Guyan dot, flow 
 west into the Ohio. The Monongahela, fhe Roanoke, and 
 the Chowan, have their sources in this State. 
 
 Climate. Great diversities of climate are experienced in 
 jhis State from its vast extent and variety of surface. East of 
 the Alleghanies the heat of summer is long and oppressive, 
 the spring short and the winter mild. Snow seldom lies in 
 this region over a day or two. In the mountainous regions 
 the air is cool and salubrious, the inhabitants displaying 
 health and vigor in their persons. Beyond the mountains, 
 the climate is cooler by some degrees than in the same lati- 
 tude upon the coast. 
 
 Products. Virginia is the greatest tobacco growing State 
 in the Union. The other great staples are corn, wheat, oats, 
 live stock and butter. Great quantities of rye, wool, peas, 
 beans, potatoes and buckwheat are grown, as also some rice, 
 cotton, silk and molasses. This state abounds in minerals of 
 the more useful kind, and some of the precious metals. Her 
 
84 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND "BOOK. 
 
 mineral treasures include gold, copper, iron, lead, coal, salt, 
 gypsum, porcelain clay, and fine granite. 
 
 Manufactures. Virginia, like most of the Southern states 
 is yet in her infancy with respect to manufactures. The vast 
 resources of coal, iron, copper, and the excellent hydraulic 
 power possessed by the " Old Dominion," seem to admonish 
 her of the innate wealth she contains and to invite her citizens 
 to engage in manufactures which yet appear destined to de- 
 velop her hidden resources. 
 
 Education. The Free School System has yet to be intro- 
 duced into Virginia, but the poor are educaced by means of 
 an appropriation for this purpose. Her list of colleges, how- 
 ever, gives proof that she designed the proficient education of 
 the few to supersede a general one of the many. Within her 
 limits are : William and Mary's College, at Williamsburg, 
 founded in 1692 ; Hampden-Sidney College, in Prince Ed- 
 wards' county, founded in 1776 ; Washington College, at 
 Lexington, founded in 1782 ; the University of Virginia, at 
 ('linrlottesville,foimdedjn 1819 ; Randolph-Macon College, at 
 Boydon, founded in 1832 ; Emory and Henry, in Washing- 
 ton county, founded in 1838; Rector College, in Taylor co., 
 founded in 1839; Bethany College, at Bethany, founded in 
 1841; Richmond College, at Richmond, founded in 1840; 
 and the Virginia Military Institute, at Lexington, founded in 
 1839. 
 
 Curiosities. Many objects attractive to the tourist are 
 found within the limits of Virginia. The most noted of these 
 is the Natural Bridge over Otter Creek, a small stream flow- 
 ing into the James River, which is 100 feet in length, 60 
 wide, and 250 above the water. Weyer's Cave, in Augusta 
 county, discovered only in 1806, seems to equal, in the vivid 
 descriptions of visitors, the singularity and splendor of the 
 celebrated Grotto of Antiparos in the Jfegean Sea. Madison's 
 Cave, Blowing Cave, and the Natural Tunnel, in Scott county, 
 are all objects of considerable interest. 
 
 Government. The executive power is vested in a Governor, 
 who is elecled for four years. The Senate consists of 50 
 members, who are elected for four years; the House of Rep- 
 resentatives of 152 members, who are elected for two years. 
 
1. Accomac. 
 
 2. Alexandria. 
 
 3. Albemarle. 
 
 4. Alleghany. 
 
 5. Amherst. 
 
 6. Amelia. 
 
 7. Appamattox. 
 
 8. Augusta. 
 
 9. Barbour.* 
 
 10. Bath. 
 
 11. Bedford. 
 
 12. Berkeley. 
 
 13. Boorie.* 
 
 14. Botetourt. 
 
 15. Braxton.* 
 10. Brooke.* 
 
 17. Brunswick. 
 
 18. Buchanan. 
 ID. Buckingham. 
 
 20. Cabell.* 
 
 21. Calhomi."- 
 
 22. Carroll. 
 2:5. Cunipbi-ll. 
 
 24. Caroline. 
 
 25. C'huvlotto. 
 20. Charles City. 
 
 27. Chesterfield. 
 
 28. Clay.* 
 
 29. Clarke. 
 80. Crai-r. 
 
 31. Culpepper. 
 
 '52. Cumberland. 
 
 .'!!>. Davis. 
 
 34. Dinwiddie. 
 
 35. Doddridge.* 
 
 36. Elizabeth. 
 
 37. Essex. 
 
 38. Fauquier. 
 
 39. Fairfax. 
 
 40. Fayette.* 
 
 41. Fluvianna. 
 
 42. Floyd. 
 
 43. Franklin. 
 
 44. Frederick. 
 
 45. Giles. 
 
 46. Gilmer.* 
 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 
 47. Gloucester. 
 
 93. Nicholas.* 
 
 48. Goochland. 
 
 94. Northampton. 
 
 49. Grayson. 
 
 95. Northumberland 
 
 50. Greenbrier. 
 
 96. Norfolk. 
 
 51. Greene. 
 
 07. Nottaway. 
 
 52. Groensville. 
 
 98. Ohio.* 
 
 53. Halifax. 
 
 99. Orange. 
 
 54. Hampshire. 
 
 100. Page. 
 
 55. Hancock.* 
 
 101. Patrick. 
 
 50. Hanover. 
 
 102. Pendleton. 
 
 57. Hardy. 
 
 103. Pittsylvauia. 
 
 58. Harrison.* 
 
 104. Pleasants.* 
 
 59. Henry. 
 
 105. Pocahontas. 
 
 60. Henrico. 
 
 106. Powhatan. 
 
 01. Highland. 
 
 107. Preston* 
 
 02. Isle of Wight. 
 
 108. Prince Edward. 
 
 o:>. Jackson.* 
 
 In'.!. Princess Anne. 
 
 64. James City. 
 
 110. Prince George. 
 
 05. Jefferson. 
 
 111. Prince William. 
 
 (10. Kanawha.'" 
 
 112. Pulaski. 
 
 07. King George. 
 
 l|:l. Putnam.* 
 
 (i*. Kin; William. 
 
 114. Raleigh.* 
 
 09. King ami (Jin-en. 
 
 1 15. J{:nnlollll.* 
 
 70. Lain-i^in-. 
 
 1 1 (!. ll;l])|);ih;uinock. 
 
 71. Lee. 
 
 117. Richmond. 
 
 72. Lewis.* 
 
 ] 18. Ritchie.* 
 
 73. Logan.* 
 
 119. Roane.* 
 
 74. London. 
 
 120. Roanokc. 
 
 75. Loui-:i. 
 
 121. Rock bridge. 
 
 70. Lunenburg. 
 
 122. Rockiiiifhum. 
 
 77. Madison. 
 
 12.'}. Russell. 
 
 78. Marion.'' 
 
 121. Slien.'mdoah. 
 
 7'.). Marshall.* 
 
 125. Smith. 
 
 80. Mason.* 
 
 120. Southampton. 
 
 81. Mat hews. 
 
 12 7. Spottsylvanifl. 
 
 82. McDowell.* 
 
 128. Stafford. 
 
 8:]. Mecklenburg. 
 
 129. Surry. 
 
 84. Mercer. 
 
 ]::o. Sussex. 
 
 85. Middlesex. 
 
 181. Taylor.* 
 
 80. Monongalia. 
 
 132. Tazewell. 
 
 87. Monroe. 
 
 i:5:!. Tucker.* 
 
 88. Montgomery. 
 
 134. Tyler.* 
 
 80. Morgan. 
 
 135. Upshur* 
 
 90. Nansemond. 
 
 136. Warren. 
 
 91. Nelson. 
 
 137. Warwick. 
 
 92. New Kent. 
 
 138. Washington. 
 
 85 
 
 *The counties marked with a star compose that part of the Old Dominion 
 which has disavowed the act of secession, and is known by the name of 
 Western Virginia. The number of inhabitants in Western Virginia is 222.,- 
 600, and the amount of slaves 6,890, 
 
86 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 139. Wayne.* 143. Wirt.* 146. Wyoming.* 
 
 140. Webster.* 144. Wise. 147. Wythe. 
 
 141. Westmoreland.f 145. Wood.* 148. York. 
 
 142. Wetzel.* 
 
 [[RICHMOND, situated on the James River, 110 miles from 
 its mouth, is the capital and the largest city in Virginia. It 
 rises gradually from the water and presents a fine picturesque 
 appearance. The city is laid out in rectangular blocks, com- 
 posed mostly of brick houses, many of which are very elegant. 
 The Capitol and other public edifices occupy Shockoe hill in 
 the western part of the city, which is the fashionable quarter 
 and considered the most desirable for private residences. The 
 Capitol stands in the centre of the park of about eight acres, 
 and is a large and imposing structure, having at one end a 
 handsome portico, and contains, in its central hall, Hudson's 
 celebrated statue of Washington, and near by a bust of La- 
 fayette. Richmond has extensive tobacco manufactories, 
 cotton and flour mills, furnaces, machine shops, &c. On the 
 night of December 26th, 1811, the theatre of this city caught 
 fire when crowded with spectators, and upwards of seventy 
 persons perished in the flames; and amongst this number the 
 Governor of the State. It was founded in 1742, and became 
 the seat of the State Government in 1779. The city contains 
 the State^Penitentiary, and an Armory, which annually man- 
 ufactures great quantities of muskets and rifles. Population 
 40,000. 
 
 PETERSBURG, situated on the Appomatox river, twelve 
 miles above its junction with the James River, is admirably 
 located for commerce. Great quantities of tobacco and flour 
 are annnally shipped from this place. The city is lighted 
 with gas and supplied with excellent water from a reservoir. 
 This place was twice occupied by the British under General 
 Ehillips during the Revolutionary War. Its volunteers served 
 with such distinction during the War of 1812, that the 
 
 f Westmoreland County is distinguished as the birthplace of George Wash- 
 ington, James Monroe, and Richard Heury Lee. 
 
 ^Richmond was in June, 1851, made the seat of Government for the "Con- 
 federate States of America," and the Confederate Congress assembled here 
 July 20th, 1861. It is at this time [July 1862] besieged by the Union army, 
 under Gen. McClellan, and its vicinity has recently witnessed a series of the 
 most sanguinary battles of modern times, fought between the Federal and Con- 
 federate armies, lasting from June 26th to July 1st, 1862, and equalling in 
 the aggregate the carnage and slaughter of the famed battle of Waterloo. 
 
UNITED STATES. 8t 
 
 President of the United States styled it " the Cockade of the 
 South." Its manufactures are extensive. Population 18,000. 
 
 ^NORFOLK, built at the outlet of the James River, is the 
 principal seaport of Virginia, and with Portsmouth, whicli 
 occupies the opposite side of the river, is one of the most 
 important naval stations of the Union. It has a large and 
 easily accessible harbor, admitting vessels of the largest size. 
 It has an extensive commerce, and the supply of northern 
 cities with early vegetables has become an important branch 
 of trade. Norfolk was burned by the British in 1776. It 
 was in 1855 severely visited by the yellow fever, which 
 caused the death of from 1000 to 2000 persons. Population 
 15,000. 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, opposite Norfolk, on Elizabeth River, is one 
 of the great naval stations of the general Government. At 
 Gosport, a suburb of Portsmouth, is a United States Navy 
 Yard with a massive hospital. The yard contains a dry dock 
 constructed of granite, which cost the government near $1,- 
 000,000. 
 
 ("WHEELING, on the Ohio River, ninety-two miles below 
 Pittsburg, is the most important city of Western Virginia. 
 Inexhaustible beds of coal are found in the vicinity, which 
 supply fuel for its manufactures, which are extensive, The 
 Wire Suspension bridge across the Ohio River, opposite this 
 city, is one of the largest in the world, having a span 1010 
 teet long. Population 15,000. 
 
 STAUNTON, on a branch of the Shenandoah, 120 miles west 
 of Richmond is a nourishing town, and rapidly growing in 
 wealth and importance. It contains the Western Lunatic 
 Asylum, and State institutions for the Deaf, Dumb and Blind. 
 It is situated in the midst of a rich and highly productive 
 country forming part of the great valley of Virginia. Popu- 
 lation 14,000. 
 
 J ALEXANDRIA, situated on the Potomac, seven miles below 
 Washington, is a thriving town having a capacious harbor 
 and considerable trade. The site of the town is undulating, 
 
 *0n the 10th of May, 1862, Norfolk was surrendered by the Confederates 
 to (Ion, Wool of the United States Army. 
 
 j- Wheeling is now the capital of Western Virginia. 
 
 About twenty-seven miles west of Alexandria, was fought, July 21st, 
 18G1, the celebrated battle of Bull Run, in which the Confederates were vic- 
 torious. 
 
88 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 affording a fine view of Washington city and the Potomac. 
 Ship building is carried on here to some extent, and the man- 
 ufacture of cotton which has been recently introduced, is in 
 successful operation. .Popualtion 11,000. 
 
 WINCHESTER, 150 miles northwest of Richmond, situated 
 m the centre of a beautiful and fertile country, is one of the 
 most handsome and nourishing towns in Virginia, west of 
 the Blue Ridge. The houses are large and handsome, com- 
 posed of brick and stone, with streets long and finely shaded 
 with beautiful trees, and it is supplied with excellent water 
 brought by means of iron pipes from a fountain half a rnile 
 distant. Population 8,000. 
 
 LYNCHBURG, situated on the James river, 100 miles west of 
 Richmond, is a handsome town with 12,000 inhabitants. It 
 is admirably located for commerce and manufactures. The 
 chief business of the people at this time is tobacco manufac- 
 turing. Westward of Lynch burg at the distance of twenty 
 miles, rise the Blue Ridge and the celebrated peaks of Otter, 
 in full view. In the vicinity are vast deposits of coal and 
 iron ore. 
 
 JVlAUTiNsntnu}, in Berkeley county, is a flourishing town with an active 
 trade and considerable manufactures. 
 
 WILLIAMSBURG, situated in the eastern part of the State, between the York 
 and James rivers, is the seat of William and Mary College. This was the seat 
 of the royal government previous to the Revolution, and subsequently the 
 capital of the State until 1771). Its college is the oldest in the Union except 
 Harvard University. 
 
 JlAi:i'i:i:',s |''I;UKY, at the junction of the Shcnandoah and the Potomac, is 
 noted for its magnificent scenery. Great notoriety became associated Avith 
 this place occasioned by its seizure on the night of the Kith of October, 18f>'.t, 
 by John Brown and his deluded followers. It contains a United States 
 Arsenal. Population 7,000. 
 
 *YORKTOWN, near the mouth of York river, is memorable in Revolutionary 
 annals for the surrender of Lord Cornwallis and his army, Oct. 19th, 1781, 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Accomac. 2. Alexandria. 3. Charlottesville. 4. Covington. r>.Am- 
 herst C. H. 6. Amelia C. H. 7. Clover Hill. 8. Staunton. 9. Philippi. 
 10. Warm Spring. 11. Liberty. 12. Martinsburg. 13. Boone Court 
 House. 14. Fincastle. 15. Sutton. 16. Wellsburg. 17. Lawrenceville. 
 18. Buchanan C. H. 19. Maysville. 20. Barboursville. 21. * * * * 
 22. Cranberry Plain C. H. 23. Campbell C. H. 24. Bowling Green. 
 2- r >. MarysviUc. 20. Charles City C. H. 27. Chesterfield C. H. ' 28. 
 Marshall C. H. 29. Berryville. 30. Newcastle. 31. Fairfax. 32. Cum- 
 berland C. H. 33. Estillville. ;J4. Dinwiddie C. H. 35. West Union. 
 
 *Yorktown has again become famous for its evacuation by the Confederate 
 army in the month of May, 1862. 
 
UNITED STATES. 89 
 
 36. Hampton. 37. Tappahannock. 38. Warrenton. 30. Fairfax C. II. 
 40. Fayettcville. 41. Palmyra. 42. Jacksonville. 43. Rocky Mount. 
 44. Winchester. 45. Parisburg. 46. Glenville. 47. Gloucester C. H. 
 48. Goochland C. H. 49. Independence. 50. Lewisburg. 51. Stanards- 
 ville. 52. Hicksford. 53. Halifax C. H. 54. Romney. 55. New Cum- 
 berland. 56. Hanover C. H. 57. Mooreaeld. 58. Clarkburg. 59. Mar- 
 tinsville. 60. RICHMOND. 61. Monterey. 62. Smithfield. 63. Ripley. 
 64. Williamsburg. 65. Charlestown. 66. Charleston. 67. King George 
 C. H. 68. King William C. H. 69. King and Queen C. H. 70. Lancas- 
 ter C. H. 71. Jonesville. 7'2. Weston. 73. Logan. 74. Leesburg. 7">. 
 Louisa C. H. 76. Lewistown. 77. Madison C. H. 78. Fairmount- 79. 
 Elizabethtown. 80. Point Pleasant. 81. Mathews G. II. 82. ... 
 83. Boydtown. 84. Princeton. 85. Urbana. 86. Morgantown. 87. Union. 
 88. Christiansburg. 89. Bath. 90. Suffolk. 91. Lovington. 92. New 
 KentC. H. 93. Summerville. 94. Eastville. 95. Hcathsville. 96. Ports- 
 mouth. 97. Nottoway C. H. 98. Wheeling. 99. Orange. 100. Luray. 
 101. Taylorsville. 102. Franklin. 103. Competition. 104. St. Mary's. 
 105. Huntersville. 106. Scottsville. 107. Kingwood. 108. Prince Ed- 
 ward C. H. 109. Princess Anne C. H. 110. Prince George C. H. 111. 
 Brentsville. 112. Newbern. 113. Winfield. 114. Berkeley. 115. Beverly. 
 116. Washington. 117. Warsaw. 118. Harrisville. 119. California. 
 120. Salem. 121. Lexington. 122. Harrisonburg. 123. Lebanon. 124. 
 Woodstock. 125. Marion. 126. Jerusalem. 127. Spotsylvania C. H. 
 128. Stafford C. H. 129. Surry C. H. 130. Sussex C. H. 131. Prunty- 
 town. 132. Jeffersonville. 133. St. George. 134. Middlebourn. 13~>. 
 Buchanan. 136. Front Royal. 137. Warwick C. H. 138. Abingdon. 
 139. Wayne C. H. 140. * * * 141. Westmoreland C. II. 142. New 
 Martinsvillo. 1 13. Wirt C. H. 144. Gladesville. 145. Parkersburg. 146. 
 Wyoming C. II. 147. Wythcville. 148. Yorktown. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Area 45,000 square miles. Population .992,000. Slaves 
 331,000. 
 
 North Carolina one of the original states of the American 
 confederacy, was first settled by the English, at Albemarle, in 
 1650. Its early constitution was drafted by the celebrated 
 John Locke, but it was soon found to be ill adapted to the 
 wants and character of the people. The principal battle of 
 the revolution fought within this State was that of Guilford 
 Court House. 
 
 It is bounded north by Virginia, east by the Atlantic, south 
 by the same and South Carolina, and west by Tennessee. It 
 has 85 counties. 
 
 Surface. This State is naturally divided into three parts : 
 1 .The Maritime, extending a distance of sixty miles from 
 the coast, and which is low, flat and sandy, and also intersec- 
 ted with numerous inlets ; 2. The Inland part, being a fine 
 undulating region, irrigated with numerous streams and di- 
 
90 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 versified with hills and valleys ; 3. The mountainous part in 
 the west, consisting of elevated table-lands. There are many 
 swamps, the largest of which are the Great and Little Dismal 
 Swamps, the former thirty miles long and ten wide. In the 
 western part of the State three chains of the Alleghany moun- 
 tains run under various names, and attain their highest ele- 
 vations here. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Cape Fear, formed by 
 the junction of the Haw and Deep rivers, the Roanoke, the 
 Neuse, the Tar, the Chowan, the Yadkin, and the Catawba, 
 all flowing into the Atlantic. 
 
 Climate. In the low country the air is hot and moist, but 
 cool and dry among the mountains. 
 
 Products. The principal products are cotton, tobacco, 
 rice, and sweet potatoes ; also wheat, rye, barley and oats are 
 cultivated. The soil is well adapted to the growth of the 
 vine and mujberry. Gold, silver, iron, and porphyry have 
 been found here. Spirits of turpentine is extensively manu- 
 factured. 
 
 Manufactures. Although the Cape Fear and Deep rivers 
 of North Carolina afford abundant water power for manufac- 
 tures, but few have been as yet established in this State, and 
 the industry of her people has been chiefly directed to agri- 
 culture, mining and commerce. Her most important 
 branch of manufacturing has been the distillation of 
 spirits of turpentine from the sap of the pine, a kind of tree 
 which grows in great abundance in many portions of North 
 Carolina. The manufacture of cotton has likewise been spir- 
 itedly carried on in a few of the towns of this State for some 
 years. 
 
 Education. Public education has been considerably upon 
 the advance within the last few years, but much yet remains 
 to be done, to secure a general diffusion of knowledge among 
 the masses.* Of the institutions in the " Old North State," 
 designed to impart the highest grade of instruction, the prin- 
 cipal are the University of North Carolina, at Chapel Hill, 
 founded in 1789 ; Davidson's College, in Mecklenburg county, 
 founded in 1840; and Wake Forest College, in Forest county, 
 founded in 1838. 
 
 *The laws of North Carolina and of most of the southern states, proln'Ht 
 the education of the slaves, and when the masses of people are mentioned in 
 these states, the whites only are to be understood. 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 91 
 
 Curiosities. The attractions for the tourist are the Black 
 and other mountains, the Swannanoa Gap, the Falls of the 
 Catawba river, and the Warm Springs of Buncombe county ; 
 also, Painted Rock, the curious rock called the Chimneys, and 
 Gingercake rock, in Burke county. 
 
 Government. The legislative power is vested in the hands 
 of a Governor, chosen by the people for two years, of a Sen- 
 ate elected for the same length of time, and of a House ot 
 Commons, chosen for a like period. The Senate is composed 
 of 50, and the House of Commons of 120 members. 
 
 1. Alanmnce. 
 
 2. Alexander. 
 
 3. Anson. 
 
 4. Ashe. 
 
 5. Beaufort. 
 0. Bertie. 
 
 7. Bladen. 
 
 8. Brunswick. 
 
 9. Buncombe. 
 
 10. Burke. 
 
 11. Cabarrus. 
 VI. Caldwell. 
 I-}. Camden. 
 
 14. Carteret. 
 
 15. Caswell. 
 
 16. Catawba. 
 
 17. Chatham. 
 
 18. Cherokee. 
 
 19. Chowan. 
 
 20. Cleveland. 
 
 21. Columbus. 
 
 22. Craven. 
 
 23. Cumberland. 
 
 24. Currituck. 
 
 25. Davidson. 
 
 26. Davie. 
 
 27. Duplin. 
 
 28. Edgecombe. 
 
 29. Forsythe. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 30. Franklin. 
 
 31. Gaston. 
 
 32. Gates. 
 
 33. Granvillc. 
 
 34. Greene. 
 
 35. Guilford. 
 30. Halifax. 
 
 37. Harnett. 
 
 38. Haywood. 
 
 39. Henderson. 
 
 40. Hertford. 
 
 41. Hyde. 
 
 42. Iredcll. 
 
 43. Jackson. 
 
 44. Johnson. 
 
 45. Jones. 
 40. Lenoir. 
 
 47. Lincoln. 
 
 48. McDowell. 
 
 49. Macon. 
 
 50. Madison. 
 
 51. Martin. 
 
 52. Mecklenburg. 
 
 53. Montgomery. 
 
 54. Moore. 
 
 55. Nash. 
 
 56. New Hanover. 
 
 57. Northampton. 
 
 58. Onslow. 
 
 59. Orange. 
 
 *',(). Pasquotank. 
 ill. Perquimans. 
 (i2. Person. 
 
 63. Pitt. 
 
 64. Polk. 
 
 65. Randolph. 
 ()<>. Richmond. 
 (>7. Robeson. 
 <iS. Rockinghan. 
 
 69. Rowan. 
 
 70. Rutherford. 
 
 71. Sampson. 
 
 72. Stanley. 
 
 73. Stokes. 
 
 74. Surry. 
 
 75. Tyrrel. 
 
 76. Union. 
 
 77. Wake. 
 
 78. Warren. 
 
 79. Washington. 
 
 80. Watauga. 
 
 81. Wayne. 
 
 82. Wilkes. 
 
 83. Wilson. 
 
 84. Yadkin. 
 
 85. Yancey. 
 
 RALEIGH, the capital of the State, is pleasantly situated near 
 the centre of North Carolina, six miles west of the Neuse 
 river, and is named in honor of Sir Walter Raleigh. It is 
 handsomely laid out and contains many fine buildings. In 
 the centre of Raleigh, is Union Square, from which extend 
 four streets, dividing the city into four parts. The capitol, 
 
92 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 one of the most splendid edifices of the kind in the Union, is 
 built of granite, 166 feet long, 90 wide, and surmounted by a 
 dome, and is also surrounded by columns five and a half feet 
 in. diameter and thirty high. It is modeled after the Parthe- 
 non arid cost $500,000. The old State capitol containing the 
 statue of Washington by Canova, was burned in 1831. The 
 city contains the State Lunatic Asylum, and the institution 
 for the Deaf and Dumb. Population 6,000. 
 
 WILMINGTON, situated on Cape Fear river, thirty-four miles 
 from its mouth, is the largest and most commercial city in the 
 State, and is noted for its extensive trade in naval stores and 
 lumber. The manufactures of this place are considerable. 
 Population 10,000. 
 
 NEWBERN, the former capital, situated at the confluence of 
 the Neuse and Trent rivers, fifty miles above Pamlico Sound, 
 is one of the oldest towns in the State, and carries on an active 
 trade. Its chief articles of export are grain, lumber, turpen- 
 tine, tar and naval stores. It contains several churches and 
 a theatre. Population 5,000. 
 
 FAYETTEVILLE, is a flourishing town on Cape Fear river, 
 sixty miles south of Raleigh, and has a brisk trade. The 
 contiguous country is partly occupied by extensive forests of 
 pine, which furnish for export great quantities of tar, turpen- 
 ine and lumber. A large part of this town was destroyed by 
 fire in 1831. Population 8,000. 
 
 BEAUFORT, is a seaport with the best harbor in the State, and carries on a 
 thriving coast trade. 
 
 CHARLOTTE, situated in Mecklenburg county, is one of the most thriving 
 towns in the western portion of the State. A branch mint was established 
 here in 1838 for the coinage of gold. 
 
 ELIZABETH CITY, on the right bank of Pasquotank river, twenty miles from 
 its mouth, is one of the most considerable in the northeast part of the State. 
 It has a smart export trade. 
 
 HALIFAX, in the county thus named, on the Roanoke river, seven miles be- 
 low the falls, has a considerable trade. Here the North Carolina constitu- 
 tion was formed. 
 
 OXFORD, Salisbury and Asheville are small but thriving towns. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Graham. 2. Taylorsville. 3. Wadesborough. 4. Jefferson. 5. Wash- 
 ington. 6. Windsor. 7. Elizabeth. 8. Smithville. 9. Asheville. 10. 
 Morgantown. 11. Concord. 12. Lenoir. 13. Camden Court House. 14. 
 Beaufort. 15. Yancey. 16. Newton. 17. Pittsborough. 18. Murphy. 
 19. Edenton. 20. Shelby. 21. Whitesville. 22. Newbern. 23. Fayette- 
 ville. 24. Currituck Court House. 25. Lexington. 26. Mocksville. 27. 
 Kenansville. 28. Tarboro. 29. Winston. 30. Lewisburg. 31. Dallas. 
 
UNITED STATES. 93 
 
 32. Gatesville. 33. Oxford. 34. Snow Hill. 35. Greensborough.* 36. 
 Halifax. 37. Waynesville. 38. Summerville. 39. Hendersonville. 40. 
 Winton. 41. Swan Quarter. 42. Statesville. 43. Webster. 44. Smith- 
 field. 45. Trenton* 46. Kingston. 47. Lincolnton. 48. Marion. 40. 
 Franklin. 50. Marshall. 51. Williamstown. 52. Charlotte. 53. Troy. 
 54. Carthage. 55. Nashville. 56. Wilmington. 57. Jackson. 58. 
 Onslow Court House. 59. Hillsborough. 60. Elizabeth City. 61 Hert- 
 ford. 62. Roxborough. 63. Greenville. 64. Tryon. 65. Ashborough. 
 66. Rockingham. 67. Lumberton. 68. Wentworth. 69. Salisbury. 70. 
 Rutherfordton. 71. Clinton. 72. Albemarle. 73. Germantown, 74. 
 Rockford. 75. Columbia. 76. Monroe. 77. RALEIGH. 78. Warrenton. 
 79. Plymouth. 80. Boone. 81. Goldsborough. 82. Wilkesborough. 83. 
 Wilson. 84. Wilson. 85. Burnsville. 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA.f 
 
 Area 29,000 square miles. Population 703,800. Slaves 
 402,000. 
 
 South Carolina, although small, is one of the most impor- 
 tant States of the American Confederacy. She was first 
 settled by the English at Port Royal in 1760, but many of 
 her first settlers were French Huguenots. This State was a 
 prominent actor in the days of the Revolution, and upon her 
 soil were fought the battles of Fort Moultrie, Charleston, 
 Camden, King's Mountain, Eutaw Springs, and Cowpens. 
 It was held by the British during the years of 1780 and 1781. 
 Her planters are noted for their opulence, intelligence and per- 
 sistent advocacy of what they term State rights, and of African 
 slavery. Many distinguished statesmen have been born in 
 this State. South Carolina is bounded north by North Car- 
 olina, east by the Atlantic, south by the same and Georgia, 
 and west by Georgia, and contains thirty districts. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The surface for one hundred miles from the 
 
 -Five miles from Greensborough, the battle of Guilford Court House was 
 fought March 15tb, 1781, between the Americans under Gen. Green, and the 
 British under Lord Cornwallis. 
 
 f The darkening clouds of revolution were slowly gathering in the Amer- 
 ican horizon during the autumn of 1860. As soon as the election of Abraham 
 Lincoln as President of the United States (whom the southern people 
 regarded as antagonistic to their institutions) was made known throughout 
 the country, the distant roar of the approaching storm became instantly 
 audible. Fiery speeches and stirring harrangues were made throughout the 
 whole South, and inflammatory articles filled the southern prints, all urging 
 the people of the South to unite and resist the rule of a sectional President, 
 in whose election they had not participated, and in which they conceived the 
 rights of the South to be entirely ignored. The Southern leaders had re- 
 peatedly asserted heretofore that they would not submit in case a sectional 
 candidate should be elected President by the northern people, but in that 
 
94 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 coast is low, flat and sandy, but the interior is variegated 
 with hills and dales, and is very fertile. The western part 
 alotoe is mountainous, in which runs the Blue Ridge. On 
 the border of North Carolina is King's Mountain. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Savannah, forming 
 the boundary line with Georgia, the Santee, the Great Pedee, 
 and the Edisto, all of which flow into the Atlantic. 
 
 Climate. The climate is a medium between that of the 
 torrid and the temperate zones ; upon the coast it is hot, 
 moist and unwholesome, but varies through the interior in 
 general with the elevation ; and in the western part it is cool 
 and refreshing. 
 
 Products. The principal products are cotton, rice, and to- 
 bacco, also maize, oats, rye, barley, sweet and Irish potatoes, 
 peas and beans. Pears, pomegrantes, figs, apricots, almonds, 
 olives and oranges are likewise cultivated. 
 
 event would unite in their efforts to dismember the Republic and establish an 
 independent government of their own. The time now seemed to have arrived 
 for action, and all that was necessary was to secure the co-operation of the 
 States that had opposed the election of Lincoln. To South Carolina was 
 assigned the task of setting the ball of revolution in motion, and on the 20th 
 of December, 1860, the representatives of this State in convention assembled 
 proclaimed to the world that her connection with the Federal Government 
 was forever dissevered, and thereupon the Federal officers within her limits 
 resigned their offices, leaving the General Government without the means of 
 executing law within her territory. The announcement of the secession of 
 South Carolina was welcomed in most of the Southern cities by the firing of 
 cannon and other manifestations of approbation, thereby testifying their ap- 
 proval of the Act of Secession in South Carolina. She was soon followed in 
 her revolutionary course by the State of Mississippi, which passed an ordi- 
 nance of secession, January 9th, 1861. Alabama seceded on the llth of the 
 same month, and Florida the day following, and on the 19th and 28th of Jan- 
 uary, the States of Georgia and Louisiana respectively united their fortunes 
 with the States already seceded. Upon the secession of Texas, which virtu- 
 ally took place February 1st, 1861, the number of seceded States amounted 
 to seven, and this number was not augmented until March 4th, 1861, the 
 time for the inauguration of the President elect. In the meantime a con- 
 gress of delegates from the seceded States convened, February 4th, at Mont- 
 gomery, the capital of Alabama, and adopted a provisional constitution, and 
 elected Jefferson Davis President of the seceded or Confederate States. By 
 the 4th of March, therefore, a separate government had been inaugurated and 
 modeled after that of the United States Government and in opposition to its 
 authority. The car of revolution was set in motion April 12th, 1861, by the 
 attack and reduction of Sumter, one of the Federal forts in Charleston har- 
 bor. The attempt of the newly inaugurated President of the United States 
 to enforce the laws in the seceded States, was followed by the secession of the 
 four following States and their alliance with the Southern Confederacy : Vir- 
 ginia seceded April 17th, Arkansas and Tennessee, May 6th, and North Car- 
 olina, May 20th. 
 
UNITED STATES. 95 
 
 Manufactures. The soil of South Carolina is so admira- 
 bly adapted to the growth of cotton, rice, and tobacco, that the 
 industry of her people has hitherto been almost entirely occu- 
 pied in the cultivation of these products, and she may be 
 considered therefore as having scarcely made a commence- 
 ment in a career of manufacturing. Of late years, however, 
 more attention has been bestowed upon this subject and the 
 time may not be distant when this branch of industry will 
 develop the innate resources of South Carolina. 
 
 Education. The only approximation towards a free school 
 system in this State is the annual appropriation which is 
 made for the education of the poor. The State makes liberal 
 provisions for the education of the upper classes. The South 
 Carolina University has long maintained a high reputation 
 for the superior scholarship of its teachers, and its faculty has 
 already numbered some of the most distinguished names in 
 the country. Of colleges, the Charleston College, at Charles- 
 ton, founded in 1785, and the one at Columbia, called the 
 South Carolina College, was founded in 1801. 
 
 Curiosities. The most noted curiosities are Table moun- 
 tain, the highest peak of the Blue Ridge, attaining an eleva- 
 tion of 4000 feet ; Cesar's Head, a rock projection with a 
 house of entertainment upon its summit, in the vicinity of 
 Table Rock ; and, the falls of the river Saluda, amongst the 
 mountains, having a descent of from 300 to 400 feet, present- 
 ing a grand and picturesque display. 
 
 Government. The Governor is chosen by the General 
 Assembly, for two years. The General Assembly consists of 
 a Senate of 45, and of a House of Representatives of 124 
 members. 
 
 DISTRICTS. 
 
 1. Abbeville. 11. Edgefild. 21. Maryborough. 
 
 '2. Anderson. 12. Fairfield. 22. Newberry. 
 
 13. Barnwell. lo. Georgetown. 2o. Orangeburg. 
 
 4. Beaufort. ; 14. Greenville. 24. Pickens. 
 
 >. Charleston. If). Horry. 25. Richland. 
 
 0*. Chester. 1(3. Kersfunv. 26. Spartanburg. 
 
 7. Cnesterfield. 17. Lancaster. 27. Sumpter. 
 
 8. Clarendon. 18. Laurens. 28. Union. 
 
 '->. Colleton. 11). Lexington. 29. Williamsburg. 
 
 10. Darlington. 20. Marion. 30. York. 
 
 COLUMBIA, the capital, situated on the east side of the Con- 
 garee river, below the confluence of the Saluda, is one of the 
 
96 GEOGRAPHICAL HAtfD BOOK. 
 
 most handsome towns in the State. It is regularly laid out 
 with streets one hundred feet wide, bordered with beautiful 
 shade trees. It is the seat of South Carolina College, an en- 
 dowed institution with eight professorships, and a library of 
 25,000 volumes. It contains a State Lunatic Asylum, a 
 Theological Seminary, and a military school. Columbia has 
 a considerable trade and is a place of great opulence. Popu- 
 lation 8,000. 
 
 ^CHARLESTON, situated at the junction of Ashley and Cooper 
 rivers, seven miles from the ocean, is the largest city in South 
 Carolina, and one of the principal marts of the Southern states. 
 Its harbor is quite capacious but difficult to enter. The city 
 is regularly built, and extends about two miles in length, and 
 one and a half in breadth,, the area occupied being much 
 larger than its population would seem to indicate. Many of 
 its buildings are splendid, having open grounds on every side 
 and furnished with piazzas to each story. It contains many 
 educational and literary institutions, amongst which may be 
 enumerated the State Medical College, founded in 1833, and 
 the Charleston College, founded in 1791, and reorganized in 
 1837. The City Library numbers 20,000 volumes. The 
 people of Charleston are distinguished for their hospitality 
 and refined manners, and no city in the whole Union affords 
 more agreeable society. It is occupied by many of the gentry 
 from the districts, who have wealth to sustain summer resi- 
 dences in the city, and upon their estates in the winter. Its 
 chief exports are cotton and rice. Charleston was an active 
 participant in the war of the Revolution and was besieged by 
 the British from April 1st, until May 12th, 17bO, when it was 
 surrendered, and remained in possession of the British until 
 May, 1782. It has suffered more severely by fire than almost 
 any other city in the United States. Population 42,000. 
 
 CAMDEX, situated on the Wateree river, thirty -three miles north east of tlie 
 capital, is a flourishing commercial town. It is surrounded by a fertile re- 
 gion in which cotton, maize and the peach flourish. This town is noted for 
 the battle fought here in August, 1780, between Gates and Cornwallis ; and 
 also for the one fought in April, 1781, between Gen. Greene and Lord Raw- 
 don. A monument was erected here in 1823, in honor of Baron de Kalb, the 
 corner stone of which was laid by Lafayette. Population 2,000. 
 
 BEAUFORT, situaied on Port Royal river, sixteen miles from the sea has a 
 spacious harbor, but, little commerce. This town lies about fifty miles south 
 west of Charleston, and is quite unhealthy in the autumn. 
 
 *This city witnessed on the morning of the 12th of April, 1861, the inaug- 
 uration of the bloody drama of the existing Revolution. 
 
UNITED STATES. 9f 
 
 GREENVILLE, situated 110 miles north west of Columbia at the foot of the 
 Saluda mountain is a favorite summer resort. 
 
 HAMBURG, on the left bank of the Savannah river ; CHERAW, on the Great 
 Pedee at the head of steam navigation ; and GEORGETOWN, on Winyaw bay, 
 a short distance below the confluence of the Great Peedee, are all brisk 
 towns. 
 
 DISTRICT CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Abbeville. 2. Anderson. 3. Barnwell Court House. 4. Coosawhatchie. 
 5. Charleston. G. Chesterville. 7. Chesterfield Court House. 8. Manning. 
 9. Waterborough. 10. Darlington. 11. Edgefield Court House. 12. 
 Winnsborough. 13. Georgetown. 14. Greenville Court House. 15. Con- 
 wayborough. 16. Camden. 17. Lancaster Court House. 18. Laurens- 
 ville. 19. Lexington. 20. Marion Court House. 21. Bennettsville. 22. 
 Newberry. 23. Orangeburg Court House. 24. Pickens Court House. 25. 
 COLUMBIA. 26. Spartanburg. 27. Sumterville. 28. Unionville. 29. 
 Kingstree. 30. Yorkville. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 Area 58,000 square miles. Population 1,057,000. Slaves 
 462,000. 
 
 Georgia was tha last settled of the thirteen original states, 
 and it received its name in honor of George II. of England, 
 who granted the charter for its settlement. It was settled by 
 a body of English under James Oglethorpe, in 1733, at Sa- 
 vannah. It is bounded, north by Kentucky, Tennessee and 
 South Carolina, east by South Carolina and the Atlantic, 
 south by Florida, and west by Alabama, and it contains 125 
 counties. 
 
 Surface, Sfc. The northern half of this State is called Upper, 
 and the southern, Lower Georgia, and these two portions dif- 
 fer greatly from each other. The southern part, towards the 
 ocean and Florida, is low and marshy, but in general well 
 adapted to the culture of rice. The great Okefinokee swamp 
 lies in the south. The greater portion of Georgia is composed 
 of an alluvial soil. The northern half is traversed by the 
 Appalachian mountains and is composed of a broken, uneven 
 surface. 
 
 Rivers. The Savannah is the largest river, and forms the 
 boundary with South Carolina ; the Altamaha formed by the 
 confluence of the Oconee and the Ocmulgee; and the Chatta- 
 hoochee, which receives the Flint as an affluent and empties in- 
 to the Gulf of Mexico, under the name of the Appalachicola. 
 
 Climate. The climate is temperate and delightful, snovr 
 being very rare ; but in the south the summers are hot and 
 unhealthy. 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Manufactures. Georgia is considerably in advance of 
 many of her southern sisters in the establishment of manu- 
 factures, and she enjoys great facilities for these in the abun- 
 dance of hydraulic power and fuel which she possesses, and in 
 the number of her navigable rivers and lines of railways. Some 
 of her cotton manufactures have been regarded as amongst 
 the best in the country. Her manufacture of iron and dis- 
 tillation of spirits, although not large, are too considerable to 
 be unnoticed. 
 
 Products. The great staple of this State is cotton ; but 
 rice, tobacco, wheat, corn and other grains are cultivated. 
 Much sugar is made, especially in the southern parts. The 
 cotton, as in South Carolina, is of two kinds, Upland and Sea 
 Island, the latter by far the best. Gold is the principal min- 
 eral, but iron and copper are also found. 
 
 Curiosities. In Raccoon mountain is found Nicojack cave, 
 a deep cavern, the mouth of which is 50 feet high and 1GO 
 wide. This cave has been penetrated for miles without reach- 
 ing its extremity. The bottom is covered with a stream of 
 clear water through its entire length, and it can be entered 
 only by means of a canoe ; at the distance of three miles from 
 the entrance is a cataract, beyond which adventurers have not 
 advanced. The dimensions of this cave are remarkably uni- 
 form throughout. 
 
 Education. No Common School system of education has 
 hitherto been established in this State, although the spirit of 
 her people as manifested in the strong recommendation of one 
 of her late executives, and the progress of the age, would both 
 seem to demand an advance in this direction. Amongst the 
 superior educational institutions of our Union, Georgia com- 
 prises the following: Oglethorpe College, at Milledgeville, 
 founded in 1838; Emory College, at Oxford, founded in 1837; 
 Mercer University, at Penfield, founded in 1838; and the 
 Wesleyan Female, at Macon, founded in 1839. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected by the people for 
 two years. The Senate is composed of 112 members, and 
 the House of Representatives of 150, both elected biennially. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Appling. 4. Bulloch. 7. Berrien. 
 
 2. Bibb. 5. Baldwin. 8. Baker. 
 
 3. Burke. 6. Bryan. D. Butts. 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 90 
 
 10. Catoosa. 
 
 11. Ckattooga. 
 
 12. Columbia. 
 
 13. Coweta. 
 
 14. Cobb. 
 
 15. Crawford. 
 
 10. Chattahoochee. 
 
 17. Cherokee. 
 
 18. Clarke. 
 
 19. Coffee. 
 
 20. Clinch. 
 
 21. Campbell. 
 
 22. Carroll. 
 
 23. Chatham. 
 
 24. Camden. 
 
 25. Charlton. 
 20. Calhoun. 
 
 27. Cass. 
 
 28. Colquit. 
 
 29. Clay. 
 
 30. Dade. 
 
 31. DeKalb. 
 
 32. Decatur. 
 
 33. Dooly. 
 
 34. Dougherty. 
 
 35. Emanuel. 
 30. Effingham. 
 
 37. Elbert, 
 
 38. Early. 
 
 39. Floyd. 
 
 40. Fayette. 
 
 41. Forsyth. 
 
 42. Fulton. 
 
 43. Fannin. 
 
 44. Franklin. 
 
 45. Greene. 
 
 46. Glascock. 
 
 47. Glynn. 
 
 48. Gordon. 
 
 49. Gilmer. 
 
 50. Gwinnet. 
 
 51. Heard. 
 >2. Hancock. 
 
 53. Hall. 
 
 54. Habersham. 
 
 55. Harralson. 
 
 56. Houston. 
 
 57. Harris. 
 
 58. Hart. 
 
 59. Henry. 
 
 60. Irwin. 
 
 61. Jackson. 
 
 62. Jefferson. 
 G3. Jasper. 
 C4. Jones. 
 05. Lee. 
 
 66. Lincoln. 
 
 67. Lumpkin. 
 
 68. Laurens. 
 
 69. Lowndes. 
 
 70. Liberty. 
 
 71. Monroe. 
 
 72. Muscogee. 
 
 73. Mclntosh. 
 
 74. Mitchell. 
 
 75. Macon. 
 70. Madison. 
 
 77. Marion. 
 
 78. Morgan. 
 
 79. Milton. 
 
 80. Merriwether. 
 
 81. Miller. 
 
 82. Montgomery. 
 
 83. Murray. 
 
 84. Newton. 
 
 85. Oglethorpe. 
 
 86. Pike. 
 
 87. Tierce. 
 
 88. Paulding. 
 
 89. Pulaski. 
 
 90. Polk. 
 1)1. Putnam. 
 '.'2. Pickens. 
 J3. Richmond. 
 
 94. Randolph. 
 
 95. Rabun. 
 90. Spalding. 
 
 97. Scriven. 
 
 98. Sumter. 
 
 99. Stewart. 
 
 100. Schley. 
 
 101. Tatnall. 
 
 102. Terrell. 
 
 103. Taliaferro. 
 
 104. Troup. 
 
 106. Taylor. 
 100. Telfair. 
 
 107. Thomas. 
 
 108. Towns. 
 
 109. Twiggs. 
 
 110. Talbot. 
 
 111. Union. 
 
 112. Upson. 
 
 113. WMtfield. 
 
 114. Ware. 
 
 115. Wayne. 
 
 116. White. 
 
 117. Worth. 
 
 118. Walton. 
 11'.)- Warren. 
 
 120. Washington. 
 
 121. Wilkinson. 
 
 122. Walker. 
 
 123. Webster. 
 
 124. Wilkes. 
 
 125. Wilcox. 
 
 SAVANNAH, situated on the river of its own name, 18 miles 
 from its mouth is the largest and chief commercial city of 
 Georgia, and one of the principal ports of the rice and cotton 
 trade upon the Atlantic. The city is regularly laid out with 
 wide streets, and these are closely shaded with Pride of India 
 trees. Among the public edifices may be mentioned the City 
 Exchange, Theatre, Court House, State Arsenal, Artillery 
 Armory, Lyceum, Oglethorpe Hall, St. Andrews Hall and 
 the Custom House. Many of the private building are built 
 of brick and are very handsome. Savannah is the centre of 
 numerous railroads which must ultimately contribute to its 
 
100 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 great commercial importance and prosperity. Its commerce 
 has for many years been rapidly upon the increase. It was 
 founded in February, 1733, by Gen. Oglethorpe. December 
 29th, 1778, it fell into the possession of the British and so 
 remained until July, 17b3. In 1820 a severe conflagration 
 visited the city, destroying property to the value of $4,000,000. 
 An imposing monument stands here, erected to the honor of 
 the brave Count Pulaski, who fell, gallantly fighting for 
 America in an attack upon the city when in possession of the 
 British, October, 1779. Population 22,000. 
 
 MILLEDGEVILLE, the capital, is situated on the Oconee 
 river, 158 miles northwest of Savannah. It is encompassed 
 by a beautiful and fertile cotton growing country, and con- 
 tains many handsome buildings. The principal public edi- 
 fices are the State House and Governor's Mansion. Popula- 
 tion 3,000. 
 
 AUGUSTA, the second city of Georgia in respect to population 
 and commercial importance, is situated on the Savannah 
 river, 230 miles from its mouth. It is a handsome city, con- 
 taining wide straight streets, and is united to Hamburg, South 
 Carolina, by a bridge over the Savannah. It contains a City 
 Hall, a Medical College, an Arsenal, many beautiful churches, 
 and a population of 17,000. 
 
 COLUMBUS, a flourishing city of Georgia, is situated on the 
 left bank of the Chattahoochee river, 128 miles southwest of 
 the capital. It ranks next to Augusta with respect to popu- 
 lation, commerce and importance, and enjoys excellent facili- 
 ties for the establishment of manufactures, bidding fair to 
 become in the future one of the greatest manufacturing cities 
 of the South. Its manufactures already established" are con- 
 siderable. Population 12,000. 
 
 ATLANTA, situated about seven miles southeast of the Chat- 
 tahoochee river, and 171 miles west of Augusta, is the central 
 point of several railroads, which render it the cotton and grain 
 depot for a large region of country. It was laid out in 1845, 
 and is now one of the most populous and flourishing towns in 
 the northern part of the State. Population 10,000. 
 
 MACON, built on the Ocmulgee river, at the head of 
 steamboat navigation, is one of the most handsome cities of 
 Georgia. It is the seat of the State Academy for the blind. 
 Rose Hill Cemetery, half a^nile above the city, is one of the 
 
UNITED STATES. 101 
 
 most beautiful burying grounds in the United States. Pop- 
 ulation 9,000. 
 
 DARIEN, on the left bank of the Altamaha river, twelve miles from the sea, 
 is a port of considerable trade. 
 
 BRUNSWICK, situated on Turtle river, twenty miles south of Darien, has a 
 spacious harbor and carries on a coasting trade. 
 
 ST. MARY'S, beautifully situnt- 1 on the river of the same name, nine miles 
 from the sea, has a fine harbor mid is ;i place of some commerce. 
 
 DAIILONEGA, 141 miles northwest of the state capital, in Lumpkin county, 
 was the seat of a branch mint of the United States. Several valuable gold 
 mines have been discovered in the vicinity. 
 
 GRIFFIN, situated in Pike county, fifty-eight miles northwest of Macon, is 
 a place of active trade and is noted for its excellent schools. 
 
 ROME, in Floyd county, is a rapidly growuig town, and carries on a smart 
 cotton trade. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Holmesville. 2. Macon. 3. Waynesboro. 4. Statcsboro. 5. MIL- 
 LEDGEVILLE. 6. Eden. 7. Nashville. 8. Newton. 9. Jackson. 10. Ring- 
 gold. 11. Summerville. 12. Appling. 13. Newman. 14. Marietta. 15. 
 Knoxville. 16. Cusscta. 17. Canton. 18. Athens. 19. ... 2''>. 
 Polk. 21. Campbellton. 22. Carrollton. 23. Savannah. 24. Jeffersonton. 
 25. Traders' Hill. 26. Jasper. 27. Cassville. 28. Moultrie. 29. Fort 
 Gaines. 30.- Trenton. 31. Decatur. 32. liainbridge. 33. Vienna. B4. 
 Albany. 35. Swainsboro. 30. Springfield. 37. Elberton. 38. Blakely. 
 39. Rome. 40. Fayetteville. 41. Cumming. 42. Atlanta. 43. . . . 
 44. Carnesville. 45. Greensboro. 46. Gibson. 47. Brunswick. 48. Cal- 
 houn. 49. Ellijay. 50. Lawrenceville. 51. Franklin. 52. Sparta. 53. 
 Gainesville. 54. Clarksville. 55. ... 56. Perry. 57. Hamilton. 
 58. ... 59. McDonough. GO. - Irwinville. 61. Jefferson. 62. Louis- 
 ville. 63. Monticello. 64. Clinton. <',:>. Starkville. 66. Lincolnton. G7. 
 Dahlonega. 08. Dublin. 69. Troupville. 70. Hinesvillc. 71. Forsyth. 
 72. Columbus. 73. Darien. 74. Mitchell C. H. 75. Lanier. 76. Dan- 
 ielsville. 77. Bucna Vista. 78. Madison. 79. ... 80. Greenville. 
 81. Colquit. 82. Mount Vernon. 83. Spring Place. 84. Covington. *>. 
 Lexington. 86. Zebulon. 87. Blackshire. 88. Dallas. 89. Uawkinsville. 
 90. Van Wert. 91. Eatonton. 92. Jasper. 93. Augusta. 94. Cuthbert. 
 95. Clayton. 96. Griffin. 97. Sylvania. 98. Americus. 99. Lumpkin. 
 100. . . . 101. Reidsville. 102. Dawson. 103. Crawfordsville. 104. 
 La Grange. 105. Butler. 106. Jacksonville. 107. Thomasville. 108. 
 
 . . . 109. Marion. 110. Talboton. 111. Blairsville. 112. Tliom- 
 aston. 113. Dalton. 114. Waresboro. 115. Waynesville. 116. Shelton. 
 117. Isabella. 118. Monroe. 119. Warrenton. 120. Sundersville. 121. 
 Irwinton. 122 Lafayette. 123. Mclntosh. 124. Washington. 125. . . 
 
 FLORIDA. 
 
 Area 59,000 square miles. Population 140,000. Slaves 
 61,700. 
 
 Florida is the most southern State in the Union, consisting 
 chiefly of a large peninsula 400 miles in length and about 80 
 
102 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 in breadth. It was for almost two hundred years a province 
 of Spain, by which nation it was, in 18 1 9, ceded to the United 
 States, and became a sovereign state in 1845 by its admission 
 into the Union. This State was the scene of the deadly Florida 
 War with the Seminole Indians, which was terminated by 
 treaty in 1842, by which the bulk of the Indians were re- 
 moved west of the Mississippi. It is bounded on the north 
 by Alabama and Georgia, and washed on the east by the 
 Atlantic and west by the Gulf of Mexico. It contains thirty- 
 four counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. The portion of this peninsula south of Lat. 
 28 is almost an entire swamp, called the Everglades, which 
 during the wet season are almost impassible. North of this 
 the surface is generally level, but some of it is undulating. 
 Only a small portion is susceptible of cultivation. 
 
 Rivers. The St. John's flows northeast into the Atlantic. 
 The Appalachicola, formed by the Flint and the Chattahoo- 
 chee ; the Perdido, which forms the boundary with Alabama, 
 and the Suwanee, all flow into the Gulf of Mexico. . The 
 principal remaining rivers are the Indian river, Charlotte, 
 Amaxura and the Ocloconee. 
 
 Lakes This State has numerous lakes, the largest of which 
 are lakes Okechobee, Orange, and George, the waters of which 
 are conveyed to the ocean by outlets. In the south are lakes 
 Jackson, Yamong and Mickasookie. 
 
 Climate. The climate is soft and balmy, and represented 
 as the most charming in the world. In the south the tem- 
 perature is almost uniform throughout the year, and summer 
 is known only by the copiousness of its showers. 
 
 Products. Florida contains forests of immense growth and 
 great quantities of flowers of the most variegated hues and 
 colors. The pine, palm, cedar, and chestnut trees attain here 
 an astonishing size and height. The oak, mahogany, arid 
 magnolia thrive ; Cotton, coffee, sugar, tobacco, rice and in- 
 digo are cultivated. The clLnate is adapted to the cochineal 
 insect and the silk worm. Oranges, lemons, limes, pine ap- 
 ples, olives, grapes, and garden vegetables grow in the great- 
 est abundance. 
 
 Manufactures. As regards her manufactures, Florida can 
 as yet scarcely claim notice, as the citizens of this State have 
 to a very limited extent engaged themselves in this branch of 
 
UNITED STATES. 103 
 
 industry. Those already established are unimportant and 
 consist only of a fe\v manufactories of cotton goods. 
 
 Education. This state is limitedly populated, and no 
 great advancements have up to this time been made in the 
 cause of general education. A considerable number of acad- 
 emies and high schools have already been established in 
 Florida, but besides these, there are no institutions of a supe- 
 rior grade. 
 
 Curiosities. The remarkable Wakulla Fountain, twelve 
 miles from Tallahasse, is a circular lake fed by a subterranean 
 source, causing the water to boil up like a cauldron. Its 
 water is icy cold and nearly as transparent as the atmos- 
 phere. A person who sails upon this pellucid lake, which re- 
 flects the various hues of the sky, seems to himself as if sus- 
 pended in the air. 
 
 Government. The legislative authority is vested in a 
 Governor, chosen by the people for four years, a Senate of 19 
 members, elected also for four, and a House of Representa- 
 tives of 40 members, elected for two years. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Alacliua. 13. Hillsborough. 24. Monroe. 
 
 2. Benton. 14. Holmes. 2-5. Nassau. 
 
 3. Brevard. 15. Jackson. 26. Orange. 
 
 4. Calhoun. 16. Jeft'erson. 27. Putnam. 
 
 5. Columbia. 17. Lafayette. 28. St. John's. 
 
 6. Dade. 18. Leon. 29. Santa Rosa. 
 
 7. Duvall. 19.; Levy. 30. Sumter. 
 
 8. Escambia. 20. Liberty. 31. Volusia. 
 <J. Franklin. 21. Madison. 32. Wakulla. 
 
 10. Gadsden. 22. Manatee. 33. Walton. 
 
 11. Hamilton. 23. Marion. 34. Washington. 
 
 12. Hernando. 
 
 *PENSACOLA, situated on the bay of the same name, about 
 ten miles from its mouth, has a fine harbor admitting vessels 
 of twenty-one feet draught and affording unlimited accommo- 
 dation. This old Spanish town has recently received quite 
 an accession to its trade and population, by the completion of 
 the Alabama and Florida railroad, uniting it with Montgom- 
 ery, and it now bids lair to become one of the most important 
 
 *June 12th, 1861, after the secession of Florida, a body of Confederate 
 troops took possession of the Pensacola navy yard, and forts Barrancas and 
 McKea, but in May, 1862, they evacuated the same, leaving Pensacola to be 
 occupied by the Federal forces. 
 
104 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 ports upon the Gulf. The remains of the old Spanish Forts 
 San Miguel and Sari Bernard are yet visible in the rear of the 
 city. Fort Pickens, on Santa Rosa island, opposite Pensacola, 
 defends the entrance to Pensacola hay. Population 4,000. 
 
 KEY WEST, located upon the island of the same name, is a 
 place of considerable commercial arid naval importance. The 
 principal occupation of the inhabitants is wrecking. Salt is 
 manufactured here to some extent, and large quantities of 
 fish and turtles are caught. The bulk of the inhabitants con- 
 sist of natives, or the children of natives of the Bahama is- 
 lands. The climate is regarded as exceedingly healthy. A 
 great part of this town was destroyed by fire, October llth, 
 1846. Population 3,000. 
 
 ST. AUGUSTINE is the oldest town in the United States, built in the Spanish 
 style and founded in 1565. It is situated on Matanzas Sound, two miles 
 from the sea, and 160 miles south of Savannah, and its climate is very delight- 
 ful, rendering it a place of great resort for invalids. Population 2,500. 
 
 TALLAHASSE, the capital of Florida, is situated about twen- 
 ty-six miles north of St. Marks, its seaport on the Gulf, with 
 which it communicates by railroad. The city is handsomely 
 laid out in rectangular blocks, with several public squares. 
 Population 2,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Newnansville. 2. . . 3. ... 4. St. Joseph. 5. Alligator. 
 6. Indian Key. 7. Jacksonville. 8. Pensacola. 9. Appalachicola. 10. 
 Quincy. 11. Jasper. 12. Melendez. 13. Tampa. 14. Cerro Gordo. 15. 
 Marianna. 16. Monticello. 17. ... 18. Tallahasse. 19. Wacasassa. 
 20. .. 21. Madison. 22. Manatee. 23. Ocola. 24. Key West. 25. 
 Nassau Court House. 26. Mellonville. 27, Pilatka. 28. St. Augustine. 
 29. Milton. 30. ... 31. New Smyrna. 32. St. Marks. 33. Uchee 
 Anna. 34. Vernon. 
 
 ALABAMA. 
 
 Area 51,000 square miles. Population 964,000. Slaves 
 435,000. 
 
 Alabama, the southern part of which belonged formerly to 
 Florida and the northern to Georgia, was admitted into the 
 Federal Union in 1819, since which time its growth has been 
 quite rapid. Within the limits of this State, on the Tallapoosa 
 river, the famous battle of the Horseshoe was fought by Gen. 
 Jackson, March 27th, 1814, which terminated the Creek In- 
 dian war. It is bounded, north by Tennessee, east by Georr 
 
UNITED STATES. 105 
 
 gia and Florida, south by Florida and the Gulf of Mexico, 
 and west by Mississippi. It contains 52 counties. 
 
 Surface, 8?c. A great diversity of surface is met with in 
 this State, it being low, level and marshy upon the coast, 
 uneven in the interior, and broken and hilly, but quite fer- 
 tile in the northern parts. The Alleghany mountains have 
 their southern termination in northeastern Alabama. A large 
 portion of the State is called the Pine Barrens, which are com- 
 mon in the southern and some of the western States. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Alabama, formed by 
 the Coosa and Taliapoosa, the Tombigbee with its tributary 
 the Black Warrior, the Chattahoochee, the Escambia,and the 
 Tennessee. The Mobile, formed by the confluence of the 
 Tombigbee and the Alabama, is the largest, and empties into 
 Mobile Bay. With the exception of the Tennessee and its 
 affluents, all the rivers of this State flow southward into the 
 Gulf of Mexico or its inlets. 
 
 Climate. The atmosphere is in general salubrious and 
 pure, except in the southern parts and along the low river bot- 
 toms. The yellow fever sometimes rages in the south, especial- 
 ly around Mobile. Snow is seldom seen, and the rivers are 
 never frozen over. 
 
 Products. The forests abound in oak, hickory, cedar, pop- 
 lar, chestnut, pine and mulberry. Cotton is the staple of 
 Alabama. Rice, corn, wheat, rye, oats, tobacco and the ougar 
 cane are successfully cultivated, and in the south, groves of 
 orange trees are seen. In the central parts extensive beds of 
 iron ore and bituminous coal are found. The prevailing rock 
 formation is limestone ; and in some parts lead, manganese, 
 black and variegated marble are met with. 
 
 Manufactures. Comparatively little attention has been 
 bestowed upon manufactures by the inhabitants of Alabama, 
 and the few establishments of this kind consist chiefly of 
 manufactories of cotton, iron and leather. Her citizens may 
 be regarded in an eminent degree as an agricultural people. 
 
 Education. Alabama since 1854, may justly pride herself 
 for the fortunate establishment of the free school system within 
 her limits. In addition to this she can in proportion to her 
 population fairly challenge comparison with her sister south- 
 ern States, as regards the number and respectability of her 
 superior institutions of learning. Of these may be mentioned, 
 the University of Alabama, at Tuscaloosa, founded in 1831 ; 
 
 F * 
 
106 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 the Florence Wesleyan College, at Florence, founded in 1830 ; 
 the Spring Hill College, at Spring Hill, founded in 1830; and 
 the Howard College, at Marion, founded in 1848. 
 
 Curiosities. The Natural Bridge, in Walker county; Bla- 
 den and Blount Springs, the resorts of health and pleasure 
 seekers; the large fountain of Tuscumbia, discharging 125 
 hhds. of water per minute, the Maelstrom of the Tennessee 
 river, and Paint Rock, a high bluff with curious figures, are 
 all objects of considerable curiosity. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for two years by 
 the popular vote. The Senate consists of 33 members, who 
 are elected for four years, and the House of Representatives 
 of 100 members, who are elected Menially. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Autauga. 19. De Kalb. 36. Morgan. 
 
 2. Baldwin. 20. Fayette. 37. Monroe. 
 
 3. Barbour. 21. Franklin. 38. Montgomery. 
 
 4. Benton. 22. Greene. 39. Perry. 
 5- Bibb. 23. Henry. 40. Pickens. 
 
 6. Blount. 24. Jackson. 41. Pike. 
 
 7. Butler. 25. Jefferson. ' 42. Randolph. 
 
 8. Calhoun. 26. Lauderdale. 43. Russell. 
 
 9. Chambers. 27. Lawrence. 44. Shelby. 
 
 10. Cherokee. 28. Limestone. 45. St. Clair. 
 
 11. Choctaw. 29. Lowndes. 46. Suiater. 
 
 12. Clark. 30. Macon. 47. Talledega. 
 
 13. Coffee. 31. Madison. 48. Tallapoosa. 
 
 14. Conecuh. 32. Marengo. 49. Tuscaloosa. 
 
 15. Coosa. 33. Marion. 50. Walker. 
 
 16. Covington. 34. Marshall. 51. Washington. 
 
 17. Dale. 35. Mobile. 52. Wilcox. 
 
 18. Dallas. 
 
 MOBILE, situated at the head of the bay so named, thirty 
 miles from the Gulf, is after New Orleans, the most important 
 cotton mart in the Union. The site of the city is a sandy 
 plain, which rises gradually as it recedes from the water, and 
 its streets are regular. wtJl paved and handsomely shaded. 
 Of public buildings, may be mentioned the handsome market 
 house, the Custom House, arid the Odd Fellows' and Tem- 
 perance Halls. The climate of Mobile, although debilitating 
 to many constitutions in summer, is in general healthy, ex- 
 cept that it is liable to occasional visitations of the yellow 
 fever. This was the original seat of French colonization in 
 }he southwest, and for many years the capital of the colony 
 
UNITED STATES. 107 
 
 of Louisiana. Mobile was, in 1813, ceded to the United 
 States by Spain, and in December, 1819, it was incorporated as 
 a city. Population 30,000. 
 
 *MONTGOMERY, the capital is situated on a high bluff, on 
 the left bank of the Alabama river, and 415 miles above Mo- 
 bile. The river is navigable to this place at all seasons, and 
 it is largely engaged in the shipment of cotton. The seat of 
 the State government was removed to this city in 1846 from 
 Tuscaloosa. The State House was destroyed by fire in 1849, 
 but another was erected in 1851. Population 10,000. 
 
 TUSCA.LOOSA, is a thriving town on the left bank of the 
 Black Warrior river, 125 miles northwest of Montgomery. 
 It was the former capital of the State, and is noted for its literary 
 institutions and active trade. It contains the Alabama Uni- 
 versity, and the State Lunatic Asylum. Population 4,000. 
 
 HUNTSVILLE, in North Alabama is a noted trading town, with 4,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 FLORENCE, situated at the head of navigation on the Tennessee river, at the 
 foot of Muscle Shoals, is one of the principal shipping points for northern 
 Alabama. 
 
 TUSCUMBIA, on the Tennessee river, nearly opposite Florence, is a place of 
 considerable trade. It is noted for the spring which issues from a large fis- 
 sure in a rock, and which discharges 20,000 cubic feet of water per minute. 
 
 WETUMPKA, situated on the Coosa river, fourteen miles north of the capi- 
 tal, is a considerable cotton market and the seat of the State Penitentiary. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Kingston, 2. Blakely. 3. Clayton. 4 5. Centerville. 
 
 6. Blountsville. 7. Greenville. 8. Jacksonville. 9. Chambers Court 
 House. 10. Centre. 11. But.ler. 12. Clarksville. 13. Wellborn. 14. 
 Sparta. 15. Ilockford. 16. Montezuma. 17. Istwton. 18. Cahawba. 
 19. Lebanon. 20. Fayette Court House. 21. Russelville. 22. Eutaw. 
 23. Abbeville. 24. Bellefonte. 25. Elyton. 26. Florence. 27. Moul- 
 ton. 28. Athens. 2'.). Haynesville. 30. Tuskegee. 31. Huntsville. 
 32. Linden. 33. Pikesville. 34. Warrenton. 35. Mobile. 36. Somerville. 
 37. Claiborne. 38. MONTGOMERY. 39. Marion. 40. Pickens Court House. 
 41. Troy. 42. McDonald. 43. Crawford. 44. Columbiana. 45. Ashe- 
 ville. 40. Livingston. 47. Talladega. 48. Dadeville. 49. Tuscaloosa. 
 50. Jasper. 51. Old Washington. 52. Camden. 
 
 MISSISSIPPI. 
 
 Area 47,000 square miles. Population 791,000. Slaves 
 436,960. 
 
 Mississippi is a large agricultural State.- The first perma- 
 nent settlement within its limits was made by the French at 
 
 was th first capital of tl* Gonfc4*wto Stales of A&> 
 
108 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Natchez in 1716, and the session of the territory east of the 
 Mississippi river to the English at the treaty of Paris, in 1763, 
 included this State. In 1798 it was erected into a territorial 
 government, including Alabama, and in 1817, the latter was 
 set off from it, and Mississippi admitted as a member of the 
 Federal Union. It is bounded north by Tennessee, east by 
 Alabama, south by the Gulf of Mexico and Louisiana, and 
 west by Louisiana and Arkansas ; and is divided into sixty 
 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The surface 'slopes in general to the south 
 and southwest, as the course of its rivers indicate. There are 
 no mountains here, but numerous hills, which give to the 
 State a diversified and undulating aspect. The western part, 
 lying on the Mississippi, is low and marshy, and subject to 
 frequent overflows. The northern and central portions are 
 very fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The whole western border is washed by the Mis- 
 sissippi, which receives within this State the Yazoo and the 
 Big Black rivers as affluents. The Pearl and the Pascagoula 
 have their sources here and flow south into the Gulf of Mex- 
 ico. The Tombigbee rises in the northeastern part and flows 
 south through Alabama into the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 Climate. The winters are colder than in the same latitude 
 upon the Atlantic coast and snow generally falls every win- 
 ter. The summers are long and hot, arid protracted rains 
 are generally succeeded by great drought. Along the rivers 
 and stagnant waters it is very unhealthy. 
 
 Products. This is one of those called the Cotton States. 
 Its staples are cotton, rice and sugar, and great quantities of 
 com are likewise produced. Apples, peaches and plums 
 flourish, and in the southern parts the season is long enough 
 to mature the fig and orange. Besides its peculiar adapta- 
 bility to the growth of the above, it yields most products of 
 the Northern States. 
 
 Manufactures. This, like most of the Southern States, 
 has made but small progress in the establishment of manu- 
 factures, and the liitle attention already bestowed upon this 
 branch of industry, leaves Mississippi to be characterized as 
 a non-manufacturing State. Her home-made manufactures 
 are the principal. 
 
 Education. Mississippi cannot be regarded as having 
 made any special progress in the cause of general education ; 
 
UNITED STATES. 109 
 
 but she maintains her rank in her efforts to advance the edu- 
 cation of her planters and persons of wealth and affluence. 
 Located within this State we find the University of Missis- 
 sippi, at Oxford, founded in 1848, and the following colleges: 
 Oakland College, in Claiborne county, founded in 1830 ; 
 Mississippi College, at Clinton, founded in 1851 ; and Sem- 
 ple Broaddus College, at Centre Hill, founded in 1856. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for two years. The 
 Senate consists of 32 and the House of Representatives of 92 
 members ; the former elected for four years, and the latter 
 for two years. The sessions of the legislature are held bien- 
 nially. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Adams. 21. Issaquena. 41. Panola. 
 
 2. Amite. 22. Itawamba. 42. Perry. 
 
 3. Attala. 28. Jackson. 43. Pike. 
 
 4. Bolivar. 24. Jasper. 44. Pontotoc. 
 
 5. Calhoun. 2f>. Jefferson. 45. Rankio. 
 
 6. Carroll. 2ii. Jones. 40. Scott. 
 
 7. Chickasaw. 27. Kemper. 47. Simpson. 
 
 8. Choctaw. 28. Lafayette. 48. Smith. 
 
 9. Claiborne. 29. L*uderd*le. 49. Sunflower. 
 
 10. Clarke. 30. Lawrence. 50. Tallahatchic.1 
 
 11. Coahoma. 31. Leake. 51. Tippah. 
 
 12. Copiah. 32. Lowndes. 52. Tishemingo. 
 
 13. Covington. 38. Madison. 53. Tunica. 
 
 14. De Soto. 34. Marion. 54. Warren. 
 
 15. Franklin. 35. Marshall. 55. Washington. 
 10. Greene. 36. Monroe. 56. Wayne. 
 
 17. Hancock. 37. Neshoba. 57. Wilkinson. 
 
 18. Harrison. 38. Newton. 58. Winston. 
 
 19. Hinds. 39. Noxubee. 59. Yallabusha. 
 
 20. Holmes. 40. Oktibbeha. 60. Yazoo. 
 
 NATCHEZ, situated on the Mississippi, 280 miles above New 
 Orleans, is the largest and most commercial city in the State. 
 It occupies a commanding position upon the banks of the 
 river, and its streets are regular, lighted with gas and lined 
 with shade trees. The houses are generally built of brick 
 and adorned with flower gardens and orange groves. The 
 site of the city was selected by a party sent by Lemoile 
 d'lerville, in 1700. Natchez is the centre of an active 
 trade the principal article of which is cotton. In 1840 a 
 large part of the city was laid in ruins by a tornado. Pop- 
 ulation 14,000. 
 J ACKSON, the capital, on the right bank of Pearl river, forty-five 
 
110 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 miles east from Vicksburg, with 4,000 inhabitants. It is built 
 upon level ground and is regularly laid out. It contains the 
 State Lunatic Asylum, Institutions for the Deaf, Dumb and 
 Blind, and a State Prison. Its State House is a superb edi- 
 fice, erected at a cost of $600,000. The Pearl river is navi- 
 gable to this place. 
 
 VICKSBURG, built upon [the Mississippi, 400 miles above 
 New Orleans, is the most commercial town upon the river 
 between Natchez and Memphis. It carries on a lively trade, 
 especially in cotton. 
 
 ABERDEEN, situated in Monroe county, on the Tombigbee 
 river, is one of the most flourishing and commercial towns of 
 the State. Its shipment of cotton is considerable. The adja- 
 cent country is highly productive. Population 4,000. 
 
 HOLLY SPRINGS, in Marshall county, is noted for its excel- 
 lent schools and the intelligence of its citizens. Population 
 3,500. 
 
 COLUMBUS, on the left bank of the Tombigbee river, sixty 
 miles below Aberdeen, is a thriving town of about 3,500 
 inhabitants. The river is navigable throughout the year for 
 steamboats, which make regular trips between this place and 
 Mobile. 
 
 PASS CHRISTIAN, PASCAGOULA, and BILOXI on the coast, are 
 noted summer resorts for the fashionable of New Orleans 
 and Mobile. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Natchez. 2. Liberty. 3. Kosciusko. 4. Bolivia. 5. Pittsboro. G. 
 Carrollton, 7. Houston. 8. Greensborough. 9. Port Gibson. 10. Quit- 
 man. 11. Delta. 12. Gallatin. 13. Williamsburg. 14. Hernando. 15. 
 Meadville. 16. Leakesville. 17. Shieldsborough. 38. Mississippi City. 
 19. Raymond. 20. Lexington. 2L- Tallula. 22. Fulton. 23. Jackson- 
 borough. 24. Paulding. 25. Fayette. 20. Ellis ville. 27. De Kalb. 28. 
 Oxford. 29. Marion. 30. Monticello. 31. Carthage. 32. Columbus. 33. 
 Canton. 34. Columbia. 35. Holly Springs. 36. Aberdeen. 37. Philadel- 
 phia. 38. Decatur. 39. Macon. 40. Starkville, 41. Panola. 42. Au- 
 gusta. 43. Holmesville. 44. Pontotoc. 45. Brandon. 46. Hillsborough. 
 47. Westville. 48. Raleigh. 49. McNutt. 50. Charleston. 51. Ripley. 
 52. Jacinto. 53. Austin. 54. Vicksburg. 55. Greensville. 56. Win- 
 chester. 57. Woodville. 58. Louisville. 59. Coffeeville. 60. Yazoo City. 
 
 LOUISIANA. 
 
 Area 41,000 square miles. Population 710,000. Slaves 
 333,000. 
 Louisiana is a large, level and fertile State* It \va* first 
 
UNITED STATES. Ill 
 
 visited by La Salle in 1691, and named in honor of Louis 
 the XlVth, of France, who granted a charter for the territory 
 to M. Crozart. At the treaty of 1763 it was ceded to Spain, 
 and in 1800 receded to France, from which power the United 
 States government purchased it in 1803 for the sum of fifteen 
 million dollars. In 1812 its constitution was formed and it 
 was admitted as a sovereign State of the Federal Union. In 
 this State was fought, January 8th, 1815, the celebrated battle 
 of New Orleans, in which Gen. Jackson repulsed the British 
 with great loss. It is bounded north by Arkansas and Mis- 
 sissippi, east by Mississippi and the Gulf of Mexico, south 
 by the Gulf of Mexico, and west by Texas. It contains 
 forty-eight parishes. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The great part of this State is an unvaried 
 level. Much of the south is low and subject to overflow, but 
 west of the Mississippi the central and and northern parts 
 are hilly. The region around the mouth of the Mississippi 
 is destitute of trees and covered with a species of reed four 
 feet high. The most fertile parts are the alluvial soil on the 
 borders of the rivers. 
 
 Rivers. The Mississippi flows through Louisiana and en- 
 ters the gulf by several mouths. The Red river flows through 
 the northwestern, and the Washita through the northeastern 
 part, and unite their waters before entering the Mississippi. 
 The Pearl river forms part of the eastern, and the Sabine the 
 principal part of the western boundary. 
 
 Lakes. Pontchartrain and Maurepas, north of the city of 
 New Orleans, are the principal lakes in this State, besides a 
 great number of small ones west of the Mississippi. 
 
 Bays. The whole coast is indented by numerous bays 
 and inlets, which are united together by many tortuous chan- 
 nels, that are generally shallow and of difficult navigation. 
 
 Climate. The climate of Louisiana greatly resembles that of 
 southern Alabama and Florida. In the low, marshy regions, 
 the summers are unhealthy, and in the neighborhood of New 
 Orleans the visits of the yellow fever are frequent. Many of 
 the inhabitants of the metropolis for this reason, retire north 
 during the hot months of summer. 
 
 Products. Louisiana in her agricultural resources is one 
 of the most important States of the Union. Like Mississippi, 
 her staples are cotton, rice, and sugar, but oranges, lemons, 
 figs, and the tropical fruits generally flourish in the southern 
 
112 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 parts. Maize is greatly cultivated, and the sweet potato grows 
 in the sandy soil in the greatest luxuriance. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of Louisiana, although, 
 not extensive, are nevertheless considerable, especially those 
 of home made wares, and coarse sugar and molasses, but the 
 refining of these two latter articles has hitherto been generally 
 done in the northern states. 
 
 Education. By the Constitution of the State of Louisiana, 
 a system of free school education is established, and 
 the public schools are supported by means of an annual ap- 
 propriation and the fund accruing from the public and es- 
 cheated lands. The Colleges of this State are: Washington 
 College, in Washington county, founded in 1795 ; and the 
 Centenary College, in Jackson, founded in 1845. Besides 
 these two institutions, a respectable number of Academies, 
 Seminaries and High Schools are met with in this State. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for four years by 
 the people, and the Lieutenant Governor for the same length 
 of time. The Senate consists of 32, and the House of Rep- 
 resentatives of 97 members, the former elected for four years, 
 the latter for two. The General Assembly meets on the 3rd 
 Monday of January. 
 
 Inhabitants. Owing to the original colonization of Louis- 
 iana by France and Spain, it contains a greater intermixture 
 of the people of these countries with their manners and cus- 
 toms, than any other State in the Union. 
 
 PARISHES. 
 
 1. Ascension. 17. Iberville. 33, St. Helena. 
 
 2. Assumption. 18. Jackson. 34. St. James. 
 
 3. Avoyelles. 19. Jefferson. 35. St. John Baptist. 
 
 4. Bienville. 20. Lafayette. 36. St. Landry. 
 
 5. Bossier. 21. Lafourche. 37. St. Martin's. 
 
 6. Caddo. 22. Livingston. 38. St. Mary's. 
 
 7. Calcasieu. 23. Madison. 39. St. Tammany. 
 
 8. Caldwell. 24. Morehouse. 40. Tensas. 
 
 9. Carroll. 25. Natchitoches. 41. Terre Bonne. 
 
 10. Catahoula. 26. Orleans. 42. Union. 
 
 11. Claiborne. 27. Plaquemine. 43. Vermillion. 
 
 12. Concordia. 28. Point Coupee. 44. Washita. 
 
 13. De Soto. 29. Rapides. 45. Washington, 
 
 14. East Baton Rouge. 30. Sabine. 46. West Baton Rouge. 
 
 15. Eest Feliciana. 31. St Bernard. 47. West Feliciana. 
 
 16. Franklin. 32 St. Charles. 48. Winn. 
 
UNITED STATES. 113 
 
 *NEW ORLEANS, situated on the left bank of the Mississippi, 
 about 100 miles from its mouth, is the metropolis of the 
 southern Mississippi Valley. The plan of the city is regular, 
 with broad and well paved streets, which intersect each other 
 at right angles; and many of the private residences are large 
 and handsome, being surrounded with yards, and beautifully 
 decorated with gardens and olive groves. The streets, shops 
 and dwellings exhibit a great variety of style and construc- 
 tion. Owing to its being built around the bend of the river, 
 it bears the name of the " Crescent City." The Custom 
 House, (not yet finished,) arid the Mint, are unsurpassed in 
 magnificence by any structures of the kind in the United 
 States. The former was begun in 1848, and its estimated 
 cost is $3,500,000. It is built of granite in shape of a trape- 
 zium, to adapt it to the streets by which it is enclosed. Of 
 churches, the most celebrated is the Cathedral of St. Louis, a 
 splendid gothic edifice, fronting on Jackson Square. The 
 Jewish Synagogue, the Presbyterian Church, opposite La- 
 fayette Square, and the new Episcopal Church, are all gor- 
 geous structures, besides numerous smaller churches. 
 The hotels of this city are conducted upon a scale of magni- 
 tude and splendor scarcely equalled by any city in the Union. 
 The St. Charles Hotel, situated" on the street so named, was 
 erected in 1852, at a cost of $590,000, and is one of the finest 
 in any city. New Orleans contains numerous benevolent, 
 literary and educational institutions. The public school sys- 
 tem, inaugurated in 1841, is very excellent and has been 
 conducted with great success. This city possesses une- 
 qualled facilities for inland commerce. The Missis- 
 sippi and its tributaries afford not less than 15,000 miles of 
 waters which are navigated by steamboats that pass through 
 the most fertile soils and the most delightful climates. It is 
 the most extensive cotton mart in the world. The city was 
 settled by the French in 1717, and in 1723 Bienville changed 
 his head quarters from Mobile to this place, and the seat of 
 government was permanently transferred. It was named in 
 honor of the Duke of Orleans, who was regent of France 
 during the minority of Louis XV. The most memorable 
 event in the history of this city was the battle between the 
 
 *0n or about the 26th of April, 1862, New Orleans, the metropolis of the 
 " Southern Confederacy," was captured by the Federal Navy, and is now 
 in the military occupancy of the United States Government. 
 
114 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 English, under Gen. Packenham, and the Americans, under 
 Gen. Jackson, on the 8th of January, 1815, in which the lor- 
 mer were defeated. Population 170,000. 
 
 BATON ROUGE, situated on the Mississippi, 129 miles above 
 New Orleans, is a flourishing town and the seat of the State 
 government. It contains the State House, Barracks and 
 Penitentiary. Population 6,000. 
 
 NATCHITOCHES is a place of active trade, situated in Red river, in the par- 
 ish of the same name, 500 miles northwest of New Orleans. 
 
 DONALDSONVILLE, on the Mississippi, ninety-five miles above New Orleans, 
 is also a town of some trade. 
 
 PARISH CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Donaldsonville. 2. Assumption C. H. 3. Marksville. 4. Mt. Leba- 
 non. 5. Belleview. 6. Shreveport. 7. Lisbon. 8. Columbia. 9. Prov- 
 idence. 10. Harrisonburg. 11. Homer. 12. Vidalia. 13 Mansfield. 
 14. BATON ROUGE. 15. Clinton. 16. Winnsborough. 17. Iberville. 18. 
 Vernon. 19. Lafayette. 20. Vermillionville. 21. Thibodeaux. 22. 
 Springfield. 23. Richmond. 24. Bastrop. 25. Natchitoches. 26. New 
 Orleans. 27. Plaquemine C. H. 28. Point Coupee. 29. Alexandria. 
 30. Manny. 31. . . 32. St. Charles. C. H. 33. Greensburg. 34. 
 Bringiers. 35. Bonnet Carre. 36. Opelousas. 37. St. Martinsville. 88. 
 Franklin. 39. Covington. 40. St. Joseph. 41. Houma. 42. Farmers- 
 ville. 43. Vermillion C. H. 44. Monroe. 45. Frankliuton. 46. West 
 Baton Rouge. 47. St. Francisville. 48. ... 
 
 TEXAS. 
 
 Area 237,000 square miles. Population 600,000. Slaves 
 180,600. 
 
 Texas is the largest, and one of the most fertile States of 
 the American Union. It originally composed a portion of the 
 Mexican Republic, but the people declared themselves free, 
 and in 1836 achieved their Independence in the celebrated 
 battle of San Jacinto, fought April 21st, of that year. It re- 
 mained an independent State until 1846, when it was ad- 
 mitted as a member of the American Union, with the reserved 
 privilege of being subdivided into five separate States, as soon 
 as its population would justify the division. Disputes con- 
 cerning the boundary of this State, gave rise to the war with 
 Mexico, which resulted in the establishment of the Rio Grande 
 as its southwestern boundary. It is bounded north by New 
 Mexico, the Indian Territory and Arkansas, east by Arkansas 
 and Louisiana, southeast by the Gulf of Mexico, and south- 
 west and west by Mexico and New Mexico; and it comprises 
 154 counties. 
 
UNITED STATES. 11.5 
 
 Surface. Every variety of surface is found within the 
 limits of this State. It is level upon the coast, uneven in the 
 interior, and in the northwest hilly and mountainous. On 
 the west, run several ridges of the Mexican Cordilleras, which 
 subside into the elevated table lands of Texas. The soil is 
 generally of uncommon fertility. 
 
 Rivers. The Rio Grande, the largest river of Texas, forms 
 its western boundary and empties after a course of 1800 
 miles into the Gulf of Mexico. The Sabine forms part of the 
 eastern boundary. The Rio Neches, the Trinidad, the Bra- 
 zos, and the Colorado, are the principal remaining rivers, all 
 of which flow southeast into the Gulf of Mexico. 
 
 Climate. Texas enjoys a mild, agreeable and healthy cli- 
 mate, free from the extremes of both the torrid and temperate 
 zones. The heat of summer is usually mitigated by the re- 
 freshing breezes from the Gulf, which usually blow with 
 great steadiness during the hot season. In November the 
 cold season commences, by the setting in of the Boreal winds 
 from the north, and these continue to blow during Decem- 
 ber and January, and the mountains are sometimes covered 
 with snow, which, however, in the low districts melts quickly. 
 
 Products. Cotton, the great staple of this State, is produced 
 in nearly all sections of it, and that grown near the Gulf is 
 pronounced equal to the celebrated sea island cotton. Indian 
 Corn, the other great staple, is grown everywhere and yields 
 two crops every season. The soil and climate are adapted to 
 the growth of the sugar cane, indigo, tobacco, rice, and sweet 
 potatoes, and in some parts wheat, rye and oats, are success- 
 fully cultivated. The prairies furnish pasture all the year 
 round. 
 
 Manufactures. Texas is too young a State, and her rich, 
 beautiful prairies and fertile bottoms are too well adapted to 
 agriculture, for the inhabitants to turn their attention towards 
 manufacturing. She can for many coming years play her 
 part as an agricultural State without exhausting the fertility 
 of her deep and loamy soil. Her few established manufac- 
 tures comprise those of cotton and iron. 
 
 Education. The people of this State, are no longer to be 
 viewed as constituting such a barbarian state of society, (as 
 did in general the first inhabitants,) which does not appreciate 
 the benefits and blessings of an education ; yet the Texans are 
 even yet unable to claim credit for great advancement in this 
 
116 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 particular, either as regards the establishment of common 
 schools or of institutions designed to impart a superior grade 
 of culture. 
 
 Curiosities. The pass of the Guadalupe mountains, the 
 Castle mountain Pass, and the Falls of the Colorado, 120 feet 
 high, are the principal objects in this State, worthy the trav- 
 eller's attention. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor 
 are each elected for two years, the latter being ex-officio Pres- 
 ident of the Senate. The Senate, consisting of 21 members, 
 is elected for four years, and the House of Representatives of 
 66 members, for two years. The sessions of the Legislature 
 are held biennially and commence in December. 
 
 Inhabitants. Texas was originally settled by the Span- 
 iards, as the names of her rivers and towns would seem to 
 testify. The flow of the Anglo-Saxon element into this State 
 since 1821, produced the Texan revolution, and since her 
 admission into the American Union, the vestiges of her Span- 
 ish origin are rapidly disappearing. 
 
 1. Angelina. 
 
 2. Anderson. 
 
 3. Archer. 
 
 4. Atacosa. 
 
 5. Austin. 
 
 6. Bandera. 
 
 7. Baylor. 
 
 8. Bee. 
 
 9. Blanco. 
 
 10. Bosque. 
 
 11. Bowie. 
 
 12. Bell. 
 
 13. Buchanan. 
 
 14. Brown. 
 
 15. Burleson. 
 
 16. Bastrop. 
 
 17. Brazoria. 
 
 18. Bexar. 
 
 19. Brazos. 
 
 20. Burnet. 
 
 21. Callahan. 
 
 22. Cherokee. 
 
 23. Clay. 
 
 24. Coleman. 
 
 25. Comanche. 
 
 26. Concho. 
 
 27. Coryelle. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 28. Cook. 
 
 29. Caldwell. 
 
 30. Comal. 
 
 31. Chambers. 
 
 32. Calhoun. 
 
 33. Cameron. 
 
 34. Collin. 
 
 35. Colorado. 
 
 36. Games. 
 
 37. Cass. 
 
 38. Dawson. 
 
 39. Dallas. 
 
 40. Denton. 
 
 41. De Witt. 
 
 42. Dimmit. 
 
 43. Duval. 
 
 44. Eastland. 
 
 45. Edwards. 
 
 46. Ellis. 
 
 47. El Paso. 
 
 48. Encinal. 
 
 49. Erath. 
 
 50. Fort Bend. 
 
 51. Fayette. 
 
 52. Freestone. 
 
 53. Frio. 
 
 54. Fannin. 
 
 55. Falls. 
 
 56. Goliad. 
 
 57. Gillespie. 
 
 58. Guadalupe. 
 
 59. Galveston. 
 
 60. Grayson. 
 
 61. Gonzales. 
 
 62. Grimes. 
 
 63. Hackelford. 
 
 64. Hamilton. 
 
 65. Hardeman. 
 
 66. Haskell. 
 
 67. Harris. 
 
 68. Harrison. 
 
 69. Hayes. 
 
 70. Henderson. 
 
 71. Hill. 
 
 72. Hidalgo. 
 
 73. Houston. 
 
 74. Hopkins. 
 
 75. Hunt. 
 
 76. Jack. 
 
 77. Jackson, 
 
 78. Jasper. 
 
 79. Jefferson. 
 
 80. Johnson. 
 
 81. Jones. 
 
UNITED STATES. lit 
 
 82. Kaufman. 107. McMullen. 131. Shelby. 
 
 83. Karnes. 108. Montgomery. 132. Taylor. 
 
 84. Kerr. 109. Newton. 133. Throckmorton. 
 
 85. Kimble. 110. Navarro. 134. T>ler. 
 
 86. Kinney. 111. Nacogdoches. 135. Titus. 
 
 87. Knox. 112. Nueces. 136. Travis. 
 
 88. Lavacca. 113. Orange. 137. Tarrsint. 
 
 89. La Salle. 114. Panola. 138. Trinity. 
 
 90. Limestone. 115. Polk. 139. Upshur. 
 
 91. Leon. 116. Palo Pinto. 140. Uvalde. 
 
 92. Llano. 117. Parke. 141. Victoria. 
 
 93. Live Oak. 118. Presidio. 142. Van Zandt. 
 
 94. Lamar. 119. Rusk. 143. Washington. 
 
 95. Lampasas. 120. Robertson. 144. Webb. 
 
 96. Liberty. 121. Refugio. 145. Wichita. 
 
 97. Mason. 122. Red River. 146. Wilbranger. 
 
 98. Matagorda. 123. Runnels. 147. Wise. 
 
 99. Medina. 124. San Augustine. 148. Williamson. 
 
 100. McCulloch. 125. Sabine. 149. Wharton. 
 
 101. Menard. 126. Shackelford. 150. Wood. 
 
 102. Milam. 127. Smith. 151. Walker. 
 
 103. Madison. 128. San Patricio. 152. Young. 
 
 104. McLennan. 129. Starr. 153. Zapata. 
 
 105. Maverick. 130. San Saba. 154. Zavala. 
 
 106. Montague. 
 
 AUSTIN, situated on the Rio Colorado, about 200 miles 
 from its mouth, is the seat of the State government. It be- 
 came the capital in 1844. The supreme court meets here 
 annually. The environs of Austin are highly picturesque. 
 Population 5,000. 
 
 SAN ANTONIO, built upon one of the head streams of the 
 San Antonio river, 110 miles southwest of the capital, is one 
 of the oldest towns in North America, having been originally 
 settled by the Spaniards. It is a wealthy town, with a rap- 
 idly increasing population, and contains a United States 
 Arsenal and several handsome churches. It has been the 
 scene of several battles, including the massacre of the Alamo, 
 March 6th, 1836. Population 9,000. 
 
 GALVESTON, a port of entry, situated at the northeast ex- 
 tremity of the island of the same name, is the most populous 
 city and the commercial emporium ol Texas. Its harbor is 
 the best in the State, having twelve feet of water over the bar 
 at low tide. The island upon which Galveston is built is 
 twenty-eight miles long and from one and a half to three and 
 a half miles wide. Nearly all the foreign trade of the State 
 is transacted at this place, and up to a recent date, it has been 
 rapidly on the increase. The city contains several founderies, 
 
118 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 machine shops, cotton presses, &c. It dates its growth from 
 1837. Population 12,000. 
 
 HOUSTON, on Buffalo Bayou, forty-five miles from its en- 
 trance into Galveston Bay, is the second commercial city of 
 the State. It has iron founderies, machine shops, cotton 
 presses, and manufactures of various kinds. Population 7,000. 
 
 BROWNSVILLE, located on the left bank of the Rio Grande, forty miles from 
 its mouth, is one of the most populous and commercial towns in the State, 
 and carries on an extensive trade with Mexico. This town, formerly Fort 
 Brown, has been named in honor of Major Brown of the American army, 
 who was killed, May Cth, 184G, by a shell from the Mexican batteries. Pop- 
 ulation 6,000. 
 
 MARSHALL, about 250 miles northeast of Galveston, is a thriving town 
 situated in the midst of fertile and highly agricultural country. 
 
 HARRISBURG, on Buffalo Bayou, NACOGDOCHES and SAN AUGUSTINE, in 
 northern Texas ; and FORT LAVACCA, INDIANOLA and MATAGORDA in southern 
 Texas, are all flourishing towns. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Marion. 2. ... 3. ... 4. ... 5. Belleville. 6. . 
 . . 7. . . . 8. ... 9. ... 10. Meridian. 11. Boston. 
 12. Belton. 13. ... 14. ... 15. Caldwell. 16. Bastrop. 17. 
 Brazoria. 18. San Antonio. 19. Booneviile. 20. Hamilton. 21. . . . 
 22. Husk. 23. ... 24. ... 25. ... 26. ... 27. 
 Gatesville. 28. Gainesville. 29. Lockhart. 30. New Braunfels. 31. . . 
 32. Lavacca. 33. Brownsville. 34. McKinney. 35. Columbus. 36. Helena. 
 37. Jefferson. 38. ... 39. Dallas. 40. Alton. 41. Clinton. 42. 
 ... 43. ... 44. ... 45. ... 40. Waxahachie. 47. 
 . . 48. . . 49. . . 50. Richmond. 51. La Grange. 52. Fairfield. 
 53. . . . 54. Bonham. 55. Marlin. 56. Goliad. 57. Fredericksburg. 
 58. Seguin. 59. Galveston. 60. Sherman. 61. Gonzales. 62. Anderson. 
 63. ... 64. ... 65. ... 66. ... 67. Houston. 68. 
 Marshall. 69. San Marcos. 70. Athens. 71. Hillsboro'. 72. Edinburg. 
 73. -Crockett. 74. Tarrant. 75. Greenville. 76. ... 77. Texana. 
 78. Jasper. 79. Beaumont. 80. Wardville. 81. ... 82. Kaufman. 
 83. ... 84. .., 85. ... 86. ... 87. Halletville. 
 
 88. ... 89. ... 90. Springfield. 91. Leona. 92 
 
 93. ... 94. Paris. 95. . . . 96. . . . 97. ... 98. 
 Matagorda. 99. Castorville. 100. ... 101. ... 102. Cameron. 
 103. Madisonville. 104. Waco. 105, . . . 106, . . . 107. . . 
 108. Montgomery. 109. Burkeville. 110. Corsicano. 111. Nacogdoches. 
 112. Corpus Christi. 113, Madison. 114. Carthage. 115. Livingston. 
 116. . . . 117. . . . 118. . . . 119. Henderson. 120. Frank- 
 lin. 121. Refugio. 122. Clarksville. 123. . . . 124. San Augustine. 
 125. Milam. 126. . . . 127. Tyler. 128. San. Patricio. 129. Rio 
 Grande City. 130. . . . 131. Shelby ville. 132. . . . 133. . . 
 334. Woodville. 135. Mt. Pleasant. 186. AUSTIN. 137. Birdsville. 188. 
 Trinity Court House. 139. Gilmer. 140. . . . 141. Victoria. 142. 
 Jordan's Saline. 143. Brenham. 144. ... 145. . . . 146. - 
 
 . 147. . . . 148. Georgetown. 149. Wharton. 150. Quitman. 151. 
 Huntsville. 152. , 153. , 154. 
 
UNITED STATES. 119 
 
 THE WESTERN STATES. 
 
 Area 889,000 square miles. Population 12,186,000. 
 
 The Western States comprise Arkansas, Kentucky, Ten- 
 nessee, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, 
 Missouri, California, Minnesota, Oregon and Kansas. With 
 the exception of Oregon and California they all lie in the 
 great valley of the Mississippi, and are noted for their mild 
 climate, fertile soil, large arid navigable rivers, and for their 
 unprecedented growth in population, wealth and political 
 importance. The most distinguishing feature of their geog- 
 raphy is the extensive prairies or natural meadows which 
 comprise so large a portion of their surface. These are gen- 
 erally destitute of trees, but are covered with tall grass and 
 wild flowers. A vast extent of country north of the Ohio 
 and west of the Mississippi is covered by these prairies, and 
 they furnish pasturage for innumerable herds of buffalo, deer 
 and various other wild animals. 
 
 The climate of the Western States is regarded as salubrious 
 and pleasant, and not so liable to sudden changes as that of the 
 Middle and Eastern States. They contain the largest section 
 of fertile land in the Union, and the exuberant fertility of the 
 soil fits them for becoming the cereal storehouse of the whole 
 continent. Their products are various and important. The 
 principal of these are, wheat and corn, in the northern part ; 
 cotton, hemp and tobacco, in the middle, arid cotton, maize 
 and other grains in the southern part. Most fruits grow here in 
 abundance. Great numbers of horses, cattle and swine are 
 raised,'and many thousand barrels of beef and porkaresalted 
 and annually exported to the southern and eastern markets. 
 No country in the world, probably, of the same extent, is so well 
 watered as the valley of the Mississippi. Many large rivers 
 course through this vast region, affording every facility for 
 inland commerce. Vast numbers of steamboats are constant- 
 ly passing up and down the Mississippi and its numerous 
 branches, to and from New Orleans, and these supply the 
 usual medium of commerce and travel between the Crescent 
 City and the numerous river cities and towns of this great 
 valley. 
 
 Lead is the most abundant of all the minerals found in the 
 Western States, the mines of Illinois and Missouri being 
 
120 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 the richest in the world. Bituminous coal is found in many 
 places. Numerous salt springs are found, and no part of the 
 Mississippi Valley is distant from an abundant supply of 
 salt. 
 
 In most of these states the cause of education is amply 
 patronized. The number of common schools is rapidly in- 
 creasing, academies and colleges are springing up in all parts 
 of this vast country, and the zeal with which all these insti- 
 tutions are supported, seems to warrant the assurance that the 
 time is not far in the future, when intelligence will crown the 
 people as fertility has the soil. 
 
 These States are again remarkable for the numerous re- 
 mains of antiquity in which they abound. These consist of 
 ruined fortifications, mounds of earth, walls, hearths, &c. 
 These numerous vestiges lead to the inference, that nations 
 much more civilized than the Indians, have at a remote pe- 
 riod occupied this vast continent. The large trees growing 
 upon the ruins of some of these fortifications establishes the 
 belief that a considerable period has elapsed, perhaps 1000 
 years, since the desertion of these fabrics and the extinction 
 of the people by whom they were constructed. They are 
 found near each other, and spread over the vast territory from 
 the shores of lake Erie to the Gulf of Mexico, and are usually 
 met with in the vicinity of the large rivers. A regularity 
 seems to be discernible in their erection, and suggests the 
 opinion of the existence in remote times of large cities along 
 the Mississippi. The mummies or dried bodies, enveloped 
 in coarse cloth and found in some of the caves of Kentucky, 
 likewise corroborate the belief of the existence in ancient 
 times of partially civilized races upon the American continent, 
 which are long since extinct. 
 
 ARKANSAS. 
 
 Area 52,000 square miles. Population 435,000. Slaves 
 111,100. 
 
 Arkansas is an important agricultural State, was originally a 
 portion of the territory acquired from France in 1803, and 
 was admitted as a State of the American Confederacy in 
 1836. It is bounded north by Missouri, east by Tennessee 
 and Mississippi, south by Louisiana, and west by Texas 
 and the Indian Territory, and it contains 54 counties. 
 
UNITED STATES. 121 
 
 Surface, fyc. The eastern part is low, level, marshy and 
 subject to inundation. The interior and western parts are more 
 hilly, and alternated with forests and prairies. The Ozark 
 mountains commence near the centre of the State, and run 
 northwest beyond it, but do not attain an elevation of over 
 2,000 feet. South of the Arkansas is the Masserne range of 
 mountains which are very barren. 
 
 Rivers. On the eastern border flows the Mississippi and 
 receives from the northwest the Arkansas, the White, and the 
 St. Francis rivers as affluents. The Red river and its tributary 
 the Washita, flows through the southern part. 
 
 Climate. The climate is usually temperate, but exposed 
 to sudden changes occasioned by the north winds. It is quite 
 humid for a considerable distance from the Mississippi, but 
 dry in the western parts. 
 
 Products. The principal products are cotton, wheat, corn, 
 rice, tobacco, sweet potatoes, melons, peaches and grapes. Of 
 minerals, coal is found in great abundance on both sides of 
 the Arkansas river. Iron ore, lead, and manganese are mined 
 here. More zinc is obtained in this than any other State of 
 the Union, except New Jersey. Abundance of wild animals 
 are yet found. 
 
 Manufactures. Manufacturing can scarcely be said in 
 this State, to have had a commencement, as the cultivation 
 of the soil and the growing of the cereal products have hitherto, 
 as in Texas, much more profitably employed the labor and 
 attention of her people. Of the few manufactures of Arkan- 
 sas, those of cotton and leather are the principal. 
 
 Education. The public mind in this State, has not become 
 sensible of the defects of her system of common school edu- 
 cation, and although ample means would seem to be at hand 
 for the support of her system, such as it is, yet the people have 
 thus far manifested almost a total indifference to the results 
 to be obtained from a general diffusion of knowledge. This 
 apathy on the part of her people has been suggested by some 
 of her officials as the reason why a more thorough system 
 has never been inaugurated. 
 
 Government. The executive power is vested in a Gover- 
 nor who is elected for four years, but is ineligible for more 
 than eight years out of twelve. The Legislature is composed 
 of a Senate of 25 members chosen for four years, and of a 
 
 a 
 
122 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 House of Representatives elected biennially. The sessions of 
 the Legislature are biennial, and commence on the first Mon- 
 day of November. 
 
 Curiosities. The most noted curiosities are the Hot Springs, 
 about fifty miles west of Little Rock, which are greatly visited 
 by the curious and persons of infirm health. The water of 
 some of these is sufficiently hot to boil an egg in fifteen min- 
 utes. In Pike county, a very curious natural bridge is found, 
 and near by a mountain of alabaster. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Arkansas. 19. Hempstead. 37. Pike. 
 
 2. Ashley. 20. Hot Springs. 38. Poinsett. 
 
 3. Benton. 21. Independence. 39. Polk. 
 4- Bradley. 22. Izard. 40. Pope. 
 
 5. Calhoun. 23. Jackson. 41. Prairie. 
 
 6. Carroll. 24. Jefferson. 42. Pulaski. 
 
 7. Cliicot. 25. Johnson. 43. Randolph. 
 
 8. Clark. 26. Lafayette. 44. Saline. 
 
 9. Columbia. 27. Lawrence. 45. Scott. 
 
 10. Conway. 28. Madison. 46. Searcy. 
 
 11. Crawford. 29. Marion. 47. Sebastian. 
 
 12. Crittenden. 30. Mississippi. 48. Sevier. 
 
 13. Dallas. 31. Monroe. 49. St. Francis. 
 
 14. Desha. 32. Montgomery. 50. Union. 
 
 15. Drew. 33. Newton. 51. Van Buren. 
 
 16. Franklin. 34. Ouachita. 52. Washington. 
 
 17. Fulton. 35. Perry. 53. White. 
 
 18. Greene. 36. Phillips. 54. Yell. . 
 
 LITTLE ROCK, the capital, is situated on the southern bank 
 of the Arkansas river, 300 miles from its mouth. The growth 
 of this place has been greatly retarded by the title to the soil 
 of the town having until recently been in constant litigation. 
 Another obstacle to the growth of this place is found in the 
 fact that the Arkansas river is not navigable at all seasons. 
 The capitol is a handsome edifice built of brick and stuccoed, 
 and it occupies a commanding position upon the banks of 
 the river. A United States arsenal is erected here. Many 
 of the private buildings of this city are quite elegant, and the 
 wide streets, spacious grounds, gardens, and the profusion of 
 shade trees, give it during summer, a pleasant and picturesque 
 appearance. Population 5,000. 
 
 ARKANSAS POST, situated on the left bank of the Arkansas 
 river, fifty miles from its mouth, is noted as the oldest town 
 in the State. It was settled by the French in 1 685. 
 
 VAN BUREN, on the left bank of the Arkansas, with 2,500 
 
UNITED STATES. 123 
 
 inhabitants, and FORT SMITH, with 2,000, on the opposite side, 
 are thriving towns. 
 
 The other principal towns are BATESVILLE, on White river, 
 HELENA, on the Mississippi, and FULTON, on Red river. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Arkansas Post. 2. Hamburg. 3. Bentonville. 4. Warren. 5. 
 Hampton. 0. Carrollton. 7. Columbia. 8. Arkadelpliia. 9. Calhoun. 
 10. Lewisburg. 11. Van Buren. 12. Marion. 13. Princeton. 14. Napo- 
 leon. 15. Monticello. 16. Ozark. 17. Salem. 18. Gainesville. 19. 
 Washington. 20. Rockport. 21. Batesville. 22. Mount Olive. 23. Eliza- 
 beth. 24. Pine Bluff. 25. Clarksville. 20. Lewisville. 27. Smitlivillc. 
 28. Huntsville. 29. Yellville. 30. Osceola. 31. Lawrenceville. 32. Mt. 
 Ida. 33. Jasper. 34. Camden. 35. Perryville. 3d. Helena. 37. Mur- 
 freesborough. 38. Bolivar. 39. Dallas. 40. Dover. 41. Brownsville. 
 42. LITTLE ROCK. 43. Pocahontas. 44. Benton. 45. Booneville. 46. 
 Lebanon. 47. Jenny Lind. 48. Paraclifta. 49. Mount Vernon. 50. El 
 Dorado. 51. Clinton. 52. Fayetteville. 53. Searcy. 54. Danville. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 Area 38,000 square miles. Population 1,155,000. Slaves 
 225,490. 
 
 Kentucky (the dark and bloody ground,) owes her name 
 to the sanguinary conflicts she has witnessed. The territory 
 of Kentucky belonged originally to Virginia until her admis- 
 sion into the Union in 1792. This State was first settled by 
 the celebrated Daniel Boone, in 1769, and numerous encoun- 
 ters took place between the early white settlers and the red 
 men of the forest, the most noted of which is that of the 19th 
 of August, 1782, in which Boone bore a conspicuous part and 
 lost a son and brother. It is bounded north by Illinois, In- 
 diana, and Ohio, east by Virginia, south by Tennessee, and 
 west by Missouri, and it is divided into 103 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Cumberland mountains lie on the south- 
 eastern boundary, and several of the outlying spurs traverse 
 the eastern counties, but none of them have a great elevation. 
 Kentucky presents, with the foregoing exception, an undula- 
 ting and diversified surface, and its soil rivals in richness 
 and fertility the most favored portions of the Mississippi 
 Valley. 
 
 Rivers. The whole northern border is washed by the Ohio. 
 The Cumberland and Tennessee rivers flow through the 
 western part into the Ohio. The Green, the Salt, the Ken- 
 tucky, and the Licking rivers, flow north into the Ohio. The 
 Big Sandy forms part of the eastern boundary with Virginia. 
 
124 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Climate. There seems to be a delightful medium between 
 the severity of the North, and the enervating heat of the South. 
 Winter begins late in December and continues only two or three 
 months, and spring and autumn are mild. The atmosphere 
 is milder than in the same latitude on the Atlantic side of the 
 AUeghanies, yet subject to sudden changes. 
 
 Products. The staples of the State are corn, tobacco, flax, 
 and hemp. It is next to Virginia in the amount of tobacco 
 gr jwn, and great quantities of wheat, rye, oats, wool, peas, 
 beans, potatoes, barley, butter, rice, cotton, and sugar are also 
 produced. Apples, pears, peaches, and plums flourish. At its 
 settlement Kentucky wasjoneof the best wooded of all the west- 
 ern states, and its forests are yet filled with the finest timber. 
 
 Manufactures. Kentucky is not yet extensively engaged 
 in manufactures, but she nevertheless has a considerable 
 amount of capital invested in this branch of industry. The 
 chief articles of manufacture in this State are coarse bagging 
 and hemp cordage, both of which are largely exported. 
 
 Education. Liberal provisions have been made in this 
 State for the cause of general education, and her people seem 
 fully cognizant of the advantages to be derived therefrom. A 
 large amount of money is annually expended for the support 
 of her school system. In the number and character of her 
 colleges, she also holds a prominent rank. They are ; Tran- 
 sylvania College, at Lexington, founded in 1798 ; St. Joseph's 
 College, at Bardstown, founded in 1819 ; Centre College, at 
 Danville, founded in 1823 ; Georgetown College, at George- 
 town, founded in 1840 ; Kentucky Military Institute, at Frank- 
 lin Springs, founded in 1849; and Paducah College, at Pa- 
 ducah, founded in 1852. 
 
 Curiosities. No Western State probably presents so great 
 a variety ol attractions for the curious as Kentucky, and 
 prominent among these is the celebrated Mammoth Cave, in 
 Edmondson county, which surpasses all other subterranean 
 caverns of the globe. This cave has been explored for a dis- 
 tance of ten miles, and in the magnitude and variety of its 
 chambers and halls, as also in the number of its interesting 
 objects, it has no equal. The singular depressions in the earth 
 called " Sink Holes," the Devil's pulpit, in Jessamine county, 
 and Dismal Rock, in Edmondson county, besides numerous 
 other objects, are all interesting to the a iii.irer of nature. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for four years. The 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 125 
 
 Senate is composed of 38, and the House of Representatives 
 of 100 members, the former elected for four, and the latter 
 for two years. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Allen. 36. Greene. 70. Marion, 
 
 2. Anderson. 37. Gallatin. 71. Mason. 
 
 3. Adair. 38. Grayson. 72. McCracken. 
 
 4. Ballard. 39. Greenup. 73. McLean. 
 
 5. Boone. 40. Graves. 74. Morgan. 
 C. Boyle. 41. Grant. 75. Mercer. 
 
 7. Breckinridge. 42. Hancock. 76. Montgomery. 
 
 8. Bath. 43. Hardin, 77. Nelson. 
 
 9. Barren. 44. Harlan. 78. Nicholas. 
 
 10. Bourbon. 45. Harrison. 79. Oldham. 
 
 11. Bracken. 40. Henderson. 80. Owen. 
 
 12. Butler. 47. Hickman. 81. Ohio. 
 
 13. Breathitt. 48. Hopkins. 82. Owsley. 
 
 14. Bullitt. 49. Hart. 83. Pike. 
 
 15. Cumberland. 50. Henry. 84. Pulaski. 
 
 16. Clarke. 51. Jessamine. 85. Powell. 
 
 17. Caldwell. 62. Jefferson. 86. Pendleton. 
 
 18. Campbell. 53. Johnson. 87. Perry. 
 
 19. Carroll. 54. Kenton. 88. Rock Castle. 
 
 20. Christian. 55. Knox. 89. Russell. 
 
 21. Clinton. 50. Lawrence. 90. Simpson. 
 
 22. Crittenden. 57. Laurel. 91. Spencer. 
 
 23. Carter. 58. Lincoln. 92. Scott. 
 
 24. Galloway. 59. Livingston. 93. Shelby. 
 
 25. Casey. 60. Logan. 91. Todd. 
 
 26. Clay. 61. Lyon. 05. Triable. 
 
 27. Daviess. 62. La Rue. 96. Trigg. 
 
 28. Estill. 63. Letcher. 97. Taylor. 
 
 29. Edmondson. 64. Lewis. 98. Union. 
 
 30. Floyd. 65. Meade. 99. Woodford. 
 
 31. Fayette. 66. Monroe. 100. Wayne. 
 
 32. Fleming. 67. Muhlcnburg. 101. Warren. 
 
 33. Franklin. 68. Marshall. 102. Washington. 
 
 34. Fulton. 69. Madison. 103. Whitby. 
 
 35. Garrarci. 
 
 LOUISVILLE, situated at the head of the falls on the Ohio, 
 is the largest city of Kentucky, and one of the most impor- 
 tant places on the Ohio river. It occupies a level site about 
 seventy-five feet above low water mark, and is regularly laid 
 out with broad and ornamented streets, and its surrounding 
 scenery is delightful. The streets are straight, well paved, and 
 cross each other at right angles. The city is greatly indebted 
 for its prosperity to the falls of the Ohio, which arrests navi- 
 gation at this place, but this has been remedied by means of 
 canals. Louisville is a commercial, rather than a manufac- 
 turing city, but its manufactures are likewise extensive. The 
 
126 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 city is supplied with water by means of water works. Du- 
 pont's Artesian well is one of the deepest in the woild, having 
 a depth of 2086 feet. The public buildings are a Court House, 
 County Prison, Custom House, City Hall, the University, two 
 Marine Asylums, three Orphan Asylums, a House of Refuge, 
 and an Institution for the blind. The Court House is a mag- 
 nificent edifice, erected at a cost of over $1,000,000. The 
 tobacco trade of this city is immense. Louisville was foun- 
 dedin 177b, and was named in honor of Louis XVI, of France, 
 whose troops were at that time aiding the cause of American 
 independence. Population 80,000. 
 
 LEXINGTON, built upon a branch of the Elkhorn river, in 
 the midst of a very fertile region, is the oldest settled town in 
 the State. It is handsomely laid out with streets crossing 
 each other at right angles, and ithas been noted for its literary 
 and scientific institutions. At the west end of Main street is 
 a beautiful cemetery, in the midst of which a handsome mon- 
 ument is erected to the honor of the peerless orator, Henry 
 Clay, who resided a mile and a half from the town. Lexing- 
 ton was first settled in 1775, and while the settlers were lay- 
 ing it out the news of the battle of Lexington reached them, 
 and they immediately named it after the first battle of the 
 Revolution. Population 10,000. 
 
 FRANKFORT, the capital, stands upon the Kentucky river, 
 sixty miles from its mouth. It is a handsome and well built 
 city, and its environs are distinguished for their picturesque 
 scenery. It contains the State House and the Penitentiary, 
 and is the centre of an active trade. On a hill overlooking 
 the city is a cemetery in which the remains of Daniel Boone, 
 the pioneer settler of .Kentucky, are interred. Population 8,000. 
 
 NEWPORT, on the Ohio river opposite Cincinnati, and above 
 the mouth of the Licking river, is a very handsome town, 
 containing the residences of many wealthy retired busi- 
 ness men. Population 10,000. 
 
 COVINGTON, at the mouth of the Licking river, and oppo- 
 site Cincinnati and Newport, is a handsome town, resem- 
 bling the " Queen City" in appearance, of which it, as well 
 as Newport, may be considered a suburb. Population 16,000. 
 
 MAYSVILLE, on the Ohio river, sixty miles above Cincinnati, 
 occupies an elevated and delightful situation. It is compactly 
 built, and is the greatest hemp market in the United States, 
 Population 10,000. 
 
UNITED STATES. 12t 
 
 PADUCAH, on the Ohio river, below the mouth of the Tennessee, is a consid- 
 erable shipping port, with 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BOWLING GREEN, on an affluent of Green river, is a place of active trade. 
 
 HARRODSBURG, near the center of the State, is celebrated for its mineral 
 springs. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Scottville. 2. Lawrenceburg. 3. Columbia. 4. Blandville. 5. Bur- 
 lington. 6. Danville. 7. Hardinsburg. 8. Owingsville. 9. Glasgow. 10. 
 Paris. 11. Brookville. 12. Morgantown. 13. Jackson. 14. Shepherds- 
 ville. 15. Burkesville. 10. Winchester. 17. Princeton. 18. Alexandria. 
 19. Carrollton. 20. Hopkinsville. 21. Albany. 22. Marion. 23. Grayson. 
 24. Murray. 25. Liberty. 26. Manchester, 27. Owenboro'. 28. Irvine. 
 29. Brownsville. 30. Prestonburg. 31. Lexington. 32. Flemingsburg. 
 33. FRANKFORT. 34. Hickman. 35. Lancaster. 36. Greensburg. 37. War- 
 saw. 38. Litchfield. 39. Greenupsburg. 40. Mayfield. 41. Williamstown. 
 42. Hawesville. 43. Elizabethtown. 44. Mt. Pleasant. 45. Cynthiana. 
 46. Henderson. 47. Clinton. 48. Madisonville. 49. Munfordsville. 50. 
 Newcastle. 51. Nicholasville. 52. Louisville. 53. Paintville. 54. Inde- 
 pendence. 55. Barboursville. 50. Louisa. 57. London. 58. Stanford. 59. 
 Southland. GO. Russellville. 61. Eddyville. 62. Hodginville. 63' 
 Whitesburg. 64. Clarksburg. 65. Brandenburg. 66. Tompkinsville. 67. 
 Greenville. 68. Benton. 69. Richmond. 70. Lebanon. 71. Maysville. 
 72. Paducah. 73. Ramsey. 74. West Liberty. 75. Harrodsburg. 76. 
 Mt. Sterling. 77. Bardstown. 78. Carlisle. 79. La Grange. 80. Owen- 
 ton. 81. Hartford. 82. Booneville. 83. Pikeville. 84. Somerset. 85. 
 
 ... 86. Falmouth. 87. Hazard. 88. Mt. Vernon. 89. Jamestown. 
 PO. Franklin. 91. Taylorsville. 92. Georgetown. 93. Shelby ville. 94. 
 Elkton. 95. Bedford. 96. Cadiz. 97. Campbellsville. 98. Morganfield. 
 99. Versailles. 100. Monticello. 101. Bowling Green. 102. Springfield. 
 103. Williamsburg. 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 Area 45,000 square miles. Population 1,110,000. Slaves 
 275,700. 
 
 Tennessee is the oldest of the Western States, the first set- 
 tlement having been made within it between the years 1765 
 and 1770. It was settled principally by people from Virginia 
 and North Carolina, and was originally included within the 
 limits of the latter, but became an independent State by its 
 admission into the Union in 1796. This State gave to the 
 Republic two Presidents, the celebrated Andrew Jackson and 
 James K. Polk. It is bounded north by Kentucky and Vir- 
 ginia, east by North Carolina, south by Georgia, Alabama, 
 and Mississippi, and west by Arkansas, and Missouri, and it 
 contains 84 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The surface of this State is agreably diversified 
 with mountains, hills and valleys, and includes within its limits 
 
128 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 a fertile soil. The eastern part is traversed by different ridges 
 of theAlleghany and Cumberland mountains, the latter being 
 an outlying ridge of the former which -enters the State from 
 Kenuckyand extends into Alabama. The soil of the eastern 
 partis generally thin, while that of the central and western 
 parts is fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The western part of the State is washed by the 
 Mississippi. The Tennessee rises in the Alleghany moun- 
 tains, crosses the State twice and after a course of near 1200 
 miles empties into the Ohio. Its principal affluents are 
 the Holston and Clinch, which rise in Virginia, and the 
 French, the Broad, and Hiwassee, rising in North Carolina. 
 The Cumberland river rises in Kentucky, and flows through 
 Tennessee and Kentucky, into the Ohio. 
 
 Climate. The climate is delightful and milder than in 
 Kentucky. It is free from the intense heat of the Gulf States. 
 Snow sometimes falls to a considerable depth,but never lies long. 
 
 Products. The staples are cotton, tobacco, corn, wheat, 
 and hemp, and in general the products are similar to those of 
 Virginia and Kentucky. Eastern Tennessee is well adapted 
 to the grazing of cattle, and the raising of hogs is an object 
 of great attention throughout the whole State. 
 
 Minerals. The State abounds in minerals. A large part 
 of it is bedded on limestone. Gold, gypsum, copperas, alum, 
 nitre, and lead have been found. Coal is mined among the 
 Cumberland mountains, and mineral and salt springs are not 
 rare. 
 
 Manufactures. Tennessee, especially the eastern section, is 
 so abundantly supplied with water power, coal and other fuel, 
 that she seems destined to become a great manufacturing 
 State. Her manufactures although not extensive, comprise 
 those of cotton, iron and liquors. She manufactures a large 
 quantity of home made goods. 
 
 Education. Tennessee being originally settled by citizens 
 from North Carolina and Virginia, participates with those 
 States in their indifference for universal education ; but like 
 them, she is also able to boast of her numerous colleges and 
 institutions of learning for the training of the elite of society. 
 Here we find the following institutions : the University of 
 Nashville, at the State Capital, founded in 1806 ; Franklin 
 College, near Nashville, founded in 1844; the East Tennessee 
 College, at Knoxville, founded in 1806 ; the Cumberland Uni- 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 129 
 
 versity, at Lebanon, founded in 1844; Jackson College, at 
 Columbia, founded in 1833 ; Union College, at Murfreesbo- 
 rough, founded in 1848 ; Greenville College, at Greenville, 
 founded in 1796. 
 
 Curiosities. In the Cumberland mountains numerous 
 caves exist, one of which has been explored to the depth of 
 400 feet. Big Bone Cave, with the bones of the Mastodon, 
 and the Fort, in Coffee county, upon the walls of which trees 
 are growing believed to be 500 years old, are objects of con- 
 siderable curiosity. In some places the tracks of men, horses, 
 and other animals are visible in the solid rock, and as distinct 
 as if made in clay. The human tracks have uniformly six 
 toes. The manifold curiosities of this State would fill a volume. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected by popular suffrage 
 for two years. The Senate, composed of 25 members, and the 
 House of Representatives of 75, are elected each for two years. 
 The Legislature meets biennially at Nashville, on the first 
 Monday of October. 
 
 1. Anderson. 
 
 2. Bedford. 
 3 Bledsoe. 
 
 4. Benton. 
 
 5. Blount. 
 0. Bradley. 
 
 7. Cheatham. 
 
 8. Claiborne. 
 
 9. Cocke. 
 
 10. Coffee. 
 
 11. Campbell. 
 
 12. Ca.roll. 
 
 13. Cannon. 
 
 14. Carter. 
 
 15. Cumberland. 
 10. De Kalb. 
 
 17. Davidson. 
 
 18. Dickson. 
 IP. Decatur. 
 
 20. Dyer. 
 
 21. Fayette. 
 
 22. Franklin. 
 2:5. Fentress. 
 24. Greene. 
 IT). (!il)siiu. 
 2(5. Granger. 
 27. Giles. 
 2N. Gruti.Iy. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 29. Haywood. 
 
 30. Hancock. 
 
 31. Hamilton. 
 
 32. Hardeman. 
 
 33. Hardin. 
 
 34. Henderson. 
 3-'>. Ilickman. 
 
 36. Hawkins. 
 
 37. Humphreys. 
 
 38. Henry. 
 
 39. Jackson. 
 
 40. Jefferson. 
 
 41. Johnson. 
 
 42. Knox. 
 
 43. Lauderdale. 
 
 44. Lawrence. 
 4"). Lincoln. 
 
 46. Lewis. 
 
 47. Monroe. 
 
 48. Marshall. 
 
 49. Macon. 
 
 50. Madison. 
 
 51. Marion. 
 
 52. Morgan. 
 63. McMinn. 
 51. Meigs. 
 55. Maury. 
 
 nct \ 
 
 57. McNairy, 
 
 68. Obion. 
 
 59. Overtor. 
 
 60. Polk. 
 
 61. Putnam. 
 
 02. Perry. 
 
 03. Rhea. 
 
 04. Rutherford. 
 
 65. Roane. 
 
 66. Robertson. 
 
 67. Smith. 
 
 68. Sullivan. 
 
 69. Sevier. 
 
 70. Sumner. 
 
 71. Scott, 
 
 72. Sequatchic. 
 
 73. Stewart. 
 
 74. Shelby. 
 
 75. Tipton. 
 7fi. Union. 
 
 77. Van Buren. 
 
 7S. Wayne. 
 
 79. White. 
 
 SO. Warren. 
 
 81. Washington. 
 
 82. Williamson. 
 
 83. Wilson. 
 
 84. Weakely. 
 
 Q* 
 
 
130 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 *NASHVILLE, the capital, situated on the south bank of the 
 Cumberland river, is a handsome and wealthy city and the seat 
 of the State government. Many of its private residences exhibit 
 a palatial magnitude and grandeur, and its public edifices are 
 built with corresponding magnificence. The State House, 
 standing upon an eminence, is one of the most grand, superb, 
 and costly structures in America. It is built of limestone, 
 three stories high, 238 feet by 138, audits cost was over $1,000,- 
 000 ; and it is regarded as the handsomest State capitol in the 
 Avhole Union. Among the other prominent public buildings 
 may be mentioned the Jail, the Penitentiary, Theatre, City 
 Hospital, and University. The city contains numerous large 
 libraries, that of the State having over 40,000 volumes. The 
 inhabitants are distinguished for their enterprising spirit, lite- 
 rary taste, and polished manners. Many fine hotels have been 
 erected here. It is the center of an active trade, and the seat 
 of various kinds of manufactures. Book publishing is car- 
 ried on more extensively here than in any other western town. 
 The leading business of the city is in dry goods, hardware, 
 drugs, and groceries. The vicinity is a famous stock-growing 
 country. ' Seven miles from Nashville is the State Lunatic 
 Asylum, and twelve miles east is the Hermitage, the lamed 
 residence of Andrew Jackson. Population 17,000. 
 
 MEMPHIS, built upon a bluff of the Mississippi at the mouth 
 of Wolf river, is the largest city of Tennessee, and is adorned 
 with many elegant private residences. It is a very rapidly 
 growing place, and occupies an eligible position for a com- 
 mercial depot. Memphis is the most important point between 
 St. Louis and New Orleans, and it carries on an immense bus- 
 iness, especially in cotton. It contains an oil factory, a car 
 factory, a steam boiler factory, and several iron founderies, 
 It was laid out in 1820 and now numbers 23,000 inhabr 
 itants. 
 
 CHATTANOOGA, situated on the Tennessee river in Hamil- 
 ton county is one of the most important towns in the State, 
 and the shipping port for an extensive region. Seveial rail- 
 roads centre at this place. The surrounding county is well 
 supplied with wood and water, and abounds in coal and iron. 
 
 * About ten days after the fall of Fort Donelson, on the Cumberland river, 
 and the capture of the greater portion of the Confederate army at that point, 
 on the 1 6th of February, 1862, the United States forces took possession of 
 Nashville, and tho national flag now waves over the capitol of Tennessee. 
 
UNITED STATES. 131 
 
 The manufacture of iron has recently been commenced here. 
 Population 5,000. 
 
 COLUMBIA is is a thriving town of Maury co., and the seat of Jackson 
 College. Here James K. Polk resided previous to his election as President 
 of the United States in 1844. Population 4,000. 
 
 KNOXVILLE, located on the Holston river, twenty-two miles 
 above its junction with the Tennessee, is the principal town 
 of Eastern Tennessee, and the seat [of the State Asylum for 
 the Deaf and Dumb. It is rapidly growing in wealth and 
 commercial importance. This was the capital of the State 
 until the seat of government was removed to Murfreesborough 
 in 1817. The largest glass manufactory in the United States is 
 said to be established here. It was settled in 178 9, and was 
 named in honor of Gen. Henry Knox, Secretary of War under 
 President Washington. Population 8,000. 
 
 JACKSON, built upon Forked Deer river, is one of the weal- 
 thiest towns in the western part of the State. 
 
 MURFREESBOROUGH, situated thirty miles southeast of Nash- 
 ville, in the centre of a healthy and productive region, was 
 the seat of the State government from 1817 until 1827. It 
 contains several educational institutions, and 3,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Clinton. 2. Shelbyville. 3. Pikeville. 4. Camden. 5. Marysville. 6. 
 Cleveland. 7. ... 8. Tazewell. 9. Newport. 10. Manchester. 11. 
 Jacksboro'. 12. Huntingdon. 13. Woodbury. 14. Elizabethtown. 15. 
 ... 16. Smithville. 17. NASHVILLE. 18. Charlotte. 19. Decaturville. 
 20. Dyersburg. 21. Somerville. 22. Winchester. 23. Jamestown. 24. 
 Greenville. 25. Trenton. 26. Rutledge. 27. Pulaski. 28. Altamonte. 
 29. Brownsville. 30. Sneedsville. 31. Harrison. 32. Bolivar. 33. Sa- 
 vannah. 34. Lexington. 35. Centreville. 36. Rcgersville. 37. Waverly. 
 38. Paris. 39. Gainesboro'. 40. Dandridge. 41. Taylorsville. 42. Knox- 
 ville. 43. Ripley. 44. Lawrenceburg. 45. Fayetteville. 46. Newburg. 
 47. Madisonville. 48. Lwisburg. 49. Lafayette. 50. Jackson. 51. Jas- 
 per. 52. Montgomery. 53. Athens. 54. Decatur. 55. Columbia. 56. 
 Clarksville. 57. Purdy. 58. Troy. 59. Livingston. 60. Benton. 61. 
 Monticello. 62. Linden. G3. Washington. 64. Murfreesboro. 65. Kings- 
 ton. 66. Springfield. 67. Carthage. 68. Blountsville. 69. Sevierville. 
 70. Gallatin. 71. Huntsville. 72. ... 73. Dover. 74. Raleigh. 
 75. Covington. 76. ... 77. Spencer. 78. Waynesboro'. 79. Sparta. 
 80. McMinnville. 81. Jonesboro'. 82, Franklin. 83. Lebanon. 84. 
 Dresden. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 Area 40,000 square miles. Population 2,340,000. 
 
 Ohio was not settled until some time after the American 
 
132 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Revolution, when a company of New Englanders founded 
 Marietta in 1788. The same year a settlement was be- 
 gun near Cincinnati, since which time the growth of Ohio 
 has been extremely rapid. The State has grown until within 
 a little over half a century she has become from a wilderness 
 almost an empire in herself, and surpasses in wealth and pop- 
 u lation some European kingdoms. She was admitted into the 
 the Union in 1802, and now ranks as the third State of the 
 Confederacy. Ohio is bounded north by Michigan and Lake 
 Erie, east by Pennsylvania and Virginia, south by Virginia and 
 Kentucky, and west by Indiana, and is divided into 88 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. This State has no mountains within its lim- 
 its, and but few elevations, except a ridge of Highlands north 
 of the middle of the State, which separates the rivers flowing 
 north and south. The State is generally level, and exhibits 
 a soil that abundantly rewards the labors of the husbandman. 
 The highest lands are the most wet and marshy, and the 
 driest soil is found along the banks of the rivers. In the cen- 
 tre and northwest are some prairie grounds. 
 
 Rivers. The Ohio, from which river the State derives its 
 name, is formed by the junction of the Alleghany and the 
 Monongahela,and forms the whole southern boundary. The 
 Muskingum, the Scioto, the Great Miami, and the Little 
 Miami, all flow south into the Ohio. The Maumee flows 
 northeast into Lake Erie, and the Sandusky and Cuyahoga 
 both flow north into the same lake. 
 
 Climate. The air is in general some degrees colder than 
 m the same latitude upon the Atlantic coast. In the south- 
 ern parts the climate is mild, and snow seldom lies sufficiently 
 long to make good sleighing; but in the north the snowfalls 
 to a considerable depth, and remains upon the ground several 
 months. The summers are sometimes hot, but the climate is 
 usually very salubrious. 
 
 Products. Nature here seems to smile upon the labors of 
 the agriculturist, and to lavish upon him the bounties of her 
 rich munificence. The deep fertile loam of Ohia, produces 
 the most astonishing yield of com, wheat, rye, barley, oats, 
 and buckwheat. In the amount of Indian corn raised, she is 
 the first State in the Union. Ohio is also regarded as the 
 greatest wool growing State. The raising of pork has like- 
 wise become a great branch of industry, and this is salted in 
 large quantities, and exported to other sections of the country. 
 
UNITED STATES. 133 
 
 The minerals .of this State are not abundant but she possesses 
 great quantities of iron and coal. 
 
 Manufactures. Although the manufactures of Ohio may 
 almost be considered as in their infancy, they have already 
 attained a degree of advancement which is characteristic of 
 the State and people. At the present time the manufactures 
 of this State comprise those of cotton, iron, leather, wine, malt 
 and other spirituous liquors. 
 
 Education. With respect to the great cause of popular ed- 
 ucation, Ohio may now be viewed as one of the leading 
 States of the American Union. The most liberal provisions 
 are here made for the education of all classes ; yet the ener- 
 gies of the people of this State, have not alone been directed 
 towards the spread of general intelligence, but the greatest 
 zeal has likewise been manifested in the establishment of high 
 institutes of learning, as the number of her Universities and 
 Colleges amply testify. Here are the following universities : 
 the Ohio, at Athens, the Miami, at Oxford, the Ohio Wesleyan, 
 at Delaware, and the Urbanna, at Urbanna, founded respectively 
 in the years 1804, 1824, 1842, and 1850. Of Colleges, she 
 comprises these, the names of which are appended: Franklin 
 College, at New Athens, founded in 1824 ; the Western Re- 
 serve College, at Hudson, founded in 1826 ; Kenyon College, 
 at Gambier, founded in 1826; Denison College, at Granville, 
 founded in 1832 ; Marietta College, at Marietta, founded in 
 1835; Oberlin College, at Oberlin, founded in 1834; the 
 Wittenberg College at Springfield, founded in 1845 ; and the 
 Antioch College, at Yellow Springs, founded in 1853. 
 
 Curiosities. With the exception of her mounds and an- 
 cient fortifications near Marietta and Circleville, and in War- 
 ren and Ross counties, supposed to be the evidences of the 
 advanced civilization of extinct races, Ohio contains no ob- 
 jects of great attraction for the curious explorer. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor, are 
 elected for two years each, the latter being ex officio President 
 of the Senate. The Senate of 35, and the House of Repre- 
 sentatives of 100 members, are also elected for two years by 
 popular vote. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. A<lams. 4. Ashtalmla. 7. 
 
 2. Allen. 5. Athens. 8. Brown. 
 
 3. Ashland. C. Attglttize. 9. Bailer. 
 
134 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 10. Carroll. 37. Hocking. 63. Paulding. 
 
 11. Champaign. 38. Holmes. 64. Perry. 
 
 12. Clarke. 39. Huron. 65. Pickaway. 
 
 13. Clermont. 40. Jackson. 66. Pike. 
 
 14. Clinton. 41. : Jefferson. 67. Portage. 
 
 15. Columbiana. 42. Knox. 68. Preble. 
 
 16. Coshocton. 43. Lake. 69. Putnam. 
 
 17. Crawford. 44. Lawrence. . 70. Richland. 
 
 18. Cuyahoga. 45. Licking. 71. Ross. 
 
 19. Darke. 46. Logan. 72. Sandusky. 
 
 20. Defiance. 47. Lorain. 73. Scioto. 
 
 21. Delaware. 48. Lucas. 74. Seneca. 
 
 22. Erie. 49. Madison. 75. Shelby. 
 
 23. Fairfield. 50. Mahoning. 76. Stark. 
 
 24. Fayette. 51. Marion. 77. Summit. 
 
 25. Franklin. 52. Medina 78. Trumbull. 
 
 26. Fulton. 53. Meigs. 79. Tuscarawas. 
 
 27. Gallia. 54. Mercer. 80. Union. 
 
 28. Geauga. 55. Miami. 81. Van Wert. 
 
 29. Greene. 56. Monroe. 82. Vintou. 
 
 30. Guernsey. 57. Montgomery. 83. Warren. 
 
 31. Hamilton. 58. Morgan. 84. Washington. 
 
 32. Hancock. 59. Morrow. 85. Wayne. 
 
 33. Hardin. 60. Muskingum. 86. Williams. 
 
 34. Harrison, 61. Noble. 87. Wood. 
 
 35. Henry. 62. Ottawa. 88. Wyandotte. 
 
 36. Highland. 
 
 CINCINNATI, situated on the right bank of the Ohio river, is 
 the great commercial emporium of the State, and the most 
 populous city of the whole west. It is located on the north 
 half of a natural plateau of twelve miles in circumference, 
 which is bisected by the Ohio river, and its site is peculiarly 
 favorable for commerce, comfort, and happiness. It is laid 
 out on the plan of Philadelphia, with rectangular streets, en- 
 closing blocks of convenient size. It was settled in December, 
 1788, and its growth since then has been almost unprece- 
 dented, and at this time Cincinnati ranks as one of the leading 
 cities of the Union. 
 
 This city owes its astonishing growth to steamboat navi- 
 gation, which as early as 1811, inaugurated a new mode of 
 communication and travel upon the western rivers. Shortly 
 after that event, she became the mart of a vast commerce and 
 the centre of an immense transit. Her trade at the present 
 time in flour, pork, candles, soap, liquor, and manufactured 
 articles, is immense and annually increasing. Among the 
 prominent and interesting public edifices of the "Queen City," 
 may be noted the Cincinnati College building, 140 feet long 
 by 100 wide; the Roman Catholic Cathedral, 200 feet long, 
 
UNITED STATES. 135 
 
 and 80 wide, with a spire 250 feet high ; the Episcopal Church, 
 at the corner of Seventh and Plum streets ; the Presbyterian 
 Church, and the City Hall. Manufactures are found to be 
 one of the greatest, if not the greatest, subjects ot interest in 
 Cincinnati. The chief manufacturing establishments com- 
 prise those for the curing of meat, the manufacture of clothing, 
 furniture, and iron. This western city is not alone distin- 
 guished for her extensive commerce and manufactures, but 
 she is likewise noted for her literary and benevolent institu- 
 tions. Several fine public libraries are here established, and 
 her schools are not surpassed by any in the whole country. 
 The aspect of Cincinnati is rapidly changing in the erection 
 of new large and handsome buildings, which will eventually 
 transform this place into a magnificent, as well as a commer- 
 cial city. Population 165,000. 
 
 COLUMBUS, built upon the banks of the Scioto, near the 
 centre of the State, is the capital, and one of the most flour- 
 ishing cities of the Ohio valley. It became the seat ot Gov- 
 ernment in 1812, and is interesting from its numerous public 
 buildings and State institutions, most of which are established 
 in this city. The public buildings are magnificent, for size and 
 splendor some of them being alone surpassed by those of Wash- 
 ington city. The most conspicuous edifices are the Capitol, 
 the Penitentiary, the Lunatic Asylum, the Deaf and Dumb 
 Asylum, and the Institution for the Blind. The State 
 House is built in the ancient Doric order, of gray limestone, 
 304 feet long, and 184 wide, and it exhibits a specimen of 
 architecture rarely surpassed. Its interior is elegantly furnish- 
 ed. The Representative Hall is 84 feet by 72 J, and that of the 
 Senate 86 by 72J. Columbus is the seat of a German The- 
 ological Seminary. Population 20,000. 
 
 CLEVELAND, situated at the mouth of the Cuyahoga river, 
 on the southern shore of Lake Erie, is the second city of 
 Ohio in magnitude and commercial importance. It is laid 
 out with broad, well paved streets, and contains numerous 
 churches, hotels and public edifices. It was laid out in 1796, 
 and named in honor of Gen. Moses Cleveland of Connecti- 
 cut, and its growth has been most rapid since the construc- 
 tion of railways. It carries on an extensive trade with Can- 
 ada, especially in coal, flour, pork, lead, &c. It lies upon 
 the route of probably the greatest railroad travel in the whole 
 Union, Being chiefly settled by people from the Eastern 
 
13 G GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 States, it has received its tone and cast of society from New 
 England, and chiefly from Connecticut, which State was the 
 original proprietor of the Western Reserve. It has a fine 
 harbor, and 44,000 inhabitants. 
 
 DAYTON, built on the Great Miami, below the the mouth 
 of the Mad river, is in proportion to its size one of the great- 
 est manufacturing towns in the west. It is regularly laid 
 out with streets one hundred feet wide, crossing each other 
 at right angles. Its private residences are generally hand- 
 some and surrounded by fine gardens. Its public buildings 
 display a grandeur and magnificence rarely met with in 
 commercial cities of such rapid growth. The Court House, 
 modeled after the Parthenon, is a splendid edifice of white 
 marble, 127 feet long by 62 wide. Dayton was chartered as 
 a city in 1841. Population 25,000. 
 
 TOLEDO, located on the Maumee river, four rniles from its 
 mouth, is one of the most important entrepots of the com- 
 merce of the great lakes. Its trade is vast and constantly in- 
 creasing. Population 14,000. 
 
 ZANESVILLE, on the Muskingum river, eighty miles from 
 its mouth, is a handsome town and carries on a considerable 
 manufacturing business. This was the seat of government 
 from 1810 until its removal to Columbus. Population 
 9,000. 
 
 SANDTJSKY, situated on the bay of its own name, five miles 
 from Lake Erie, is a handsome city and has a large and 
 rapidly increasing commerce. Population 8,000. 
 
 CHILLICOTHE, built upon the Scioto, forty-five miles south of 
 Columbus, is a beautiful town and the centre of trade for 
 the Scioto valley, one of the most populous and fertile regions 
 in the United States. Here the State Convention which 
 framed the Constitution of Ohio, assembled in 1802, and this 
 was the capital until 1810. Population 8,000. 
 
 HAMILTON, on the Miami river, twenty-five miles north of Cincinnati, is 
 a flourishing manufacturing town with extensive railroad connections. Pop- 
 ulation 7,000. 
 
 SPRINGFIELD, in Clarke county, on Mad river, is one of the most beautiful 
 towns of the State, situated in the midst of a populous and highly cultivated 
 country. The famous Indian Chief Tecumseh was born five miles west of 
 this place; Population 7,000. 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, on the Ohio river, above the mouth of the Scioto, is a place 
 of considerable trade. Population 0,000. 
 
 STEUBENVILLE, on the Ohio, thirty-five miles west of Pittsburg, is a flour- 
 ishing river port. Population 6,000. 
 
UNITED STATES. 1ST 
 
 MAIIIETTA, on the Ohio river, at the mouth of the Muskingum, is noted as 
 the oldest settled town in the State. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. West Union. 2. Lima. 3. Ashland. 4. Jefferson. 5. Athens. 6. 
 Wapahkonnetta. 7. St. Clairsville. 8. Georgetown. 9. Hamilton. 10. 
 Carrolltonn. 11. Urbanna. 12. Springfield. 13. Batavia. 14. Wilming- 
 ton. 15. New Lisbon. 16. Coshocton. 17. Bucyrus. 18. Cleveland. 
 19. Greenville. 20. Defiance. 21. Delaware. 22. Sandusky City. 23. 
 Lancaster. 24. Washington. 25. COLUMBUS. 26. Dover. 27. Gallipolis. 
 28. Chardon. 29. Xenia. 30. Cambridge. 31. Cincinnati. 32. Findlay. 
 33. Kenton. 34. Cadiz. 35. Napoleon. 36. Hillsborough. 37. Logan. 
 38. Millersburg. 39. Norwalk. 40. Jackson. 41. Steubenville. 42. Mt. 
 Vernon. 43. Painesville. 44. Burlington. 45. Newark. 46. Bellefontainc. 
 47. Elyria. 48. Maumee City. 49. London. 50. Canfield. 51. Marion. 52. 
 Medina. 53. Pomeroy. 54. Celina. 55. Troy. 56. Woodsfield. 57. 
 Dayton. 58. McConnelsville. 59. Mount Gilead. 60. Zanesville. 61. 
 Sarahsville. 62. Port Clinton. 63. Charloe. 64. Somerset. 65. Circle- 
 ville. 66. Piketon. 67. Ravenna. 68. Eaton. 69. Kalida. 70. Mans- 
 field. 71. Chillicothe. 72. Fremont. 73. Portsmouth. 74. Tiffin. 75. 
 Sidney. 76. Canton. 77. Akron. 78. Warren. 79. New Philadelphia. 
 80. Marysville. 81. Van Wert. 82. McArthurstown. 83. Lebanon. 
 8*. Marietta. 85, Wooster. 86. Bryan. 87. Perrysburg. 88. Upper 
 Sandusky. 
 
 INDIANA. 
 
 Area 34,000 square miles. Population 1,350,000. 
 
 Indiana is the smallest of the Western States. It was first 
 settled by the French at Vincennes, in 1702, then forming 
 part of New France, and afterwards of the North West Terri- 
 tory. Indiana was admitted into the Union in 1816, arid its 
 growth since that time has been astonishingly rapid, and its 
 internal improvements, especially in railroads, are more exten- 
 sive than in most states of the Union. It is bounded 
 north by lake Michigan and the State of that name, east by 
 Ohio, south by Kentucky, and west by Illinois, and it contains 
 92 counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. The general aspect of this State is level. The 
 southern border is skirted by a range called the Ohio hills, 
 which do not however attain a height of over 300 feet. North 
 of these hills lie extensive prairies, too vast to be measured 
 by the human eye. Many of these contain little except 
 grass, but oases of timber dotted over these natural mead- 
 ows are also in many places met with. The soil of these 
 prairies is luxuriantly fertile. 
 
 Rivers.-^-The Ohio washes this State on the south. The 
 Wabash, 500 miles long, rises in the northeast and flows 
 
138 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 south into the Ohio, forming part of the boundary with Illi- 
 nois. Its principal affluents are the White river and the 
 Tippecanoe, celebrated for the battle fought with the Indians 
 on its banks in 1811. In the north rise the Kankakee and 
 the Maumee rivers. : 
 
 Climate. The climate is in general mild and agreeable. 
 Snow seldom falls in the southern and interior parts to a 
 greater depth than six inches, but in the northern it falls some- 
 times to the depth of eighteen inches. In the south the peach 
 trees blossom early in March, and the forests shoot forth their 
 leaves in the beginning of April. 
 
 Products. The vegetable luxuriance of this State is un- 
 surpassed in the whole Union, especially in the large valley 
 of the Wabash. A surprising yield of corn, wheat, rye, oats, 
 and barley is often obtained here with little labor. Great 
 quantities of pork, corn, flour, wheat and stock are exported 
 down the Ohio and Mississippi. In the vicinity of Vevay on 
 the Ohio, the vine is considerably cultivated by the Swiss 
 settlers, and much wine is made. 
 
 Manufactures. Though Indiana has not yet engaged 
 largely in manufactures, she nevertheless possesses great 
 facilities for their establishment, in her excellent hydraulic 
 power, and in her vast coal resources. A few manufactories 
 of leather, iron, and liquors, are the principal that have up to 
 this time been established in this State. 
 
 Education. An admirable system of common school edu- 
 cation has for some years been inaugurated in this State, and 
 her constant efforts for the diffusion of knowledge, is second to 
 none in the whole west, the results of which are already observa- 
 ble in the intelligence of her people. As regards her chartered 
 institutions, the following comprise the principal: the Indiana 
 State University, at Bloomington, founded in 1830 ; Hanover 
 College, at South Hanover, founded in 1832; Wabash Col- 
 lege, at Crawfordsville, founded in 1833, and the Indiana Ash- 
 bury University, at Greencastle, founded in 1837. 
 
 Minerals. The minerals of coal, iron, limestone, and salt, 
 abound, and Epsom salts have been found in a cave near 
 Corydon on the banks of the Big Blue river. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor, are 
 elected for four years each. The members of the Senate, which 
 amount to 50, are chosen for four years each, and those of 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 139 
 
 the House of Representatives, 100 in number, are chosen for 
 two years each. The Legislature meets biennially. 
 
 1. Adams. 
 
 2. Allen. 
 
 3. Bartholomew. 
 
 4. Benton. 
 
 5. Blackford. 
 G. Boone. 
 
 7. Brown. 
 
 8. Carroll. 
 
 9. Cass. 
 
 10. Clark. 
 
 11. Clay. 
 
 12. Clinton. 
 
 13. Crawford. 
 
 14. Daviess. 
 
 15. Dearborn. 
 1C. Decatur. 
 
 17. De Kalb. 
 
 18. Delaware. 
 
 19. Dubois. 
 
 20. Elkhart. 
 
 21. Fayette. 
 
 22. Floyd. 
 
 23. Fountain. 
 
 24. Franklin. 
 
 25. Fulton. 
 
 26. Gibson. 
 
 27. Grant. 
 
 28. Green. 
 
 29. Hamilton. 
 
 30. Hancock. 
 
 31. Harrison. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 32. Hendricks. 
 
 33. Henry. 
 
 34. Howard. 
 
 35. Huntington. 
 
 36. Jackson. 
 
 37. Jasper. 
 
 38. Jay. 
 
 39. Jeft'erson. 
 
 40. Jennings. 
 
 41. Johnson. 
 
 42. Knox. 
 
 43. Kosciusko. 
 
 44. La Grange. 
 
 45. Lake. 
 
 46. Laporte. 
 
 47. Lawrence. 
 
 48. Madison. 
 4'.'. Marion. 
 
 50. Marshall. 
 
 51. Martin. 
 
 52. Miami. 
 
 53. Monroe. 
 
 54. Montgomery. 
 
 55. Morgan. 
 50. Newton. 
 
 57. Noble. 
 
 58. Ohio. 
 
 59. Orange. 
 
 60. Owen. 
 
 61. Parke. 
 
 62. Perry. 
 
 G3. Pike. 
 
 64. Porter. 
 
 65. Posey. 
 
 66. Pulaski. 
 
 67. Putnam. 
 08. Randolph. 
 60. llipley. 
 
 70. Rush. 
 
 71. St. Joseph. 
 
 72. Scott, 
 
 73. Shelby. 
 
 74. Spencer. 
 
 75. Stark. 
 
 76. Steuben. 
 
 77. Sullivan. 
 
 78. Switzerland. 
 
 79. Tippecanoe. 
 
 80. Tipton. 
 
 81. Union. 
 
 82. Vanderburg. 
 S3. Vermillion. 
 
 84. Vigo. 
 
 85. Wabash. 
 
 86. Warren. 
 
 87. Warrick. 
 
 88. Washington. 
 
 89. Wayne. 
 
 90. Wells. 
 
 91. White. 
 
 92. Whitley. 
 
 INDIANAPOLIS, the capital of Indiana, is situated on a fork 
 of the White river, near the centre of the State. It is one of 
 the most handsomely laid cut cities in the whole country, 
 having streets which cross each other at right angles, and 
 lour long avenues radiating from a central square, and trav- 
 ersing the city diagonally. Washington street is the princi- 
 pal thoroughfare, with a breadth of 120 feet. Indianapolis 
 is the focus of numerous lines of railways which are inactive 
 operation. The principal buildings worthy of note in this 
 city are the Court House, County Jail, and State Capitol. 
 The State House is a fine Doric edifice, 180 feet long by 80 
 wide, with a colonnade and a dome. Here the State Asylums 
 for the blind, deaf and dumb, and insane, are situated, and these 
 
140 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 ^ 
 
 are air handsome buildings. Several large public squares 
 adorn this city. Indianapolis became the seat of government 
 in 1821. Population 20,000. 
 
 NEW ALBANY, situated at the foot of the Falls upon the 
 Ohio, is one of the principal ports on the river, and is en- 
 gaged in a flourishing trade. Steamboat building is carried 
 on more extensively here than in any other place upon the 
 Ohio, scarcely excepting the " Queen City." Manufactures 
 of iron, brass, bagging, &c., are likewise established. Popu- 
 lation 13,000. 
 
 EVANSVILLE, built upon the Ohio, between its mouth and 
 New Albany, is an extensive shipping port. It is the principal 
 grain and pork depot for southwestern Indiana, and the 
 centre of several railroads. Population 12,000. 
 
 FORT WAYNE, situated at the conflux of the two rivers 
 forming the Maumee, is a flourishing town with 10,000 in- 
 habitants. It is surrounded by a rich and highly productive 
 country. 
 
 LAFAYETTE, on the Wabash river, sixty-six miles north- 
 west of the capital, is one of the most thriving towns in Indi- 
 ana. It is extensively engaged in pork packing and is an 
 important railroad centre. Population 10,000. 
 
 TERRE HAUTE, situated on the Wabash, seventy-three 
 miles west of Indianapolis, occupies a handsome site and is 
 one of the most important towns in the State. Great numbers 
 of hogs are annually slaughtered at this place and salted for 
 market. It likewise carries on a great trade in flour and 
 grain. Population 8,500. 
 
 MADISON, on the Ohio river, ninety-one miles below Cincinnati, is a place 
 of great trade and manufactures. Population 8,000. 
 
 VINCENNES, on the Wabash, fifty-six miles north of Evansville, is noted as 
 the oldest settled town in the State. 
 
 JEEFEKSONVILLE, opposite Louisville, contains the State Penitentiary. 
 
 The remaining towns of some importance are Richmond, with 6,500 inhab- 
 itants ; Laporte, 5,000 ; Logansport, 5,000 ; and Michigan City, on Lake 
 Michigan, 4,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Decatur. 2. Fort Wayne. 3. Columbus. 4. Oxford. 5. Hartford. 
 6. Lebanon. 7. Nashville. 8. Delphi. 9. Logansport. 10. Charleston. 
 11. Bowling Green. 12. Frankfort. 13. Leavenworth. 14. Washington. 
 15. Lawrenceburg. 16. Greensburg. 17. Auburn. 18. Muncie. 19. 
 Jasper. 20. Goshen. 21. Connersville. 22. New Albany. 23. Coving- 
 ton. 24. Brookville. 25. Rochester. 26. Princeton. 27. Marion. 28. 
 Bloomfield, 29. Noblesville. 30. Greenfield. 81. Corydon. 32. Danville. 
 
UNITED STATES. 141 
 
 35. Newcastle. 34. Kokomo. 35. Huntington. 36. Brownstown. 37. 
 Rensselaer. 38. Portland. 39. Madison. 40. Vernon. 41. Franklin. 
 42. Vincennes. 43. Warsaw. 44. La Grange. 45. Crown Point. 46. 
 Laporte. 47. Bedford. 48. Anderson. 49. INDIANAPOLIS. 50. Plymouth. 
 51. Dover Hill. 52. Peru. 53. Bloomington. 54. Oawfordsville. 55. 
 Martinsville. 50. . . 57. Albion. 58. Rising Sun. 59. Paoli. 60. 
 Spencer. 61. Rockville. 62. Rome. 63. Petersburg. 64. Valparaiso. 
 65. Mount Vernon. 66. "VVinnamac. 67. Greencastle. 68. Winchester. 
 69. Versailles. 70. Rushville. 71. South Bend. 72. Lexington. 73. 
 Shelbyville. 74. llockport. 75. Knox. 70. Angola. 77. Sullivan. 78. 
 Vevay. 79. Lafayette. 80. Tipton. 81. Liberty. 82. Evansville. 83. 
 Newport. 84. Terre Haute. 85. Wabash. 86. Williamsport. 87. 
 Booneville. 88. Salem. 89. Richmond. 90. Bluffton. 91. Monticello. 
 92. Columbia. 
 
 ILLINOIS. 
 
 Area 56,000 square miles. Population 1,711,000. 
 
 Illinois is a large, prosperous and flourishing State. The 
 French traveller Marquette made, in 1673, the first tour of 
 exploration through this State, and the earliest settlement 
 within it was made towards the close of the 17th century, by 
 some French pioneers, at Kaskaskia, In 1809 it was erected 
 into a territorial government, and in 1818 became a sovereign 
 State of the American Union, since which period its advance- 
 ment in wealth, population and importance has been amazing. 
 It is now one of the leading states of the Union, in wealth, 
 commerce, and political importance. It is bounded north by 
 Wisconsin, east by lake Michigan and Indiana, south by 
 Kentucky and Missouri, and west by Missouri, arid it is divi- 
 ded into 103 counties. 
 
 Surface, S?c. Illinois is one of the most level States in the 
 Union. The greater portion of it consists of vast level and 
 undulating prairies. We can travel for miles over these with- 
 out seeing an eminence worthy the name of a hill. These 
 western meadows seem to be the home of fertility. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Illinois, formed by 
 the confluence of the Fox and the Kankakee ; the Rock and 
 the Kaskaskia,both affluents of the Mississippi. TheEmbarras 
 and the Little Wabash, tributaries of the Wabash, rise in this 
 State. 
 
 Climate. Owing to the evenness of the surface, the air is 
 in constant motion over the vast prairies, and the cold of win- 
 ter is on this account, unusually severe, and the heat of sum- 
 mer, which otherwise would be very great, is for the same 
 
142 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 reason greatly modified. The air is generally pure, clear, and 
 salubrious, except in certain localities where noxious exhala- 
 tions are prevalent. 
 
 Products. The State yields great quantities of vegetables 
 and minerals. Corn, wheat, potatoes, and tobacco, are grown 
 in abundance ; considerable attention is also bestowed upon 
 the raising of cattle, horses, and sheep. The game of this 
 State yet attracts the sportsman, and the northern rivers con- 
 tain great abundance of trout and other fish. 
 
 Manufactures. Illinois has to no considerable extent be- 
 come engaged in manufactures, although the facilities there- 
 for are by no means wanting when the time shall amve which 
 shall render these branches of industry profitable or necessary. 
 A few iron and woolen manufactories comprise as yet the 
 principal establishments occupied in this species of industry. 
 
 Education. The people of Illinois incorporated into the 
 constitution of their State, an article, giving one section of land 
 in each township for common school purposes, thus mani- 
 festing their early appreciation of the advantages of a iree 
 dissemination of knowledge. The schools of this State are 
 finely conducted. Her colleges are : Illinois College, at Jack- 
 sonville, founded in 1830; Shurtleff College, at Upper Alton, 
 founded in 1835 ; McKendree College, at Lebanon, founded 
 in 1835 ; and Knox College, at Galesburg, founded in 1837. 
 
 Minerals. The whole State almost is a vast coal bed, and 
 the richest lead mines in the world are found here. Salt 
 Springs are common. 
 
 Curiosities. The cave in Hardin county, on the Ohio, the en- 
 trance to which is eighty feet wide, and twenty-five feet high, and 
 the remarkable bluffs on the banks of the Mississippi, called 
 Starved Rock, and Lover's Leap, are objects of some interest. 
 
 Government. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor 
 are each elected for four years, and the General Assembly is 
 composed of a Senate of 25 members, elected for four years 
 each, (one half biennially,) and a House of Representatives 
 chosen for two years each. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Adams. 6. Bureau. 11. Christian. 
 
 2. Alexander. 7. Calkoun. 12- Clark. 
 
 3. Bond. 8. Carroll. 13. Clay. 
 
 4. Boone. 9. Cass. 14. Clintou, 
 
 5. Brown. 10. Champaign. 15. Coles.* 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 143 
 
 16. Cook. 
 
 17. Crawford. 
 
 18. Cumberland. 
 
 19. De Kalb. 
 
 20. DeWitt, 
 
 21. Douglas. 
 '22. Du Page. 
 
 23. Edgar. 
 
 24. Edwards. 
 
 25. Effingham. 
 
 26. Fayette. 
 
 27. Ford. 
 
 28. Franklin. 
 
 29. Fulton. 
 
 30. Gallatin. 
 
 31. Greene. 
 
 32. Grundy. 
 
 33. Hamilton. 
 
 34. Hancock. 
 
 35. Harclin. 
 3G. Henderson. 
 
 37. Henry. 
 
 38. Iroquois. 
 
 39. Jackson. 
 
 40. Jasper. 
 
 41. Jefferson. 
 
 42. Jersey. 
 
 43. Jo Daviess. 
 
 44. Johnson. 
 
 45. Kane. 
 
 46. Kankakee, 
 
 47. Kendall. 
 
 48. Knox. 
 
 49. Lake. 
 
 50. La Salle. 
 
 51. Lawrence. 
 
 52. Lee. 
 
 53. Livingston. 
 
 54. Logan. 
 
 55. McDonough. 
 
 56. Me Henry. 
 
 57. McLean. 
 
 58. Macon. 
 
 59. Macoupin. 
 
 60. Madison. 
 
 61. Marion. 
 
 62. Marquette. 
 
 63. Marshall. 
 C4. Mason. 
 65. Massac. 
 6G. Menard. 
 
 67. Mercer. 
 
 68. Monroe. 
 
 69. Montgomery. 
 
 70. Morgan. 
 
 71. Moultrie. 
 
 72. Ogle. 
 
 73. Peovia. 
 
 74. Perry. 
 
 75. Piatt, 
 
 76. Pike. 
 
 77. Pope. 
 
 78. Pulaski. 
 
 79. Putnam. 
 
 80. Randolph. 
 
 81. Richland. 
 
 82. Rock Island. 
 
 83. St. Clair. 
 
 84. Saline. 
 
 85. Sangamon. 
 
 86. Schuyler. 
 
 87. Scott. 
 
 88. Shelby. 
 
 89. Stark. 
 
 90. Stephenson. 
 
 91. Tazewell. 
 
 92. Union. 
 
 93. Vermillion. 
 
 94. Wabash. 
 
 95. Warren. 
 
 96. Washington. 
 
 97. Wayne. 
 
 98. White. 
 '.;. Whiteside. 
 
 100. Will. 
 
 101. Williamson. 
 
 102. Winnebago. 
 ln:j. Woodford. 
 
 CHICAGO, situated on the southwest shore of Lake Michi- 
 gan, upon both sides of the Chicago river, is the largest city 
 of Illinios and the chief commercial emporium "of the north- 
 west. In 1837 it numbered about 4,000 inhabitants, since 
 which time its growth has been unparalleled in the history 
 of cities. Its site to the naked eye seems a dead level, and it 
 is laid out with streets running nearly north and south, and 
 east and west. The most handsome residences are built 
 along the lake and in the north part of the city, but the 
 business is chiefly transacted on the south side of the river. 
 Michigan Avenue, considered the most beautiful street in the 
 city, runs along the lake shore and is bordered with handsome 
 shade trees. The Court House, the Merchants' Exchange, 
 the Marine Hospital, the Medical College, and the Second 
 Presbyterian Church, are all large and splendid buildings. 
 Chicago is the centre of numerous lines of railways, over 
 one hundred trains of cars arriving in this place daily, and it 
 is now regarded as the greatest primary grain depot in the 
 
144 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 world. It now has communication by means of the chain 
 of lakes and canals with the Atlantic, so that large vessels 
 can sail direct from Europe to Chicago. It carries on an im- 
 mense lumber trade; Great quantities of cattle are sent from 
 here to the New York market by railway. An admirable 
 system of free schools has for some years been in active oper- 
 ation in this city, affording the child of the poor as well as the 
 rich the means of acquiring a superior education. Excellent 
 building material, called the Athens marble, is quarried in 
 great abundance about twenty miles from the city. The 
 manufactures of Chicago are very extensive. Population 
 110,000. 
 
 SPRINGFIELD, the capital, is situated near the geographical 
 centre of the State, three miles south of the Sangamon river, 
 and 230 miles southwest of Chicago. It is surrounded by 
 rich and extensive prairies, and since the establishment of the 
 seat of Government here in 1840, it has become quite a com- 
 mercial city. Population 7,000. 
 
 PEORIA, situated upon the Illinois river, near the outlet of 
 the lake of the same name, is the largest and most beautiful 
 town on the river, and one of the most important commercial 
 places in the State. The city is laid out with wide streets inter- 
 secting each other at right angles, and many of the private 
 buildings are handsome. The lake adds great beauty to the 
 scenery of the town and is as useful as beautiful, furnishing 
 the inhabitants with abundance of fish in the summer, and 
 in the winter a sufficient supply of ice. Population 15,000. 
 
 QUINCY, built on the Mississippi, 106 miles west of Spring- 
 field, is a place of considerable trade and manufactures, and 
 carries on a large commerce. Population 14,000. 
 
 GALENA, situated in the northwest corner of the State, is the 
 chief town of the Illinois lead region, and the entrepot between 
 Chicago and Minnesota. Population 8,000. 
 
 JOLIET, located on the Des Moiues river, has considerable 
 manufactures and commerce, with 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ALTON, on the Mississippi, twenty-five miles above St. 
 Louis, is a port of entry and a thriving town. It contains the 
 State Penitentiary, and 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BLOOMINGTON, in McLean county, is the seat of the State Normal School. 
 Population 7,000. 
 
 JACKSONVILLE, one of the most flourishing of the interior towns, situated 
 in Macon county, is the seat of the Illinois College, the State Institutions for 
 the Deaf and Dumb and the Blind, and a State Hospital. Population 6,000. 
 
UNITED STATES. 145 
 
 , in Knox county, is the seat of Knox College, a manual labor 
 school, Population 5,500. 
 
 ROCKFOBD, situated on Rock river, in Winnebago county, is the centre of 
 an active trade. Population 7,000. 
 
 ROCK ISLAND, in the county of the same name, is noted for its manufac- 
 tures. Population 5,000. 
 
 KASKASKIA, at the mouth of the river of this name, is famed for being the 
 oldest settled town in the State. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Quincy. S.Thebes. S.Greenville. 4. Belvidere. 5. Mount Sterling. 
 6. Princeton. 7. Hardin. 8. Mount Carroll. 9. Beardstown. 10. Ur- 
 banna. 11. Taylorsville. 12. Marshall. 13. Louisville. 14. Carlyle. 
 15. Charleston. 16. Chicago. 17. Palestine. 18. Greenup. 19. Syca- 
 more. 20. Clinton. 21. . . 22. Napierville. 23. Paris. 24. Albion. 
 25. Ewington. 20. Vandalia. 27. ... 28. Benton. 29. Lewiston. 
 30. Equality. 31. Carrollton. 32. Morris. 33. McLeansborough. 34. 
 Carthage. 35. Eiizabethtown. 36. Oquawka. 37. Cambridge. 38. Mid- 
 dlefort. 39. Murphysboro'. 40. Newton. 41. Mount Vernon. 42. Jer- 
 seyville. 43. Galena. 44. Vienna. 45. Geneva. 46. Kankakee City. 
 47. Oswego. 48. Knoxville. 49. Waukegan. 50. Ottawa. 51. Law- 
 renceville. 52. Dixon. 53. Pontiac. 54. Postville. 55. Macomb. 56. 
 Woodstock. 57. Bloomington. 58. Decatur. 59. Carlinville. GO. Ed- 
 
 wardsville. 61. Salem. 62 63. Lacon. 64. Havana. 65. 
 
 Metropolis. 66. Petersburg. 67. Keithsburg. 68. Waterloo. 69. Hills- 
 borough. 70. Jacksonville. 71. Sullivan. 72. Oregon City. 73. Peoria. 
 74. Pinckneyville. 75. Monticello. 76. Pittsfield. 77. Golconda. 78. 
 Caledonia. 79. Hennepin. 80. Chester. 81. Olney. 82. Rock Island. 
 83. Belleville. 84. Raleigh. 85. SPRINGFIELD. 86. Rushville. 87. Win- 
 chester. 88. Shelbyville. 89. Toulon. 90. Freeport. 91. Tremont. 92. 
 Jonesborough. 93. Danville. 94. Mount Carmel. 95. Monmouth. 96. 
 Nashville. 97. FairfieTcl. 98. Carmi. 99. Morrison. 100. Joliet. 101. 
 Marion. 102. Rockford. 103. Metamora. 
 
 MICHIGAN. 
 
 Area 56,000 square miles. Population 749,000. 
 
 Michigan is one of the most northern States of the Union. 
 It was'originally included in the line of settlements made by 
 the French, but came, by the treaty of Paris in 1763, with 
 the other French colonies, into the possession of the British 
 and so remained until the commencement of the American 
 Revolution; yet Detroit was held by the English until 1796. 
 Michigan was the scene of some stirring events during the 
 late war with Great Britain. Owing to its contiguity to Can- 
 ada, it was invaded by the British, and in 1812 Detroit was 
 surrendered by Gen. Hull, the American commander, and 
 soon after followed the massacre of Frenchtown. Not long 
 after this event the enemy was driven from Michigan, and 
 
 H 
 
146 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 in the year 183G it was admitted as a sovereign State of the 
 American Union. 
 
 Michigan consists of two peninsulas. The southern is 
 situated between lake Michigan on the west,and lakes Huron, 
 St. Clair, and Erie on the east, and bounded south by Ohio and 
 Indiana ; the northern, between lakes Michigan and Huron 
 on the south, and lake Superior on the north, and bounded 
 southwest by Wisconsin; and it is divided into 63 organized 
 counties, besides 21 unorganized. 
 
 Surface, $c. An elevated table land runs through the 
 centre of the southern peninsula, causing the rivers to flow in 
 opposite directions. The face of this peninsula is in general 
 level or gently undulating, and the greater part of it is extreme- 
 ly fertile. The northern peninsula is much more hilly than 
 the southern, and in the western part rise the lofty ridges of 
 the Wisconsin mountains. 
 
 Rivers. The rivers of Michigan are small, but usually 
 have rapid currents. The principal, besides St. Mary's, St. 
 Clair, and the Detroit, which unite the great lakes, are the 
 Raisin, Huron, Saginaw, and the An Sable, running easterly ; 
 and the St. Joseph, Kalamazoo, Grand river, Maskegon, and 
 the Manistee, running westerly. 
 
 Climate. -The severity of the climate is to a certain extent 
 moderated by the contiguity of the lakes, yet the temperature 
 of the northern peninsula is extremely rigorous. The winter 
 grains can alone be cultivated in the northern parts, but in 
 the southern, corn is also successfully grown. Bilious fevers 
 and ague prevail here, but consumption is rare. 
 
 Products. The principal agricultural products grown in 
 this State, are wheat, corn, oats and barley, but pears, apples, 
 and grapes also flourish. The hunter finds here a great va- 
 riety of wild game, and the lakes and rivers supply the 
 choicest species of water fowl and fish in abundance. 
 
 Manufactures. Michigan, like other recently settled states, 
 has not yet had sufficient time for the establishment of man- 
 ufactures to develop her resources. She has already 
 a few manufactories of iron, leather, arid liquors, and those of 
 lumber form an important item in the industrial employments 
 of the State. 
 
 Education. Great zeal has been devoted to the educational 
 interests of this State, and being settled chiefly by New Eng- 
 land emigrants, she has ever striven to imitate the liberal 
 
UNITED STATES. 147 
 
 systems of those States in regard to the general diffusion of 
 knowledge. Of her two leading educational institutions, the 
 University of Michigan, at Ann Arbor, founded in 1837, is in 
 a very flourishing condition; St. Philip's College, near De- 
 troit, was founded in 1839. 
 
 Minerals. The northern peninsula contains probably the 
 richest copper mines in the world. Although the mineral 
 resources of Michigan are but imperfectly developed, yet sil- 
 ver, lead, limestone and coal are known to exist. 
 
 Curiosities. On the southern shore of lake Superior, about 
 sixty miles west of the strait of St. Mary, are the celebrated 
 Pictured Rocks. These are composed of sandstone of various 
 colors and represent ruined temples, castles, caverns and water- 
 falls. One called the Doric Rock is a colonnade of four round 
 pillars of from three to seven feet in diameter and 40 feet in 
 height, which supports an entablature eight feet thick and 30 
 feet across. These rocks extend for about 12 miles and rise 
 to the height of 300 feet out of the water. Cascades some- 
 times shoot here so far over the precipice that boats can pass 
 beneath the sheet of water and the shore. 
 
 Government. The Governor andJLieutenant Governor are 
 each elected for two years. The Senate consists of 32 and 
 the House of Representatives of 66 members, both elected for 
 two years. The Legislature meet biennially on the first Wed- 
 nesday of January. 
 
 Inhabitants. The great mass of the people of Michigan, 
 although originally settled by the French, are from the New 
 England and Middle States. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Alcona. 17. Emmett. 33. Leelenan. 
 
 2. Allegan. 18. Genesee. 34. Lenawee. 
 
 3. Alpena. 19. Gladwin. 35. Livingston. 
 
 4. Antrim. 20. Grand Traverse. 36. Macomb. 
 
 5. Barry. 21. Gratiot, 37. Manistee. 
 C. Bay. 22. Hillsdale. 38. Manitou. 
 
 7. Berrien. 23. Hougliton. 39. Mason. 
 
 8. Branch. 24. Huron. 40. Marquette. 
 
 9. Cass. 25. Ingham. 41. Michilimacinac. 
 
 10. Calhoun. 26. Ionia. 42. Midland. 
 
 11. Chippewa. 27. Isabella. 43. Montcalm. 
 
 12. Cheboygan. 28. Jackson. 44. Monroe. 
 
 13. Clare. 29. losco. 45' Maskeegan. 
 
 14. Clinton. 30. Kalamazoo, 46. Necosta. 
 
 15. Delta. 31. Kent. 47. Newaygo. 
 10. Eaton. 32. Lapeer. 48. Oakland. 
 
148 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 49. Oceana. 54. Sanilac. 59. St. Joseph. 
 
 50. OntonagOH. 55. Saginaw. 60. Tuscola. 
 
 51. Osceola. 56. Schoolcr.ift. 61. Van Buren. 
 
 52. Ottawa. 57. Shiawassce. 62. Washtenaw. 
 
 53. Presque Isle. 58. St. Clair. 63. Wayne. 
 
 DETROIT, situated on the river so named, 18 miles from 
 lake Erie, is the metropolis of Michigan, and the commercial 
 depot for a large region of country. It posesses one of the 
 finest harbors in the Union, of sufficient depth for the largest 
 vessels. The first permanent settlement where Detroit now 
 stands was made by a party of French in 1701, under Antoine 
 de la Motte Cadillac. A part of the City is regularly laid out 
 with streets running parallel with the river and crossing each 
 other at right angles. The most handsome edifices are the 
 old State House, the City Hall, and the Michigan Bank. 
 
 The position of Detroit is admirable in a commercial point 
 of view, from its contiguity to the great lakes, united as they 
 are by numerous rivers and canals. 
 
 The manufactures of Detroit are very extensive, the sawing 
 of lumber being the great branch of this species of industry. 
 Ship and Steamboat building, is likewise carried on with great 
 energy. The retail trade of this city, is very large, and the 
 wholesale business has also become extensive. Detroit was 
 nearly entirely consumed by fire in 1805. Population, 46,000. 
 
 LANSING, built upon Grand River, 110 miles N. W. o f 
 Detroit, is the State Capital. It is abundantly suppLed with 
 water for the propelling of manufactories, and it carries on 
 an active and increasing trade. It is surrounded by a fertile 
 country, abounding in timber and coal. The State House is 
 a large, handsome edifice, occupying an eminence 50 feet 
 above the river. Lansing became the Seat of Government 
 in 1849, and in 1859 was incorporated as a City. Popula- 
 tion, 8,000. 
 
 ANN ARBOR, on the river Huron and the Michigan Cen- 
 tral R. R, 37 miles west of Detroit, is one of the most pleasant 
 and healthy places in the State. It has a large trade, and is 
 the seat of the State University. Population, 10,000. 
 
 GRAND RAPIDS, situated on Grand River, at the Rapids, 
 is an important manufacturing and commercial town, and 
 a shiping port for a large district of country. Population, 
 8,000. 
 
 KALAMAZOO, situated on the river of this name, 65 miles 
 from its mouth and on the Michigan Central R. R., 143 miles 
 
UNITED STATES. 149 
 
 west of Detroit, contains various kinds of manufactures. It 
 is handsomely built with broad streets, and is shaded with 
 fine oak trees. It is the seat of the State Lunatic Asylum, 
 and of a branch of the Michigan University. Population 
 8,000. 
 
 ADRIAN, on a branch of the river Raisin, is the centre of a 
 rich agricultural region and an important trading point. 
 Population 6,000. 
 
 MONROE, built upon both sides of the river Raisin, three miles from its en- 
 trance into Lake Erie, with -which it is united by a ship canal, has consid- 
 erable manufactures. This town was settled by the French in 1776. Pop- 
 ulation 6,000. 
 
 JACKSON, on Grand River, 75 miles west of Detroit, is the seat of tho 
 State Penitentiary. It has great water power in the river. Population 5,000. 
 
 YPSILANTI, on the river Huron, 80 miles west of Detroit, has extensive 
 manufactures of woolens, iron and flour. Population 4,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. ... 2. Allegan. 3. ... 4. ... 5. Hastings. 6. Bay 
 City. 7. Berrien. 8. Coldwater. 9. Cassopolis. 10. Marshall. 11. Sault 
 St. Marie. 12. Duncan. 13. ... 14. De Witt. 15. ... 16. 
 Charlotte. 17. . . .18. Flint. ... 19. ... 20. Gd. Trav- 
 erse City. 21. Ithica. 22. Hillsdalc. 23. Eagle River. 21. . . 25. 
 LANSINO. 26. Ionia. 27. ... 28. Jackson. 29. . . 30. Kalama- 
 zoo. 31. Grand Rapids. 32. Lapeer. 33. . . 34. Adrian. 3. r >. IIow- 
 ell. 36. Mt. Clemens. 37. ... 38. ... 39. ... 40. Mnr- 
 quette. 41. Mackinaw. 42. Midland. 43. Montcalm. 4k Monroe. 45. 
 
 . . .46. ... 47. Newaygo. 48. Pontiac. 49. Benona. 50. 
 Ontonagon. 51. . . 52. Grand Haven. 58. . . . 54. Port Sanilac. 
 55. Sagiuaw. 56. ... 57. Corunna. 58. St. Clair. 59. Centreville. 
 ()0. Vassar. 61. Pawpaw. 62. Ann Arbor. 03. Detroit. 
 
 WISCONSIN. 
 
 Area 54,000 square miles. Population 776,000. 
 
 Wisconsin is a large, newly settled and interesting State. 
 It was early explored by the French missionaries and dis- 
 coverers, and settlements were made by the French during the 
 latter part of the 17th century. Little progress, however, was 
 made in the settlement of it until its admission into the 
 Union in 1848, since which time an almost unequalled emi- 
 gration has been attracted to its fertile soil and rolling prai- 
 ries. Wisconsin is bounded north by Lake Superior and 
 Michigan, east by Lake Michigan, south by Illinois and 
 west by Iowa and Minnesota, and contains 58 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. This State may be described as a vast ele- 
 vated rolling prairie, destitute of mountains. Great portions 
 of Wisconsin are very fertile, especially the southern part. 
 
 Rivers. The Mississippi river flows along the southwestern 
 
150 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 border of the State, for a distance of over 200 miles. Be- 
 ginning at the south, we have in order the Wisconsin, the 
 Black, and the Chippewa rivers. The St. Croix forms the 
 western boundary. The Wisconsin is the largest and has a 
 navigable length of 180 miles for steamboats. The Fox or 
 Neenah river, connects Winnebago Lake with Green Bay. 
 
 Climate. The climate differs but little from that of the 
 same latitude in Michigan. Great rigidity of climate is experi- 
 enced in the northern parts, but the lakes, also, exert here a 
 mitigating effect upon the severity of the atmosphere. 
 
 Products. As the climate, so the products of this state are 
 in general, similar to those of Michigan. The staples are, 
 wheat, corn, oats, potatoes, butter and live stock ; vast forests 
 of pine grow here. 
 
 Manufactures. This newly settled State, like most of her 
 sister western States, has not yet had sufficient time to test her 
 manufacturing capabilities, nor indeed, would this branch of 
 industry be her most profitable employment, in view of the 
 undeveloped agricultural resources of the State. Her nu- 
 merous rivers, and frequent falls and rapids, afford excellent 
 facilities for mill sites of every description, and her forests and 
 iron for ship and steamboat building. Great quantities of pine 
 and oak are annually sawed into scantling, plank, boards, 
 lath, 3*c. Considerable quantities of flour are manufactur- 
 ed in this State. 
 
 Education. A very excellent system of common schools, 
 has been established in Wisconsin, large quantities of land 
 being granted by the State for their support, and the school 
 fund is at this time quite large. The State has likewise made 
 liberal contributions in land, for the maintenence of a Uni- 
 versity. The Wisconsin University at Madison, was founded 
 in 1851; Beloit College at Beloit, Rock county, in 1847, 
 and the Milwaukee University, at the City so named, in 1853. 
 
 Curiosities. Wisconsin posesses many objects attractive 
 to the curious, the most noted of which is the ancient forti- 
 fication, at Aztalan, in Jefferson County, 550 yards long, 275 
 wide, with walls five feet high and 20 feet thick at the base. 
 Besides this arid numerous other relics of defunct races, her 
 rivers contain many interesting cascades, which entice to their 
 shores the admirers of the grand and picturesque. 
 
 Minerals. A part of the great lead region of Illinois and 
 Iowa, extends into Wisconsin, but the lead here is generally 
 
UNITED STATES. 151 
 
 found intermingled with zinc and copper. Iron has been 
 obtained in large quantities, and in the northern parts beau- 
 tiful varieties of marble. 
 
 Government. The Governor is elected for two years, as is 
 also a Lieutenant Governor, for the same length of time. 
 The Senate consists of 18, and the House of Representatives 
 of 54 members, and each are elected tor the same period as 
 the Executive. The Legislature convenes on the first Mon- 
 day of January. 
 
 Inhabitants. Wisconsin has been settled by the older 
 States, and by foreign emigration. A large portion of the 
 foreign emigration has been German, and this element exerts 
 here a controlling influence. Large bodies of Norwegians 
 have settled in this State. 
 
 COUNTIES, 
 
 1. Adams. 21. Grant. 40. Pcpin. 
 
 2. Ashland. 23. Green Lake. 41. Pierce. 
 
 3. Bad Axe. 23. Iowa. 42. Portage. 
 
 4. Brown. 24. Jackson. 43. Polk. 
 
 5. Buffalo. 25. Jefferson. 41. Richlaiid. 
 
 6. Burnet. 26. Juneau. 45. Racine. 
 
 7. Chippewa. 27. Kenosha. 4(3. Rock. 
 
 8. Columbia. 2H. Kcwaunec. 47. Shawnn.i. 
 0. Crawford. 29. La Crosse. 48. St. Croix. 
 
 10. Clarke. 30. Lafayette. 49. Sauk. 
 
 11. Calumet. 31. La Pointc. 50. Sheboygan. 
 
 12. Dallas. 32. Manitowoc. 51. Trenipeleau . 
 
 13. Dane. 33. Marquette. 52. Waukesha. 
 
 14. Dodge. 84. Milwaukee. 53. Waupacca. 
 
 15. Dunn. 35. Monroe. 54. Waushara. 
 
 16. Door. 36- Marathon. 55. Wood. 
 
 17. Douglas. 37. Outagamie. 56. Walworth. 
 
 18. Eau Claire. 38. Ozaukee. 57. Washington. 
 
 19. Fond du Lac. 39. Oconto. 58. Winnebago. 
 
 20. Greene. 
 
 MILWAUKEE, the largest City in Wisconsin, is located on 
 the west shore of lake Michigan, at the mouth of the river of 
 its own name, 90 miles north of Chicago. This city, ex- 
 hibits a remarkable growth from a wilderness in 1835, until 
 it now ranks amongst the large and important commercial 
 depots of the West. It enjoys a highly salubrious climate, 
 being considered one of the most healthy places in the west- 
 ern country, its mortality being less than that of any city west 
 of Buffalo. It has a large and constantly increasing com- 
 merce, the main feature of which is its vast grain trade, many 
 
152 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 of the best flouring mills in the West are found here, and the 
 brands of these rank high^n the eastern, and continental 
 markets. Milwaukee is the outlet for the produce of a rich, 
 and rapidly improving country, and it has already a large 
 number of manufacturing establishments. It was incorpor- 
 ated as a City in 1846. Population 45,000. 
 
 MADISON, the capital of Wisconsin, occupies an undulat- 
 ing isthmus, between lakes Mendota, and Menona, and as 
 regards location and scenery, is the handsomest city of the 
 whole west. It is about three miles long and one wide, with 
 broad, straight and regular streets, and many large and beautiful 
 buildings. The State House is built upon an eminence on 
 lake Mendota, and is encompassed by a fine park of forty acres. 
 Madison is the seat of the State Lunatic Asylum. It became 
 the seat of Government in 1836, at which time it 
 was a wilderness. Being surrounded by a rich agricultural 
 country, it is destined to become a cpasiderable commercial 
 city. Its manufactures comprise those of flour, ale, beer, 
 wagons, carriages, iron ware, clothing, and agricultural im- 
 plements. Population 8,000. 
 
 RACINE, situated at the mouth of Root river, on Lake Michi- 
 gan, 25 miles south of Milwaukee, is the second commercial 
 city of Wisconsin. It is regularly laid out and well built, 
 and contains numerous ma aufactories, furnaces, and machine 
 shops. It is the seat of Racine College. The citizens have 
 expended a considerable amount of money to improve the 
 harbor. Population 9,000. 
 
 BELOIT, located on Rock river, near the Illinois border, is 
 quite a flourishing town, and is engaged in manufacturing to 
 a considerable extent; it is a great railroad centre. Popula- 
 tion 8,000. 
 
 JANESVILLE, on Rock river, 44 miles southeast of the State 
 Capital, is the centre of an active and increasing trade. Here 
 is erected the State Asylum for the Blind. Population 8,000. 
 
 KENOSHA, on lake Michigan, 35 miles south of Milwaukee, 
 is a flourishing town with a fine harbor and considerable ex- 
 port trade. Population 7,500. 
 
 PRAIRIE DU CHIEN, on the Mississippi river, four miles above the mouth of 
 the Wisconsin river, is a thriving place, and one of the oldest towns in the 
 state, having been settled by the French about 1740. A number of ancient 
 mounds are found here. Population 4,000. 
 
 FOND DU LAC, built at the southern extremity of Lake Winnebago, is u, 
 brisk town with 5,500 inhabitants. 
 
UNITED STATES. 153 
 
 WATERTOWN, on Rock river ; GREEN BAY, on the Fox river, at the head of 
 the Bay of this name ; PORTAGE CITY, on the Wisconsin river, at the head of 
 navigation ; and OSHKOSH CITY, are all flourishing places, with about 5,000 in- 
 habitants each. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. . . 2. . . 3. Varoqua. 4. Green Bay. 5. Holmes' Landing. 
 0. Gordon. 7. Chippewa Falls. 8. Portage City. 9. Prairie du Chien. 
 10. . . . 11. Chilton. 12. ... 13. Madison. 14. Juneau. 15. 
 Colburns. 16. Gibraltar. 17. Superior. 18. ... 19. Fond du Lac. 
 20. Monroe. 21. Lancaster. 22. ... 23. Mineral Point. 24. Black 
 River Falls. 25. Jefferson. 26. Necada. 27. Kenosha. 28. Kewaunee. 
 29. La Crosse. 30. Shullsburg. 31. La Point. 32. Manitowoc. 33. 
 Marquettc. 34. Milwaukee. 35. Sparta. 36. Wassau. 37. Appleton. 
 38. Pt, Washington. 39. Jones' Mill. 40. . . . 41. Prescott. 42. 
 Plover. 43. St. Croix Falls. 44. Richland. 45. Racine. 4G. Janesville. 
 47. Shawana. 48. Hudson. 49. Baraboo. 50. Sheboygan. 51. Gales- 
 burg. 52. Waukesha. 53. Muckwa. 54. Sacramento. 55. Griguons. 
 56. Elkhorn. 57. West Bend. 58. Oshkosh. 
 
 IOWA. 
 
 Area 51,000 square miles. Population 675,000. 
 
 Iowa is a young, thriving and fertile State. It was origin- 
 ally included in the Louisiana purchase, and the State derives 
 its name from the river of its own appellation. The first set- 
 tlement made within its limits was made in 1785, by Julien 
 Dubuque, on the locality where the City of Dubuque now 
 stands. Iowa was admitted as a member of the Confederacy 
 in 1846. It is bounded north by Minnesota, east by Wis- 
 consin and Illinois, south by Missouri, and west by Nebraska 
 and Dacotah Territories, and it includes 99 Counties. 
 
 Surface, &?c. The surface of Iowa is undulating, and pre- 
 sents an aspect of unrivalled beauty. It contains no moun- 
 tains, nor high hills, except some bluffs on the river banks. 
 The southern portion is the most picturesque; the northern is 
 more elevated, and small hills are not rare. Its soil in general 
 is very fertile. 
 
 Hirers. The Mississippi washes it on the east, and the 
 Missouri on the west. The Des Moines, the Skunk, the Iowa, 
 and its affluent the Red Cedar, the Wapsipinicon, the Tur- 
 key, and the Upper Iowa, all flow easterly into the Mississippi. 
 Climate. The climate is mild and v r ell adapted to agricul- 
 ture. The winters are severe from the prevalence of the 
 north winds, but the heat of summer is greatly modified by 
 the continual motion of the winds. It is considered one of 
 the most healthy countries in the world. 
 
 p* 
 
154 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Products. The products are similar to those of the Mid- 
 dle States generally. Timber is scarce in the northern parts, 
 but in the south, and along the rivers, it is well wooded. 
 
 Manufactures. It is not to be expected that the young 
 State of Iowa could have as yet made much progress in man- 
 ufacturing, but she is by no means destitute of the essential 
 elements for their establishment, being abundantly supplied 
 with coal and water power. She is already, to some extent, 
 engaged in the manufacture of iron and liquors. 
 
 Education. The people of Iowa have displayed a laudable 
 desire, not to be outdone in their efforts to advance the cause 
 of Common School Education. The schools are supported 
 by the school fund, by legislative appropriation, and by dis- 
 trict taxation. Great quantities of land are likewise dedicated 
 to the use of the school fund. The principal collegiate insti- 
 tutions are: Des Moines College, at Des Moines, founded in 
 1852; the Baptist University, at Burlington, 1853; Alexander 
 College, at Dubuque, 1853 ; the Wesleyan University, at Mt. 
 Pleasant, 1854; and the State University, at Iowa City, 1855. 
 The medical department of the State University is located at 
 Keoknk. 
 
 Minerals. The northeast section is a rich mineral region, 
 and some of the most productive lead mines in the union are 
 worked in the vicinity of Dubuque. The coal beds are con- 
 sidered a permanent source of wealth ; abundance of iron ore 
 is found here. 
 
 Government. The Governor, and Lieutenant Governor, 
 are chosen for two years. The members of the Senate, num- 
 bering 43, are elected for four years each, and those of the 
 House of Representatives, amounting to 86, are elected for 
 half that period. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1 . Adaiv. 13. Buena Vista. 25. Crawford. 
 
 2. Adams. 14. Calhoun. 26. Dallas. 
 
 3. Allamakee. 15. Carroll. 27. Davis. 
 
 4. Appanoose. 16. Cass. 28. Decatur. 
 h. Audubon. 17. Cedar. - 20. Delaware. 
 0. Benton. 18. Cerro Gordo. 30. Des Moines. 
 
 7. Black Hawk. 19. Cherokee. 31. Dickinson. 
 
 8. Boone. "20. Chickasaw. 32. Dubuque. 
 
 9. Bremer. 21. Clarke. 33. Emmet. 
 
 10. Butler. 22. Clay. 34. Fayette. 
 
 11. Buchanan. 23. Clayton. 35. Floyd. 
 
 12. Buncombe. 24. Clinton. 36. Franklin* 
 
UNITED STATES. 155 
 
 37. Fremont. 58. Linn. 79. Poweshiek. 
 
 88. Greene. 59. Louisa. 80. Ringgold. 
 
 39. Grundy. 60. Lucas. 81. Sac. 
 
 40. Outline. 61. Madison. S^. Scott. 
 
 41. Hamilton. 61 Mahaska. 83. Shelby. 
 
 42. Hancock. 63. Marion. 84. Sioux. 
 
 43. Harrison. 64. Marshall. 85. Story. 
 
 44. Hardin. 65. Mills. 86. Tama. 
 
 45. Henry. 66. Mitchell. 87. Taylor. 
 
 46. Howard. 07. Monona. 88. Union. 
 
 47. Humboldt. 08. Monroe. 89. Van Buren. 
 
 48. Ida. 69. Montgomery. 90. Wapello. 
 
 49. Iowa. 70. Muscatine. 91. Warren. 
 
 50. Jackson. 71. O'Brien. 92. Washington. 
 
 51. Jasper. 72. Osceola. 93. Wayne. 
 
 52. Jefferson. 73. Page. 94. Webster. 
 
 53. Johnson. 74. Palo Alto. 95. Winnebago. 
 
 54. Jones. 75. Plymouth. 96. Winneshiek. 
 
 55. Keokuk. 7<">. Pocahontas. 97. Woodbury. 
 50. Kossuth. 77. Polk. 98. Worth. 
 57. Lee. 78. Potawatoiuio. 99. Wright. 
 
 FORT DBS MOINES, now called simply DCS Moines, situated 
 at the junction of the Des Moines and Raccoon rivers, is the 
 Capital of the State, and a rapidly growing town. Abundance 
 of timber is obtained in the vicinity and productive coal mines 
 have been opened. This was for many years a military sta- 
 tion in the midst of the Indian country, but the fort was 
 abandoned in Ib46. Population 5,000. 
 
 DUBUQUE, situated on the west bank of the Mississippi, op- 
 posite the boundary line of Wisconsin and Illinois, is the 
 largest City of Iowa. It is the oldest town in the State, 
 having been settled by the French in 1785, but its permanent 
 settlement dates only from 1833, when the U. States Govern- 
 ment took possession of the land vacated by the Indians. 
 This city is admirably located for commerce, and at this time 
 is the mart for northern lovya and southern Wisconsin, and 
 bids even to be the great shipping port north of St. Louis. 
 Establishments are already in operation for the manufacture 
 of shot, white lead, threshing machines, reapers, steam en- 
 gines, and mill machinery. The lead mines of Dubuque are 
 an inexhaustible source of wealth to the city, and many in- 
 dividuals have already acquired fortunes in thesr, and the 
 ta^k of working them is but as yet commenced. Zinc is also 
 mined here. Population 14,000. 
 
 DAVENPORT, built upon the Mississippi, in Scott County, 
 opposite Rock Island, Illinois, with which is united by a 
 
156 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 magnificent bridge, is a flourishing town, carrying on a large 
 commerce, and has 11,000 inhabitants. Abundance of coal 
 is found in the vicinity. It contains some fine educational in- 
 stitutions and numerous manufactures. It was organized 
 as a city in 1851. 
 
 KEOKUK, located on the Mississippi, directly above the 
 mouth of the Des Moines river, is the outlet for the fertile val- 
 ley of the Des Moines. The medical department of the State 
 University is established at this place. Several manufactur- 
 ing establishments are already in active operation here. 
 Population 8,000. 
 
 BURLINGTON, likewise situated on the Mississippi, in Des 
 Moines county, is one of the most flourishing towns of Iowa, 
 and the former State Capital. Population 7,000. 
 
 MUSCATINE, formerly called Bloomington, one of the most 
 commercial cities of the State, is built upon the Mississippi, 
 100 miles above Keokuk. Lumber is sawed in great quanti- 
 ties at this place. Population 6,000. 
 
 IOAVA CITY, situated on the west branch of the Iowa river, 84 miles from 
 its confluence with the Mississippi, is a place of important manufactures. 
 There are excellent marble quarries in the vicinity. It contains the State 
 Asylum for the Deaf, Dumb and Blind. Population 6,000. 
 
 FORT MADISON, in Lee county, on the Mississippi, is a place of much trade 
 and manufactures. It is the seat of the State Penitentiary. Population 
 5,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Somerset. 2. Quincy. 3. Columbus. 4. Centreville. 5. ... 
 6. Vinton. 7. Cedar Falls. 8. Booneville. 9. Waverly. 10. Clarks- 
 ville. 11. Independence. 12. ... 13. . ^ . 14. Brooklyn. 15. 
 
 Carrollton. 16. Lewis. 17. Tipton. 18 19. ... 20. 
 
 Chickasaw. 21. Osceola. 22. ... 23. Garnavil!o. 24. De Witt. 
 25. ... 26. Adell. 27. Bloomfield. 28. Independence. 29. Delhi. 
 
 30. Burlington. 31. ... 32. Dubuque. 33 34. West 
 
 Union. 35. ... 36. ... 37. Sidney. 38. Jefferson. 39. . 
 
 . 40. Panola. 41. Homer. 42. ... 43. Magnolia. 44. Eldora. 
 45. Mt. Pleasant. 46. Vernon Springs. 47. ... 48. New Ida. 49. 
 Marengo. 50. Bellevue. 51. Newton. 52. Fairfield. 53. Iowa City. 
 54. Anamosa. 55 Lancaster. 56. Algona. 57. Fort Madison. 58. 
 Marion. 59. Wapello. 60. Chariton. 61. Winterset. 62. Oskaloosa. 
 63. Knoxville. 6i. Marietta. 65. Glenwood. 66. ... 67. Ashton. 
 (58. Albia. 69. Frankford. 70. Muscatine. 71. ... 72. ... 
 73. Clarinda. 74. ... 75, ... 76. ... 77. Des Moines. 
 78. Council Bluffs. 79. Montezuma. 80. Ait. Ayr. 81. New Munich 
 82. Davenport. 13. Shelby ville. 84. . . 85. Nevada. 86. Toledo. 
 87. Bedford. 88. Afton. 89. Keosauque. 90. Ottumwa. 91. Indianola. 
 92. Washington. 93. Springfield. 94. Fort Dodge. 95. ... 96, 
 Decorah. 97. Sioux City" 98. ... 99. Ontario. 
 
UNITED STATES. 15 1 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 Area 67,000 square miles. Population, 182,000. Slaves, 
 115,000. 
 
 Missouri is a large and interesting State. It originally 
 formed part of the great territory of Louisiana, acquired dur- 
 ing the administration of Thomas Jefferson. Some settlements 
 had been made by the French at St. Genevieve, and other 
 places, in 1764, but the number of inhabitants were few until 
 after its acquisition by the United States government. It was 
 the admission of this State into the Union in 1821 which led 
 to the stormy debates in Congress, that resulted in the adop- 
 tion of the Missouri compromise line of 36 30', which was 
 then regarded as a finality upon the slavery question. Later 
 counselors, however, determined otherwise. 
 
 The State is bounded north by Iowa, east by Illinois and 
 Kentucky, south by Arkansas, and west by Kansas and the 
 Indian and Nebraska territories. It contains 114 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Ozark mountains stretch across the 
 southern part of this State in a southwesterly direction ; none 
 of their summits, however, attain an elevation of over 2,000 
 feet. The soil of Missouri is generally fertile, and a great por- 
 tion of it is highly so. A large part of the State is prairie land. 
 
 Rivers. The Mississippi forms its eastern boundary for a 
 distance of 450 miles. The Missouri, its great affluent, flows 
 through the centre of the State a distance of 370 miles. After 
 rising in the Rocky Mountains, it receives numerous tributa- 
 ries, and reaches the Mississippi in a course of somewhat 
 more than 3,200 miles. One of its tributaries, the Osage, is 
 a fine navigable stream, having a length of 800 miles. The 
 other considerable tributaries of the Missouri are Grand river, 
 the Chariton and the Gasconade; and of the Mississippi, the 
 Maramec and Salt rivers. 
 
 Climate. Great extremes of temperature are experienced 
 in this State. The summers are very hot, and the winters 
 often so cold that the Missouri river is frozen over for weeks, 
 so as to permit loaded wagons to cross upon the ice. The 
 atmosphere of summer is, in general, clear and dry. 
 
 Products. Indian corn, wheat, oats, hemp and tobacco 
 are greatly cultivated, and cotton is produced in the south. 
 Missouri is a fine grazing state, and vast herds of horses, 
 cattle and hogs are raised here. 
 
158 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Minerals. In the variety and abundance of its mineral 
 resources, this State is unsurpassed. The immense mines of 
 iron found in Pilot Knob and Iron Mountain, are perhaps 
 unrivalled upon the globe for purity and productiveness. The 
 amount of lead found in this State is also immense, especially 
 in Washington and Jefferson counties. In addition to the 
 inexhaustible deposits of iron and lead, its mineral treasures 
 contain abundance of copper, zinc and coal; and salt is to 
 some extent made here. 
 
 Manufactures. Missouri has not yet engaged herself large- 
 ly in manufacturing industry, as the people have hitherto, 
 owing to the fertility of her soil found^more profitable em- 
 ployment in agricultural pursuits. A number of the citizens 
 of this State, however, are engaged in the manufacture of iron, 
 flour, lumber, wine, whiskey and leather. 
 
 Education. A school system has indeed been established 
 in this State, yet she is not so zealous in its support as some of 
 the other western States, sympathizing no doubt in this respect, 
 to a certain degree, with the views of the people of the south- 
 ern States, who have been unwilling to adopt the plan of 
 Massachusetts. Her people have, on the contrary, shown 
 considerable zeal in the establishment of colleges. She num- 
 bers the following institutions of this class: St. Louis Uni- 
 versity, at St. Louis, founded in 1832 ; St. Vincent's College, 
 at Cape Girardeau, in 1843; the Masonic College, at Lexing- 
 ton, in 1844; the University of the State of Missouri, at Col- 
 umbia, in 1839; and St. Charles College, at St. Charles, in 
 1837. 
 
 Government. The Constitution, adopted in 1820, estab- 
 lished a General Assembly, composed of a Senate of 18, and 
 a House of Representatives of 49 members. The members 
 of the former are elected for four years, and those of the lat- 
 ter, biennially. The General Assembly meets on the first 
 Monday of December, in alternate years. The Governor 
 and Lieutenant Governor are chosen by popular vote for 
 four years. 
 
 Inhabitants. Although this State was originally settled by 
 the French, not one-third of one per cent, of the present pop- 
 ulation are of this descent. 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 159 
 
 1. Adair. 
 
 2. Andrew. 
 
 3. Atchinson. 
 
 4. Audrain. 
 
 5. Barry. 
 0. Barton. 
 
 7. Bates. 
 
 8. Benton. 
 
 9. Bellinger. 
 
 10. Boone. 
 
 11. Buchanan. 
 
 12. Butler. 
 
 13. Caldwell. 
 
 14. Callawaj. 
 
 15. Camden. 
 
 16. Cape Girardeau. 
 
 17. Carter. 
 
 18. Carroll. 
 
 19. Cass. 
 
 20. Cedar. 
 
 21. Chariton. 
 
 22. Christian. 
 
 23. Clark. 
 
 24. Clay. 
 
 25. Clinton. 
 
 26. Cole. 
 
 27. Cooper. 
 
 28. Crawford. 
 
 29. Dade. 
 
 30. Dallas. 
 
 31. Daviess. 
 
 32. DeKalb. 
 
 33. Dent. 
 
 34. Dodge. 
 
 35. Douglas. 
 
 36. Dunklin. 
 Ji7. Franklin. 
 38. Gasconade. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 39. Gentry. 
 
 40. Greene. 
 
 41. Grundy. 
 
 42. Harrison. 
 
 43. Henry. 
 
 44. Hickory. 
 
 45. Holt. 
 
 46. Howard. 
 
 47. Howell. 
 
 48. Iron. 
 
 49. Jackson. 
 
 50. Jasper. 
 
 51. Jefferson. 
 
 52. Johnson. 
 
 53. Knox. 
 
 54. Laclede. 
 
 55. Lafayette. 
 
 56. Lawrence. 
 
 57. Lewis. 
 68. Lincoln. 
 5 ( J. Linn. 
 
 60. Livingston. 
 
 61. McDonald. 
 
 62. Macon. 
 
 63. Madison. 
 
 64. Marais. 
 
 65. Marion. 
 
 66. Mercer. 
 
 67. Miller. 
 
 68. Mississippi. 
 
 69. Moniteau. 
 
 70. Monroe. 
 
 71. Montgomery. 
 
 72. Morgan. 
 
 73. New Madrid. 
 
 74. Newton. 
 
 75. Nodaway. 
 
 76. Oregon. 
 
 77. Osage. 
 
 78. Ozark. 
 
 79. Pemiscot. 
 
 80. Perry. 
 
 81. Pettis. 
 
 82. Phelps. 
 
 83. Pike. 
 
 84. Platte. 
 
 85. Polk. 
 
 86. Pulaski. 
 
 87. Putnam. 
 
 88. Rails. 
 
 89. Randolph. 
 
 90. Ray. 
 
 91. Reynolds. 
 
 92. Ripley. 
 
 93. St. Charles. 
 
 94. St. Clair. 
 
 95. St. Francois. 
 
 96. St. Genevieve. 
 
 97. St. Louis. 
 
 98. Saline. 
 
 99. Schuyler. 
 
 100. Scotland. 
 
 101. Scott. 
 
 102. Shannon. 
 
 103. Shelby. 
 
 104. Stoddard. 
 
 105. Stone. 
 
 106. Sullivan. 
 
 107. Taney. 
 
 108. Texas. 
 
 109. Wernon. 
 
 110. Warren. 
 
 111. Washington. 
 
 112. Wayne. 
 
 113. Webster. 
 
 114. Wright. 
 
 ST. Louis, situated on the right bank of the Mississippi 
 river, 20 miles below the entrance of the Missouri, is the 
 largest city of the State, and the commercial metropolis of the 
 central Mississippi valley. It is well laid out with streets, 
 usually 60 feet wide, and intersecting each other at right angles. 
 Most of the public edifices and private residences are hand- 
 some, and built of brick and stone. The principal public 
 edifices are the city hall, the court house, the new custom 
 house, the United States arsenal, and the merchants' ex- 
 change. The court house is a handsome structure^built of 
 
160 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Genevieve limestone, and occupies an entire square. Its 
 style resembles somewhat the great Federal Capitol, and por- 
 ticoes adorn the fronts, and in the interior is a rotunda, light- 
 ed from the dome. It cost $500,000. Numerous benevolent 
 and charitable institutions have been established in this city. 
 Its school system has for many years enjoyed a high reputa- 
 tion. Several parks adorn this city; the largest of which, 
 called the fair grounds, comprise about 50 acres. There are 
 many cemeteries in and around St. Louis, some of which are 
 from six to eight miles distant. The manufactures of the city 
 are immense. The flouring mills ol this place have long en- 
 joyed a high reputation, and many large sugar refineries are 
 in constant operation. The manufacturing of hemp into bale- 
 rope and bagging, the distillation of whiskey, and the manu- 
 facture of tobacco, are great subjects of industry. A large 
 capital is invested in the packing of pork and beef, but the 
 working of iron surpasses all other branches of manufacture. 
 St. Louis has become the great entrepot of trade, not only for 
 Missouri, but for several of the adjacent States. Population 
 160,000. 
 
 JEFFERSON CITY, the capital of the State, built upon the south 
 bank of the Missouri, 143 miles from its mouth, has about 
 5,000 inhabitants. It is situated on high and uneven ground, 
 and commands a fine view of the beautiful scenery upon the 
 river. The principal buildings are the State House, a hand- 
 some stone edifice, the Governor's residence, and the Peni- 
 tentiary. A great impetus has recently been given to this 
 city in the construction of the Pacific Railroad. 
 
 ST. JOSEPH, situated on the Missouri river, 390 miles above 
 Jefferson City, is the most populous and commercial town in 
 the western part of the State. It is one of the chief points of 
 departure for the emigrant trains, and the overland mail to 
 Colorado, Utah, Nevada and California. Steam flouring and 
 saw mills, and bagging manufactories, are established here. 
 St. Joseph was chartered as a City in 1857. Population 9,000. 
 
 HANNIBAL, located on the Mississippi, 15 miles below 
 Quincy, Illinois, and 153 miles above St. Louis, is a large 
 shipping port, and the eastern terminus of the Hannibal and 
 St. Joseph Rail Road. It is favorably situated for commerce 
 and contains several large^tobacco manufactories, hemp press- 
 es, flour mills, and machine shops. Population 7,000. 
 
UNITED STATES. 161 
 
 LEXINGTON, is a flourishing town of Lafayette county, built upon the 
 Missouri river, 120 miles west of the State capital. Extensive beds of coal 
 are found in the vicinity. It has an active trade. Population 6,000. 
 
 WESTON, in Platte county, situated on the Missouri river, is one of the 
 most thriving and commercial towns in the State, with 5,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ST. CHARLES, on the Missouri river, 22 miles from its mouth, is a noted 
 steamboat station. Population 4,000. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Kirksville. 2. Savannah. 3. Linden. 4. Mexico. 5. CassvilK 
 G. Lamar. 7. Papinsville. 8. Warsaw. 9. Green. 10. Columbia. 11. 
 St. Joseph. 12. Cave Creek. 13. Kingston. 14. Fulton. 15. Erie. 16. 
 Jackson. 17. ... 18. Carrolton. 19. Harrisonville. 20. Fremont. 
 21. Keytesville. 22. ... 2-3. Alexandria. 24. Liberty. 2-3. Platts- 
 burg. 26. JEFFERSON CITY. 27. Boonevillc. 28. Steelsville. 29. Deer- 
 field. 30. Buffalo. 31. Gallatin. 32. Maysville. 33. Montank. 34. 
 Butler. 35. . . 36. Kennet. 37. Union. 38. Hermann. 39. Gentry 
 Court House. 40. Springfield. 41. Trenton. 42. Bethany. 43. Clinton. 
 44. Hermitage. 45. Oregon. 46. Fayette. 47. ... 48. ... 
 49. Independence. 50. Carthage. 51. Hillsborough. 52. Warrensburg. 
 53. Edina. 54. Lebanon. 55. Lexington. 56. Mount Vernon. 57. Mon- 
 ticello. 58. Troy. 59. Linnwus. 60. Chillicothe. 61. Rutledge. 62. 
 
 Bloomington. G3. Fredericktown. 64 65. Palmyra. 66. 
 
 Princeton. 67. Tuscumbia. G8. Charleston. 69. California. 70. Paris. 
 71. Danville. 72. Versailles. 73. New Madrid. 74. Neosko. 75.J[Mary- 
 ville. 76. Thomasville. 77. Linn. 78. Rockbridge. 79. Gayoso. 80. 
 
 Perry ville. 81. Georgetown. 82 83. Bowling Green. 84. 
 
 Platte City. 85. Bolivar. 86. Waynesville. 87. Putnamville. 88. New 
 London. 89. Huntsville. 90. Richmond. 91. Lesterville. 92. Doniphan. 
 93. St. Charles. 94. Osceola. 95. Farmington. 96. St. Genevieve. 97. 
 St. Louis. 98. Marshall. 99. Lancaster. 100. Memphis. 101. Benton. 
 102. Eminence. 103. Shelbyville. 104. Bloomfield. 105. Galena. 106. 
 Milan. 107. Forsyth. 108. Houston. 109. Nevada. 110. Warrenton. 
 111. Potosi. 112. Greenville. 113. Marshfield. 114. Hartville. 
 
 C/LIFORNIA. 
 
 Area, 155,000 square miles. Population 380,000. 
 
 California, the American Ophir, came into the possession 
 of the United States, by treaty with Mexico, after the conclu- 
 sion of the war between the two countries. The gold disco- 
 veries soon attracted multitudes to its auriferous deposits, and 
 swelled the population to a sufficient amount to enable it to 
 gain admission in 1850 as a sovereign State of the confeder- 
 acy. Since this time its advancement in wealth and popu- 
 lation has been very rapid. 
 
 It is bounded north by Oregon, east by the territories of 
 Nevada and New Mexico, south by Lower California, and 
 west by the Pacific, and it comprises 45 counties. 
 
162 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Surface, fyc. There are two ranges of mountains in Cali- 
 fornia, running nearly parallel, called the Sierra Nevada, and 
 the coast range. These ranges are connected by Mount San 
 Bernardino, having an elevation of 17,000 feet. Between 
 these two ranges of mountains lies the great valley of the 
 Sacramento and the San Joaquin, 500 miles long and from 
 50 to 60 wide. Along the rivers of this valley the soil is ex- 
 tremely fertile. East of the Sierra it is mostly sandy and bar- 
 ren, but well adapted for grazing grounds. 
 
 Rivers. The Sacramento and the San Joaquin are the 
 most important rivers of California, the former rising in Mt. 
 Shasta, and the latter in the Tulare lakes on the south, and 
 after uniting they empty through the Suisan I&y into that 
 of San Francisco. The Sacramento has a length of 370 miles, 
 and the San Joaquin 350. Their chief affluents, the Feather 
 (with its tributaries) and the American, flow into the former, 
 and the Calaveras, the Stanislaus, and the Tuolomne, into 
 the latter. The Klamath, the Eel, and the Salinos, or Buen- 
 aventura, all flow into the Pacific, and the Colorado forms 
 part of the southeastern boundary. 
 
 Climate. California has a peculiar and varied climate, 
 owing to its great extent. It differs very greatly from that of 
 the Atlantic slope, or probably of any other country in the 
 world. The winters are comparatively warm, and the rains, 
 which are confined to winter, are not half so abundant as in the 
 Atlantic States. The sky is clear the great part of the year, 
 and hail storms occur in February and March, but never in 
 summer. The nights are cold even in mid-summer, and the 
 difference in temperature along the coast between winter and 
 summer is not great. A wet and dry season alternate in this 
 State. 
 
 Products. The soil of the rich valleys and along the coast 
 produces in abundance nearly all the fruits and cereals of the 
 temperate zones ; and in the southern districts the most valu- 
 able products of the tropics are cultivated with success. The 
 cultivation, of cotton, tobacco and sugar cane, has been suc- 
 cessful. The growing of the grape and manufacture of wine 
 are becoming a leading object of industry. Trees of a re- 
 markable growth are found here in groves, many of which 
 have a height of from 300 to 400 feet, and from 25 to 34 in 
 diameter. 
 
 Minerals. California is noted for its inexhaustible mines 
 
UNITED STATES. 163 
 
 of gold. Besides this, quicksilver, silver, copper, iron, platinum, 
 lead and granite are found. 
 
 Manufactures. Manufactures have sprung up rapidly in 
 this State, designed as yet merely to supply the most press- 
 ing local wants; and some of these have been prosecuted 
 with great vigor and energy. Already numerous grist mills 
 are established for the manufacture of flour for home con- 
 sumption. Saw mills, iron founderies, machine shops, tan- 
 neries, and distilleries, are established in this golden State of 
 the Pacific. 
 
 Education. Liberal provisions have been made here for 
 the education of the masses; but as yet the number of pupils 
 is comparatively small in proportion to the population. Nearly 
 seven million acres of land have been granted for educational 
 purposes. In addiuon to the landed school fund, the several 
 counties are authorized to levy a special tax for the support of 
 schools. Santa Clara, near San Jose, founded in 1855, is the 
 only collegiate, institution of California. 
 
 Curiosities. The most remarkable of the natural curiosities 
 of this State, is the Yosemite valley, or dell, which possesses 
 scenery unrivaled for wild and romantic beauty and sublime 
 grandeur. It is 10 miles long and three wide, and is bounded 
 by walls of granite from 2,000 to 4,500 feet high, and has five 
 cascades, ranging from 350 to 2,000 feet in height. The gey- 
 sers of Napa county, the two natural bridges of Calaveras 
 county, and the Chyote cave in the same locality, are also ob- 
 jects of considerable interest. 
 
 Government. The Govenor and Lieutenant Govenor are 
 each chosen for a term of two years. The Legislature is 
 composed of a Senate elected for two years, and a House of 
 Representatives elected annually. The former consists of 33, 
 and the latter of 80 members. The General Assembly meets 
 on the first Monday of June in each year. 
 
 Inhabitants. No State in the Union and perhaps no 
 country on earth contains so mixed a population as Cali- 
 fornia, where adventurers from all nations are found. Be- 
 sides emigrants from the older States, the foreign population 
 is composed principally of Chinese, French, Spaniards, Ger- 
 mans and Irish, 
 
164 
 
 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 1. Alameda. 
 
 2. Amador. 
 
 8. Buena Vista. 
 
 4. Butte. 
 
 5. Calaveras. 
 P. Colusi. 
 
 7. Contra Costa. 
 
 8. Del Norte. 
 
 9. El Dorado. 
 
 10. Frezno. 
 
 11. Humboldt. 
 
 12. Klamath. 
 
 13. Los Angelos. 
 
 14. Marin. 
 
 15. Mariposa. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 16. Mendocino. 
 
 17. Merced. 
 
 18. Monterey. 
 
 19. Napa. 
 
 20. Nevada. 
 
 21. Placer. 
 
 22. Plumas. 
 
 23. Sacramento. 
 
 24. San Bernardino. 
 
 25. San Diego. 
 
 26. San Francisco. 
 
 27. San Joaquin. 
 
 28. San Luis Obispo. 
 
 29. San Mateo. 
 80. Santa Barbara. 
 
 31. Santa Clara. 
 
 82. Santa Cruz. 
 
 83. Shasta. 
 
 34. Sierra. 
 
 35. Siskiyou. 
 
 36. Solano. 
 
 37. Sonoma. 
 
 38. Stanislaus. 
 
 39. Sutter. 
 
 40. Tehama, 
 
 41. Trinity. 
 
 42. Tulare. 
 
 43. Tuolumne. 
 
 44. Yolo. 
 
 45. Yuba. 
 
 SAN FRANCISCO, the largest city of California, and the chief 
 emporium on the Pacific coast, is situated on a narrow point 
 of land between the bay of San Francisco and the ocean. It 
 is regularly laid out, with steeets crossing each other at right 
 angles. On account of the frequent conflagrations by which 
 this city has at different times been visited, brick and iron 
 are in a great measure becoming the materials used in the 
 construction of houses, and it now contains many fire-proof 
 stores and banking establishments. The public buildings of 
 this city worthy of special notice, are the United States Cus- 
 tom house, the mint, the marine hospital, the city hall, three 
 theatres, and two orphan asylums. The metropolitan theatre 
 is one of the largest and most handsome structures of the kind 
 in the whole country. One of the great ornaments of the city 
 is the Plaza, 275 feet square, surrounded by an iron fence, 
 and covered with grass plots, with a fountain in the centre. 
 The chief business of San Francisco is as yet commercial. It 
 has exhibited an astonishing growth from a small village in 
 1844, until this city now ranks as one of the great business 
 centres of the world. Its exports consists chiefly of gold dust 
 and quicksilver, and it is connected with New York and the 
 Crescent city by steamers. Population 57,000. 
 
 SACRAMENTO, the capital, situated on the left bank of the river 
 of that name, below its confluence with the American river, is 
 the capital of California, and the second city in importance. Its 
 streets are strait and capacious, crossing at right angles. The 
 storehouses are usually constructed of brick, whilst the shops 
 
UNITED STATES. 165 
 
 and private dwellings are generally built of wood and are sur- 
 rounded by gardens. The only edifice of any importance is 
 the State Capitol. This city is chiefly supported by the Sac- 
 ramento valley, which obtains all its supplies and exports its 
 produce to this place. The first settlement made upon the 
 site of the city, was made in 1839 by a native of Switzerland. 
 In November, 1852, a severe conflagration visited this place, 
 causing great loss of property. Population 15,000. 
 
 MARYSVILLE, built upon the river Yuba, near its confluence 
 with Feather river, is a brisk town, deriving its chief import- 
 ance from its location, which commands the trade of the nor- 
 thern mines, on the Feather river and its branches. Popula- 
 tion 10,000. 
 
 STOCKTON, in San Joaquin county, about 3 miles distant 
 from the river so named, is the chief depot of the southern 
 mines. Population 12,000. 
 
 NEVADA, on Deer Creek, a confluent of the Yuba, in the county of this 
 name, is the largest town in the gold mining region. Population 6,000. 
 
 Los ANGBLOS, in the county of the same name, is the largest town in the 
 southern part of the State. It is named Los Angelos City of Angels from 
 its delightful climate and the beauty of the surrounding country. 
 
 SAN JOSE, in Santa Clara county, eight miles above the head of the San 
 Francisco bay, and 50 miles from San Francisco, is a handsome town. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Alvarado. 2. Jackson. 0. ... 4. Hamilton. 5. Double Springs. 
 6. Monroeville. 7. Martinez. 8. Crescent City. 9. Coloma. 10. Miller- 
 ton. 11. Humboldt City. 12. Trinidad. 13. Los Angelos. 13. San lla- 
 phael. 15. Mariposa. 16. Mendocino. 17. . . . 18. Monterey. 10. 
 Napa City. 20. Nevada City. 21. Vernon. 22. ... 23. Sacramen- 
 to City. 24. ... 25. San Diego. 26. San Francisco. 27. Stockton. 
 28. San Luis Obispo. 29. ... 30. Santa Barbara. 31. San Jose. 32. 
 Santa Cruz. 33. Shasta. 34. Downieville. 35. Yreka. 36. Benicia. 37. 
 Sonoma. 38. Tuolomne City. 39. ... 40. Tehama. 41. . . . 
 42. ... 43. Sonora. 44. Fremont. 45. Marysville. 
 
 MINNESOTA. 
 
 Area, 81,000 square miles. Population 172,000. 
 
 Minnesota is one of the most northern and lately admitted 
 States of the American Union. It became a sovereign State 
 in 1858. 
 
 It is bounded north by British America, east by Lakes 
 Superior and Wisconsin, south by Iowa, and west by Daco- 
 tah territory, arid it is divided at present into 70 counties. 
 
 Surface, $c. The suface of Minnesota is, in general, tin- 
 
166 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 dulating, having an average elevation of 1,000 feet, and it 
 presents a succession of rolling prairies, interspersed with 
 lakes and groves. The soil is composed of a dark calcareous 
 loam, and is very fertile, the larger portion of it being well 
 adapted to the cultivation of all the cereals of the temperate 
 zone. 
 
 Rivers. The mighty Mississippi rises here in Itaska lake, 
 and flows a distance of 800 miles within the limits of Min- 
 nesota. Its greatest affluents are the Minnesota and the St. 
 Croix. The Red river flows along the western border, and 
 thence passes into lake Winnipeg. 
 
 Lakes. Minnesota seems better entitled to the appellation 
 of the Lake State than Michigan. The largest of these numer- 
 ous receptacles of the watery element, besides lake Superior, 
 are the lake of the Woods, Red lake, Leech, MilleLacs, Ot- 
 ter Tail, and a multitude of smaller ones. 
 
 Climate. The climate is severe, especially in the northern 
 part, where the cold is sometimes so intense as to freeze 
 mercury. In some parts of Minnesota the cold is too great 
 for Indian corn, but its dryness and regularity favor the 
 growth of wheat and other winter grains. The summers are 
 warm, with breezy nights. 
 
 Products. The products of Minnesota are, in general, sim- 
 ilar to those of the other north-western States. Wild rice, 
 strawberries, currants, plums, cranberries, grapes, and crab 
 apples are indigenous to the soil. 
 
 Manufactures. Great facilities exist in the numerous ri- 
 vers of Minnesota, with their falls, for manufacturing estab- 
 lishments. Yet the State is too recently settled to have en- 
 gaged in this species of industry. The capabilities of the 
 falls of St. Anthony for manufacturing purposes, are said to 
 far transcend those of Lowell, in Massachusetts. Numerous 
 saw mills have already been established, and these constitute 
 the principal branch of manufacture in this State. 
 
 Education. Already popular education has received a 
 warm greeting from the industrious pioneers of this newly 
 admitted State, and the benefits sure to flow from the adop- 
 tion of the free school system have already displayed them- 
 selves upon the body politic. As early as 1851 the University 
 of Minnesota was incorporated. It is located at St. Anthony. 
 
 Curiosities. Varied and numerous objects of interest for 
 the romantic tourist, are found within the confines of this 
 
UNITED STATES. 
 
 cold State. The far-famed Falls of St. Anthony, 17 feet high, 
 are less celebrated for their height than for their surrounding 
 scenery. Fountain Cave, in the vicinity of St. Paul, and the 
 picturesque grandeur around the Falls of the St. Croix, are 
 worth the traveller's attention. 
 
 Government. The State Government was organized May 
 22d, 1858. The Governor and Lieutenant Governor are 
 elected each for the period of two years. The legislature con- 
 sists of 37 Senators, elected for two years, and SO Represen- 
 tatives, elected for one year. 
 
 1. Anoka. 
 
 2. Aiken. 
 
 3. Benton. 
 
 4. Becker. 
 
 5. Blue Earth. 
 
 (j. Breckinridge. 
 
 7. Brown. 
 
 8. Buchanan. 
 
 9. Cottonwood. 
 
 10. Carlton. 
 
 11. Chisago. 
 
 12. Carver. 
 
 13. Cass. 
 
 14. Crow Wing. 
 
 15. Davis. 
 
 16. Dodge. 
 
 17. Dacotah. 
 
 18. Douglas. 
 
 19. Fillmore. 
 
 20. Freeborn. 
 
 21. Faribault. 
 
 22. Goodhuo. 
 
 23. Hennepin. 
 
 24. Houston. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 25. Itaska. 
 
 26. Isanti. 
 
 27. Jackson. 
 
 28. Kanabec. 
 
 29. Kandiyohi. 
 
 30. Lake. 
 
 31. Le Sucur. 
 
 32. Maukata. 
 
 33. Monongolia. 
 
 34. McLeod. 
 
 35. Mille Lacs. 
 
 36. Manomin. 
 
 37. Martin. 
 
 38. Morrison. 
 
 39. Meeker. 
 
 40. Mower. 
 
 41. Murray. 
 
 42. Nobles. 
 
 43. Nicolct. 
 
 44. Olmstead. 
 
 45. Otter Tail. 
 
 46. Pembina. 
 
 47. Pierce. 
 
 48. Pine. 
 
 49. Pipestone. 
 
 50. Polk. 
 
 51. Rice. 
 
 52. Renville. 
 
 53. Rock. 
 
 54. Ramsey. 
 
 55. Slierburne. 
 
 56. Steele. 
 
 57. St. Louis. 
 
 58. Superior. 
 
 59. Stearns. 
 
 60. Scott. 
 
 61. Siblcy. 
 Cli. To.lci. 
 
 63. Toombs. 
 
 64. Waliinota. 
 
 65. Watomvan. 
 6(5. Waseca. 
 
 07. Winoiia. 
 
 08. Washington. 
 
 69. Wright. 
 
 70. Wabashaw. 
 
 ST. PAUL, the state capital, situated on a bluff of the Mis- 
 sissippi, nine miles below the Falls of St. Anthony, is a flour- 
 ishing and growing city, displaying a fine view from the 
 river. The site of the city is about 80 feet above the river, 
 and is partially encircled by low hills. The river is navigable 
 by large steamers to this place. The chief manufactures 
 comprise those of flour and lumber, and a considerable fur 
 trade is carried on. Several fine educational institutions have 
 already been established at this place. Population 10,000. 
 
 ST. ANTHONY, on the Mississippi, at the celebrated Falls of 
 this name, is a flourishing place, with 3,000 inhabitants. 
 
168 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK; 
 
 MINNEAPOLIS, situated on the Mississippi, opposite St An- 
 thony, is a place of brisk trade and 2,500 inhabitants. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS. 
 
 1. Anoka. 2. ... 3. Watab. 4. . . 5. Mankato. 6. . . 
 7. ... 8. ... 9. . . 10. ... 11. Taylors. 12. . . 
 
 13. ... 14. ... 15 16. Manterville. 17. Mendota. 
 
 18. ... 19. Preston. 20. Albert Lea. 21. Blue Earth Ciiy. 32. Red 
 
 Wing. 23. Minneapolis. 24. Caledonia. 25. ... 26 
 
 27. ... 28. ... 29. ... 30. Burlington. 31. Le Sueur. 
 
 32. ... 33. ... 34. Glenco3. 85. MilleLacs. 36 
 
 37. ... 38. ... 39. Forest City. 40. Austin. 41. ... 
 42. ... 43. St. Peter. 44. Rochester. 45. ... 46. ... 
 47. ... 48. Chengwatana. 49. ... 50. ... 51. Faribault. 
 52. New Ulm. 53. ... 54. ST. PAUL. 55. Humboldt. 56. Owatoma. 
 57. ... 58. ... 59. St. Cloud. 60. Shakopee. 61. Henderson- 
 C2. . . . 63. .. 64. ... 65. ... 66. Wilton. 67. 
 Winona. 68. Stilbvater. 69. Monticello. 70. Wabashaw. 
 
 OKEGON. 
 
 Area, 80,000 square miles. Population 53,000. 
 
 Oregon is the most northwestern State of the Union, and be- 
 came, February 14th, 1859, the 33d member of the American 
 Confederacy. It is bounded north by Washington Territory, 
 east by the same, south by the Territory of Nevada and the 
 State of California, and west by the Pacific, and it is divided 
 into 19 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Oregon is very mountainous ; the Cascade 
 Range contains several Volcanic Peaks, and its lofty sum- 
 mits rise in many places to a towering height. Portions of 
 the State west of the Cascade Mountains are very fertile, es- 
 pecially in the river valleys ; but the remainder is generally 
 unsuited for agriculture. 
 
 Rivers. The largest river of Oregon is the Columbia, which 
 forms part of its northern boundary, and flows west into the 
 Pacific. The Willamette, the Fall River, and the John Days 
 river, are tributaries of, and flow north into the Columbia. 
 The Umpqua, and Rogue rivers rise in the Cascade moun- 
 tains and flow west into the Pacific. 
 
 Climate. The climate of Oregon is much milder than 
 upon the Atlantic coast. The portion lying upon the coast 
 enjoys a mild, and the upper regions a rigorous atmosphere. 
 The climate of the upper country is so variable as to have 
 often in each day all the changes of the seasons. 
 
 Products. Wheat is the great staple of Oregon. The cool 
 
UNITED STATES. ICO 
 
 evenings and the drought of summer, are unfavorable for 
 corn. Besides wheat, oats, barley, turnips, and most of the 
 fruits and vegetables of the Middle States flourish. Crab ap- 
 ples, plums, strawberries, raspberries, and other berries are 
 indigenous. 
 
 Manufactures. Every facility seerns combined in this 
 northwestern State for the establishment of manufactures, 
 when the time comes, which will render them profitable. 
 Her manufactures are as yet circumscribed within a very nar- 
 row limit, embracing Saw and Grist Mills. The only large es- 
 tablishment in ihe State, is a woolen manufactory at Salem. 
 
 Education. The people of Oregon, appreciating the bene- 
 fits of popular education, have already hoisted its banner 
 upon the distant shores of the Pacific. The number of 
 common schools erected is quite large in proportion to the 
 population of the State, and several academies are likewise 
 in successful operation. 
 
 Curiosities. The most noted natural curiosities of the 
 State, are the rapids of the Columbia river, at the Cascades 
 and the Dalles ; the falls of the Willamette river, at Oregon 
 City ; the snow capped peaks of the Cascade range ; the 
 glaciers of Mounts Hood and Jefferson ; the large beds of lava 
 on the slopes of the Cascade mountains, and the sinking 
 rivers of the Great Basin. 
 
 Government. The Governor is chosen for four years. The 
 Legislature is composed of a Senate of 16, and a House of Re- 
 presentatives of 34 members. The Senators are elected for 
 four years, and the Representatives for two. The sessions of 
 the Legislature are held biennially. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Benton. 8. Douglas. 14. Multnomah. 
 
 2. Clackamas. 9. Jackson. 15. Polk. 
 
 3. Clark. 10. Josephine. 16. Tillamook. 
 
 4. Clatsop. 11. Lane. 17. Umpqua. 
 
 5. Columbia. 12. Linn. 18. Washington. 
 
 6. Goose. 13. Marion. 19. Yamhil. 
 
 7. Curry. 
 
 PORTLAND, situated on the Willamette river, 15 miles from 
 its mouth, at the head of ship navigation, is the largest and 
 chief commercial town in the State. It is surrounded by for- 
 ests of tall spruce, fir, and other evergreen trees, and is built 
 principally of wood. Population 3,000. 
 
170 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 SALEM, on the Willamette river, 80 miles from its mouth, 
 is the capita], and one of the most flourishing towns in the 
 State, with 2,000 inhabitants. 
 
 OREGON CITY, in Clackamas county, also situated on the 
 Willamette, possesses great manufacturing facilities, on ac- 
 count of the immense hydraulic power afforded by the river. 
 
 ASTORIA, on the Columbia river, 10 miles from its mouth, was once an im- 
 portant depot of the fur trade, and was named in honor of John Jacob Astor. 
 It contains a Custom House. This town has been immortalized by Wash- 
 ington Irving. 
 
 CORVALLIS, siuated 20 miles south of Salem, on the west bank of the Wil- 
 lamette river, is a brisk town, and was once selected by the Territorial 
 Legislature for the capita], but the Federal Government refused to recog- 
 nise it, as money had already been appropriated for the construction of the 
 Capitol at Salem. 
 
 EUGENE CITY, also on the Willamette river 80 miles south of Corvallis, is 
 a smart town. 
 
 COUNTY CAPITALS, 
 
 1. Corvallis. 2. Oregon City. 3. ... 4. Astoria. 5. Milton. G. 
 Empire City. 7. ... 8. Winchester. 9. ... 10. Kirbyville. 
 11. Eugene City. 12. Albany. 13. Salem. 14. Portland. 15. Cincin- 
 nati. 16. ... 17. Umpqua City. 18. Hillsboro. 19. ... 20. 
 Lafayette. 
 
 KANSAS. 
 
 Area 80,000 square miles. Population 107,000. 
 
 Kansas was the 34th and last State admitted into the 
 Federal Union, and the question of its admission was a 
 source of great contention amongst the contending parties, 
 whether it should be admitted as a free or slave State. It, 
 however, was admitted as a free State. It is bounded north 
 by Nebraska territory, cast by Missouri, south by the Indian 
 territory, and west by Colorado territory; and it contains 40 
 counties. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Kansas exhibits chiefly an undulating sur- 
 face, with an occasional elevation. The general inclination 
 of the ridges is north and south. The western portion of the 
 State is the most level. The soil of the eastern portion is 
 unrivalled in fertility, and the deep alluvium of the Kansas 
 valley is very productive, but the western is almost a desert. 
 
 Rivers. The Missouri washes a part of the eastern boun- 
 dary. The Kansas is the largest and only navigable river in 
 the State, and its chief affluents are the Big Blue river, the 
 Republican Fork, the Salmon Fork, and the Grand Saline 
 
UNITED STATES. Ill 
 
 Fork. In the southeast flows the Neosho, and in the south- 
 west rises the Arkansas. 
 
 Climate. The climate is mild and agreeable. The win- 
 ters are not long, but snow falls in considerable quantities, 
 which, however, soon melts. But little rain falls in midsum- 
 mer or autumn, and the annual depth does not exceed thirty 
 inches. During summer the thermometer sometimes rises to 
 115, but the extreme heat is tempered by breezes, and the 
 nights are uniformly cool. The State is deemed healthy. 
 
 Products. All the cereal crops, fruits and garden vegeta- 
 bles, common to the more eastern States, can be grown here. 
 Cotton has been raised in southern Kansas. Buffalo, elk, 
 deer, antelopes, prairie dogs, squirrels, grouse and wild turkies 
 are found here in abundance. 
 
 Government. The Govenor of Kansas is elected for the 
 period of two years by popular vote. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Allen. 15. Douglas. 28. Marshall. 
 
 2. Anderson. 16. Franklin. 29. McGee. 
 
 3. Atchinson. 17. Godfrey. 30, Morris. 
 
 4. Bourbon. 18. Greenwood. 31. Nemaha. 
 
 5. Breckinridge. 19. Hunter. 32. Osage. 
 
 C. Brown. 20. Jackson. 33. Potawatamie. 
 
 7. Butler. 21. Jefferson. 34. Riley. 
 
 8. Chase. 22. Johnson. 35. Shawnee. 
 
 9. Clay. 23. Leavenworth. 36. Wise. 
 
 10. Coffee. 24. Linn. 37. Washington. 
 
 11. Davis. 25. Lykens. 38. Wilson. 
 
 12. Dickenson. 26. Madison. 39. Woodson. 
 
 13. Doniphan. 27. Marion. 40. Wyandott. 
 
 14. Dorn. 
 
 LEAVENWORTH, situated on the west bank of the Missouri 
 river, 500 miles from its mouth, is the largest and most com- 
 mercial city of Kansas, and is surrounded by one of the 
 richest agricultural regions of the Missouri valley. The 
 streets of the city are straight, rectangular and lighted 
 with gas. It contains various kinds of manufactures. 
 Telegraphic communication was established with this city 
 and the east in 1859. Population 10,000. 
 
 LAWRENCE, on the Kansas river, 70 miles from its mouth, 
 has numerous manufacturing establishments. A university 
 is being erected here. 
 
172 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 ATCHINSON, on the Missouri river, 20 miles above Leaven- 
 worth, is a growing town with 3,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TOPEKA, is the seat of government. 
 
 LECOMPTON, situated on the Kansas river, 60 miles from 
 its mouth, was the former seat of government. 
 
 DONIPIIAN, built upon the Missouri, four miles above Atchinson, is a 
 smart town. 
 ELWOOD, OSSAWATAMIE, TECUMSEII, and TOPEKA, are places of some note. 
 
 TERRITORIES. 
 
 The unsettled territory of the United States, composing 
 its vast public domain, is subdivided into several distinct 
 territories, and these are subject to the direct control of Con- 
 gress, " to make all needful rules and regulations'' concerning 
 their government. The President of the United States ap- 
 points the Governor arid the Judicial officers of each territory, 
 and the Territorial Legislatures are at liberty to enact all laws 
 which do not conflict with the authority of Congress and the 
 Federal Constitution. The interpretation of the power of 
 Congress in regard to territorial legislation and the subject of 
 the admission of new States into the Union, have been 
 fruitful sources of contest between Northern and Southern 
 statesmen, and our present civil war is mainly to be attributed to 
 the conflicting views upon these vexed questions. 
 
 NEW MEXICO WITH ARIZONA. 
 
 Population 93,500. 
 
 New Mexico forms part of the territory acquired from 
 Mexico, and lies upon both sides of the Rio Grande. It ex- 
 hibits in many places a rugged .and mountainous surface, 
 and the soil is sterile except where it can be irrigated. The 
 Sierra Madre is the principal range of mountains in New 
 Mexico. Its chief rivers are the Rio Grande, the Colorado 
 and the Pecos. The only settled part of this territory, is the 
 narrow valley of the Rio Grande. Possessing no great in- 
 ducements to tempt emigration, the inhabitants are composed 
 chiefly ot Meztizoes, the descendants of whites and Indians, 
 who speak in general the Spanish language. It is at this 
 time divided into eleven counties. 
 
 SANTA FE, situated 20 miles east of the Rio Grande, is the 
 capital and the great emporium of the overland trade since 
 1822. It is built in a wide plain surrounded by high moun- 
 tains, at an elevation of 7,000 feet above the level of the sea. 
 
UNITED STATES. 113 
 
 The streets are irregular and narrow, and the houses are 
 mostly built of adobes. It was taken by Gen. Kearney in 
 September, 1S4G. Population 4,600. 
 
 The other towns on the Rio Grande, are TOME, SOCORRO 
 and ALBUQUERQUE. 
 
 UTAH TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 24,000. 
 
 Utah lies wholy in the interior, north of New Mexico and 
 between Colorado on the east and Nevada on the west. A 
 large part of the territory is occupied by "the Great Interior 
 Basin," a dreary inhospitable desert, 1,500 miles in circuit. 
 The 32d meridian from Washington, is the eastern boundary 
 of Utah. The chief range of mountains is the Wahsatch ; 
 and the Grand and Green rivers, branches of the Colorado, 
 are the principal streams. Great Salt Lake has a circuit of 
 180 miles, and its water is salter than that of the ocean. 
 This territory is divided into fourteen counties. The inhabi- 
 tants are chiefly Mormons. 
 
 SALT LAKE CITY, situated on the river Jordan, which 
 unites Great Salt Lake with Utah Lake, is the capital. This 
 city was founded in 1847, by 143 Mormons, and now ranks 
 as the great metropolis of the Latter Day Saints. The 
 houses are generally small, built of adobes and one story 
 high. The great Mormon Temple, begun in 1853, is built in 
 the Gothic style, and is 150 feet long, by 60 wide. One of 
 the largest building in the city is the house where the tenth 
 of all the products of the territory are deposited 
 for the use of the church. Another large building called 
 Social Hall, serves for a theatre, dancing and lor social enter- 
 tainments. The valley in which this city is located, is en- 
 closed on the east by the Wahsatch mountains, having an 
 elevation of 10,000 feet. Population 10,000. 
 
 FlLLMORE, BOONSVILLE, OGDEN, PROVO, MANTI and PARA- 
 WAN, are small towns. 
 
 NEVADA TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 6,800. 
 
 This territory occupies the country south of Oregon, and be- 
 tween Utah and California, and it contains a number offer- 
 tile and finely watered valleys, which seem well adapted for 
 
1U GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 an agriculual population. Considerable quantities of gold 
 are found in this territory. It was organized by Congress, 
 March 2nd, 1861, and it is settled mainly by American citi- 
 zens from California. 
 
 GENOA, situated in Carson Valley, is the principal town, 
 and Carson City the capital. 
 
 WASHINGTON TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 10,600. 
 
 This territory comprises the most northwestern portion of 
 the United States. It lies between Oregon and Dacotah 
 and south of British America, aud extends from the Rocky 
 mountains to the Pacific ocean. This territory was in 1853 
 detached from Oregon, and the same year received its territo- 
 rial organization. The best soil is found west of the Cascade 
 mountains, but a large portion of what is called " the Great 
 plain of the Columbia' 7 is a vast barren region, destitute of 
 trees and water. This territory is admirably located for com- 
 merce, the Srait of Juan de Fuca, Admiralty Inlet, and Pu- 
 get's Sound, all furnishing excelent harbors. The inhabitants 
 are chiefly engaged in agriculture, lumbering and fishing. 
 The territory is at present divided into 19 counties. 
 
 OLYMPIA, situated on Puget's Sound, is the capital. 
 
 STEILACOOM AND SEATTLE, are located on the same Sound. 
 Columbia and Cascade cities are built upon the Columbia 
 river, and Pacific city at its mouth. 
 
 NEBRASKA TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 28,800. 
 
 This territory, first organized in 1854, lies west of Iowa, 
 and between Dacotah on the north, and Kansas and Colora- 
 do on the south. At present it is far from being so large as 
 when first organized Its surface consists mostly of prairies, 
 on which feed buffalo, wild horses, and other animals in 
 great numbers. Already 37 counties have been organized 
 in this territory, and it bids to be a country of rapid growth. 
 
 OHMAHA CITY, siuated on the Missouri river, above the 
 embouchure of the Nebraska, is the capital, with 2,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 NEBRASKA CITY, OTOE CITY, BLACKBIRD, AND TEHAMA, are 
 recenty settled but thriving towns. 
 
UNITED STATES. It 5 
 
 DACOTAH TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 5,000. 
 
 DACOTAH is the most extensive territory of the United 
 States, situated between Minnesota and Washington terri- 
 tories, having Nebraska on the south, and British America 
 on the north. It is a very cold country, and contains as yet 
 but few inhabitants. It was organized March 2d, 1861. 
 
 PEMBINA, on Red river, is the chief town with 3,500 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 YANCTON is the Capital. 
 
 COLORADO TERRITORY. 
 
 Population 34,000. 
 
 This territory was formed in 1861, and lies west of Kan- 
 sas, and east of Utah, and between the 37th and 41st paral- 
 lels of latitude. It lies upon both sides of the Rocky moun- 
 tains, and includes the celebrated gold mining region of 
 Pike's Peak, and some other peaks, amongst the highest of 
 the Rocky mountain range. Here are found the sources of 
 the Arkansas, and the Rio Grande rivers. All the settlements 
 within this territory are of recent date, and the inhabitants 
 are chiefly engaged in gold mining. 
 
 DENVER CITY, on the south bank of the Nebraska river, is 
 the principal town and capital, with 5,000 inhabitants. 
 
 AURARTA AND MOUNTAIN CITY, are small towns. 
 
 INDIAN TERRITORY. 
 
 The Indian Territory lies west of Arkansas and Mis- 
 souri, and between Kansas on the north and Texas on the 
 south. This territory has been set apart by the General 
 Government for the home of the Indians ; but it does not be- 
 long to the territories proper, never having received a terri- 
 torial organization. It contains different tribes of Indians : 
 Cherokees, Choctaws, Creeks, and Chickasaws, and these 
 tribes have been steadily advancing in civilization. Schools 
 and Churches have been erected amongst, them, and they 
 elect their civil officers by ballot. 
 
 TAH-LE-QUAH, is the capital of .the Cherokee country. 
 
MEXICO. 
 
 Area 668,000 square miles. Population 8,287,000. 
 
 When the Europeans first discovered Mexico, they found 
 it inhabited by a race of people who had made considerable 
 advance in civilization, numerous evidences of which yet 
 remain in its splendid antiquities. Hernando Cortez landed 
 in Mexico in 1519, and in two years of incessant warfare, 
 effected the subjugation of the Aztecs or early inhabitants, 
 and set up the authority of the Spanish crown, which con- 
 tinued to govern this country as a province for about 300 
 years. About the year 1821 an effective revolution broke out, 
 which overthrew the Spanish rule and raised Mexico to the 
 dignity of an independent government. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Andes or the Cordilleras, are the princi- 
 pal chain of mountains, which attain an elevation of 17,000 
 feet and contain numerous volcanoes. The loftiest peak is 
 the volcano of Popocatapetl, (smoking mountain) 17,720 feet 
 high. The interior of this country is an elevated series of 
 table lands. The low country along the coast is very fertile. 
 
 Rivers. Mexico is but sparingiy provided with navigable 
 rivers, having few which reach the interior. The largest is 
 the Rio Grande del Norte, which forms part of the boundary 
 with the United States, and afterwards empties into the Gulf 
 of Mexico. The Rio Santiago flows west into the Pacific, 
 and the Rio Santander east into the Gulf of Mexico. The 
 Rio Conchos, the Salado, and the San Juan, affluents of the 
 Rio Grande, are considerable streams. The Rio Colorado, 
 the Yaqui, and the Sonora, empty into the Gulf of Califor- 
 nia. 
 
 Climate. The climate is various, according to the differ- 
 ent altitudes of country, in some places hot, in others tem- 
 perate, and in others cold. In the low regions around Vera 
 Cruz, the air is very impure, and the yellow fever often rages 
 
MEXICO. Iff 
 
 in these parts. The city of Mexico, although lying in the 
 Torrid Zone, has a fine, temperate climate, owing to its great 
 elevation. 
 
 Products. Indian corn, and the banana, are the staples 
 but wheat, rice, sugar, coffee,*vanilla, indigo, and tobacco, are 
 also cultivated. Along the coast are found magnificent for- 
 ests of useful \vood, such as mahogany, Brazil wood, the 
 Campeachy wood, the American ebony, and a number of 
 other varieties. 
 
 Minerals. Mexico is celebrated for its mineral products. 
 It is particularly rich in silver, but gold and numerous other 
 metals are obtained. 
 
 Manufactures. The principal manufactures of Mexico, 
 comprise those of sugar, rum, aloes, wine, brandy, earthen 
 and stone ware ; also glass, paper, wool, and silk. The pre- 
 paration of olive oil employs a large capital. The spinning 
 and weaving of cotton are likewise great objects of industry, 
 and in addition the manufacture of gold and silver lace has 
 recently attracted considerable attention. 
 
 Commerce. Although we infer from an inspection 
 of the map, that Mexico is favorably located for commerce, 
 yet she has not displayed great enterprise in this particular. 
 A considerable commerce, however, is carried on with the 
 United States and the leading nations of Europe, still the 
 frequent revolutions in which this country has at different 
 times been engaged, have proved a constant incuhus to the 
 development of an extended commerce. 
 
 Curiosities. About seven miles from Puebla at Cholula, 
 is a remarkable pyramid, built of unburnt brick, but now 
 overgrown with vegetation. It is twice as large at the base 
 as the largest Egyptian Pyramid, but not half so high; upon 
 this stood a Teocalle, or Aztec Temple, consecrated to the 
 God of air. This has been replaced by a Roman Catholic 
 chapel. Near Villanucva are found extensive, and remark- 
 able ruins, called Los Edificios. In Vera Cruz are seen 
 the Pyramids of Papantla, built of porphyry. In the vicinity 
 of PaleiKjue are large ruined buildings of uncertain origin. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants arc composed of Indians, 
 Europeans, and Negroes; also of Mulottocs, Mestizoes, and 
 Xamboes. The Indians are said to comprise four sevenths of 
 (lie population; those of mixed descent two sevenths; and the 
 !"in;miiiig one seventh is composed of whites and m _ 
 
 I* ' 
 
It8 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 The prevailing religion is the Catholic, and the Spanish the 
 predominant language. The form of Government is mould- 
 ed in imitation of that of the United States, but corresponds 
 but poorly with its prototype. 
 
 MEXICO COMPRISES THE FOLLOWING DIVISIONS. 
 
 1. District of Mexico. 14. Puebla. 
 
 2. Aguas Calientes. 15. Queretaro. 
 
 3. Chiapa. 16. San Luis Potosi. 
 
 4. Chihuahua. 17. Sinaloa. 
 
 5. Colima. . 18. Sonora. 
 
 6. Durango. 19. Tamaulipas. 
 
 7. Guanaxuato. 20. Tobasco. 
 
 8. Guerrero. 21. Tlascala. 
 
 9. Jalisco. 22. Vera Cruz. 
 
 10. Mexico. 23. Yucatan. 
 
 11. Michoacan. 24. Zacatecas. 
 
 12. Nuevo Leon y Coahuila. 25. Lower California, territory. 
 
 13. Oaxaca. 
 
 1. MEXICAN DISTRICT. 
 
 MEXICO, the capital of the Mexican Confederation, is situ- 
 ated upon a plain, 7,400 feet above the level of the sea. It 
 is one of the oldest cities in America ; is handsomely built in 
 the form of a square, and is distinguished for the width and 
 regularity of its streets, for the splendor and magnitude of 
 its public edifices and, for the beauty of its gardens, floating 
 upon the adjacent lakes. The private residences are almost 
 all built of hewn stone, three or four stories high, and they 
 in general exhibit a fine style of architecture. The most re- 
 markable structure of this city is the Cathedral, erected upon 
 the spot where the great Aztec Temple stood, and occupying 
 an entire side of the central square. It is 500 feet long, by 
 420 wide, and although not built in accordance with any 
 particular order of architecture, presents an imposing appear- 
 ance. The walls are composed of unhewn basalt, the front 
 is covered with the most laborious carving, and the interior 
 is gorgeously decorated, almost beyond description. The 
 high altar exhibits a profusion of candlesticks, crosses and 
 other ornaments of pure gold or silver, and is crowned by an 
 image of the holy virgin, decked in jewels valued at over 
 $2,000,000, and all other parts of this Catheral are decorated 
 with corresponding magnificence and splendor. Some of 
 the other public buildings are the National Palace, the Casa 
 
MEXICO. If 9 
 
 Muncipal, occupied as an exchange ; the University and 
 the Mineria or school of Mines. The manufactures of this 
 city are limited, including those of gold and silver lace, 
 jewelry, cotton goods, carriages and tobacco. Mexico was 
 taken by Gen. Scott, September 13tfc, 1847, and held by him 
 until June 12th, 1848. Population 200,000. 
 
 2. AGUAS CALTENTES. 
 
 AGUAS CALIENTES, situated in a level plain, 6,000 feet 
 above the level of the sea, has a favorable location for trade. 
 It is the capital of the above State, and is surrounded by 
 rich gardens and olive groves. In the vicinity are two warm 
 mineral springs, giving name to the city. Population 20,000^ 
 
 3. CHIAPA. 
 
 CUIDAD REAL, the capital, contains 'some manufactures of 
 cotton and wool. In the vicinity are found an intermittent 
 spring and a stalactitic cavern. It was founded in 1528. 
 Population 6,500. 
 
 PALENQUE, is situated 100 miles northeast of the capital of the State. 
 About seven miles distant are some of the most maguificent ruins in Amer- 
 ica. The principal of these, called the Palace, is 220 feet long and 180 wide, 
 with numerous sculptures. 
 
 4. CHIHUAHUA. 
 
 CHIHUAHUA, situated on an affluent of the river Conchos, 
 is the capital, and is a handsome and well built city. The 
 great ornament of the city is the square called the Plaza 
 Mayor, on one side of which stands the Cathedral, erected 
 at a cost of $800,000. The Cathedral is surmounted by a 
 dome and two towers and has a beautiful facade, with stat- 
 ues of the twelve apostles. In the vicinity of this city are 
 many fine gardens and pleasant promenades. It is surround- 
 ed by silver mines, and contains several furnaces for smelt- 
 ing ores. Chihuahua once contained 70,000 inhabitants, 
 now only 14,000. 
 
 5. COLIMA. 
 
 COLIMA, the capital of the State, is situated in a fertile 
 plain, near the volcano so called, and carries on a considera- 
 ble trade in linen and cotton goods, woolens and hardware. 
 Its port is about 30 miles southwest of the city. Population 
 32,000. 
 
180 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 6. DURANGO. 
 
 DURANGO, the capital, situated about 7,295 feet above the 
 level of the sea, occupies a picturesque location, but is quite 
 dirty. There are iron mines in the vicinity. This city was 
 founded about the middle of the sixteenth century. Popu- 
 lation 22,000. 
 
 7. GUANAXUATO. 
 
 GUANAXUATO, the capital, 160 miles northwest of Mexico, 
 is a great mining town, and contains some manufactures of 
 soap, woolen cloth, linen, powder and tobacco. The Alhon- 
 diga, a large building used as a granary, is a remarkable 
 structure. Population 65,000. 
 
 SALAMANCA, twenty miles south of the capital, is a brisk 
 town. 
 
 8. GUERRERO. 
 
 ACAPULCO, is a seaport on the Pacific, 185 miles southwest 
 of Mexico. It has one of the best and most extensive har- 
 bors in the world, and formerly engrossed most of the trade 
 of the Spanish American colonies with the East. Since the 
 discovery of the California gold mines, it has become the 
 most important port in Mexico. Population 5,000. 
 
 TIXTLA, is the capital of Guerrero. 
 
 9. JALISCO. 
 
 GUADALAXARA, capital of the State of Jalisco, is situated 
 on the river Santiago, 275 miles northwest of Mexico. It is 
 a handsome city, with wide streets and beautiful private resi- 
 dences. The Cathedral and the Government House are 
 both imposing edifices. The Alameda is a handsome public 
 walk, laid out with trees and flowers, with a fountain in the 
 centre and surrounded with a stream of water. It has 
 manufactures of shawls, striped calico, paper and earthen- 
 ware. Population 70,000. 
 
 10. MEXICO. 
 
 TOLUCA, situated 40 miles southwest of Mexico, is the 
 capital of this State, with 12,000 inhabitants. 
 
 11. MICRO AC AN. 
 
 VALLADOLID, built in a fine valley, 115 miles northwest of 
 
MEXICO. 181 
 
 Mexico, has a superb Cathedral and several other handsome 
 churches. This was the birth place of Iturbide, the 1st and 
 only Emperor of Mexico. Population 18,000. 
 MORELIA, is the capital of this State. 
 
 12. NUEVO LEON Y COAHUILA. 
 
 MONTEREY, the capital, situated on the Tigre, is a hand- 
 some city, with well paved streets ; houses built in the 
 Moorish style, and 12,000 inhabitants. It is memorable for its 
 capture by Gen. Taylor in 1846. Southwest of Monterey 
 lies Saltillo, near which Gen. Taylor fought the battle of 
 Buena Vista, February 23d and 23d, 1847.' 
 
 13. OAXACA. 
 
 OAXACA, 210 miles southeast of Mexico, is one of the 
 handsomest cities of tha Confederation, and the capital of 
 the above State. The principal edifices are the Bishop's 
 Palace and Cathedral. Population 25,000. 
 
 14. PUEBLA. 
 
 PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES (City of the Angels) Capital 
 of the above State, situated 76 miles southeast of Mexico, de- 
 rives its name from its delightful situation. It is regularly 
 built, well paved, and contains many highly decorated reli- 
 gious edifices. Population 50,000. 
 
 15. QUERETARO. 
 
 QUERETARO is a handsome and well formed city, contain- 
 ing many beautiful buildings, mostly of a religious character. 
 It has the aspect of a busy city, and is the place where peace 
 between the United States and Mexico was ratified by the 
 Congress of the latter country. Population 30,000. 
 
 1C. SAN LUIS roTOSi. 
 
 SAN Luis POTOSI, built near the source of the Tampico ri- 
 ver, is a beautiful city, containing 40,000 inhabitants It has 
 an active trade and considerable manufactures. Its foreign 
 trade is chieliy in the hands of the United States and Spain. 
 
 COTORCB and VALUES are small towns. 
 
 17. SINALOA. 
 
 CULIACAN, the capital, is situated in a fertile region, on the 
 river of the same name, with 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
182 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 SINALOA, about 50 miles from the Gulf of California, is a thriving place, 
 with gold washings in the vicinity. Population 10,000. 
 
 r 18. SONORA. 
 
 GUAYMAS has one of the best harbors on the west coast of Mexico, with an 
 active trade. 
 
 URES is the capital of the State. 
 
 19. TAMAULIPAS. 
 
 VICTORIA is the capital, with 5,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TAMPICO, on the lake so called, carries on an important and increasing 
 trade with the United States and Great Britain. Population 7,000. 
 
 MATAMORAS is situated on the south bank of the Rio Grande, 40 miles 
 from the Gulf of Mexico. It is famed for its occupation by Gen. Taylor and 
 the American army, in the year 1846. Population 20,000. 
 
 20. TABASCO. 
 
 SAN JUAN BAUTISTA, on the river Tabasco, 70 miles from its mouth, is the 
 capital. 
 
 FRANTERO, situated on the Tabasco river, three miles from its mouth, is 
 mostly composed of houses built of mud and bamboo. 
 
 21. TLASCALA, 
 With a capital of the same name. 
 
 22. VERA CRUZ. 
 
 VERA CRUZ, the capital of the above State, is built in an 
 unhealthy location, and is defended by the strong castle of 
 San Juan de Ulloa, built upon an island half a mile from the 
 shore. This castle failed to withstand the American batteries 
 in 1847. Population 20,000. 
 
 23. YUCATAN. 
 
 This State, at two different periods, declared her indepen- 
 dence of the Mexican confederation, but has finally consented 
 to resume her position as a member of the confederacy. 
 
 MERIDA, situated about 25 miles from the Gulf of Mexico, 
 is a regularly built and handsome city, with 23,000 inhabit- 
 ants. It was founded by the Spaniards in 1542, and contains 
 a superb cathedral, an edifice of the 16th century, and seve- 
 ral handsome structures. 
 
 VALLADOLID, a city of Yucatan, noted for its salubrious climate, is much 
 resorted to by invalids from other parts of the State. Topulation 15,000. 
 
 CAMPEACHY, situated on the west coast of Yucatan, 90 miles southwest of 
 Merida, is an important city, with 15,000 inhabitants. It is surrounded by 
 
MEXICO. 183 
 
 mountains and enclosed by bastioned walls. The houses are generally only 
 one-story high, and the streets are narrow, crooked, ill-paved and dirty. 
 This city derives its chief importance from its trade in Campeachy, or log- 
 wood and wax. It has a fine museum of shells objects of natural history 
 and many antiquities of Yucatan. Campeachy was the centre of hostilities 
 during the rebellion of Yucatan against Mexico in 1842, and it successfully 
 withstood a series of attacks, both by land and sea. 
 
 24. ZAOATECAS, 
 
 With a capital of the same name, containing 25,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 25. LOWER CALIFORNIA, 
 
 With LA PAZ, the capital. 
 
CENTRAL AMERICA. 
 
 Area, 203,000 square miles. Population 2,145,000. 
 
 Central America comprises nearly all the narrow tract of 
 land between the northern and southern divisions of the 
 American continent. This division of America was first dis- 
 covered by Columbus in 1502. In 1523 Pedro Alvarado was 
 despatched by Cortez to effect its subjugation, and he accom- 
 plished this in two years. From this time it remained a pro- 
 vince of Spain until 1823, when it threw off the Spanish yoke 
 and established an independent Republic, consisting of seve- 
 ral States. This confederation of States lasted until 1839, 
 since which time the government has been quite unsettled. 
 
 Surface, 8?c. The surface is, in general, mountainous. It 
 is traversed by the Andes chain throughout the whole coun- 
 try, running near the Pacific ; and this chain contains nu- 
 merous volcanoes, of which those in Guatemala are the most 
 remarkable. More active volcanoes are found here than in 
 any other country upon the globe, except on the island of Java. 
 That of Irasu has an elevation of 11,478 feet. The soil is, in 
 general, very rich. 
 
 Rivers. Central America is by no means destitute of riv- 
 ers ; but she has no' large ones, owing to the narrowness of 
 the country. Usumasinta is the largest, flowing north into 
 the bay of Campeachy. The Cape, or Wanks river, and 
 the river San Juan, the outlet of Lake Nicaragua, are the 
 remaining streams of importance. 
 
 Climate. The climate is moist and warm. Only two sea- 
 sons visit this country. The winter, in which period even the 
 sun is nearly vertical ; and the summer, during which the 
 weather is hot and dry, with a healthy atmosphere. It rains 
 during winter almost constantly; and in the lower regions 
 
CENTRAL AMERICA. 185 
 
 fevers, agues, and other diseases to which the unacclimated 
 are liable, prevail. 
 
 Products. Upon the high lands most products of temper- 
 ate regions are cultivated ; in the low, warm districts, those of 
 the tropics sugar cane, indigo and tobacco are cultivated. 
 The forests furnish mahogany, logwood and lignum vita). A 
 considerable quantity of coffee is grown here. 
 
 Minerals. The country is not rich in the precious metals. 
 But gold, silver, lead and mercury, are found in small quan- 
 tities. Iron exists here in abundance. The geological form- 
 ation of the country is granite, gneiss and mica slate. 
 
 ftnimals. The only animals peculiar to Central America, 
 are the Manatee, found at the mouth of the river Juan ; 
 the flying squirrel, and different species of quadrumana. Ser- 
 pents are numerous. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of Central America, like 
 those of Mexico, are composed of Indians, whites and Cre- 
 oles, negroes and mixed classes. Since the dissolution of the 
 confederation in 1839, the government of the different States, 
 although nominally republican, is nearly in a state of anar- 
 chy, the military rule of adventurers being almost despotic. 
 The Catholic is the prevailing religion. Central America is 
 divided into the States of 1. Guatemala. 2. Honduras. 
 3. San Salvador. 4. Nicaragua. 5. Costa Rica. 
 
 1. GUATEMALA. 
 
 NEW GUATEMALA, built upon a spacious plain, 4,372 feet 
 above the sea, is the capital of Guatemala, and the largest 
 city of Central America. This city was founded in 1776, af- 
 ter the destruction of Old Guatemala, and it is now a great 
 centre of wealth. It is disadvantageously located for com- 
 merce. The form of the city is quadrilateral, having streets 
 40 feet wide, which cross each other at right angles. The 
 Great Plaza, or public square, is flanked by the Municipal 
 and Government Houses, and opposite these is the Cathedral. 
 The only building that can lay claim to architectural design, 
 is the Theatre erected in 1858, and it is a large and hand- 
 some edifice constructed in the Grecian style of architecture. 
 The private houses are low, but supplied with courts and 
 surrounded with corridors, planted with handsome trees and 
 flowers, and decorated with fountains. On account of the 
 
186 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 mildness of the climate fire places and chimneys are un- 
 known. Population 45,000. 
 
 GUATEMALA ANTIGUA, situated 30 miles west of the capi- 
 tal, was previous to 1773 the second city of all Spanish Amer- 
 ica, numbering 60,000 inhabitants. It is now regaining some 
 of its former magnificence and importance. Many of its 
 ruins are yet visible displaying its ancient grandeur. Pop- 
 ulation 20,000. 
 
 *2. HONDURAS. 
 
 COMAYAGUA, situated on the Ulloa river is the capital of 
 Honduras, with 8,000 inhabitants. It was formerly more 
 populous, but was burnt by the monarchical faction of Guate- 
 mala in 1827, since which time it has never entirely recover- 
 ed. It is the seat of a Bishopric, and has a splendid Cathe- 
 dral. 
 
 TRUXILLO, on the Caribbean Sea, and San Lorenzo, are the 
 principal ports of Honduras. 
 
 3. SAN SALVADOR. 
 
 SAN SALVADOR, situated near the Volcano of this name, is 
 the capital of this State, with 15,000 inhabitants. April 16th, 
 1854, it was completely destroyed by an earthquake, but it 
 has been rebuilt. 
 
 COJUTEPEC, built 15 miles south of San Salvador, was 
 the seat of Government from April 16th, 1854, untilJune 28th, 
 1858, when the old capital was rebuilt. Population 15,000. 
 
 SAN MIGUEL, on a river of the same name, 80 miles south- 
 east of the capital, is the most important commercial city of 
 Central America, with 20,000 inhabitants. The great fair of 
 La Paz held here annualy attracts 15,000 persons. 
 
 4. NICARAGUA. 
 
 LEON, situated about midway between lake Managua and 
 the Pacific, is the capital, and next Guatemala, the most im- 
 portant city of all Central America. The city is regularly laid 
 out in squares, with houses seldom more than one story high, 
 but in general highly ornamented. Its public buildings are 
 amongst the finest of all Spanish America, and the Great Cath- 
 
 *The Bay Islands, situated in the Bay of Honduras, were ceded in 1860 
 to the State of Honduras. These comprise Ruatan, Barbarate, Helene, 
 Moxato and Utille, and their soil is extremely fertile. 
 
CENTRAL AMERICA. 1ST 
 
 edral of St. Peter is one of the most magnificent structures 
 on the continent. It occupies a whole square, is composed 
 of solid masonry, was 37 years in building and cost $5,000,- 
 000. Besides this there are in this city several other superb 
 edifices. Leon is well paved, clean and salubrious, and the 
 view around it is one of the finest and most extensive in the 
 world. No less than 13 volcanoes are visible from the top 
 of the Cathedral. It was founded in 1523, and a large part 
 of it was burned in 1823 by the contending factions. Popu- 
 lation 35,000. 
 
 GRANADA, on a small bay of lake Nicaragua, in 1854 a considerable town, 
 became famous for its sieges during the civil war, in which Gen. Walker 
 and his followers participated, and by whose orders it was burned in 1856. 
 
 GREYTOWN, is the principal seaport on the eastern coast. It was destroy- 
 ed July, 1854, by Captain Hollins, in accordance with the orders of the U. 
 States Government. 
 
 5. COSTA RICA. 
 
 SAN JOSE, on the Cartago, is the capital, with 16,000 in- 
 habitants. It contains a Cathedral, an Episcopal palace, 
 and carries on a brisk trade. 
 
 BALIZE. 
 
 Area 9,600 square miles. Population 30,000. 
 
 The British possessions in Central America comprise Balizc, 
 lying south of Yucatan, and valued chiefly for logwood and 
 mahogany. The climate is regarded as unhealthy for the 
 white race, but the negro finds here a congenial atmosphere. 
 The British lay no claim to the soil, but only the privilege of 
 cutting and shipping therefrom logwood, mahogany, and 
 other natural products. 
 
 BALIZE, situated at the mouth of the river of the same 
 name, is the capital, with 5,000 inhabitant?. 
 
 THE MOSQUITO TERRITORY. 
 
 This is a large but undefined country, occupying the north- 
 east projection of Central America, and lying east of Nicar- 
 agua, and Honduras. Its area is estimated at about 26,000 
 square miles. The English once claimed a protectorate over 
 this country, but this claim has been abandoned by the Clay- 
 ton Bulwer treaty of July 4th, 1850. This territory is in- 
 habited by an independent race of Indians, whose sovereign 
 calls himself king. 
 
WEST INDIES. 
 
 Area 150,000 square miles. Population 3,500,000. 
 
 The West Indies are an extensive system of Islands in the 
 Atlantic ocean, lying between the east side of Florida and 
 the mouth of the Orinoco, and also between the Gulf of Mexi- 
 co and the Caribbean sea. All the inhabitable islands, with 
 the exception of Hayti and Margarita, are subject to different 
 European powers. Many of them are simply naked cliffs, 
 and many of volcanic origin. The climate of these islands 
 is exceedingly hot, but the heat is somewhat moderated by 
 the sea breezes and the eastern trade winds. The wet season, 
 which is usually accompanied by terrific hurricanes, con- 
 tinues from June until near the end of the year. The chief 
 articles of commerce are coffee, sugar, cotton, tobacco, and 
 indigo; also molasses, rum, pimento, logwood, cochineal, ma- 
 hogany, lignum vitse, and a variety cf tropical fruits. These 
 islands contain few indigenous mammiferous animals, but 
 abound in turtles, birds of the most gaudy plumage, parrots, 
 and flamingoes. It is estimated that four-sixths of the inhab- 
 itants are negroes, or their descendants, who have been free 
 in the English possessions since August 1st, 1834, and now 
 also in the others, except in the Spanish Islands, where they 
 are generally held as slaves. All the aboriginal inhabitants, 
 except a few hundred in Trinidad, have disappeared from 
 these islands. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 1. The, Bahama Isles. 
 
 2. The Great Antilles. 
 
 3. The Little Antilles. 
 
 4. The Bermudas. 
 
 These latter islands lie east of the United States, and are 
 not included in the West Indies proper, but may appropriate- 
 ly be grouped with them in description. 
 
WEST INDIES. 1&9 
 
 1. THE BAHAMAS. 
 
 These compose a group of about 500 islands or rocky 
 islets, lying northeast of Cuba and east of Florida. They 
 generally present a flat surface, and are mostly long and 
 narrow. In general they are sterile, but some of them pro- 
 duce oranges, lemons, limes, maize, #c. In some of the 
 most southern of these, salt springs are found, which prove 
 of great value. They belong to the British, and contain 
 about 30,000 inhabitants. The principal are, Grand Bahama, 
 Great and Little Abaco, Andros Islands, New Providence, 
 Eleuthera, San Salvador, Great Exuma, Rurn Cay, Watling 
 Island, Attwood's Key, Long Island, Crooked Island, Acklin 
 Island, Mariguana Island, Great arid Little Inagua, and the 
 Caricos Islands. 
 
 NASSAU, situated on New Providence, is the capital, with 
 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ST. SALVADOR, or GUANAHAXI, was the first land discovered by Columbus, 
 October 12th, 1492. 
 
 The noted Gulf Stream flows between the peninsula of Florida and the 
 Bahamas, from the Gulf of Mexico to the most western of the Azore islands, 
 where it is lost in the ocean. This current seems to be caused principally 
 by the revolution of the earth around its axis, and by the blowing of the 
 trade winds. The stream has a variable breadth in some places of 400 
 miles, and it flows a distance of from one to five miles per hour. 
 
 2. THE GREAT ANTILLES. 
 
 Thero are four of these namely : 
 
 CUBA. 
 
 Area 42,380 square miles. Population 1,247,000. 
 
 Cuba, the largest island of the Great Antilles,. lies in the 
 Carribbean sea, about 130 miles south of Florida, and is 650 
 miles long and from 50 to 60 wide'. It was discovered by 
 Columbus on the 28th of October 1492, and by him named 
 Juana, in honor of Prince John, son of Ferdinand and Isa- 
 bella, afterwards Fernandina and Santiago, but its Indian 
 name has survived all others. Narcisso Lopez made two at- 
 tempts to revolutionize the island in 1851, but his efforts 
 proved abortive, and he with his followers were taken pris- 
 oners. Lopez was garroted. A chain of mountains stretches 
 through the central portion of this island, from one end to 
 the other. At the eastern extremity, this chain spreads over 
 a wider extent than elsewhere and some of the peaks attain 
 
190 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 an altitude of 8,000 feet. Extensive tracts of level land 
 intervene between this central mountain chain and the sea 
 coast, and these during the wet season, are often inundated 
 and rendered almost impassable on account of water and 
 the tenacity of the mud. The soil of Cuba in many places 
 is quite rich and fertile. During the greater portion of the 
 year the climate is hot and dry. It rains often in torrents, 
 from July to September, and showers fall sometimes for a 
 month before and after these periods. Snow is never seen 
 in Cuba, even upon the highest mountains, but frost occurs 
 occasionally, forming thin ice. Hail storms are rare visitors 
 and hurricanes less frequent than in some of the other 
 Antilles. The largest river of Cuba is the Cauto, at the 
 west end, which has its source in the Sierra del Cobre or 
 Copper mountains, and flows west after a course of 90 miles 
 into the Bay of Buena Esperanza. The remaining rivers 
 are small streams. An exceedingly luxuriant vegetation 
 decks this island. The principal cereal cultivaded is Indian 
 corn, two crops of which are obtained here annually. Rice 
 is grown in some districts; but the principal crops a r e sugar, 
 coffee and tobacco, with some cotton, cocoa and indigo. Of 
 domestic animals, the most valuable are the horse, ox and 
 pig, and these form a large part of the wealth. Snakes 
 and reptiles are not numerous. The mineral treasures have 
 not yet been much explored, but no deficiency seems to exist 
 in this particular. The precious metals are scarce, but copper 
 is more abundant. Coal has recently been discovered in the 
 vicinity of Havana. Marble, chalcedony, magnesia, iron 
 pyrites and quartz have likewise been found in various 
 places. Cuba is subject to the Spanish Crown and is gov- 
 erned by a Captain General, who is the representative of 
 royal authority in the island. The Roman Catholic is the 
 only form of religion tolerated by law. Slavery yet exists in 
 Cuba. 
 
 HAVANA, situated on the northwestern coast of Cuba, is its 
 capital, and the greatest commercial port of the West Indies. 
 It has one of the best and most capacious harbors in the 
 world, capable of accommodating 1,000 men of war, and so 
 secure that vessels can ride safely without anchor. The 
 streets are narrow but laid out with much regularity, and 
 some of them are paved with square blocks of granite. The 
 public edifices are not remarkable for architectural display ; 
 
WFST INDIES. 191 
 
 the palace of the Captain General, the Custom House, and the 
 Deposit Warehouse, formerly the Convent of San Francisco, 
 being large but plain structures, facing the Plaza de Armas. 
 Havana is surrounded by walls, bastions and ditches, and is 
 defended by six forts beside the citadel. The churches of 
 this city are numerous and richly ornamented with gold and 
 silver lamps, images, &c. This city possesses one of the most 
 delightful climates, which renders it a delightful retreat for 
 northern invalids, and it is annually visited by great numbers 
 seeking health. The manufacturing industry is employed 
 chiefly in the making of cigars, which have obtained a world- 
 wide celebrity. Chocolate, woolen fabrics and straw hats are 
 likewise manufactured to a considerable extent in Havana. 
 She is rather more of a commercial than a manfacturing city. 
 The flags of all commercial nations are seen in the harbor, 
 and she is regarded as the great emporium of the Spanish 
 American commerce. January 15th, 1796, the remains of 
 Columbus were brought to this city and deposited with great 
 pomp in the Cathedral. Population 200,000. 
 
 SANTIAGO DE CUBA, built upon the river Santiago, six miles from its 
 mouth was the ancient capital. It ranks in commercial importance next to 
 Havana. Population 25,000. 
 
 PURETO PRINCIPE is the largest town in the interior. 
 
 CARDENAS is a seaport on the north side of Cuba, and Cienfuegos on the 
 south side, and both are united to Havana by railway. 
 
 HAYTT. 
 
 Area 29,000 square miles. Population 900,000. 
 
 Hayti, called Hispaniola by Columbus, by whom it was 
 discovered, lies east of Cuba, and is inhabited chiefly by 
 negroes and mulattocs. This island was divided between 
 France and Spain, but in 1791 a revolution broke out and 
 the Spaniards and French were driven out by the negroes 
 who asserted their independence in 1804. A series of revo- 
 lutions succeeded, the island being under a kind of elective 
 military government in the meantime until 1844, the Spanish 
 inhabitants of the eastern part of the island declared their in- 
 dependence and established the republic of Dominica with 
 a President and national legislature. In 1849 President 
 Solouquc, who claimed to be ruler of the whole island, 
 adopted the title of Faustin I. and declared himself Em- 
 peror, but about three years since a revolution arose which 
 banished him, and the inhabitants elected Fabre Geflrard, as 
 
192 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 President. The island is therefore divided into two republics, 
 Hayti and Dominica, corresponding in territory to the ancient 
 French and Spanish possessions. Its soil is very fertile and 
 its climate so delightful that Columbus named it "the original 
 seat of Paradise." 
 
 1. HAYTI. 
 
 PORT AU PRINCE, situated at 1.he head of the Bay of 
 Gonaives, is the principal seaport and capital of Hayti. It 
 has a safe harbor, is the seat of the superior courts and of 
 most of the foreign trade. Population, 20,000. 
 
 CAPE HAYTIEN, upon the northern coast was once a flour- 
 ishing city, but is now an inconsiderable town of 6,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 2. DOMINICA. 
 
 ST. DOMINGO, situated on the south side of the island, was 
 founded by Bartholmew, the brother of Columbus, in 1496, 
 and is therefore the oldest town of the new world built by 
 Europeans. It is the capital of the Dominican republic, with 
 10,000 inhabitants. The Cathredral built during the govern- 
 orship of Don Diego, the son of Columbus, is a large gothic 
 edifice and the most superb structure of the city. It con- 
 tained the remains of the discoverer of America for nearly 
 two centuries and a half, until they were removed to Havana. 
 
 JAMAICA. 
 
 Area 6,400 square miles. Population 400,000. 
 
 Jamaica lies south of Cuba, and is the principal possession 
 of the British in the Caribbean sea. A high range of moun- 
 tains runs through the island, called the Blue Mountains. 
 The highest peak, named Blue Mountain Peak, has an eleva- 
 tion of 7,770 feet. The soil is deep and fertile, and considered 
 amongst the best in the world for the cultivation of sugar, 
 coffee, pimento, and ginger. Maize, guinea corn, and rice, are 
 the principal grains raised. The chief mineral is lead, but 
 copper, silver, zinc, antimony, manganese, and some gold has 
 been found. Most of the land belongs to private individuals, 
 but the estates are not so large as they were previous to the 
 epoch of slave emancipation. The whites do not compose 
 more than the one twenty-fifth of the inhabitants. The Gov- 
 
WEST INDIES, 193 
 
 eminent is vested in a Governor and a Council of 12 members, 
 nominated by the British Crown, and a legislative assembly 
 of 45 members. 
 
 SPANISHTOWN is the capital, with 6,000 inhabitants. 
 
 KINGSTON, situated on the south side of the island, is the 
 principal seaport, with 32,000 inhabitants, 25,000 of whom 
 are colored. Most of the commerce of the island passes 
 through this place. Its chief exports are sugar, rum, molas- 
 ses, ginger, pimento, and coffee. The houses are generally 
 built of brick, two stories high, with verandahs and gardens. 
 The harbor is defended by several strong forts. 
 
 PORTO RICO. 
 
 Area 3,800 square miles. Population 380,000. 
 
 Porto Rico lies east of Hayti, and belongs to Spain. The 
 island is traversed by a range of mountains having an aver- 
 age elevation of 1500 feet. The soil is very fertile and raises 
 a greater amount of sugar in proportion to its area, than any 
 other of the West Indies. About one-sixth of the inhabitants 
 are slaves. The chief products are sugar, rum, molasses, 
 coffee, cotton, tobacco, rice, salt, and lignum vita3. The cli- 
 mate is in general more salubrious than in most of the West 
 Indies. The Government is in the hands of a Captain Gen- 
 eral, who is appointed by the Spanish Crown. 
 
 SAN JUAN DE PORTO Rico, is a fortified city, and the 
 capital of the island. The chief buildings are the Govern- 
 ment House, the Military Hospital, the Bishop's Palace, the- 
 large Cathedral, and the Custom House. Population 11,000. 
 
 3. THE LITTLE ANTILLES OR THE CARIBBEAN ISLANDS. 
 
 Only the most important are here enumerated. 
 To the British belong: 
 
 1. ST. CHRISTOPHER, OR ST. KITTS, with a rich, fertile and 
 highly cultivated soil, and a dry, healthy climate. The island 
 is peculiarly adapted to the cultivation of sugar. Capital, 
 BASSE TERRE. 
 
 2. ANTIGUA, with a deeply indented and rugged coast. The 
 soil is rich in the interior, and the climate is remarkable for 
 dryness. Sugar is the chief product. Capital, ST. JOHNS. 
 
 3. DOMINICA, regarded as of volcanic origin and the most 
 elevated of the lesser Antilles. It is partially mountainous, 
 but interspersed with fertile valleys, and has upon one of its 
 
 j 
 
9 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 loftiest mountains, an unfathomable lake of fresh water. 
 Its principal products are coffee and sugar. Capital, ROSEAU. 
 
 4. ST. LtrciA^ considered as being the most unhealthy of all 
 the West Indies. The greater part of it is covered with dense 
 forests, but the valleys are well cultivated, and remarkably 
 productive. Sugar cane is the staple product of this island. 
 Capital, CASTRIES. 
 
 5. BARBADOES, almost encircled by coral reefs, rendering 
 navigation dangerous. Its surface is much diversified, pre- 
 senting a succession of valleys, hills, table lands, cliffs, and 
 gorges. The soil is very fertile, and its climate is esteemed 
 one of the healthiest in the Archipelago. It is subject to vio- 
 lent hurricanes. The staple products are sugar, arrow root, 
 aloes and cotton It is said to be more densely populated than 
 any other spot in the world except Malta. Capital, BRIDGE- 
 TOWN. 
 
 6. ST. .VINCENT, intersected by a ridge of volcanic hills, 
 which contain a volcano named Souffriere. The soil is gen- 
 erally rich, and the climate exceedingly humid, but quite 
 healthy. Sugar, rum, molasses, arrow root, and cotton, are the 
 chief products. Capital, KINGSTOWN. 
 
 7. GRENADA, one of the most beautiful of the West Indies, 
 traversed by volcanic mountains, and rugged and pictu- 
 resque in the interior. The soil is variable, but consists 
 chiefly of a rich black, or reddish colored mould, adapted to 
 every tropical product. Sugar, rum and molasses, are the 
 principal exports. An object of curiosity is the rock called 
 the "Springer," from which the Caribs, when hotly pursued 
 by the French, plunged into the sea and were drowned. 
 Capital, ST. GEORGETOWN. 
 
 8. TOBAGO, an entire mass of rocks with some small val- 
 leys intervening. It is well watered by streams, but is un- 
 healthy for Europeans. It is beyond the range of huricanes. 
 Its products are sugar/ molasses, and rum. Principal town, 
 SCARBOROUGH. 
 
 9. TRINIDAD, the largest and most important of the British 
 West India Islands, with the exception of Jamaica. It is 
 considerably mountainous, with beautiful intervening valleys. 
 The soil is, in general, extremely fertile, but only a small por- 
 tion is under cultivation. The great curiosity of this island, 
 is the Pitch Lake, which is continually boiling in the centre. 
 Capital, PORT OF SPAIN. 
 
WEST INDIES. 195 
 
 To the French belong: 
 
 1. GAUDELOUPE, consisting of two islands, separated by Salt 
 river: Guadeloupe proper and Grand Terre. The first is of 
 volcanic formation, and traversed by a ridge of hills, and the 
 last presents a flat, even surface. The climate is hot and un- 
 healthy and the atmosphere humid. Frequent and terrific 
 hurricanes occur here. The chief exports are sugar, coffee, 
 rum, taffia, cotton, hides, and tobacco. Capital, BASSE TERRE; 
 
 2 MARTINIQUE, high, rocky, and of irregular form, with six 
 extinct volcanoes, and Mount Pelee 4,450 feet high. Between 
 the volcanic rocks, irregular valleys occur of great fertility. 
 The principal products are sugar, coffee, cocoa, and cotton. 
 Capital, PORT ROYAL. 
 
 To the Dutch belong: 
 
 1. *ST. MARTIN, with a hilly surface, has a tolerably healthy 
 climate, and is well watered. In the south the Dutch obtain 
 great quantities of salt. Rum, and sugar, are the chief pro- 
 ducts. Capital, PHILISBURG. 
 
 2. CUROZOA OR CURASSOU, with a soil not of great fertility, 
 nor well watered. A considerable quantity of sugar, indigo^ 
 tobacco and maize, are cultivated. The great staple is salt, 
 obtained by evaporation. Iron and copper are found here; 
 Capital WILHELMSTADT. 
 
 To the Danes belong: 
 
 1. SANTA CRUZ, or ST. CROIX, having a level surface^ fertile 
 soil, and being well irrigated* The climate is considered as 
 somewhat unhealthy, and hurricanes are frequent Sugar 
 and rum are the great staples ; but cotton, coffee and indigo^ 
 are cultivated. Capital, CHRISTIANSTADT. 
 
 2. ST. THOMAS, which has a rugged and elevated surface, a 
 sandy but by no means fertile soil. It is open to the com- 
 merce of all nations, and is a depot for the goods of the ad- 
 jacent islands. It carries on a vast trade. Capital, CHAR- 
 LOTTTE AMALIE. 
 
 3. ST. JOHH, a small island east of St. Thomas, noted for its 
 fine harbor. Capital, CHRISTIANSBURG. 
 
 To the Swedes belongs: 
 
 ST. BARTHOLOMEW, the only Swedish American colony, 
 with a fertile soil but poorly watered. The inhabitants must 
 depend upon the rain for water. Sugar, tobacco, cotton and 
 
 * Nearly two-thirds of the northern part of this island belongs to th 
 French, and the capital of this portion is LH MABQIOT. 
 
196 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 cocoa are the chief products. This island was ceded by 
 France to Sweden in 1784. Capital, GUSTAVIA. 
 
 4. THE BERMUDAS. 
 
 These comprise several hundred islands, only a few of which 
 are inhabited ; the most of them being merely naked cliffs. 
 Their climate is very mild, permitting the growth of most of 
 the West India products; abundance of cedar, used for ship 
 timber, is obtained here. Considerable quantities of potatoes 
 are shiped from these islands to the United States, long be- 
 fore the native crop is mature. The arrow root grown here 
 excels that of every other place. Their fisheries are produc- 
 tive and whaling is carried on upon a small scale. No fresh 
 water springs are found in these islands, and rain is caught 
 and stored in tanks for use. They are often visited by storms 
 and hurricanes. A naval and military station has been 
 established here and they have likewise been turned into a 
 convict settlement, but the deportation of criminals to these 
 has not hitherto been large. 
 
 The principal islands are Bermuda, St. George, St. David's, 
 Somerset and Ireland. 
 ^ HAMILTON, on Bermuda island, is the capital. 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 Area 6,621,000 square miles. Population 19,896,000 
 South America is the southern grand division of the west- 
 ern continent. It is united to North America by the isthmus 
 of Panama, and the bulk of this division lies in the torrid 
 zone upon both sides of the equator; and only a small por- 
 tion of it in the south temperate zone. At the southern ex- 
 tremity is a group of islands, which forms the archipelago of 
 Terra del Fuego. 
 
 MOUNTAINS AND SURFACE. 
 
 Here upon the western coast we find again the Ande 
 mountains, which divide a short distance north of the equator 
 into two branches; the one stretches north, and the othep 
 northeast, to the Caribbean sea. Besides these, the eastern, 
 part is traversed by other chains of mountains, which do not 
 however attain the same altitude as the Andes. The vast 
 plains which are drained by the Orinoco and Amazon and 
 their affluents, comprise an immense area, and are so level 
 that no inequality of surface is perceptible for hundreds of 
 miles. During the wet season these are covered with a 
 smiling green herbage, and seem animated with living crea- 
 tures; but in the dry season they become transformed into 
 parched deserts, where everything yields to the heat of the 
 sun, and where the serpents and crocodiles lie dried in the 
 mud, until the rain again revivifies them. Whilst the rainy 
 season continues the rivers rise to such a height that the sur- 
 rounding country is overflowed for miles, and the Indians at 
 the mouth of the Orinoco, are under the necessity of betaking 
 themselves for safety to the high trees. The Pampas of Buenos 
 Ayres are also plains of vast extent, and like those of the 
 Amazon and Orinoco, are during the wet season decked with 
 a luxuriant verdure upon wfyicfy millions of horses, buffaloes 
 
198 OEOaRAPHIOAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 and other wild animals feed. The extensive plains which 
 He upon both sides of the Amazon are likewise covered with 
 immense forests, the largest perhaps in the world, These 
 plains lying upon the Orinoco are called Llanos, and those 
 upon the Amazon, Silvas. 
 
 CAPES, 
 
 1, Cape. St. JRoque, the most eastern. 
 
 2, Cape JB/anco, the most western. 
 
 3 Cape Gallinas, the most northern. 
 4. Gape Hor?ij the most southern, 
 
 LAKES, 
 
 The largest is Lake Maracaybo, upon the northern coast, 
 which is united with the Caribbean sea. 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 The largest rivers are found in the eastern part of South 
 America, as the principal chain of mountains, in which they 
 have their sources, lies upon the western coast. 
 
 1. THE MAGDALENA, rises in the Andes, and flows north 
 into the Caribbean sea. 
 
 2. THE ORINOCO, 1,150 miles long, flows east into the At- 
 lantic. 
 
 3. THE AMAZON, the largest river upon the globe, has a 
 length of 3,540 miles, and receives the waters of 60 tributaries 
 as large as the Danube. It empties into the Atlantic. 
 
 4. THE PIO DE LA PLATA, (the silver stream) is formed by 
 Jhe junction of the Parana and the Uruguay, and flows south 
 jnto the Atlantic. Its whole length is 2,150 miles. The Pa- 
 rana receives the Paraguay before it unites with the Uruguay. 
 In a still valley, encompassed by date trees, the head stream 
 of the Uruguay issues irom a rock, with such violence as to 
 reach the distance of 120 feet in the form of an arch, which 
 descends upon the rocks with great roaring. Persons can 
 pass under this watery arch without becoming wet. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 1. New Granftda 
 
 2. Venezuela. 
 
 3. Equador, 
 
SOUTH AMBE1CA. 
 
 4. Pen.. 
 
 5. Bolivia. 
 
 6. Chili. 
 
 7. Argentine Confederation. 
 
 8. Uruguay. 
 
 9. Paraguay. 
 
 10. Empire of Brazil. 
 
 11. Guiana. 
 
 12. Patagonia. 
 
 13. 7V*e Islands, 
 
 NEW GRANADA. 
 
 Area 480,000 square miles. Population 2,363,000. 
 
 New Granada was first discovered in 1499 by Alonzo de 
 Ojeda, and the earliest settlement within its limits was made 
 by the Spaniards in 1510, at Santa Maria la Antigua, on the 
 gulf of Darien. The country continued subject to Spain un- 
 til 1808, when the mother country was invaded by Napoleon, 
 which produced a spirit of insubordination in the Spanish col- 
 onies, and in 1811 New Granada proclaimed her indepen- 
 dence. She was for some years united with Venezuela and 
 Equador, and the three formed the Republic of Colombia. 
 
 It is bounded north by the Caribbean sea and Venezuela, 
 east by Venezuela and Brazil, south by Equador, and west 
 by the Pacific. 
 
 Surface, $c. Near the Equator the Andes mountains di- 
 vide into separate branches, and run north and northeast 
 through New Granada, with great elevations ; Tolima, the 
 highest peak, haying an altitude of 18,270 feet. These chains 
 are a great impediment to inland communication, and al- 
 though not high in some places, yet have but few and difficult 
 passes. Alternating between the^e mountain chains, lie 
 plains and valleys, yielding a luxuriant verdure, and in some 
 places vast forests of timber, but the quality of the soil is 
 little esteemed by the natives, or known to Europeans. 
 
 fiivers. The principal rivers are the Magdalena and Cau r 
 ca, flowing north and uniting their waters before reaching 
 the Caribbean sea. The former has a length of 900 miles. 
 The Meta, and the Guaviare are considerable streams, rising 
 here and flowing into the Orinoco. The Funza or Bogota 
 fiver, flowing by the capital, is celebrated for the cataract of 
 
200 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Tequendama, with a descent of 650 feet, one of the highest 
 in the world. About 20 miles from the falls is the natural 
 bridge of Pandi. 
 
 Climate. On account of the great difference in elevation, 
 New Granada presents the most remarkable contrasts of cli- 
 mate. On the lowlands the heat is so great that the hand 
 cannot endure the warmth of a stone exposed to the sun, and 
 the water of the Magdalena is lukewarm ; whilst in the ele- 
 vated country, the temperature is that of perpetual spring, and 
 the air is very salubrious. Even up to the limit of continual 
 snow, the climate is healthy. Myriads of mosquitoes swarm 
 in the low regions, proving a scourge to the country, and 
 numerous diseases are prevalent. 
 
 Products. In the low country, rice,, cotton, tobacco, cocoa, 
 sugar cane, and most tropical fruits are cultivated, whilst in 
 the elevated regions maize, wheat, and the European fruits 
 grow in abundance. The wax palm towers to the height of 
 200 leet, and here is obtained the Jesuit's bark of commerce. 
 The forests teem with the most valuable products. 
 
 ftnimals. To the stranger ascending the Magdalena, the 
 alligators seem lords of the country, but besides these, pumas, 
 jaguars, boa constrictors and tapirs, are likewise seen. The 
 sloth, armadillo, and ant eater, as also seals and marmots are 
 met with. The condor soars above the high mountains. 
 
 Minerals. The mineral wealth is various and abundant, 
 embracing coal and platinum, also some gold and silver, 
 Emerald and diamond mines exist here. 
 
 Manufactures. Manfactures can scarcely be considered as 
 fairly commenced in this country, those already inaugurated 
 not being sufficient to supply home consumption. They em- 
 brace straw hats, carpets, and a few other articles made at 
 the capital, but nearly all articles of manufacture are exported. 
 Education. The constitution provides for free schools, and 
 in accordance therewith parochial schools have been estab- 
 lished throughout New Granada. The higher educated classes 
 are ranked as amongst the most intelligent of all South Amer- 
 ica, and many of them are noted for their scientific and lite- 
 rary acquirements. 
 
 Government. The constitution is modeled in close imita- 
 tion of that of the United States. Slavery has ceased to exist, 
 and all races and colors stand upon a political equality, but 
 the influence oi the white race predominates. The Roman 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. - 201 
 
 Catholic is the prevailing religion, but the Pope's supremacy 
 is denied, the head of the church being the Archbishop of 
 Bogota. Freedom of the press and trial by jury, are both 
 guaranteed. 
 
 Inhabitants.. The inhabitants, like the Mexicans, and the 
 South Americans generally, are composed of whites, negroes, 
 Indians, and mixed breeds, including mulattoes, mestizoes, 
 and zamboes. In the city of Bogota the ladies are noted for 
 their great beauty, and the better class of society imitate the 
 French style of dress. The love of gaming is universal 
 amongst all classes, and cock fighting is a favorite amuse- 
 ment. 
 
 BOGOTA, situated on a lofty plain 8,964 feet high, is the 
 capital, and enjoys one of the most healthy and delightful 
 climates in the world. Viewed from a distance it has the 
 form of an amphitheatre, and its streets are narrow, but reg- 
 ular, and cross each other at right angles. Being subject to 
 earthquakes, the houses are low, built of sun-dried bricks and 
 in general present a very elegant and handsome appearance. 
 The Cathedral built in Ibl4 is one of the most imposing edi^ 
 fices of Bogota, and its statue of the virgin was once adorned 
 with 1,358 diamonds, 1,275 emeralds, and numerous other 
 costly stones. The Custom House and Mint are likewise 
 beautiful structures. The manufactures of this city are small, 
 embracing those of soap, cloth and leather. Its environs are 
 very charming. Bogota contains a University, founded in 
 1610, a public library, an observatory, and a theatre. The 
 society of the city has a high reputation for its agreeable 
 character. Quesada founded it in 1538. Population, 60,000. 
 
 POPAYAN, built at an elevation of 6,000 feet, was once a 
 flourishing city, but since the earthquake of 1834, has greatly 
 declined in importance. Its position between Bogota and 
 Quito, makes it somewhat of a commercial mart. Its trade 
 is chiefly confined however to rural produce. It was found- 
 ed in 1537, and is therefore the oldest town built by Euro] 
 peans in this region of South America. Population ^0,000, 
 
 CARTHAGENA, situated near the mouth of the Magdalena 
 river, is one of the principal ports on the Caribbean sea, and 
 the chief naval station of New Granada. The city is well 
 built, and contains many handsome buildings. Its climate 
 is hot and unhealthy? leprosy and yellow fever being f r0r 
 visitors. Itsrhinf mn'nifMnrpc nm ropes aid sail. 
 
202 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 cloth. It was the first town that declared for independence, 
 and during the wars that followed, often changed masters. 
 Population 33,000. 
 
 PANAMA, situated ' on the south side of the isthmus so named, derives its 
 chief impotance from being the Pacific terminus of the Panama railroad, unit- 
 ing this place with Aspinwall. Population 10,000. 
 
 ASPINWALL, the Atlantic terminus of the Panama railroad. 
 
 SANTA MARTHA and SAVANILLA, are seaports on the Caribbean sea. 
 
 MEDELLIN, and SOCORRO, are both handsome cities, the 
 former with 19,000, and the latter 12,000 inhabitants. 
 
 VENEZUELA. 
 
 Area 400,000 square miles. Population 1,419,000. 
 
 The striking resemblance between Venice in Italy, and 
 the small Indian town built upon piles on lake Maracaybo, 
 in the year 1499, suggested to Ojeda and Vespucci, the early 
 discoverers of this country, the name of Venezuela (diminu- 
 tive of Venice, or Venezia.) It composed part of a Spanish 
 Viceroyalty, until the year 1811, when it became indepen- 
 dent, and it subsequently was merged in Colombia, up to the 
 year 1831, when the dissolution of that republic took place. 
 It is bounded north by the Caribbean sea, east by the same 
 and Guiana, south by Brazil and New Granada, and west by 
 New Granada. 
 
 Surface fyc. The eastern chain of the Andes, before leav- 
 ing New Granada, divides into two branches, the one of 
 which borders Venezuela on the west, and the other pene- 
 trates about 300 miles north east into the interior. An insul- 
 ated mountain group in the southern part of the State rises 
 between the Orinoco and the Amazon, called the mountains 
 of Parima. The great extent of surface of Venezuela, except 
 what is covered by the aforementioned mountains, is an im- 
 mense plain called Llanos, with an area of 150,000 square 
 miles, little elevated above the sea. These Llanos, generally 
 destitute of trees, are a desert in the dry season, and a fertile 
 meadow in the wet season. Its soil is rich. 
 
 Rivers. The principal river of Venezuela is the Orinoco, 
 ranking as the third in South America, and flowing northeast 
 into the Atlantic. Its length is estimated at 1,600 miles. 
 The Zulia, Catatumba and Motatan are quite unimportant 
 streams falling into Lake Maracaybo. 
 
 Climate. The equatorial climate is displayed in the 
 highest degree, in that of Venezuela. Vegetation never 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 203 
 
 ceases, and the difference of the seasons is scarcely perceptible. 
 The themometer ranges throughout the year from 80 to 90 
 Fahrenheit. The climate is tolerably healthy, notwithstand- 
 ing the constant heat, arid epidemic diseases are rare. Upon 
 those parts of the Llanos which are usually inundated it is 
 quite insalubrious. 
 
 Products. The coast of Venezuela is admirably adapted 
 to the cultivation of cacao, the most important product of the 
 country. Besides this, cotton, coffee, sugar and indigo are 
 greatly cultivated, and with hides, form the principal articles 
 of export. Plantain is the staple food of the mass of the 
 inhabitants. Two crops of maize are obtained here during 
 the year, and the growth of the whole vegetable kingdom is 
 extraordinary. Here grow trees of enormous size, and 
 many plants that supply the shop of the apothecary. 
 
 ftnimals. In addition to the tapir, the jaguar and the 
 puma; the Titi, a dimunitive monkey, the Viquira, a kind of 
 wild hog, and the Chiguire, an amphibious animal resem- 
 bling an otter, are found in Venezuela. Vast herds of wild 
 cattle roam over the Llanos, and the forests are resonant with 
 peculiar varieties of the feathered tribes. 
 
 Minerals. Mines of gold, silver and tin have been worked 
 here, but are no longer productive. Valuable deposits of 
 bituminous coal have been found. Salt is not the least im- 
 portant mineral. Asphalt and petroleum are abundant 
 around Lake Maracaybo. 
 
 Government. The constitution has been formed in imita- 
 tion of that of the United States. The legislative power is 
 in the hands of a Senate and House of Representatives, and 
 the executive in a president and vice-president. The reli- 
 gion of state is the Roman Catholic, but all others are toler* 
 ated. Slavery was abolished in 1854. 
 
 CARACCAS, the capital of Venezuela, situated fifteen miles 
 from the Caribbean Sea, contains 50,000 inhabitants, who 
 carry on an important trade. It is built upon the declivity of 
 a mountain, about 3,000 feet above the level of the sea, anct 
 is one of the wealthiest and most handsome cities in the 
 northern part of South America. The streets are wide, well 
 built and intersect each other rectangularly, and are likewise 
 generally supplied with fountains. The city contains severaj 
 spacious squares, the largest of which is the Plaza Mayor 
 The most splendid buildings of Caraccas are the churches, 
 
204 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 convents and university, which last was founded in 1778. 
 The exports of the city consist chiefly of cocao, cotton, indi- 
 go, coffee, tobacco, hides and live cattle. Its trade is carried 
 on through the neighboring port of La Guayra. Caraccas is 
 the birth place of Simon Bolivar, the great South American 
 General. 
 
 VALENCIA, situated upon the lake of the same name, is 
 engaged in an active trade. Population 17,000. 
 
 MARACAYBO, a fortified city and seaport, situated on the 
 west side of the lake of the same name, has 10,000 inhabi- 
 tants. The houses are generally built of brick, and thatched 
 with a kind of reed growing upon the banks of the lake. 
 It has a deep harbor, but obstructed by a bar. 
 
 LA GUAYRA and PUERTO CABELLO, are both seaports on the Caribbean Sea, 
 the former the port of the capital, and the latter of Valencia. 
 
 MKRIDA, VARINAS, BOLIVAR CITY and ESMERALDAS, are the principal re- 
 maining towns of importance in Venezuela. 
 
 To Venezuela belongs the island of Margarita, one of the Lesser Antilles. 
 
 EQUADOR. 
 
 Area 240,000 square miles. Population 500,000. 
 
 Equador, like most of the South American States, was 
 settled by colonists from Spain, and was governed by vice- 
 roys appointed by that government, up to the breaking out of 
 the rebellion in 1808, which did not, however, result in its 
 independence until 1822, several of the early attempts at 
 insurrection having been suppressed. After this time it was 
 united as a constituent part of Colombia, and so remained 
 until 1831, when the ill-united States composing this repub- 
 lic agreed to separate amicably, and to share the Colombian 
 debt amongsi them. These three States have remained 
 separate republics since that period. Equador is bounded 
 north by New Granada, east by the Empire of Brazil, south 
 by Peru, and west by the Pacific. 
 
 ' - Sitfface, fyc. ^Equador is exceedingly mountainous, being 
 traversed by the Cordilleras, or ranges of the Andes, which 
 stretch over a great extent of the country, and spread out into 
 elevated plateaus, called Paramas. These lofty plains lying 
 between the Andes mountains compose most of the cultivat- 
 ed part of Equador, and form the most elevated table lands 
 upon the globe, As many as $% mountains rise in this State 
 of South America, above fh^ limits of i'pol^l SNOW* end 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 205 
 
 the majority of these are volcanoes, amongst which is the 
 famed Cotopaxi, the most grand and terrific volcano in the 
 world, emitting flame sometimes to the height of 3000 feet. 
 Its roaring has been heard at Honda, a distance of 600 miles. 
 No other group of volcanic mountains upon the earth equals 
 those of Equador. Here rises the magnificent and awe-in- 
 spiring Mt. Chimborazo, to the height of 19,420 feet, long re- 
 garded as the loftiest mountain in the world. It however 
 fails to retain this distinction, being ascertained to be the 
 sixth in height amongst the lofty peaks of the Andes, In 
 1802 Humboldt ascended to within about 2000 feet of its 
 summit, then supposed to be the highest point reached by 
 man, but in 1831 Boussingault attained an elevation still 
 higher than that reached by Humboldt and his companions. 
 The soil of the table land is in many places fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers of Equador rise in the Andes 
 and unite with the Amazon, which forms a large part of the 
 southern boundary. The Putumayo, the Loreto, the Amby- 
 uca, the Napo, the Tigre, the Chambira, the Pastaza, the Mo- 
 rona, and the Santiago, all flow southeast into the Amazon. 
 The rivers discharging their waters into the Pacific are small. 
 
 Climate. Equador possesses a variable climate, depen- 
 dent upon the elevation. Although lying beneath the equa- 
 tor, much of it enjoys a perpetual spring; but along the coast it 
 is hot and sickly. The climate of Quito is one of the most 
 equable and delightful in the world. In Equador, only two 
 seasons alternate, a wet, commencing in December, and end- 
 ing in May, and a dry, beginning in June and terminating in 
 November. During the wet season it does not rain continually, 
 but fertilizing showers are Irequent, and the dry season is 
 chiefly characterized by high winds and no rain. 
 
 Products. No country, perhaps, is superior to Equador, in 
 the great variety of its vegetation, yielding the products, fruits, 
 flowers and shrubs of every region, from the torrid to the 
 frigid zone. Here grow cacao, coffee, banana, maize, pota- 
 toes, rice, sugar cane, oats, barley, wheat, rye, peas, and 
 beans; also all the garden vegetables of the temperate regions, 
 and in forest trees Equador surpasses most countries of the 
 globe. Many of the choicest remedies of medical science are 
 iound in this country, Tobacco is an important crop, 
 
 Minerals, Equador yields gold, silver, iron, mercury, lead, 
 tin, Kinc, copper,* antimony, manganese, sulphur, and wit? 
 
206 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 also marble, alabaster, and asphalt. Precious stones are 
 scarce, but rubies and beautiful rock chrystals have been 
 found. 
 
 Animals. The carnivorous animals comprise the Jaguar, 
 ounce, panther, puma, tiger, and wolf. The deer, guanaco, 
 vicuna, antelope, and an infinite variety of monkeys live here. 
 The horse and the ox roam wild over the plains as in other 
 parts of South America. Equador is infested with great 
 quantities of reptiles ; the forests are vocal with birds of the 
 most charming melody; and the rivers sparkle with numerous 
 varieties of fishes. 
 
 Manufactures. Manufactures are very limited, and em- 
 brace little but the braiding of Guayaquil hats, the making of 
 hammocks, sugar, oarse cloth from cotton and wool, and of 
 the ruder ornaments of gold and silver. 
 
 Education. Education is at a low ebb in Equador. Not 
 over one out of sixty attend school, and of this number a 
 tenth are in colleges. In some provinces there are no schools. 
 One university and several colleges have been established. 
 
 Government. The government is republican. The legis- 
 lative power is exercised by a Senate and House of Repre- 
 sentatives, and the president with a vice-president discharges 
 the executive functions of government Slavery is not per- 
 mitted, nor are orders of nobility tolerated. Trial by jury is 
 guaranteed as the privilege of every offender. The Roman 
 Catholic is the dominant church. 
 
 * QUITO, situated on the east flank of the volcano of Pichin- 
 cha, 10,233 feet high, is the capital of Ecuador, and one of 
 the most handsome of South American cities. Its high ele- 
 vation imparts to its climate a degree of mildness and salu- 
 brity rarely met with in the tropics. The average tempera- 
 ture of its climate is about 60 Fahrenheit, and may be des- 
 cribed as an eternal spring. Surrounded as it is by mountains, 
 the city forms the centre of one of the finest landscapes 
 upon the globe, having 1 1 snow-capped peaks of the Andes 
 in full view. Quito contains a great number of beautiful 
 squares, the most noted of which are those of San Francisco, 
 Santa Domingo and Plaza Mayor. The most splendid 
 church is that of the Jesuits. It has a university and a public 
 library of 15,000 volumes; and this city has been called " the 
 South American Athens." Its manufactures include those 
 of coarse cotton and woolen goods, lace, hosiery, confection- 
 ery and jewelry. Its trade in grain, indigo, iron, steel, pre- 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 20t 
 
 cious metals, wine, brandy and oil, is considerable. In the 
 vicinity of Quito lies the plain of Anaquito, famed for the 
 battle fought between Pizarro and the viceroy of Peru, in 
 which the latter was defeated. Population 80,000. 
 
 Cuenca, built on a delightful plain, 8,640 feet high, near 
 the river Matadero, is regarded as one of the handsomest ci- 
 ties of Equador. The streets are broad and regular, and it 
 contains some beautiful buildings. Most of the private houses, 
 however, are low and present a mean appearance. Its chief 
 trade is in grain, hats, bark, and dairy produce. The contigu- 
 ous country produces grain, sugar, cotton, bark and cochineal. 
 On the surrounding plain was fought, in 1828, the battle of 
 Tarqui, between the Colombian and Peruvian forces. Pop- 
 ulation 25,000. 
 
 GUAYAQUIL, situated on the west bank of the river of the 
 same name, 40 miles from its mouth, and 150 miles south- 
 west of Quito, is the chief sea-port of the republic, and a 
 flourishing commercial city. It occupies a level with the 
 ocean ; has a moist atmosphere, and its climate is exceedingly 
 unhealthy. The city is infested with the insects and reptiles 
 common to the country. It has a fine harbor and excellent 
 facilities for ship building, great quantities of wood being 
 found in the vicinity. The houses are mostly built of wood, 
 and the streets are dirty, but relieved in some places by pub- 
 lic squares. The city is defended by three forts, and it ex- 
 ports cacao, cotton, bark, leather and thread. It suffered 
 severely by a conflagration in 1764. Population 22,000. 
 
 The remaining towns of importance in Equador, are Tacunga. with 16,000 
 nhabitants; Riobamba, 16,000; Ibarra, 13,000, and Loga, 10,000. 
 
 PERU. 
 
 Area 400,000 square miles. Population 2,500,000. 
 
 Peru, at the time of the discovery of America, was 
 the seat of the greatest and most powerful empire of the 
 New World. It is supposed at the period of the invasion of this 
 empire by the Spaniards, that it had existed 400 years, and 
 contained from four to eight million inhabitants. Its conquest 
 was accomplished by the cruel and perfidious Francisco Pi- 
 zarro, in 1533, and from the time of its subjugation it became 
 a Spanish viceroy alty, and so remained up to 1824, when it 
 secured its independence in the battle of Ayacucho. It was 
 the last of the Spanish colonies in South America to revolt 
 
208 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 from the mother country. Almost since the period of its in- 
 dependence the Peruvians have been engaged in a series of 
 revolutions, led on by military chieftains ; at one time one 
 leader of a particular faction gaining the ascendancy, arid at 
 another his rival. 
 
 It is bounded north by Equador, east by the empire of 
 Brazil and Bolivia, south by Bolivia and the Pacific, and 
 west by the Pacific. 
 
 Surface, fyc. A great variety of surface is met with in 
 Peru. Two Cordilleras of the Andes traverse the country, 
 dividing it into three distinct regions, each characterized by 
 a peculiar soil, climate and vegetation. The coast region is 
 low, poor, and but sparsely inhabited ; the regions between 
 the Andes are elevated, and form the chief seat of the Peru- 
 vian population ; and the eastern division is composed of 
 extensive plains which are covered with impenetrable forests. 
 The coast range of the Andes mountains has an average ele- 
 vation of 15,000 feet, and the eastern range 17,000. The peak 
 of Nevada de Chuquibamba rises to the height of 21,000 feet. 
 Omatiy the volcano next to Cotopaxi, the most celebrated in 
 South America, with a height of 20,300 feet, is a peak of the 
 Peruvian Andes. 
 
 Rivers. The principal river is the Amazon, which rises 
 in one of the Peruvian lakes, and flows north for 400 miles 
 between the Cordilleras of the Andes, and afterwards bends 
 to the east. The chief confluents of this country are the Hu- 
 alaga, 500 miles long and the Ucayle with the same length, 
 both flowing north and uniting with the Amazon. The 
 Ucayle is formed by the conflux of the Apurimac arid the 
 Paro. 
 
 Climate. There are four varieties of climate in Peru: 1st, 
 that upon the coast, upon part of which rain never falls, and on 
 the greater part of which a shower is remarkable; 2d, that of 
 the highlands, which is mild and variable, with occasional 
 showers ; 3d, that of the Cordillera and Andes, which is very- 
 cold ; 4th, that of the country east of the Andes, which is 
 warm and damp. 
 
 Products. But little attention is devoted to agriculture in 
 Peru, and the chief products are tobacco, sugar and cotton; 
 The banana, orange, pine apple, papaya, chirimoya, palta, 
 and most culinary vegetables grow in this country, The 
 is QuWvated non \\\Q west coast, for the manufacture ot 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 209 
 
 biandy. The forests yield the Peruvian or Jesuit's bark of 
 commerce, from which quinine is extracted. Great similarity 
 exists between the vegetation of Peru and that of the Colom- 
 bian republics. 
 
 Minerals. Peru has long been famous for the richness of 
 its mines of silver and gold, particularly the former; but these 
 deposits of the precious metals are less productive than 
 formerly. Silver is found in almost all parts of the country, 
 and, gold is obtained in all the mountain passes, and the An- 
 des rivers wash down the auriferous sand. Besides ihese 
 minerals, quicksilver, copper, iron and lead exist in Peru. 
 
 Animals. Animals are rare in east Peru, the principal 
 found here being a few deer and wild swine in the valley of 
 Lima, the llama upon the highlands, and the vicuna. Exten- 
 sive districts of this part of Peru are entirely destitute of 
 animal life. East of the Andes, on the contrary, the country 
 is remarkable for the abundance of animals. The rivers 
 likewise swarm with alligators, and the boa constrictor at- 
 tains here a terrific size. 
 
 Manufactures. Peru is engaged but little in manufactu- 
 ring. Cotton and coarse woolen goods, straw hats, mats and 
 a few other articles compose the chief manufactures. Tan- 
 ning, dyeing, soap making and distilling, are carried on to 
 some extent. 
 
 Education. The education of the lower classes is almost 
 entirely neglected. In the interior it is difficult to find per- 
 sons who can read and write. The Universicy at Lima, 
 founded in 1570, is not so well attended as formerly. This 
 is the oldest University in America. 
 
 Government. The government is in theory a republic, but 
 it has degenerated in practice into a military despotism. The 
 Roman Catholic is the established church, and but little toler- 
 ation is extended to other denominations. Slavery existed 
 in Peru until 1855, when the slaves were freed by the proc- 
 lamation of Gen. Castilla. 
 
 LIMA, situated in the midst of a spacious and delightful 
 valley, seven miles from the Pacific, is the capital of Peru. Jt is 
 surrounded by walls nine feet thick at the top, and from 18 
 to 25 high, and these form a circuit around the city of about 
 nine miles. Its streets are 33 feet wide, and cross each other 
 at right angles, and the houses are low, irregular, and built of 
 adobes. The plaza mayor, or great square, occupies the_cenr 
 
210 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 tre, and each of its sides measures 510 feet. On the east side 
 stands the Cathedral, 320 by 180 feet, beneath the grand altar 
 of which lies the body of Pizarro, who founded the city in 
 1535. Lima contains two theatres, an amphitheatre for 
 cock fighting, and one for bull fights, capable of accomodat- 
 ing 12,000 spectators. The usual articles of manufacture 
 are gold lace, glass, cotton, cigars, chocolate, and paper. Its 
 climate is delightful, mild, and equable. The vicinity of the 
 city yields maize, barley, beans, vegetables, sugar, rice, tobac- 
 co, grapes, olives, and melons. Lima is liable to earth- 
 quakes, the last of which occured in 1828, causing a great 
 destruction of property. Population, 100,000. 
 
 Cuzco, 550 miles southeast of Lima, was the capital of the 
 ancient Peruvian Empire, and was founded, 1043, by Manco 
 Capac, the first Inca of Peru. At the time of its conquest by 
 Pizarro, the city is said to have comprised 200,000 inhabit- 
 ants. It contained the splendid temple ot the sun, a large 
 image. of which, made of pure gold, was worshipped by the 
 ancient Peruvians. The value of the jewels that adorned 
 this temple, were estimated at $180,000,000. This was the 
 Peruvian Mecca, to which a pilgrimage was as binding upon 
 the Indian worshippers, as that in the east upon the Moslem. 
 Many vestiges of the ancient grandeur of this capital a r e yet 
 visible in and around the city. The celebrated Incas' road 
 leading from here is yet in existence. The principal objects 
 of trade in this city, are cotton goods and leather. Popula- 
 tion 50,000. 
 
 AREQUIPA, situated in the southern part of Peru, 40 miles 
 from the Pacific coast, is well built, and is one of the finest 
 towns of South America. It has a fine climate and its 
 manufactures of gold and silver cloth, and of woolen and 
 cotton goods are considerable. It exports brandy, wine, flour, 
 cotton and sugar, and imports cattle, dried flesh, tallow, and 
 cocoa. The city has upon four different occasions been laid 
 in ruins by earthquakes. The famous volcano of Arequipa, 
 constantly active, lies 14 miles distant. Population 36,000. 
 
 GUAMANGA, 220 miles southeast of the capital, is a hand- 
 some and well built city, with 26,000 inhabitants. Its prin- 
 cipal public edifices are the Cathedral, a magnificent struc- 
 ture, and the University. It was founded by Pizarro in 1539, 
 and some years afterwards was the place where Almagro's 
 followers were executed. 
 
60UTH AMERICA. 211 
 
 GALLIC, the seaport of Lima is strongly fortified, and was the last strong 
 hold of the Spaniards in South America, 
 
 CAXAMARCA AND CAXATAMBO, situated in the interior, are small towns, car- 
 rying on a brisk trade. 
 
 ABICA, its chief port, through which the Bolivian commerce is carried on. 
 
 PAYTA, is much visited by American whalers. 
 
 TRUXILLO, a handsome town, named by Pizarro after the place of his na- 
 tivity in Spain. 
 
 BOLIVIA. 
 
 Area 475,000 square miles. Population 1,987,000. 
 
 The early history of Bolivia is only to be sought for in 
 that of Peru, having originally formed an integral part of the 
 latter, and its separate existence alone dates from 1825. By 
 a declaration of its citizens of August 5th, 1825, it was erected 
 into a separate government, and received its name from 
 Simon Bolivar. Its first constitution draughted by the liber- 
 als, was republican only in name, but was soon altered, and 
 this country has been in the midst of almost constant revolu- 
 tion from that time until the present. It is bounded north 
 by Peru and the Empire of Brazil, east by Brazil and Para- 
 guay, south by the Argentine Confederation and Chili, and 
 west by the Pacific ocean and the republic of Peru. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Bolivia exhibits a remarkable variety of 
 soil and surface. The Andes advance through it with great 
 elevations, aud the eastern and western chains inclose a vast 
 plateau of from 200 to 300 miles in length, and 100 in 
 breadth. This plateau lies at the height of about 14,000 feet 
 and along its eastern border many great peaks of the Andes 
 rise to the height of from 18,000 to 25,000 feet. Here rise 
 ^Mounts Sorato, 25,400 feet, and *Illimani 24,200 feet, besides 
 numerous other lofty peaks. Beyond the lofty mountain 
 sentinels of the eastern range of the Andes, lies a vast plain 
 of great fertility, which is drained by numerous rivers, and 
 partially covered with extensive forests. The Atlantic sec- 
 tion of Bolivia is an arid and gloomy desert, where no rain 
 falls and where vegetation is scarcely visible. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers of Bolivia belong either to 
 the basin of the Amazon or the La Plata : of the former 
 may be mentioned the Beni, Mamore, Rio Grande, and the 
 Chapri ; and of the latter the Pilcomayo and the Paraguay. On 
 the west coast nearly all the streams descending from the 
 
 *A late measurement gives a less elevation to these two peaks of the 
 Andes. 
 
212 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Andes to the Pacific are absorbed before reaching the ocean. 
 
 Climate. The climate is exceedingly variable. Rain is 
 scarcely ever known to fall west of the Andes, but in some 
 places eastward of these mountains it rains every day. The 
 air on the highlands, lying between the mountains, is cool 
 arid refreshing, but difficult of respiration to those unaccus- 
 tomed to it. Ice is also frozen every night on these elevated 
 plateaus. On the plains east of the Andes, the heat of a 
 tropical sun is felt, and the climate is unhealthy. 
 
 Products. The low plains of eastern Bolivia yield the 
 tropical fruits in abundance ; coffee, cacao, tobacco, cotton, 
 maize, indigo, yuca, potatoes guavas and sugar cane. Near 
 the shores of Lake Titicaca, excellent pasturage is found for 
 cattle and goats, but higher up on the mountains the vegeta- 
 tion is chiefly of an Alpine character. The bamboo, the 
 paper mulberry, the Paraguay tea, and Peruvian bark, are 
 found in Bolivia. 
 
 Animals. The llama, the alpaca, the bear and the rough 
 haired deer inhabit the highlands ; the tapir, the glutton, the 
 sloth and the armadillo, furnish meat for the natives; and 
 the vampire bat is so destructive to cattle, as almost to prevent 
 the raising of them. Birds of every size, character and plu- 
 mage are found in Bolivia, from the diminutive humming 
 bird to the condor, which soars above the Andes. 
 
 Minerals. Gold and silver have been mined here, but the 
 searching for these minerals is not now profitable. The tin 
 mines of Guanuni are said to be the richest in the worlc}, and 
 copper has been found almost pure. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures are extremely limited, 
 embracing chiefly the making of woolen and cotton goods, 
 hats made of the wool of the vicuna, tin ware and fire arms. 
 
 Government, The form of the Bolivian government is 
 republican, and the Roman Catholic is the prevaling religion, 
 but no prerogatives have been guaranteed to one church 
 above another. Freedom of speech and of the press are 
 cardinal principles of the constitution. 
 
 SUCRE OR CHUQUISACA, situated upon a plain 9,343 feet 
 above the level of the sea, is the capital of Bolivia. The 
 houses are generally well built, two stories high and sur- 
 rounded with gardens. The buildings worthy of notice are 
 the Cathedral, a superb edifice, built in the Moresque style ; 
 the President's Palace and the churches of San Francisco and 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 213 
 
 San Miguel. It is the see of an archbishop and contains the 
 university of St. Xavier and a public library, said to be the 
 largest in South America. The city was founded in 1539, 
 by one of Pizarro's officers. Population 20,000. 
 
 LA PAZ DE AYACUCHO, built upon the eastern declivity of 
 the Andes, at an elevation of 12,000 feet, and 200 miles north- 
 west of the capital, is the largest city of Bolivia. It contains 
 a beautiful public square, but the streets are irregular and 
 steep. This city is the commercial emporium of the country 
 and it carries on an active trade. The Cathedral is a noble 
 edifice and one of the handsomest buildings of the city. 
 The name of the city was changed in 1825 to the present, 
 in honor of the national victory. Population 45,000. 
 
 POTOSI, situated on a slope of the mountain of the same 
 name, at an elevation of 13,500 feet, ranks next to La Paz in 
 importance. This city is celebrated for its former rich silver 
 mines, and it is supposed that its population at one time 
 amounted to 150,000 inhabitants. A monument was erected 
 here in 1825, in honor of Gen. Bolivar. Population 23,000, 
 
 COCHABAMBA, built upon both sides of the Rio de Rocha, 
 in the midst of an agricultural country, has continued to ex- 
 hibit a steady growth, and it contains 25,000 inhabitants 
 The houses are generally but one story high and are sur- 
 rounded with beautiful gardens. The women of this city 
 distinguished themselves in the South American war of in- 
 dependence in 1815, by their courage and patriotism. 
 
 COBIJA or PUERTO DE LA MAR, the only seaport in Bolivia, is a small place 
 and its trade is unimportant. Ship building is carried on to some extent. 
 SAHTIAGO DE COLAGAYTA and ORURO, are small towns. 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 Area 170,000 square miles. Population 1,558,000. 
 
 After the conquest of Peru by Pizarro he sent, in 1535, 
 Almagro to subdue Chili, which had been hitherto governed 
 by the Inca of Peru. Almagro succeeded in reducing the 
 northern part to subjection, but in the southern parts he met 
 some warlike tribes of Indians, who baffled his own and the 
 efforts of all who attempted their conquest. A war was 
 carried on by the Spaniards against these hostile tribes with 
 varying success for one hundred and fifty years. Chili was 
 governed by Spanish viceroys until 1810, when a revolution 
 broke out, which in 1817 terminated in the independence of 
 
214 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 the country. It is bounded north by Bolivia, east by the 
 Argentine Confederation and Patagonia, south by Patagonia 
 and the Pacific, and west by the Pacific. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Ghili exhibits a diversified surface. The 
 whole country is an inclined plain, sloping from the summit 
 of the Andes to the Pacific ocean. This sloping plain is 
 in many places mountainous, consisting of ramifications of 
 the principal chain, and many deep and fertile valleys lie be- 
 tween these mountains. A large proportion of the moun- 
 tains of Chili have been at one time or other volcanic. In 
 the northern part is the elevated plateau called the desert of 
 Atacama. The Andes, forming the eastern border, maintain a 
 higher mean elevation here than in any other country of South 
 America, unless Equador be excepted, and they shoot nu- 
 merous lofty peaks, many of which are volcanoes. Aconca- 
 gua has been regarded the loftiest volcano in the world, but 
 its volcanic character has recently been doubted; Earth- 
 quakes are common. 
 
 Rivers. No rivers of any importance are found in Chili, 
 owing to the narrowness of the country. The Maule, the 
 Maypu, the Biobio, the Copiapo and the Huasco, are all 
 small streams. 
 
 Climate. Chili possesses one of the healthiest climates in 
 the world, and the temperature near the sea is more delight- 
 ful even than in the interior. Being south of the equator, 
 the months of January and February are the hottest in the 
 year, but refreshing breezes cool the air during the night. 
 Rain only falls from June to November ; in the northern part, 
 however, it may be said to never rain. Snow falls in the 
 interior parts of the Cordilleras. 
 
 Products. Wheat, corn and other grains are cultivated, 
 but agriculture is in a very backward state. In the elevated 
 valleys many vineyards are planted and the grapes grown are 
 excellent. Chili is the native country of the potato. Apples, 
 pears, apricots, nectarines, plums, peaches, cherries, figs, 
 oranges, watermelons and gourds are abundant in their 
 season. 
 
 Minerals. Chili abounds in mineral treasures, particularly 
 in the northern part. Gold, silver and copper have been 
 mined here in great quantities; also lead, iron, bismuth, 
 cobalt, antimony, arsenic and quicksilver are known to ex- 
 ist. Extensive deposits of coal have recently been discovered. 
 
SOTJTII AMERICA. 21 6 
 
 Animals. Many cattle are reared in Chili. The large 
 and fierce animals are not so plenty in this, as in other coun- 
 tries of South America, and it is likewise quite free from 
 noxious insects and reptiles. Whales, dolphins, codfish and 
 pilchards are caught upon the coast: 
 
 Manufactures. The people of Chili have not become 
 much engaged in a career of manufacturing. The branches 
 of this species of industry, comprise the manufacture of 
 earthen jars, hempen cloth, cordage, soap, copper wares, 
 leather, brandies, tallow, and charcoal; 
 
 Education. Education seerns to be Steadily advancing, 
 and normal schools and lyceums dre being established over 
 the country. The higher classes are generally well educated, 
 and considerable efforts have recently been made for the gene- 
 ral diffusion of intelligence. A miltary school has been 
 established at Santiago. 
 
 Government. The Government is republican, and its ad- 
 ministration has for some years been regarded as the best of 
 the South American republics* The executive is elected for 
 five years, and the legislative power is in the hands of a Senate 
 and House of Deputies. The Catholic is the established 
 Church, but others are tolerated. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are chiefly of Spanish and 
 Indian descent. The white population, especially the fe- 
 males, imitate in general the French fashions in their dress. 
 Dancing is a favorite amusement, and the evening is the gay 
 period of the day, when the shops are open and the prome- 
 nades are thronged. 
 
 SANTIAGO, situated in the midst of a beautiful plain at the 
 foot of the Andes, is the capital, and the largest city in Chili. 
 The streets are broad, regular, and lighted with gas, and 
 owing to the prevalence of earthquakes the houses are rarely 
 more than one story high. A better style of architecture has 
 recently been introduced, and at this time some stately man- 
 sions grace the capital of Chili. Several handsome prome- 
 nades adorn the city, the most fashionable of which are the 
 Alameda, and the Tajamar. The edifices of note are the 
 Mint, one of the handsomest structures in the city; and the 
 Cathedral, a fine building, but considerably injured by earthj 
 quakes. Santiago is the See of an Archbishop, the seat of 
 the courts of law, and the place of meeting of the legislative 
 bodies. It contains a University, which has faculties of phi- 
 
216 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 losophy, mathematics, physical sciences, medicine, law, and 
 theology. It is united to Valparaiso by railway, and its trade 
 with that place is considerable. It is the seat of a military 
 and naval academy, and the higher classes of the city are 
 well educated. Santiago was founded in 1541 by Valdivia, 
 one of the early Spanish conquerors. Population, 107,000. 
 
 VALPARAISO, (Vale of Paradise,) situated on the Pacific 
 coast, is the principal seaport in Chili, and is noted for its 
 rapid growth in wealth, population and importance. It 
 stands upon a large bay 90 miles northwest of the capital, 
 and its situation is very picturesque. The houses present an 
 ordinary appearance, the streets are poorly paved, and but 
 few public buildings meet the eye in this city, worthy of 
 special notice. The Custom House is the only edifice entitled 
 to particular regard, on account of architectural beauty and 
 design. The theatre is regarded as one of the best in South 
 America, and is liberally patronized. No public library or 
 scientific institutions have as yet been established here, the 
 people showing little taste for reading or intellectual culture. 
 Valparaiso is the great commercial emporium of the South 
 Pacific, and its trade is very extensive. Population 60,000. 
 
 COQUIMBO, built near the embouchure of the river Coquimbo into the 
 bay of the same name, is a place of considerable trade, with 8,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 CONCEPCION, on the Biobio river, 270 miles south west of Santiago, con- 
 tains various learned and charitable institutions, and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TONGAY and CALDEBA, are small towns with some trade. 
 
 HUASCO, is a mining town. 
 
 LA PLATA, OR THE ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION.) 
 
 Area 780,000 square miles. Population 1,200,000. 
 
 This Confederation is composed of a number of States 
 that revolted against Spain in 1810 and secured their inde- 
 pendence, and after going through various revolutions and 
 changes of government, are now united together as the 
 Republic of La Plata. Between the years 1535 and 1855, 
 this republic was under the government of the celebrated 
 Rosas, whose rule was as absolute and arbitrary as that oft 
 dictator, and the government was republican only in name] 
 In 1853, Buenos Ayres, the most important of the States com- 
 posing the Confederation, separated from it, but as this State 
 has hitherto failed to secure the requisite recognition of inde- 
 pendent nations, it is yet regarded as an integral part of the 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 217 
 
 Argentine Republic. It lies in the southeastern part. The 
 Confederation is bounded north by Bolivia, Paraguay and the 
 Empire of Brazil, east by Paraguay, Brazil, Uruguay and 
 the Atlantic, south by the Atlantic and Patagonia, and west 
 by Chili and Bolivia. 
 
 Surface, 8?c. The Andes mountains run along the western 
 border of the republic. From these the surface gradually de- 
 clines into the vast plains called pampas, which furnish pas- 
 turage for millions of wild cattle. In some places lateral 
 branches of the Andes extend into the plains to the distance 
 of 200 miles, and these high grounds are the most desirable 
 for settlements. The tillable land is generally confined to the 
 banks and mouths of rivers. 
 
 Rivers. The Paraguay flows along the eastern boundary 
 into the Parana ; this river afterwards unites with the Uruguay, 
 and the two form the Rio de la Plata, which is rather an 
 estuary than a river. The chief tributaries of the Paraguay, 
 in the Argentine Confederation, are the Pilcomayo, the 
 Vermejo, the Parana, and the Salado. The Colorado flows 
 southeast into the Atlantic. 
 
 Climate. As the Confederation comprises a vast extent of 
 country, a great variety of climate is experienced. Almost 
 a tropical heat prevails on the northern plains, which how- 
 ever gradually decreases towards the south, so that between 
 the 35th and 40th degrees of south latitude snow falls, and 
 thin ice is visible for a few days. Aridity seems to be the 
 distinguishing feature of the climate. 
 
 Products. In the northern parts, corn, rice, sugar and 
 tobacco, are the chief products. Wheat and barley are culti- 
 vated in the vicinity of Buenos Ayres, and in some other sec- 
 tions of the republic. Considerable quantities of wine and 
 brandy are made in Mendoza. The Paraguay tea, cochineal, 
 cacoa, and madder, are obtained in large quantities. 
 
 Minerals. Gold, silver and copper, are obtained in the 
 Andes mountains. Iron has been found almost pure; coal 
 is said to be abundant in the western provinces; and sulphur, 
 alum, and mineral pitch, in the vicinity of the Andes. 
 
 Animals. The pampas produce pasturage for immense 
 herds of wild horses and horned cattle. Meat, for this reason, 
 is cheaper here than bread. These animals furnish the prin- 
 cipal articles of export, consisting of hides, horse hair, tallow, 
 
 K 
 
218 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 horns, and dried meat. Sheep are numerous in the western 
 provinces, and wool has become a great article of export. 
 
 Manufactures. The principal wealth of the republic con- 
 sists in its herds of cattle and oheep. Manufactures are 
 therefore only in their inception, and until the whole state of 
 the country be changed, much advancement in this species 
 of industry is not to be expected. 
 
 Education. The advantages of education throughout this 
 republic seem to be but little appreciated. More attention 
 has been bestowed upon this subject in Buenos Ayres, than 
 in any other part of the Argentine Confederation. 
 
 Government. The people of this, like several of the other 
 South American States, are seduced into the belief that they 
 live under a republican form of government, but all the liber- 
 ty left is what the will of a dictator (nominal president) con- 
 cedes to them. The prevailing religion is the Roman Catholic. 
 Slavery no longer exists in this republic. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are composed of whites, ne- 
 groes, Indians and their descendants, variously intermingled. 
 The Spaniards, although few, are the dominant race. The 
 higher classes generally adopt European manners. The 
 Gauchos, or the inhabitants of the pampas, are almost always 
 on horseback, and are engaged in the catching and slaughter- 
 ing of cattle. 
 
 BUENOS AYRES, the chief commercial city of the confeder- 
 ation and capital of the State so named, is situated on the 
 river or estuary called the La Plata, 150 miles from its 
 mouth. It is a regularly built and handsome city, and is 
 rapidly increasing in wealth and importance. The houses 
 of the natives are usually one story high, but those of foreign 
 residents are three stories in height, and resemble similar 
 residences in the United States. The principal public build- 
 ings erected in this city are the Cathedral, one of the largest 
 and richest in South America; the Bishop's Palace; the Re- 
 presentatives Hall, an imitation of the Capitol at Washington; 
 and the Custom House. A handsome monument stands 
 erected in the public square in honor of South American in- 
 dendence. Numerous literary and scientific institutions have 
 baen established here, and the public library numbers 30,000 
 volumes. The La Plata opposite the city, is 36 miles wide, 
 and owing to rocks, shoals and storms, the navigation is 
 quite perilous, thus in a great degree retarding its commercial 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 219 
 
 growth. The environs of the city are delightful, and are 
 chiefly occupied by the country seats of the wealthy. Bue- 
 nos Ayres, as its name indicates, has a fine climate, the air 
 being cool, bracing, and very healthy. Living is exceedingly 
 cheap, meat not selling for more than two or three cents per 
 pound. This city was founded in 1580, and its present 
 population is estimated to reach 150,000. 
 
 CORDOVA, situated 387 miles northwest of Buenos Ayres, 
 is a handsome and well-built city, containing a fine Cathe- 
 dral, and many other interesting edifices. Its University, 
 built by the Jesuits, was formerly a noted seat of literature, 
 but since their banishment has lost its reputation. This city 
 is the centre of communication between the upper provinces 
 and Buenos Ayres. Population 25,000. 
 
 MENDOZA, pleasantly built at the foot of the Andes, at an 
 elevation of 2,890 feet, is a beautiful city, noted for its salu- 
 brious climate. The houses are mostly surrounded with gar- 
 dens, and ornamented with porticoes. Numerous vineyards are 
 planted in the vicinity. The road over the Andes from Bue- 
 nos Ayres to Santiago leads by this place, and renders it the 
 coriimercial entrepot between these two places. Population 
 12,000. 
 
 PARANA, situated on the east side of the river of this name, 
 is the capita] of the Argentine Confederation/ 
 
 SAN MIGUEL DE TUCUMAN, is noted as the place where the La Plata prov- 
 inces promulgated their independence ; and the first Congress assembled here 
 in 1816. Population 12,000. 
 
 SALTA, north of San Miguel, is a market for buying and selling mules. 
 
 Population 9,000. 
 
 CARMEN, RIOJA and SAN JUAN, are small towns. 
 
 URUGUAY. 
 
 Area 75,000 square miles. Population 250,000* 
 Uruguay, called by the Spaniards the Banda Oriental, is the 
 smallest of the South American States. It derives its name, 
 Uruguay, from the river of this appellation, which forms the 
 western boundary. It formed for many years the object of 
 dispute between Brazil and Buenos Ayres, but through the 
 .intervention of Great Britain, in 1825, it was formed into an 
 independent republic. It lies south of Brazil, and east of the 
 Argentine Confederation, and its general aspect resembles a 
 vast undulating plain, with little timber; but the northern part 
 is hilly. The soil is fertile, and the climate humid, but tern* 
 
220 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 perate and healthy. The plains pasture great numbers of 
 cattle and horses ; hides and tallow are the chief articles of 
 commerce. Wheat, maize, beans, and melons are cultivated, 
 and the soil is adapted to the growth of most of the fruits of 
 the temperate climes. Agriculture is in its rudest state, and 
 at the present time little is cultivated but what supplies home 
 consumption. 
 
 MONTEVIDEO, the capital, situated on the north shore of the 
 La Plata, 130 miles southeast of Buenos Ayres is, in general, 
 a well built and handsome city, composed of houses mostly 
 one story high. It is surrounded by a wall mounted with 
 guns, and is also strongly defended by a citadel and batteries. 
 The only building of note is the Cathedral. Its exports are 
 salted beef, hides, hair, tallow, and wool, and it imports cotton 
 and woolen goods, hardware, flour, wine, sugar, tobacco, 
 salt, and boots. Its trade is very considerable. In the sum- 
 mer the heat is at times oppressive, but in the winter the air 
 is keen and piercing. The climate in general is regarded as 
 pleasant and salubrious. The United States Consul in 
 1859 says, " Montevideo wants nothing but peace to become 
 the commercial emporium of the river La Plata." Popula- 
 tion 15,000. 
 
 MALDONADO, a fortified seaport, and COLONIA, are both small, but brisk 
 towns. 
 
 PARAGUAY. 
 
 Area 84,000 square miles. Population 600,000. 
 
 Paraguay lies south of Brazil, between the Parana and the 
 Paraguay rivers. It is in general level, but the Brazilian 
 mountains in the north, cause the surface to alternate with a 
 pleasant variety. A remarkable fertility characterises the 
 soil, and the vegetation is unrivalled for luxuriance. The 
 climate, although a tropical one, is greatly modified by the 
 character of the country, and other circumstances. Hail and 
 thunder storms are frequent, but there are no earthquakes. 
 The nights are cool and serene, and in general the climate 
 may be described as delightful and salubrious. On the vast 
 plains roam immense herds of wild cattle and the forests re- 
 sound with the music of the feathered songsters. The most 
 noted product is the Paraguay tea, which supplies the favorite 
 beverage of the large proportion of the people of South 
 America, Besides this vegetable, however, the usual tropical 
 fruits grow here in abundance. Paraguay is likewise 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 221 
 
 supposed to be rich in mineral treasures. The manufac- 
 tures are few. The chief articles manufactured are coarse 
 cotton and woolen goods, and some liquors. Paraguay de- 
 clared its independence of Spain in 1810, and between 1813 
 and 1840 the government was in the hands of the celebrat- 
 ed Dr. Francia, who exercised the power of dictator. Until 
 his death no foreigner was permitted to enter the country. He 
 caused all the citizens to be taught the elementary branches 
 of an education, and every one was required to follow some 
 occupation. The Government recognizes the existence and 
 meeting of a congressional body, but the entire law making 
 as well as the excutive power, is essentially vested in the 
 President. His will may be considered the law. The only 
 religion tolerated is the Roman Catholic. The people of 
 Paraguay are docile, sedate and intelligent, and are fond of 
 their own government, but ignorant of other nations and 
 their institutions. 
 
 ASSUMPTION, situated on the left bank of the Paraguay 
 river, a short distance above the mouth of the Pilcomayo, is 
 the capital and largest city of the republic. Although 
 founded in 1535, its progress for 300 years was scarcely dis- 
 cernible, but the present century has witnessed its growth 
 into a city of considerable importance. It contains a hand- 
 some Cathedral erected in 1845, and several other large and 
 splendid edifices. It carries on a large trade with Buenos 
 Ayres and other parts of South America. The exports con- 
 sist of Paraguay tea, tobacco, hides, cedar planks, and man- 
 dioca t Trade with foreign countries was interdicted by the 
 former rulers of Paraguay, but a more liberal policy has re- 
 cently been introduced, Population 12,000. 
 
 ITAPUA, CURUGUATT, and VILLA RICA, are towns of some importance. 
 EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. 
 
 Area 3,000,000 square miles. Population 7,000,000. 
 
 Brazil was first discovered by Yanez Pincon, a companion 
 of Columbus, in January, 1500, but in April of the same year, a 
 Portuguese navigator by the name of Pedro Alvarez de Ca- 
 bral, made a more accurate survey of the coast, and landed 
 and took possession]of the country, in the name of the king of 
 Portugal. As early as 1504, the Portuguese planted a colony 
 on the coast, and from that time the country remained under 
 the control and jurisdiction of the crown of Portugal. In 
 
222 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 1808, on the invasion of Portugal by Napoleon, John VI. 
 sailed for Brazil, accompanied by his court and a large body 
 of emigrants. Here he remained until the fall of Napoleon, 
 when he raised Brazil to the rank of a kingdom, and as- 
 sumed the title of king of Portugal, Algarve, and Brazil. In 
 1820, John VI. left Brazil, in order to quiet disturbances in 
 the parent kingdom, leaving his son Don Pedro, regent of 
 Brazil, who, in 1822, at the solicitation of his subjects, pro- 
 claimed the independence of the country, and was crowned 
 emperor by the Brazilians. 
 
 This vast empire is bounded north by Venezuela, Guiana 
 and the Atlantic, east by the Atlantic, south by the same, Ur- 
 uguay, the Argentine Confederation, Paraguay, and Bolivia, 
 and west by the Argentine Confederation, Paraguay, Bolivia, 
 Peru, Equador, and New Granada. 
 
 Surface, fyc. Brazil, as regards surface, is nearly equally 
 divided into Upland and Lowland. The former maintains 
 an average elevation of from 2000 to 2500 feet, in no place 
 exceeding 6000 feet; the latter comprises the Silvas, or 
 woody region, and the Llanos, or plains and flats. The 
 highlands, or the mountainous regions, occupy the south- 
 ern, central, and eastern sections of this vast empire. Along 
 the Amazon and its affluents, the Silvas, or immense plains 
 lie, which are said to comprise an area equal to six times the 
 territory of all France. A chain of mountains of no great 
 elevation, lies on the north of the empire and separates it 
 from Venezuela and Guiana. That part of Brazil lying be- 
 tween the southeastern range of mountains and the ocean, is 
 generally low and flat. 
 
 Rivers. The river system of this vast empire is by far the 
 most extensive and magnificent in the world. The Ama- 
 zon and its numerous affluents drain the whole northern 
 part of Brazil, arid this king of rivers flows east after a course 
 of about 4000 miles into the Atlantic ocean. The Rio San 
 Francisco is likewise a mammoth river, emptying its waters 
 into the Atlantic. The Maranhao, the Pamahiba, the Parana, 
 and the Paraguay, affluents of the La Plata, are all immense 
 streams. Several of the tributaries of the Amazon, as the To- 
 cantms, the Araguay, the Madeira, the Chingua, the Tapajos, 
 the Pur us, the Negro, are mighty rivers, that would in most 
 parts of the world excite admiration. 
 
 Climate. Although Brazil lies in the torrid zone, yet its 
 
SOUTH AMEEICA. 223 
 
 climate in general is very delightful; and the heat is alone 
 excessive in the northern plains. The wet season com- 
 mences in the northern parts about October, and continues 
 until March; but the southern regions have comparatively 
 little rain. That portion of the empire lying on the Amazon 
 is subject to fevers, owing to the overflowing of the country, 
 and the decay of vegetation. Along the coast, the tempera- 
 ture is greatly modified by the trade winds. 
 
 Products. Agriculture receives but little attention, not more 
 than one fiftieth of the country being supposed to be under 
 cultivation. The chief products are maize, sugar, coffee, rice, 
 cacao, vanilla, logwood, mahogany, and hides. The pas- 
 tures are of vast extent, and are covered with prodigious 
 herds of wild cattle, which furnish one of the great sources of 
 the wealth of Brazil. Manioc is the great farinaceous pro- 
 duct of the empire, one acre of it being said to yield as much 
 nutriment as six of wheat. The China tea has been success- 
 fully cultivated here since 18 1C. 
 
 Minerals. Brazil is chiefly noted for her diamond and 
 topaz mines, considered the richest in the world. Gold, sil- 
 ver, platinum, and iron, are likewise obtained here. The 
 precious metals are not found in the same abundance as 
 formerly. 
 
 Jlnimals. Horned cattle and horses comprise the princi 
 pal domestic animals, the most of these living in a wild state; 
 goats, and hogs are also abundant, and sheep are numerous 
 in the south. The woods are filled with rapacious animals, 
 and the forests resound with birds of the sweetest song. The 
 lakes and lagoons are dotted with water-fowl during certain 
 seasons, especially geese and ducks. The most venomous 
 and dreaded reptiles, as the boa constrictor and corral snake, 
 are met with in Brazil, and the insects are so numerous and 
 destructive, that Humboldt says a manuscript cannot be ob- 
 tained in this country one hundred years old. 
 
 Manufactures. Manufactures can scarcely be said to ex- 
 ist, but commerce is extensively carried on with different 
 nations. 
 
 Education. Liberal provisions have been made by law 
 for the education of the masses. A male and female school 
 is supported in each parish ; and in the towns Latin, French, 
 philosophy, &c., are taught. In the larger towns the English 
 language, geography, mathematics and many superior 
 
224 'GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 branches are incorporated in the course of study, in addition to 
 those already mentioned. Several universities are already in 
 existence, and recently a movement has been projected by 
 the government, in order to found a university in imitation 
 of the German system. The public schools ar all free. 
 
 Government. The government is a hereditary, limited and 
 constitutional monarchy, and the sovereign shares with the 
 national assembly the legislative power. The crown is to de- 
 scend to the heirs of the ruling monarch, who is styled Empe- 
 ror. The assembly is composed of a Senate and Chamber of 
 Deputies, the former being chosen for life and the latter for 
 four years. Slavery yet exists in Brazil. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants consist of Whites, Negroes, 
 Indians, and of the various intermixture of these races. 
 All classes, with the exception of the slaves, stand upon the 
 same social and political equality ; the offices of government 
 being equally open to all. Even the slave looks forward to 
 freedom and equality in society. The Roman Catholic is 
 the religion of the Empire, but others are tolerated, 
 
 Rio JANEIRO, called often Rio, the capital and metropolis of 
 the Empire of Brazil, is beautifully situated on the west side 
 of the bay of the same name. The city is divided into 
 Old Town and New Town ; the latter having been 
 chiefly built since the arrival of the Royal Family in 1808, 
 and between these two parts is the great square named 
 Campo da Acclamacao, supposed to be the largest in the 
 world. The streets in both parts of the city are so exceed- 
 ingly narrow as to scarce permit the passage of two vehicles 
 at once, yet this is not without its advantages in so hot a 
 climate, by the shade it affords from the rays of the sun. 
 The streets are in general rectangular. Many large and su- 
 perb edifices grace this city, amongst which are the exchange, 
 the custom house, the naval arsenal, the imperial palace, the 
 city hall and the public hospital. Rio contains a large the- 
 atre and opera house, a palace of fine arts, a museum and a 
 public library of 80,000 volumes. Two colleges and a medi- 
 cal school have been established, and are greatly patronized. 
 Numerous periodicals and newspapers are issued in this city, 
 and inteiligence is rapidly diffusing itself among all classes. 
 The best street is the Rua d'Ouvidor, occupied chiefly by 
 French, and which affords everything obtainable in Paris or 
 London. This city possesses one of the finest harbors in the 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 225 
 
 world, and although not united to the interior by rivers, her 
 commerce is large and constantly increasing, and she is yet 
 destined when railways shall have connected her with the 
 distant provinces and cities of the central regions of this vast 
 empire, to become one of the first commercial centres of the 
 globe. Her exports consist chiefly of coffee, hides, sugar, 
 rice, cotton, rosewood, rum, tobacco and horns. Three miles 
 distant from the city is Sao Christovao, the rural residence 
 of the emperor. Population 300,000. 
 
 BAHIA or SAO SALVADOR, situated on the bay of All Saints, 
 is the second city of Brazil, with one of the finest harbors in 
 America. The situation of the city is very uneven and it 
 has been said that its appearance resembles the upheaved 
 surface of an earthquake. The streets are well paved, rather 
 for the purpose of preventing injury from rain than to facili- 
 tate locomotion, as they are so steep and irregular that the 
 passage of carriages is impossible in some places. There 
 are but one or two principal streets, and the whole length of 
 the city is about six miles. This city exceeds every other in 
 the empire in the number and sumptousness of its churches, 
 and it contains also many monasteries and convents. Some 
 of the public buildings are the archiepiscopal palace, the 
 cathedral, the mint, the military hospital, theatre and orphan 
 seminary. A very splendid monument is erected here to 
 commemorate the landing of Don John VI. of Portugal, 
 who was the first royal governor of Brazil. The commerce 
 of Bahia consists chiefly of sugar, cotton, tobacco, rum and 
 other native products, but is much less than formerly. Pop- 
 ulation 120,000. 
 
 PERNAMBUCO, situated on the Atlantic, consists of three 
 parts : Recife, Boavista and St. Antonio. The streets, like in 
 Rio, are generally narrow and the houses built of brick, from 
 three to five stories high. The commerce of this place is 
 important and has been increasing for some years. Popula- 
 tion 80,000. 
 
 PARA, near the mouth of the river of the same name, has 
 au important trade in cotton, vanilla, dye wood, &c. The 
 streets are well laid out and paved, and the houses are not in 
 jriicral high, but they are substantially arid many of them 
 elegantly built. Its harbor is culled Belein. Population 
 28,000. 
 
 MARANHAM, situated on the island of the same name, in a 
 
 k* 
 
226 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 bay of the Atlantic, 290 miles east of Para, is a regularly built 
 and handsome city, with 30,000 inhabitants. The most splen- 
 did structures are the Cathedral and the Episcopal palace, two 
 magniiicent edifices built by the Jesuits. The city has a very 
 excellent college, in which a classical education is obtained. 
 The exports are rice, cotton, rum, and medicines. 
 
 SAO PAUL, 220 miles southwest of Rio Janeiro, is one of the oldest cities in 
 Brazil, having been founded in 1554. This c^ty contains a cathedral, many 
 churches, an infirmary, and a military hospital. It has also a public library, 
 and a vast botanical garden. Population 2^,000. 
 
 VILLA BELLA or MATTO GROSO, is a haridsome and reguarly built city, 
 presenting a cheerful appearance. Its only trade consists in horses and 
 cattle. Population 15,000. 
 
 OURO PRETO, formerly VILLA RICA, 200 miles northwest of the capital, 
 was once the centre of the gol-i mining district, but the mines are nearly 
 exhausted, 
 
 DIAMANTINO, called heretofore TEJUCO, is the chief town and centre of the 
 dimond district. It occupies the shape of au amphitheatre. 
 
 The only remaining cities of the Brazilian Empire are: NATAL, PARAUIBA, 
 
 NlTIIEROY, CURITIBA, CURABA and GoYAZ. 
 
 GUIANA. 
 
 Area 94,000 square miles. Population 220,000. 
 
 Guiana lies upon the Atlantic ocean, north of Brazil and 
 east of Venezuela, and its coast extends from the mouth of 
 the Orinoco to that of the Oyapok river. The western part 
 Belongs to the British, the middle to the Dutch, and the 
 pastern to the French. The interior is elevated and moun- 
 tainous and covered with vast forests. Along the coast 
 where most of the settlements have been made, the soil is 
 Jqw and marshy, but fertile, and traversed by numerous rivers. 
 The most important rivers are the Essequibo, Demerara, 
 Berbice, Surinam and the Oyapok, all flowing north into the 
 Atlantic. The climate is hot and unhealthy. Guiana has 
 two wet and two dry seasons, each contining for three 
 months ; the wet season includes the months of December, 
 January and February, and of June, July and August j" the 
 dry season, the remaining months of the year. This coun- 
 try is covered with the most luxuriant vegetation and abounds 
 in fruits of every description, and in an infinite variety of 
 rare and useful plants. The principal products are sugar, 
 coffeej cayenne pepper, cloves, nutmegs and cinnamon. The 
 animals arc those peculiar to tropical America, as the tapir, 
 jaguar, armadillo, ant eater, sloth, deer, and a great variety of 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 22t 
 
 monkeys. The forests abound with vampire bats. Serpents 
 are numerous and insects swarm and are exceedingly an- 
 noying. The rivers contain plenty of fish. The geological 
 formation of the country is granite. Many tribes of savage 
 Indians yet live in Guiana. In the large forests and moun- 
 tains of the interior, dwell the Maroon Negroes or fugitive 
 slaves, who compose a kind of independent State and who 
 were formerly exceedingly troublesome to the whites on ac- 
 count of their frequent thefts and robberies. War was even 
 waged for a long time against these desperadoes until a treaty 
 was made with them, recognizing their independence, since 
 which time they have lived in a state of amity with the 
 whites. 
 
 BRITISH GUIANA. 
 
 Area 50,000 square miles. Population 126,000. 
 
 This division comprises the western part of Guiana, and 
 extends from the mouth of the Orinoco to the Corentyn river. 
 The western part is hilly and it is occupied chiefly by Indi- 
 ans. Slavery was abolished here in 1834, but the apprentice 
 system continued in operation until 1838. The government 
 of this part is in the hands of the British. 
 
 GEORGETOWN, situated at the mouth of the Demerara river, 
 is the seat of government, with 26,000 inhabitants. It is a 
 handsomely built city, with broad, clean streets intersecting 
 each other at right angles, and its general aspect is attractive, 
 but owing to its low, marshy location, is exceedingly un- 
 healthy. The houses are generally built of wood, with open 
 verandahs in front, and are beautifully shaded and surround- 
 ed with gardens. Water street, facing the river, is the main 
 thoroughfare, and is exclusively occupied by Europeans. 
 The principal edifice is the Town Hall, a large and hand- 
 some edifice, designed for the meeting of the courts, and for 
 the chief public offices. The city is defended by Fort 
 Frederick William. The chief exports are coffee, sugar and 
 rum. 
 
 NEW AMSTERDAM, built near the mouth of the river Berbice, is a seaport, 
 and is defended by three strong batteries guarding the entrance to the river? 
 
 DUTCH GUIANA. 
 
 Area 30,000 square miles. Population 64,000. 
 Dutch Guiana is bounded east by the Marowyne river, and 
 west by the Corentyn, and five-sixths of the inhabitants are 
 
228 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Negroes. Slavery was abolished here in 1851, but the Ne- 
 groes are required to serve as apprentices until 1863. 
 
 PARAMARIBO, situated five miles from the mouth of the Suri- 
 jiam river, is the capital, and centre of the Dutch West India 
 tiade. It is intersected by three canals, and the streets gene- 
 rally cross each other rectangularly. Rows of tamarind and 
 orange trees ornament the streets in all parts of the city. 
 There are 15,000 inhabitants, of whom 9,000 are blacks. 
 
 BATAVIA, ORANGE, AND FREDENSBURG, situated on the coast, and WIL- 
 JIELMSBURG, MAGDENBURG, and JEWS'^TOWN, in the interior, are small 
 .towns. 
 
 FRENCH GUIANA. 
 
 Area 14,000 square miles. Population 30,000. 
 
 French Guiana, the most eastern colony, extends from the 
 river Marowyne to the Oyapok. The government is vested in 
 a royal governor, and an assembly, chosen by the people. 
 Since 1848 this has become a penal settlement for the French 
 government. 
 
 CAYENNE, the capital, situated on an island of the same 
 name, at the mouth of the Cayenne and Oyac rivers, has a 
 fine harbor, which is well defended by a castle. It is a noted 
 penal settlement of the French, and since the late coup d'etat 
 of Napoleon, many political offenders have been banished 
 to this place. Its climate is hot, and deadly to JEuropeans. 
 The famous Cayenne pepper, cloves, sugar, molasses, coffee, 
 cotton, and ebony, are the chief exports. Population 6,000. 
 
 PATAGONIA. 
 
 Area 350,000 square miles. Population 120,000. 
 
 Patagonia, the large peninsula at the southern extremity of 
 South America, is bounded on the north by the Argentine 
 Confederation and Chili. Along the western side run the 
 Andes moutains, which gradually decline in altitude as they 
 approach the strait of Magellan, and contain many volcanoes. 
 The climate is cold even in summer, especially in the north- 
 ern part, and in the winter the weather is severe and stormy. 
 ^The mountains alone are covered with forests, whilst upon 
 the plains not a tree is visible. Wild horses and cattle roam 
 in considerable numbers over this extensive and barren 
 country. The coasts abound in fish, seal, arid sea lions. 
 The inhabitants are an aborignal race, of large muscular 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 229 
 
 proportions, and they are excellent horsemen, warlike and 
 adroit in the hunting of wild animals. Magellan named 
 them Patagonians, from the size of their feet. No European 
 settlements have been made here. 
 
 THE ISLANDS. 
 
 1. THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS,' in the Pacific, under the equa- 
 tor. These lie 600 miles west of Equador, to which republic 
 they belong, and they contain great numbers of land tortoises, 
 whence the name Galapagos (tortoises) has been applied to 
 them. In 1833 Equador converted one of these islands into 
 a penal settlement ; the rest are uninhabited. 
 
 2. THE TWO JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS, 400 miles west of 
 Chili, of which republic they form a dependency. Masatier- 
 ra is remarkable for being the place where Alexander Selkirk 
 was shipwrecked in 1704, and where he spent four years of 
 his life, and the story of whose sojourn upon this island is 
 supposed to have formed the basis of Daniel Defoe's celebra- 
 ted romance called Robinson Crusoe, which has been trans- 
 lated into many different languages. 
 
 3. THE FUEGAN ISLANDS, separated from the main land by 
 the strait of Magellan. When the celebrated navigator, 
 Ferdinand Magellan, first sailed through this strait in 1520, 
 he saw these islands in a blaze of fire, which had been ignit- 
 ed by the natives, and hence he named them the land of fire. 
 They are very sterile and unproductive and full of barren 
 mountains, which are covered with continual snow and ice ; 
 the low valleys, however, have forests, and in the summer 
 beautiful green pastures. The inhabitants, called Pescheras, 
 from a word which they uniformly use towards strangers, are 
 a rude people, but very kindly disposed. The largest of these 
 islands is called Terra del Fuego or the land of fire; a second, 
 Staten Island; and a third, Hermitie, upon which is Cape Horn. 
 
 THE FALKLAND ISLES, comprise a group of two large 
 islands and an innumerable quantity of cliffs, lying east of 
 the straits of Magellan. This group was discovered by John 
 Davis, August 14th, 1592. 
 
 NEW SOUTH SHETLAND, a group of five large islands 
 and innumerable amount of cliffs, southeast of Cape Horn. 
 This group was discovered by a 'British whaler in 1819. 
 They swarm with penguins and sea-fowl. 
 
EUEOPE. 
 
 Area 3,880,154 square miles. Population 286,634,000. 
 
 Europe is indeed the least amongst the five main divisions 
 of the globe, except Australia, but on account of its high grade 
 of civilization, and of the general diffusion of the arts and 
 sciences, throughout its whole extent it is by far the most 
 populous in proportion to its area, and in many respects the 
 most iuiportatnt, as also the most powerful. It lies in the 
 north temperate and frigid zones, between 35 and 71 
 of north latitude, and also between 10 of west and 
 61 of east longitude, from Greenwich, and is bounded north 
 by the Arctic ocean, east by the Ural mountains, the river 
 Ural, and the Caspian sea; south by the Caucasian mountains, 
 the Black and Marmora seas, the Grecian Archipelago, the 
 Mediterranean, and the Strait of Gibraltar, which separates 
 Europe from Africa, and west by the Atlantic. Its greatest 
 length from east to west, is 3,400 miles, and its greatest 
 breadth 2400. 
 
 MOUNTAINS AND SURFACE. 
 
 Of those running north and south : 
 
 1. TheKiolen Mountains, between Norway and Sweden; 
 the most important branches of which stretch over Norway. 
 
 2. The Ural Mountains, on the border of Asia. These 
 extend from the Arctic ocean to the regions of the Caspian 
 sea. 
 
 Of those running east and west : 
 
 1. The Pyrenees, between France and Spain ; The JJlps 
 under different names, through Italy, Switzerland and the 
 south of Germany; The Apennines, along the east side of 
 the Adriatic; and The Balkan mountains, in Turkey. 
 
 2, The Thuringerwald, the Fichtelgebirge, the Erzgebirge, 
 and the Riesengebirge, all through Germany ; the Carpathian 
 pountains, between Hungary and Galicia. 
 
EUROPE. 231 
 
 The mountains stretching from the east to the west, arealf 
 in the south of Europe ; the Kiolen in the Scandinavian 
 peninsula, and the Ural in the east of Europe. In the inte- 
 rior and eastern portions of Europe, the surface is quite level,, 
 and this evenness continues from the North Sea through 
 Holland, Denmark, the north of Germany, Prussia, Poland 
 and Russia. 
 
 SEAS AND BAYS. 
 
 1. The While Sea, in Russia, on the Arctic ocean. 
 
 2. The North Sea, between England, Belgium, Holland,. 
 Germany and Denmark, called also the German Sea, and 
 sometimes the Western Sea. One of its arms extending into. 
 Holland, forms the Zuyder Zee. 
 
 3. The Skager Rack, between Denmark and Norway. 
 
 4. The Cattegat, between Sweden and Denmark. 
 
 5. The Baltic, with the Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia, be- 
 tween Denmark, Sweden, Russia, Prussia and Germany. It 
 goes also under the name of the East Sea. 
 
 6. The Irish Sea, between England and Ireland. 
 
 7. The British Channel, between England and France. 
 
 8. The Bay of Biscay, between Spain and France. 
 
 9. The Mediterranean, between Europe and Africa. 
 To it belong: 
 
 10. The Adriatic, between Italy and Turkey. 
 
 11. The Archipelago, formerly called the JEgean Sea, 
 south of Greece and Turkey. 
 
 12. The Marmora Sea, south of Turkey. 
 
 13. The Black Sea, the ancient Euxine, south of Russia^ 
 and east of Turkey. 
 
 14. The Sea of *flzoff, northeast of the Black sea. 
 
 STRAITS. 
 
 1. The Sound, called the Ear-sound, from its resemblance 
 to the human ear, as also the Great and Little Belt, unite 
 the Cattegat with the Baltic. 
 
 2. The Strait of Dover, unites the British Channel with 
 the North sea. 
 
 3. The Strait of Gibraltar, unites the Mediterranean and 
 the Atlantic. 
 
 4. The Dardanelles or the Hellespont, connects the sea 
 of Marmora with the Archipelago, 
 
232 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 5. The Strait of Constantinople, or The JBosphorus, unites 
 the sea of Marmora with the Black sea. 
 
 6. The Strait of Feodosia or Yenikale, unites the Black 
 sea with the sea of Azoff. 
 
 CAPES. 
 
 The mosf northern point of Europe, in Norway, is called 
 the North Cape ; the most southern, in Greece, Cape Mata- 
 pan ; and the two most western points, Cape Finislerre, in 
 Spain, and Cape SI. Vincent, in Portugal. 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 The thirteen principal rivers of Europe are : 
 
 1. The Volga,\\\z largest, which rises in Russia, and flows 
 after a course of 2,200 miles into the Caspian sea. 
 
 2. The Don, 1000 miles long, rising in the interior of 
 Russia and flowing south into the sea of Azoff. 
 
 3. The Dnieper, 1,200 miles long, which takes its rise near 
 the source of the Volga and flows south into the Black sea. 
 
 Below Kiev this river forms 13 successive cataracts, by 
 which navigation is interrupted. 
 
 4. The Danube, 1630 miles in length, rising in West Ger 
 many, and flowing east through Germany, Hungary and 
 Turkey, into the Black Sea. 
 
 5. The Po, with 340 miles of length, which rises in the 
 western Alps and flows east into the Adriatic. 
 
 6. The Tagus, 510 miles long, flowing west through Spain 
 and Portugal into the Atlantic. 
 
 7. The Loire, in France, 570 miles long, running west into 
 the Bay of Biscay. 
 
 8. The Rhine, 960 miles long, rising in Switzerland, form- 
 ing part of the boundary between France and Germany, and 
 .afterwards flowing northwest into the North Sea. 
 
 9. The Elbe, having its source in the Riesengebirge, and 
 flowing northwest 690 miles into the North Sea. 
 
 10. The Oder, which rises in the mountains of Moravia, 
 .-and flows northwest into the Baltic. Its length is 628 miles. 
 
 11. The Vistula, taking its source in the Carpathianmoun- 
 .tains, and flowing north, after a course of 628 miles, into the 
 Baltic. 
 
 12. The Duna, 550 miles long, which rises near the source 
 of the Volga, and flows northwest into the gulf of Riga. 
 
EUROPE. 233 
 
 1 3. The Dwina, rising also in Russia, and flowing north- 
 west into the White Sea. It has a length of 760 miles. 
 
 LAKES. 
 The largest are: 
 
 1. Ladoga, (120 miles long and Go broad) Onega and 
 Peipus, in Russia. 
 
 2. fVener, Wetter and Malar, in Sweden. 
 
 3. Garda-Como and Maggiore, in Italy. 
 
 4. Constance and Geneva, in Switzerland. 
 
 The Flatten See and Newsiedler lake, in Hungary. 
 
 COUNTRIES. 
 
 1. Portugal. 10. Russia. 
 
 2. Spain. 11. Prussia (extra Germany.) 
 
 3. France. 12. Austria (extra Germany.) 
 
 4. Belgium. 13. Turkey. 
 
 5. Netherlands. 14. Greece. 
 
 6. British Kingdom. IS. Italy. 
 
 7. Denmark. 16. Switzerland. 
 
 8. Norway. 17. Germany. 
 
 9. Sweden. 
 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 Area 36,000 square miles. Population 3,725,000. 
 
 Portugal, the Lusitania of the Romans, by whom it was 
 conquered about 19 A. C., was in the fifth century overrun 
 by the northern nations, and afterwards suffered the same 
 fate as Spain, in the famous Saracen invasion of the 8th cen- 
 tury. After the expulsion ol the Moors, the Portugese mon- 
 archy was formally established by the Cortes, at Lamego, in 
 1143, and it has continued (except during the period between 
 1580 and 1640, when it was subject to the Spanish yoke,) as 
 a separate and distinct kingdom. Portugal was once one of 
 the leading maritime nations of the world, and during the lat* 
 ter half of the 14th century, the great series of voyages and 
 discoveries was commenced by her celebrated navigators, 
 which shed great glory and lustre on the Portuguese name. 
 By the time, however, she had gained her independence of 
 Spain, in 1640, nearly all her maritime supremacy has disap- 
 peared. 
 
 She comprises the southwestern part of the Pyrenean pen- 
 insula, and is bounded north and east by Spain, and south 
 and \vest by the Atlantic. 
 
234 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Surface, fyc. On the coast the soil is flat and sandy; the 
 interior, on the contrary, is mountainous, but interspersed 
 with some wild, and beautiful valleys. In the north are the 
 mountains of Gerez, which form part of the boundary with 
 Spain ; south of these are the Estrella mountains, which 
 stretch to Cape Roca. The southwestern extremity is named 
 Cape St. Vincent. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Minho, forming part 
 of the northern boundary with Spain; the Douro, the Tagus, 
 and the Guadiana. 
 
 Climate. The climate is agreeable and healthy. The heat 
 of summer and the cold of winter are tempered by the sea 
 breezes. Snow is extremely rare, except upon the high 
 mountains. 
 
 Products. The products are olive oil, figs, oranges, pome- 
 granates, almonds, raisins, melons, pine apples, wine and salt, 
 especially sea salt. The cork tree grows in Portugal. Here 
 are many large fisheries. The trade of the kingdom is chiefly 
 in the hands of the English. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of Portugal are in a 
 low state. They comprise the manufacture of silk, woolen 
 and cotton goods, and also of gold and silver ware. 
 
 Education. Notwithstanding the high sounding names 
 of the Portuguese institutions of learning, education may be 
 regarded as having made but little progress. But few persons 
 of the lower class are able to read and write. The language 
 is a dialect of the Spanish, and both are remnants of the 
 J^atin. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are polite, obliging, and 
 very loquacious, but not so revengeful as their neighbors, the 
 Spaniards. The prevailing religion is the Roman Catholic, 
 but other creeds are tolerated. The government is a heredi- 
 tary constitutional monarchy, the power of the sovereign be- 
 ing limited by the Cortes. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 It is divided into Portugal proper, which comprises the 
 larger portion, and into Algarve. The Azore islands belong 
 to Portugal. 
 
EUROPE. 235 
 
 PORTUGAL PROPER, 
 
 Consists of five Provinces: Estremadura, Beira, Entre Douro 
 e Minho, Traz os Montes and Alemtego. 
 
 1. ESTREMADURA. 
 
 LISBON, the capital, situated on the north bank of the Ta- 
 gus, 10 miles from its mouth, has a large and capacious har- 
 bor and an extensive commerce, which, however, has some- 
 what declined since the loss of Brazil. This city exhibits a 
 magnificent appearance, surpassed only by that of Constanti- 
 nople and Naples. The aqueduct for conveying water to 
 Lisbon is one of the most remarkable structures of ancient or 
 modern times. The most notable event in the history of this 
 city, is the earthquake of November 1st, 1755, in which 
 60,000 persons perished, and from which calamity the city 
 has not yet fully recovered. In the village of JSelem, one of 
 the suburbs of Lisbon, is a magnificent Abbey, with a church 
 containing the royal family vault. This Abbey, together with 
 the^church, king Emanuel caused to be built in memory of 
 the discovery of the course around Cape Horn to the East 
 Indies, by the celebrated navigator, Vasca da Gama. Popula- 
 tion 275,000. 
 
 SETUBAL, or ST. UBES, 18 miles from Lisbon, is noted for 
 jts extensive salt works. Some Portuguese authors assert 
 that this city was founded by Tubal, the fifth in descent from 
 Noah. Population 15,000. 
 
 CINTRA, 14 miles northwest of Lisbon, is remarkable for the cloister hewn 
 in solid rock, the interior walls of which are covered with cork to 
 keep off humidity, and on this account it is called the CORK CLOISTER. 
 
 MAFRA, 25 miles from Lisbon, is noted for its royal palace, which resemr 
 bles the famous Escurial in Spain. This palace was erected by John V., in 
 1717, and is quadrangular in form, 760 feet by 670. 
 
 2. BEIRA. 
 
 COIMBRA, an ancient city, with the only University in Porr 
 tugal, and 15,000 inhabitants. Here the unfortunate Inez de 
 Castro was murdered, 1350. 
 
 3. ENTRE DOURO, E MINHO. 
 
 PORTO, or OPORTO, situated at the mouth of the river Don* 
 ro, is, after Lisbon, the largest and most important city in the 
 
236 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 kingdom, and carries on a great trade, especially in wine 
 (port wine.) It is regarded as the most cleanly and agreeable 
 city in Portugal, and it has numerous manufactures and many 
 fine buildings. Population 80,000. 
 
 BRAGA, is a manufacturing town, and the See of an Arch- 
 bishop. The Suevian kings, after their conquest of the coun- 
 try, made this their seat of government. Population 15,000. 
 
 4. TRAZ OS MONIES. 
 
 BRAGANZA, the ancestral house of the royal family. It has 
 extensive silk manufactures. This place was taken by Mar- 
 shal Junot, and held until August 1808. 
 
 5. ALEMTEJO. 
 
 ELVAS, the strongest border fortress of Portugal, with a re- 
 markable Roman aqueduct, and a manufactory of arms. 
 It is noted lor its wine and olive culture. Population 10,000. 
 
 EVORA, contains an ancient Temple of Diana, and cultivates 
 much wine. It has manufactures of hardware and leather. 
 Population 15,000. 
 
 II. THE KINGDOM OF ALGARVE. 
 
 This part lies in the south, and is the warmest and most 
 fertile part of the kingdom, producing the tropical fruits and 
 wine in abundance. Fishing and the manufacture of sea-salt 
 are considerable objects of industry. No large cities are 
 found here. 
 
 On the sea coast lie: 
 
 LAGOS, -with 9,000 inhabitants; FABO, 8,000; and TAVIRA, 9,000. 
 
 III. THE AZORE ISLANDS. 
 
 These islands, nine in number, 790 miles west of Portugal, 
 in the Atlantic, are mountainous, but interspersed with fertile 
 valleys, and have a mild climate, except during winter, when 
 violent storms prevail. Many fish and turtles are caught 
 here. Population 250,000. 
 
 SAN MIGUEL, the largest. In 1811. a new island emerged 
 in the vicinity, through volcanic influence, and after a few 
 years, again disappeared in an earthquake. 
 
 PONTA DELGADO, is considered the capital of J<hp A^ore 
 islands, with 20,000 inhabitants, 
 
EtlKO]?E. 23*r 
 
 TERCEIRA, surrounded on all sides with steep rocks. 
 
 Pico, -with many vineyards, and a volcano. 
 
 The Portuguese possessions in other quarters of the globe : 
 
 1. In Asia, Goa and Diu, in Hindostan. Macao, in China. 
 
 2. In Africa, the islands Porto Santo and Madeira ; the Cape Verd 
 Islands, all in the Atlantic ocean; besides some considerable possessions on 
 the coast. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF SPAIN. 
 
 Area 180,000 square miles. Population 15,000,000. 
 
 The Romans obtained possession of the Pyrenean penisula 
 about 200 years before the Christian era, but its complete 
 subjugation was not effected by them until about the year 19 
 A. C. It subsequently passed under the dominion of the 
 Visigoths and other northern nations, in the beginning of the 
 5th century; and in the year 711 these were in turn defeated by 
 the Saracens, in the nine days battle of Xeres de la Frontera, 
 and they continued to govern the country until 1492, when 
 the Christians drove them again from the peninsula. After 
 the expulsion of the Moors, all the different parts of Spain 
 were united into one kingdom, and have so remained until 
 the present time. The period of the conquest of Portugal by 
 Spain, during the reign of Philip II., seems to mark the cul- 
 minating point of Spanish greatness. Since this time her 
 power has vanished, and she is now, instead of being the 
 most powerful kingdom in Europe, regarded as one of the 
 most feeble. She is bonnded, north by the Bay of Biscay 
 and France, east by the Mediterranean, south by the same, 
 the strait of Gibraltar, and the Atlantic and west by Portu- 
 gal and the Atlantic. 
 
 Surface, &rc. The Pyrenees separate Spain from France 
 and run east and west from the Atlantic to the Mediterranean. 
 The Maladetta, their highest peak, rises to an elevation of 
 11,441 feet. These are steeper and higher on the French 
 side than on the Spanish, where they decline gradually by 
 successive steps to the river Ebro. The western part of the 
 Pyrenees, from the corner of France, are known by the name 
 of the Cantabrian mountains. The Sierra Morena, (the Black 
 
238 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Mountains^) in the time of the Saracen dominion, were the 
 boundary between Moorish and Christian Spain. This is the 
 middle range. The Sierra Nevada, (the Snow Mountains,) 
 the most southern range, stretch to Cape Gibraltar and Tra- 
 falgar, near which the English, under Admiral Nelson, in 
 1805, gained a great victory over the combined French and 
 Spanish fleets. Nelson fell in the action. The soil of Spain 
 is, in general, very fertile. 
 
 Rivers. Here again we meet with the Minho, Douro, Ta- 
 gus and Guadiana, which have already been mentioned un- 
 der Portugal. Besides these,- there are in Spain the Guadal- 
 quiver and the Ebro j the former emptying into (he Atlantic j 
 the latter into the Mediterranean. As the Ebro cannot be 
 navigated everywhere on account of shoals and rapids, the 
 emperor Charles V., cause an imperial canal, 56 miles long, 
 to be dug along its right bank, parallel to its stream. 
 
 Climate. The air is everywhere mild, except in the moun- 
 tainous districts; but, during the long summers, it is exces- 
 sively hot, especially in the south. Two unpleasant winds 
 sometimes blow in Spain. During the summer season a hot, 
 suffocating wind, called the Solano, is occasionally blowing 
 from Africa; whereas from the northwest a cold, piercing one, 
 called the Gallego. 
 
 Products: Delicious wines, tropical fruits in abundance, 
 excellent olive oil, which is here used instead of butter this 
 being scarce in Spain ; much silk, fine wool from the Meri- 
 noes or wandering sheep. In the summer these are driven 
 into the northern mountains ; but in the winter they return 
 back into the warmer southern provinces. In the south splen* 
 did horses and excellent cattle are raised. Asses and mules, 
 however, are usually the beasts of burden. Swine grow here 
 without bristles ; the bear is yet found in the Pyrenees, and 
 the baboon, a kind of ape, in the south, around Gibraltar. 
 Here are many hares, Spanish flies, much saltpeter and li- 
 quorice-wood, an herb from the roots of which the liquorice 
 juice is manufactured. 
 
 Manufactures. During the middle ages Spain ranked high 
 as a manufacturing nation, and numerous establishments of 
 this kind were built along the shores of the Mediterranean ; 
 but in 1609 the banishment of the few remaining Moors from 
 the country, caused the total prostration of her system of 
 
EUROPE. 239 
 
 manufacturing. Her manufactures at this time are very lim- 
 ited, and are confined chiefly to the large cities. 
 
 Education. The course of education is but little attended 
 to; and the Universities, although sufficiently numerous, are 
 but poorly patronized. The youth of the upper classes ate 
 usually educated in France and other countries. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of Spain are confessors of 
 the Roman Catholic faith, and much more toleration is 
 exercised towards other religious denominations than former- 
 ly. The Spaniards are brave and magnanimous, but proudj 
 indolent and revengeful. A national amusement is the bull 
 fights. The government is a limited monarchy, the supreme 
 power being vested in a king or queen, and a legislative body 
 called the Cortes. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 Spain consists of: 
 
 I. THE KINGDOM OF CASTILE. 
 Herein are comprised: 
 
 1. Hew Castile. 6. Estremadura. 
 
 2. Old Castile. 7. Andalusia. 
 
 3. Asturias. 8. Granada. 
 
 4. Galicia. 9. Murcia. 
 5- Leon. 
 
 II. THE KINGDOM OF ARAGON, 
 
 Which includes the following provinces : 
 
 1. Valencia. 3< Aragon. 
 
 2. Catalonia. 4. Majorca, 
 
 These two kingdoms were united in 1479* 
 
 III. THE BASQUE PROVINCES. 
 
 IV. THE KINGDOM OF NAVARRE. 
 
 I. THE KINGDOM OF CASTILE 
 
 Comprises the interior and western parts of Spain. 
 
 1. NEW CASTILE. 
 
 MADRID, situated on the Manzanares, a branch of the 
 Tagus, is the capital of Spain, and the residence of the sove- 
 reign. The city is surrounded by walls 20 feet high. The 
 most conspicuous public building is the Royal Palace, noted 
 as one of the most splendid in Europe, and the Prado and 
 the Paseo de las Delicias are regarded as the most frequented 
 and delightful of the public promenades. Of the many 
 splendid palaces the Tlaza Mayor famed as the place where 
 
240 (JEOGRAPHtdAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 the Autos da Fe were held, is likewise conspicuous. The 
 royal museum of painting and sculpture in the Prado, is one 
 of the finest picture galleries in the world. The chief monu- 
 ments are the equestrian statue of Philip IV., a statue of 
 Cervantes, and one dedicated to the memory of those killed 
 May 2d, 1808. Madrid was held by the French from 1808 
 to 1813, when it was rescued from them by the Duke of 
 Wellington. About seven miles west of the city the royal hunt- 
 ing castle and villa, el Pardo, is built. Population 285,000. 
 
 ARANJUEZ, a small town 26 miles south of the capital, with a royal castle, 
 where the court usually resides between Easter and Whitsuntide. 
 
 TOLEDO, on the Tagus, 27 miles from Madrid, with silk 
 and sword blade manufactures, is the see of the archbishop. 
 During the 14th century this was the metropolis of Christian 
 Spain, and numbered 200,000 inhabitants, now only 16,000. 
 
 ALMADEN, noted for its rich quicksilver mines. 
 
 OCANA, with 12,000 inhabitants, is noted for the victory ^of the French 
 over the Spaniards in 1809. 
 
 TALAVERA DE LA REYNA, 64 miles southwest of Madrid, is renowned for 
 Wellington's victory over the French, on the 27th and 28th of March, 1809. 
 
 GUADALAXARA, with, cloth manufactures, and 7,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. OLD CASTILE. 
 
 ESCURIAL DE ABAJO, 23 miles northwest of Madrid, contains the celebrat- 
 ed Escurial palace, built by Philip II. in remembrance of the victory over the 
 French, at St. Quentin, in 1557. It is 740 feet long, 580 wide, and 60 high, 
 with 5,000 windows. Its cost was 5,000,000 ducats. 
 
 SAN ILDEFONSO, with the royal palace La Granga, and celebrated looking 
 glass manufactures. 
 
 SEGOVIA, noted for its ancient castle, once the seat of the 
 Gothic and Moorish kings, and for its ancient Roman Aque- 
 duct Population 15,000. 
 
 BURGOS, contains a magnificent Cathedral, with the Se- 
 pulchers of many Spanish Kings. Here the celebrated Span- 
 ish warrior, Ruy Dias de Vivar, sumamed the Cid, was born 
 1026. 
 
 SANTANDER, a fortified maritime city, with a considerable 
 commerce, and 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ESPINOSA, DF LOS MONTEROS, remarkable for the victory of the French 
 over the British and Spaniards, 12th November, 1808. 
 
 3. ASTURIAS. 
 
 OviEDO,has a celebrated university, and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
EUROPE. 241 
 
 Four miles from Oviedo, are the noted baths of Caldas, situated in a 
 charming region. 
 
 Ob. ASTURIAS is full of rugged mountains, into which tho conquered 
 Spaniards retreated, after the Moorish invasion, in 711. 
 
 4. GALICIA. 
 
 FERROL, a fortified 'town, formerly the principal station of the Spanish 
 navy. Population 13,000. 
 
 CORUXNA, a fortified and maritime city, with one of the best harbors in 
 the kingdom, and considerable commerce. Here Sir John Moore, whose 
 burial is so beautifully described by Charles Wolfe, was killed by a cannon 
 ball in 1809. Population 25,000. 
 
 ST. JAGO DE COMPOSTELLA, celebrated for the pilgrimages 
 made to the conjectured sepulchre of the Apostle St. James 
 the Less, the patron Saint of Spain, which is contained in a 
 magnificent arid superb cathedral. In the chapel, in which 
 he is believed to lie buried, 1000 wax tapers burn nightly. 
 Here is a university. Population 28,000. 
 
 5. LEON . 
 
 LEON, with the finest Gothic Cathedral in Spain, in which 
 37 of her kings lie buried. 
 
 VALLADOLID, 100 miles northwest of Madrid, contains a 
 royal castle, in which Philip II. and several of his ancestors 
 were born, a celebrated University, and 25,000 inhabitants, 
 Here Columbus died, 1506, at which period the city number- 
 ed a population of 100,000. 
 
 SALAMANCA, the Spanish Oxford, with a University once the most celebra- 
 ted in Europe. Four miles southeast of this city was fought, Jnly 22, 1812, 
 the battle of Salamanca, between the English, under Wellington, and the 
 French, under Marmont, in which the latter were defeated. 
 
 G. ESTREMADURA. 
 
 BADAJOZ, 170 miles distant from Madrid, opposite Elvas, 
 is a border fortress, with 13,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PLASENCIA, in the vicinity of which is the famous convent of St. Just, into 
 which Charles V. retired and spent the last years of his life in pious con- 
 templations, and where he died in 1558. 
 
 7. ANDALUSIA. 
 
 SEVILLE, on the Guadalquiver, 16 miles in circumference, 
 numbered formerly 500,000 inhabitants; now 92,000. It 
 abounds in magnificent ancient edifices; some of which are 
 a splendid cathedral, a Roman aqueduct, and an ancient pa- 
 lace ot the Moorish kings. 
 
 PALOB, the port from which Columbus Bailed on his first Yoyage of dig- 
 covery. 
 
 L 
 
242 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND 
 
 XBKES DE I/A FKONTERA, 14 miles from Cadiz, noted for its excellent wines. 
 Here, in 711, the Visigoths were defeated by the Moors in a nine days battle. 
 Population 60,000. 
 
 CADIZ, on the isle of Leon, is a strongly fortified city, and 
 the chief seaport of Spain, with 70,000 inhabitants. Its for- 
 mer great commerce has declined. Here, in 1809, the Span- 
 ish Cortes took refuge, and it was besieged by the French 
 until 1811. This city was founded by the Phoenicians. 
 
 GIBRALTAR, at the southern extremity of the kingdom, is 
 the strongest fortified city in the world. It has been in the 
 possession of the British since 1704. In 1779 the Spaniards 
 and French made an unsuccessful attempt to regain it. Pop- 
 ulation 20,000. 
 
 CORDOVA, situated on the Guadalquiver, manufactures much 
 silk. It was in the tenth century the capital of the Moorish 
 empire in Spain, and contained nearly 1,000,000 inhabitants, 
 now but 60,000. It is the birth-place of the two Senecas, and 
 Lucan, the poet. It contains a splendid cathedral and an 
 ancient Moorish palace of great extent. 
 
 8. GRANADA. 
 
 GRANADA, situated in a beautiful section of country, at the 
 foot of the Sierra Nevada, was once a large and power- 
 ful city. Here is built the celebrated Moorish palace, called 
 Alhambra, the last residence of the Saracen Caliphs in Spain. 
 This city contains the sepulchres of Ferdinand and Isabella. 
 Population 80,000. 
 
 MALAGA, a maritime city, famous for its wines and fruits, 
 with 52,000 inhabitants, who carry on an active commerce. 
 
 ALMEBIA, a maritime town, 110 miles distant from the former, with 20,000 
 inhabitants. In the 14th century it was the emporium of the kingdom of 
 Granada. 
 
 9. MURCIA. 
 
 MURCIA, with a splendid cathedral, important silk trade, 
 and 36,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CARTHAGENA, a fortified maritime city, with one of the best 
 harbors on the Mediterranean, and 37,000 inhabitants. This 
 city was founded by the Carthagenians about 230, A. C. 
 
 LORCA, 42 miles northwest of Carthagena, with copper and lead mines, 
 and 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ALMANSA, is noted for the victory gained by the Spaniards OYtr the En- 
 glish, Dutch, and Portuguese in 1707. 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 II. THE KINGDOM OF ARAGON, 
 
 Comprises the eastern part of Spain. 
 1. VALENCIA. 
 
 VALENCIA, built upon the Guadalquiver, near its mouth, 
 has an important book trade, silk manufactures, and 66,000 
 inhabitants. The surrounding country is exceedingly beau- 
 tiful and charming. Its seaport is called Grao. Northward 
 of Valencia, 32 miles, is the town famous in ancient times, 
 by the name of Sagunt, now called Murviedro. 
 
 ALICANTE, a maritime town, has great wine trade, salt 
 works, and 25,000 inhabitants. The remaining towns of 
 Valencia, are Orihuela, 26,000 inhabitants ; Elche 20,000, 
 and Alcoy, 18,000. 
 
 2; CATALONIA. 
 
 BARCELONA, built on the coast of the Mediterranean, is at 
 fortified, and the principal manufacturing city in Spain, and 
 rivals Cadiz in commerce. The yellow fever often proves a 
 scourge to the inhabitants. Barcelona is supposed to have 
 been founded by the Carthagenians, undef Hamilcar Barca, 
 Wherefore the name. Population 150,000. 
 
 At the distance of 20 miles from Barcelona is the celebrated Benedictine 
 monastery, Montserrat, upon the mountain of the same name, from which 
 went forth in 1523, Ignatius Loyola, the founder of the order of Jesuits. 
 This monastery contains an image of the holy virgin, which attracts thous- 
 ands of pilgrims. 
 
 TARRAGONA, a maritime town, situated 46 miles southwest of Barcelona, 
 with a remarkable cathedral, many Roman antiquities, and 12,000 inhabit- 
 ants. 
 
 3. ARAGON. 
 
 SARAGOSSA, a fortified city on the Ebro, encompassed by 
 olive trees, has a university and silk manufactures. It is me- 
 morable for its sieges in 1808 and 1809, reckoned amongst 
 the most heroic of modern times. Here Aulus Prudentius, 
 the first Christian poet, was born, 348. Population 50,000. 
 
 4. MAJORCA, 
 Consists of the Balearic and Pithyusian islands. 
 
244 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 a. THE BALEARIC ISLANDS. 
 
 1. MAJORCA, the largest, is most prolific in oil, wine and 
 the tropical fruits; and it contains the city of Palma with a 
 remarkable cathedral, and 34,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. MINORCA, not so fertile. Mali on is the capital, with one 
 of the best harbors in the Mediterranean, and 6,000 inhab- 
 itants. 
 
 b. THE PITHYUSIAN ISLANDS. 
 
 IVICA, with a city of the same name. The inhabitants are principally 
 engaged in salt manufacture and fishing. 
 
 FJROMENTERA, numbers only 2,000 inhabitants. 
 
 III. THE BASQUE PROVINCES. 
 
 a fortified city, with great wool export, and 15,000 
 inhabitants. Its harbor is Portugalete. 
 
 SAN SEBASTIAN, a strongly fortified city, orl the bay of Biscay, has a trade 
 in iron, and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 VITTORIA, noted for its manufacture of sword blades. This city is mem- 
 orable in the history of the Peninsular war, for the battle of the 21st of 
 June, 1813, between the French and English, in which the latter were victo- 
 rious. Population 12,000. 
 
 IV. THE KINGDOM OF NAVARRE. 
 
 PAMPELUNA, the fortified capital of Navarre, with 15,000 
 inhabitants. Northeast of this city, 28 miles, is the valley of 
 Roncesvalles in the Pyrenees, noted for the attack on the 
 Prankish warriors of Charlemagne in 800, and the glorious 
 death of Roland. 
 
 SPANISH COLONIES. 
 
 In Africa the fortress of Ceuta and the Canary Islands. 
 In Asia the Philippine Islands. 
 In Oceanica the Ladrone islands. 
 In America Cuba and Porto Rico. 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 Area 205,000 square miles. Population 36,000,000. 
 
 France, anciently called Gaul, was conquered by the 
 Romans, under Julius Caesar, and after the decline of the 
 Roman power, the Franks overran the country and establish- 
 ed a monarchy about the beginning of the sixth century, in 
 the person of Clovis their king. The great founder of French 
 
EUROPE. 245 
 
 monarchy, was the celebrated Charlemagne, who extended 
 his rule not only over France, but even over Germany and 
 Italy, and was the greatest monarch of the Middle Ages. 
 After the death of Charlemagne his vast empire fell to pieces, 
 and in 987 Hugh Capet ascended the throne of France, and 
 his successors continued to rule until 1328, when Philip VI. 
 was anointed king, and became the first of the House of 
 Valois. This last named line of kings ceased with Henry 
 III., and the fourth sovereign of this name became the first 
 of the House of Bourbon. A void in the Bourbon line of 
 rulers took place during the French revolution, by the exe- 
 cution of Louis XVI. and the establishment of Napoleon I. 
 as emperor, who was afterwards banished to the isle of St 
 Helena. The Bourbons again came into power after the 
 banishment of Napoleon, but the late revolution of 1848, 
 caused the abdication of Louis Philipe the last ruler of this 
 line, and Napoleon III. succeded by his adroitness in obtain- 
 the imperial sceptre of France, which he now sways with 
 almost absolute power. France is bounded north by 
 the English channel, the strait of Dover. Belgium and Ger- 
 many, east by Belgium, Germany, Switzerland and Italy, 
 south by the Mediterranean and Spain, arid west by the bay 
 of Biscay and the Atlantic. 
 
 Surface, Sfc. The southern and eastern parts of France 
 are higher and more mountainous than the western and 
 northern. The Pyrenees run on the Spanish border, the 
 highest peak of which, called Mount Perdu, rises to an alti- 
 tude of 10,500 feet. The Cevennes commence near the easi 
 end of the Pyrenees and run northeast and unite with the 
 wine-producing Cotes d'Or, (gold hills.) The Maritime or 
 Ligurian Alps lie on the eastern border, opposite Italy; 
 on the Swiss border lie the Jura, which unite northward with 
 the Vosges, and these again on the Belgian frontier with the 
 Ardennes. West of the Cevennes, in the interior, are the 
 mountains of Auvergne. The soil is upon the whole fertile. 
 
 Rivers: The Rhine, on the borders of Germany, with its 
 tributary, the Moselle, which rises in the Vosges mountains ; 
 the Seine rises in the Cotes d'Or and flows into the English 
 channel ; the Loire rises in the Cevennes, and the Garonne 
 in the central Pyrenees, and both flow into the bay of Biscay j 
 the Rhone rises in Switzerland and receives the Saone from 
 the north and empties into the Mediterranean. The Medi-. 
 
246 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 terranean is united with the bay of Biscay, by means of the 
 river Garonne and the 140 miles long canal Du Midi, which 
 connects the former at Toulouse with the Mediterranean. 
 
 Climate. In the north of France the air is moist, and in 
 the winter considerable snow falls, the air becoming at that 
 time quite sharp ; in the south, on the contrary, the atmos- 
 phere is usually extremely mild : the heat which otherwise 
 would be oppressive, being tempered by the high mountains 
 and the sea breezes. Sometimes a violent wind blows from 
 the northwest, called the Mistral, which suddenly changes the 
 mild heat into a piercing cold, and in the winter decks the 
 earth and rivers with a surface of ice, but which so purifies 
 the atmosphere that even the sick and infirm feel instantly 
 better. 
 
 Products. France ranks first amongst the wine manufac- 
 turing countries of the world. Here grow wheat, maize, 
 barley, mulberries, olives, and the choicest of the tropical 
 fruits. The olive oil of Provence has long been celebrated. 
 In the animal kingdom are found deer, wolves, wild boars, 
 foxes, otters and martens. The ibex and chamois yet live in 
 the Alps and Apennines. All branches of industry flourish 
 here, and manufactures are ramified into manifold departments, 
 
 Minerals. The chief minerals of France are iron and 
 coal. Lead, silver and copper are likewise obtained in this 
 country. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of the empire are nu- 
 merous and extensive, and they embrace those of cotton, 
 woolen, silk and fancy goods, hardware, jewelry, perfumes, 
 paper, etc., and the value of her manufactured goods amount 
 annually to between $400,000,000 and $500,000,000. Many of 
 the French shawls rival in elegance those of Cashmere. The 
 French cloth is almost unrivalled. 
 
 Commerce. France ranks next to Great Britain as a com- 
 mercial nation, and its trade is constantly increasing. The 
 chief imports are cotton, raw silk, wool, grain, sugar, 
 timber, furs, hides, iron and indigo. She exports silk, cotton 
 and woolen goods, wine, brandy, laces, olive oil, &c. 
 
 Education. Education is under the supervision of the 
 state, all the schools being subject to the direction of the 
 Supreme Board at Paris, styled the University. Provision 
 is made for the education of all classes, but the people do 
 not avail themselves of the benefits of the law in this par- 
 
EUROPE. 24f 
 
 ticular, as it is asserted that over two-fifths of the inhabitants 
 are unable to read or write. A large number of universities 
 are established in France, but they are not arranged upon the 
 German plan, which has all the faculties united. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Roman Catholic is the prevailing reli- 
 gion of France ; all other denominations, however are tolera- 
 ted. There are about 4,000,000 Protestants. The French 
 are a gay, lively and spirited people, and extremely polite in 
 their intercourse ; and the French language is generally used 
 in the fashionable and diplomatic circles of Europe. France 
 has one of the largest and best disciplined armies in the 
 world, and her marine comprises an effective and formidable 
 navy. France is now an Empire, under the rule of Louis 
 Napoleon, the nephew of Napoleon Bonaparte. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 France is divided into eighty-six departments; but the 
 names of the old provinces, which continually occur in his- 
 tory, are given, as more important than those of the depart- 
 ments into which the empire is now divided. 
 
 1. Isle of France. 13. Nivernais. 25. Auvergne. 
 
 2. Normandy. 14. Berry. 26. Lyonnais. 
 
 3. Picardy. 15. Orleanais. 27. Guyenne. 
 
 4. Artois. 16. Touraine. 28. Gascony. 
 
 5. Boulonnais. 17. Aujou. 29. Navarre and Beam. 
 
 6. French Flanders. 18. Maine and Perche. 30. Foix. 
 
 7. Champagne. 19. Brittany. 31. Rousillon. 
 
 8. Lorraine. 20. Poitou. 32. Languedoc. 
 
 9. Alsace. 21. AunisandSaintonge. 33. Dauphiny. 
 
 10. Bourgogne. 22. Angoumais. 34. Provence. 
 
 11. Franche Comte. 23. La Marche. 35. Avignon &Venaissin. 
 
 12. Bourbonnais. 24. Limousin. 36. Corsica. 
 
 1. ISLE OF FRANCE. 
 
 PARIS Situated on the banks of the river Seine, the capi- 
 tal and imperial residence, is one of the largest and most 
 celebrated cities in the world. The greater portion of the 
 city is encompassed by the promenades called the Boulevards: 
 outside of these are several suburbs. The places worthy of 
 special interest are: 1. The Tuilleries,a.n old but very splen- 
 did royal palace, which is united by side wings with 2. The 
 Louvre, another large palace. 3. The Palais Royal, which is, 
 perhaps, well named a miniature Paris, on account of the 
 many splendid shops, coffee houses, and other objects of inter- 
 
248 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 est, which are met with partly amongst the colonnades of the 
 interior court of this edifice, and around about the same, as 
 also on account of the streaming throng of people strolling to 
 and fro. 4. The Catacombs, are deep, broad subterranean 
 caverns, which run partly parallel with the streets, but are 
 found principally beneath the Boulevards. Here the bones 
 and skeletons of vast multitudes of the dead are collected and 
 arranged systematically in manifold shapes. Of churches, the 
 most noted is the splendid edifice of Notre Dame. The city 
 contains also a university, and a royal library of 700,000 
 volumes, with 70,000 manuscripts. Its manufactures and 
 commerce are very extensive. Population 1,100,000. 
 
 ST. CLOUD, five miles from Paris, with a royal palace, the favorite residence 
 of Napoleon the Great. Near this is Sevres, with a celebrated porcelain 
 manufactory. 
 
 VERSAILLES, nine miles southwest of Paris, was for over 100 years previ- 
 ous to the revolution, the residence of the French Court. Population 30,000. 
 
 FONTAINBLEAU, with a vast palace, the last abiding place of Napoleon in 
 France, previous to his banishment. Here in 1657 Monaldeschi, equerry of 
 Christiana, Queen of Sweden, was murdered by her command. 
 
 ST. DENIS, with a celebrated Benedictine Abbey, and the oldest church in 
 Prance, the mausoleum of her kings and queens. 
 
 SALENOY, noted for its annual feast of roses, instituted in the 5th century. 
 
 CREPT, famous for the treaty of peace, concluded September 18th, 1544, 
 between Francis I. and Charles V. 
 
 SOISSONS, on the Aisne, with a remarkable cathedral, is noted for a battle 
 in 486, in which Clovi3 defeated Syagrius, the last Roman Governor of France. 
 
 DREUX, famed for the battle in 1562, between the Catholics and Protest- 
 ants, in which Conde was taken prisoner. 
 
 2. NORMANDY. 
 
 HAVRE, or HAVRE DE GRACE, a fortified commercial city, at 
 the mouth of the Seine, is the chief seat of commerce with 
 America. Population 30,000. 
 
 ROUEN, the ancient capital of Normandy, with considerable 
 commerce, and numerous and important manufactures. Pop- 
 ulation 100,000. 
 
 CAEN, with lace manufactures and a church containing 
 the remains of William the Conqueror. Population 43,000. 
 
 CHERBOURG, a fortified town and naval depot, on the chan- 
 nel, famous for its breakwater and docks. Population 20,000. 
 
 DIEPPE, a maritime town on the English channel, renowned for its ssa 
 baths and herring fisheries. Population 17,000. 
 
 FALAISE, noted as the birth place of William the Conqueror. 
 
EUBOPE. 249 
 
 3. PICARDY. 
 
 CALAIS, a fortified town on the strait of Dover, at this point 18 miles wide, 
 lias cotton manufactures and sea baths. Daily steamers ply between here 
 and Dover. 
 
 AMIENS, the fortified ancient capital of Picardy, is celebra- 
 ted for its manufactures of velvet, carpets, etc. Peace was 
 conclued here between England and France, March 25th, 
 1802. Population 54,000. 
 
 CRECY, noted for the battle of the 26th August, 134G, between the English 
 and the French, in which cannon were first used. 
 
 ST. QUENTIN, with manufactures of lace and shawls, and 20,000 inhabi- 
 tants. Battle between the French and Spaniards, 1557. 
 
 HAM, with the strong castle in which Louis Napoleon was imprisoned. 
 
 4. ARTOIS. 
 
 ARRAS, the ancient fortified capital of Artois, celebrated 
 for its lace manufactures. Population 25,000. 
 
 ST. OMER, with tobacco manufactories, and 20,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 AOINCOURT, noted for the victory Henry V. of England obtained over the 
 French, Oct. 25th 1415. 
 
 5. BOULONNATS. 
 
 BOULOGNE, the ancient capital, on the Strait of Dover, with 
 noted sea baths and fisheries. Population 27,000. 
 
 6. FRENCH FLANDERS. 
 
 CAMBRAY, a fortified town on the Scheldt, noted for its 
 cambric manufactures. It contains the Sepulchre of Arch- 
 bishop Fenelon. Population 32,000. 
 
 VALENCIENNES, also a fortified town on the Scheldt, with 
 renowned lace manufactures, and 21,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LILLE, the ancient capital of the province, is one of the 
 strongest fortified cities in France, with manufactures of cloth 
 and linen. Population 80,000. 
 
 DOUAY, is noted as the place where the Roman Catholic version of the 
 Bible was translated into English. 
 
 DUNKIRK, on the North sea, has considerable commerce, and 25,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 7. CHAMPAGNE. 
 
 TROYES, the ancient capital of Champagne, on the Seine, 
 with numerous cotton manufactures, and 26,000 inhabitants. 
 
 lr* 
 
250 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 RHEIMS, 83 miles from Paris, is noted for its splendid 
 cathedral, in which the kings of France were formerly 
 crowned. It has great wine trade (Champagne wine,) and 
 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SEDAN, on the Meuse, renowned for its cloth manufactures. 
 
 CHALONS STJR MARXE, celebrated in history for the defeat of Atilla the. 
 Hun, in 451. 
 
 ST. MENEHOULD, a village noted as the place where Louis XVI. was ap- 
 prehended, June 22d, 1791, on his flight from Paris. 
 
 8. LORRAINE. 
 
 NANCY, the ancient capital of the province, and one of the 
 most handsome cities of France, with 32,000 inhabitants. 
 Here Charles the Bold of Burgundy, was killed in a battle, 
 in 1477. 
 
 LUNEVILLE, noted for the treaty of peace between France and Austria, in 
 1801. 
 
 METZ, on the Moselle, a strongly fortified city, with 48,000 
 inhabitants. Here Louis the Pious, son of Charlemagne, 
 lies interred. 
 
 VERDUN, on the Meuse, is known in history as the place where the three 
 sons of Louis the Pious concluded the compact by which Germany, France 
 and Italy became separate kingdoms. 
 
 9. ALSACE. 
 
 STRASBURG, ati ancient imperial city of the German em- 
 pire, situated near the Rhine, with 70,000 inhabitants. It is 
 noted for its magnificent cathedral, the spire of which is 466 
 feet high, from the giddy top of which the waters of the 
 Rhine can be viewed for a great distance. 
 
 COLMAR, 41 miles southwest of Strasburg, famous for its extensvie cotton 
 manufactures. 
 
 10. BOURGOGNE, 
 
 Or the ancient duchy of Burgundy. 
 
 DIJON, the ancient capital, is noted for its wine manufac- 
 tures. Population 27,000. 
 
 ' . MACON, on the Saone, Chalons Sur Saone, and Auxerre, have each about 
 13,000 inhabitants. 
 
 VEZELAY, a small town, famed in history as the place where St. Bernard 
 preached the second cr-usade. 
 
 FERNET, four miles from Geneva, is noted as the residence of Voltaire. 
 
 11. FRANCHE COMTE. 
 
 BESAXCON, near the Jura mountain-', has numerous manufactories, espe- 
 cially of watches, and 32,000 inhabitants. 
 
EUROPE. 251 
 
 MONTBELIARD is noted as the birthplace of the celebrated naturalist, Cuvier^ 
 12. BOURBONNAIS. 
 
 MOULINS, the ancient capital, with manufactures of cutlery, 
 and 16,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BOURBON L'ABCHAMBACJLT, noted for its warm baths. 
 
 13. NIVERNAIS. 
 
 NEVERS, the old capital of Nivernais, has an extensive gun 
 foundry, a magnificent cathedral, and 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 14. BERRY. 
 
 EOURGES, the former capital, with a remarkable ancient 
 castle, a magnificent cathedral and 26,000 inhabitants. 
 
 VALENCAT, remarkable for the palace of Talleyrand, where Ferdinand the 
 VII. of Spain and his brother Don Carlos were imprisoned by Napoleon, 
 from 1808 to 1814. 
 
 15. ORLEANAIS. 
 
 ORLEANS, on the Loire, with considerable trade and 47,- 
 000 inhabitants. On the bridge crossing the Loire at this 
 place, stands a statue of the Maid of Orleans, who liberated 
 the city in 1429. 
 
 BLOIS, noted for its castle, where the Duke of Guise was murdered by 
 order of Henry III. 
 VENDOME, with noted glove manufactures. 
 
 16. TOURAINE. 
 
 TOURS, on the Loire, in a fertile region, called the Garden 
 of France, is noted for its silk manufactures, and the victory 
 of Charles Martel over the Moors in 732. Population 28,000 
 
 17. ANJOU. 
 
 ANGERS, ancient capital, with a remarkable Cathedral, and 
 37,000 inhabitants. Celebrated slate quarries exist in the 
 vicinity. 
 
 18. MAINE AND PERCHE. 
 
 LE MANS, with noted bleacheries, and 24,000 inhabitant?. 
 LAVAL, has extensive linen manufactures. Population 
 1 9,000. 
 
 19. BRITTANY. 
 
 RENNES, the ancient capital, with excellent sail-cloth 
 nanufactures, and 37,000 inhabitants. Near this the cele- 
 jrated Bertrand du Guesclin was born, 1313. 
 
252 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 ST. MALO, on the channel, has numerous docks, "where merchant vessels 
 are built. 
 
 BREST, a fortified city, and chief naval station of France 
 on the Atlantic, has a fine harbor, an extensive arsenal and 
 32,000 inhabitants. 
 
 L'OniENT, also a fortified town and naval station. Population 20,000. 
 NANTES, on the Loire, is a large, beautiful and very impor- 
 tant commercial city, with 90,000 inhabitants. It is memor- 
 able for the edict of Henry IV. in 1598, securing toleration 
 to Protestants. 
 
 20. POITOU. 
 
 POICTIERS, the ancient capital, with a beautiful Cathedral 
 and 24,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LUSIGNAN, the ancestral seat of the last king of Jerusalem. 
 
 21. AUNISAND SANITONGE. 
 
 LA ROCHELLB, a noted stronghold of the Protestants, is memorable for its 
 Biege of 13 months, sustained in 1627 and 1628. Population 17,000. 
 
 22. ANGOUMAIS. 
 
 ANGOULEME, has an important wine and brandy trade, 
 and 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 COGNAC, noted for the excellence of its brandy. Near this is Jaruac, 
 famed for the battle in 1569, where the prince of Conde was killed. 
 
 23, LA MARCHE. 
 
 With no large cities. 
 
 24. LIMOUSIN. 
 
 LIMOGES, the former capital, is noted for its horse marts. 
 Population 31,000. 
 
 In the vicinity of Chalus, was a castle, at the siege of which Richard 
 Coeur de Lion was killed by an arrow in 1199. 
 
 25. AUVERGNE. 
 
 CLERMONT, has great trade, manufactures, and celebrated 
 cheese. Here in 1095 the Council met, which resolved upon 
 the first crusade. Population 34,000. 
 
 26. LYONNAIS. 
 
 LYONS, at the confluence of the Saone and Rhone, is the 
 second city of France in population, and the seat of the silk 
 manufactures. Its 40,000 looms give employment to 80,000 
 operatives. Population 210,000. 
 
 ST. ETIENNE, noted for its extensive manufactures of fire 
 arms, hardware, and silk riband. Population 54,000. 
 
 27. GUYENNE. 
 
 BORDEAUX, on the Garonne, is, next to Marseilles, the great 
 
EUROPE. 253 
 
 'commercial city of the empire, and the chief seat of the wine 
 4rade. Population 120,000. 
 .MANTAUBAN, with a considerable inland trade, and 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 28. GASCONY. 
 
 BAYONNE, a fortified maritime and commercial town, near 
 'the Spanish border, noted for its smoked hams. Bayonets 
 were invented here in 1679. 
 
 AUCH, the old capital, with a splendid cathedral, and 11,000 inhabitants. 
 
 29. NAVARRE AND BEARN. 30. FOIX. 
 
 These contain no large towns. 
 
 Between the province of Foix, and Catalonia, in Spain, lies the small re- 
 public of Andorra, the independence of which dates from the days of Char- 
 lemagne. Its area is 192 square miles. Population 16,000. Capital, An- 
 dorra. 
 
 31. ROUSILLON. 
 
 PERPIGNAW, the ancient capital, near the Mediterranean, is 
 the most southerly town in France, with 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 32. LANGUEDOC. 
 
 TOULOUSE, on the Garonne, in the midst of a beautiful 
 plain, at the commencement of the Canal du Midi, is the 
 centre of commerce for southern France. It has numerous 
 manufactures and 80,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MONTPELLIER, near the Mediterranean, has a fine climate, 
 rendering it a resort of invalids. Population 37,000. 
 
 ALBY, noted as the chief seat of the Albigenses. 
 
 NIMES, with numerous manufactures and 45,000 inhabi- 
 tants, is noted for the aqueduct called Pont du Gard, built by 
 the Romans. 
 
 CARCASSONNE, with cloth manufactures and 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 33. DAUPHINY. 
 
 GRENOBLE, the ancient capital, is remarkable for its manu- 
 factures of gloves, with 30,000 inhabitants. This is the birth 
 place ot Bayard, the celebrated knight, Sans Peur et Sans 
 Reproche, to whom a statue was erected in 1823. 
 
 VIENNE, with numerous Roman antiquities, and 17,000 inhabitant*. 
 
 34. PROVENCE. 
 
 MARSEILLES, a seaport on the Mediterranean, and the first 
 commercial city of France, has numerous manufactures and 
 a quarantine hospital esteemed the best in Europe. It car- 
 
254 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 ries on a great trade with the Levant. This city was founded 
 600 years before the Christian era, by Greek colonists. Popu- 
 lation 160,000. 
 
 ARLES, on the Rhone, has many remarkable ancient buildings. Popula- 
 tion 22, 000. 
 
 TOULON, a fortified city and chief naval station on the 
 Mediterranean, with one of the finest harbors in Europe, and 
 37,000 inhabitants. Here Napoleon gained his first laurels. 
 
 Aix, the ancient capital of Provence, in a large valley celebrated for olive 
 trees. In this region Marius conquered the Teutons, 102 A. C. 
 
 35. AVIGNON AND VENAISSIN. 
 
 Avignon, on the Rhone, with excellent silk manufactures 
 and cannon founderies. Here the Popes had their residence 
 from 1305 to 1377, which period is called the Roman Baby- 
 lonian captivity. Population 33,000. 
 
 86. THE ISLAND OF CORSICA, 
 
 In the Mediterranean, is very mountainous, but neverthe- 
 less quite fertile, with 222,000 inhabitants. The strait of 
 Bonifacio separates it from Sardinia. 
 
 AJACCIO, the chief town, noted as being the birth-place of Napoleon, -with 
 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The possessions of France outside of Europe, are : 
 
 1. In Asia the district of Pondichery, and other settlements in the East 
 Indies. 
 
 2. In Africa the city of Algiers, with a considerable surrounding territory, 
 some fortifications in Senegal and Guinea, and the isle of Bourbon. 
 
 3. In America some islands in the West Indies, viz : Martinique and 
 Guadeloupe ; also a part of Guiana, in South America. 
 
 BELGIUM. 
 
 Area 11,400 square miles. Population 4,550,000. 
 
 Belgium formed part of one of the three divisions of Gaul, 
 mentioned by Julius Cassar, and was afterwards merged in 
 the great empire of Charlemagne. Subsequently coming un- 
 der the rule of Charles V., it became united to the Spanish 
 monarchy, but in 1714 was annexed to Austria, and so re- 
 mained until 1797, when it was by treaty ceded to France. 
 Upon the downfall of Napoleon, the allies united Holland and 
 Belgium, under the name of the Netherlands, but this union 
 
EUROPE. 155 
 
 proving inharmonious, in 1830 the present kingdom of Bel- 
 gium revolted and established its independence. 
 
 Belgium is bounded north by the North sea and the Neth- 
 erlands, east by the Netherlands and Germany, and south 
 and west by France. 
 
 Surface, fyc. In the southeast are the hills of the Arden- 
 nes forest, which do not rise to an elevation of over 1,500 
 feet. In the west the surface is quite level, and the soil fertile 
 arid so well cultivated as to entitle it to be called the garden 
 of Europe. 
 
 Rivers. The Meuse and Scheldt are the principal rivers, 
 both of which rise in France, and flow through Belgium 
 and the Netherlands, into the North sea. The former has 
 its source in the Cotes d'Or, the latter in the Ardennes. 
 
 Climate. In the northwest, towards the North sea, it is 
 liable to frequent mists and dews; in the east the air is 
 purer; in general however, the climate is very mild and salu- 
 brious. 
 
 Products. Grain, madder, hops, and tobacco, are the 
 principal products; much flax and hemp are grown, and 
 the linen and laces, manufactured therefrom, are in great de- 
 mand. The produce in the western part is carried by the 
 numerous canals, and in the interior by railroads. 
 
 Minerals. The principal minerals are iron and coal; but 
 besides these, magnesia, lead and zinc, are obtained in con- 
 siderable quantities. 
 
 Manufactures. The chief objects of manufacture are lace,, 
 cloth, linen and cotton goods, fire arms, steam engines, leath- 
 er and carpets. Belgium ranks as one of the first manufacturing 
 nations of Europe. 
 
 Education. Schools for primary instruction are established 
 throughout the whole kingdom, and in general there are su- 
 perior schools in the cities. All the Catholic schools are un- 
 der the immediate control of the clergy. Of the four univer- 
 sities, three are Catholic, and one is styled "The Free Univer- 
 sity," located at Brussels. 
 
 Inhabitants. Most of the inhabitants are Roman Catho- 
 lics, but free toleration is extended to all denominations. 
 The Belgians are affable and lively, and greatly resemble in 
 manners their neighbors the French, the language of whom 
 they use. Belgium is the most densely populated country 
 in Europe. The government is a constitutional monarchy. 
 
256 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 The different provinces are : 
 
 1. Antwerp. 6. West Flanders. 
 
 2. Limburg. 7. Hainault. 
 
 3. Liege. 8. Namur. 
 
 4. South Brabant. 9. Belgian Luxemburg. 
 
 5. East Flanders. 
 
 1. ANTWERP. 
 
 ANTWERP, situated on the Scheldt, is a strongly fortified and 
 the chief commercial city of Belgium, with an excellent 
 harbor and extensive docks. It is noted for its Cathedral, 
 with a steeple 444 feet high ; the merchants' exchange, erect- 
 ed in 1530, the largest and oldest in Europe; and the citadel, 
 built by the Duke of Alba in 1567. Antwerp, about the close 
 ol the 15th, and during nearly the whole of the 16th century, 
 was the emporium for the greater part of Europe. Here 
 resided Rubens and other painters of the Flemish school. 
 Poputation 80,000. 
 
 MECHLIN, about midway between'Antwerp and Brussels, 
 has lace manufactuies and a remarkable cathedral. It is 
 the residence of the Archbishop and Primas of Belgium. 
 Population 26,000. 
 
 LIEU, noted for its breweries with 14,000 inhabitants. 
 ?. LIMBURO. 
 
 Only the western part of this province, in which are no 
 cities of importance, belongs to Belgium ; the eastern part 
 belongs to Holland. 
 
 3. LIEGE. 
 
 LIEGE, a fortified city on the Meuse, 28 miles southwest of 
 Aix La Chapelle, is celebrated for its manufactures of fire 
 arms, its cannon foundery, iron works and coal [mines. 
 Population 73,000. 
 
 LIMBURG, the former capital of the ancient dutchy of Limburg, is noted 
 for its strong smelling cheese and cloth manufactures. 
 
 VERVIERS, with important cloth manufactures and 21,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 SPA, celebrated for its mineral springs. 
 
 HERSTALL, ancestral seat of the grandfather of Charlemagne, 
 
 4. SOUTH BRABANT. 
 
 BRUSSELS, situated on both sides of the small river Senne, 
 
EUROPE. 25? 
 
 is the capital of the kingdom, and one of the most "beautiful 
 cities in Europe. It is distinguished for its manufactures of 
 lace, carpets, tapestry, silks, and earthenware. It contains 
 many public edifices, amongst which may be mentioned its 
 Gothic Hall, where the Counts of Egmont and Hoorn were 
 executed. The royal castle of Laeken is situated three 
 miles north of the city. 
 
 Ten miles south of Brussels is the village of Waterloo, celebrated for the 
 great battle fought by the French, under Napoleon, and the allied army 
 under Wellington, June 18th, 1815. 
 
 LOUVAIN, formerly a great manufacturing city, with 200,- 
 000 inhabitants, now numbering 28,000. It is noted for its 
 university, churches and town hall. 
 
 5. EAST FLANDERS. 
 
 GHENT, on the Scheldt, is the centre of the Belgian cotton 
 manufactures, and contains the palace in which Charles V. 
 was bom. Here the treaty of peace between the United 
 States and Great Britain waj concluded in 1814. Popula- 
 tion 90,000. 
 
 OUDESARDB, also on the Scheldt, is celebrated for the great battle of 1708, 
 in the Spanish succession war, in which the Danish auxiliaries greatly dis- 
 tinguished themselves. 
 
 6. WEST FLANDERS. 
 
 BRUGES, with great morocco and lace manufactures, and 
 45,000 inhabitants. Its town house is a splendid edifice, the 
 steeple of which is supplied with a chime of bells, which 
 play a different tune every quarter of an hour. 
 
 OSTEND, on the North Sea, is greatly resorted to for sea bathing, and has 
 13,000 inhabitants. This town is famous for the American Manifesto. 
 
 COURTRAY, near the French frontier, is noted for its manu- 
 facture of linen of the finest quality. Population 20,000. 
 
 YPERN, with a remarkable cathedral, lace manufactures, and 18,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 7. IIAINAULT. 
 
 TOURNAY, a fortified city on the Scheldt, with 33,000 inhab- 
 itants. The carpet manufactures of this place are very exten- 
 sive, employing many thousands of operatives in this branch 
 of industry. 
 
 JEMAPPES, noted for a battle in 1792, between the Austrians and French, 
 in which the former were defeated. 
 FONTENAY and FLEURUS are noted for battles. 
 
258 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 MONS is also a town of considerable cotton and lace manu- 
 factures, with 24,000 inhabitants. It is noted for its coal and 
 mill-stone quarries in the vicinity. 
 
 8. THE PROVINCE OF NAMUR. 
 
 NAMUR, a fortified city, important from its manufactures of 
 cutlery, leather and earthen- ware. Population 25,000. 
 9. BELGIAN LUXEMBURG. 
 
 The Belgian part is the western part of the province ; the eastern part be- 
 longs to the German confederation, and is ruled by the king of Holland, on 
 account of which he is a member of the confederacy. 
 
 BOUILLOIT, the residence of Godfrey, the renowned leader of the first army 
 of the crusaders. 
 
 ARLON, in the midst of extensive forests, with leather man- 
 ufactures. 
 
 THE NETHERLANDS, OR HOLLAND. 
 
 Area 13,200 square miles. Population 3,260,000. 
 
 The Netherlands first came into separate political import- 
 ance in 1579, when the provinces of Holland, Zealand, 
 Utrecht, Gelderland, Friesland and Groningen, formed their 
 celebrated union at Utrecht, and chose the Prince of Orange as 
 their Stadtholder. They established an independent republic 
 and became one of the most influential of States, whose navy 
 for a period, during the 17th century, was the most powerful 
 in Europe. In 1794 the French waged war against this re- 
 public, and changed it into the Batavian Republic, after which 
 Napoleon, in 1806, transformed it into the kingdom of Holland. 
 After the fall of Napoleon, the Allies united Belgium and the 
 Netherlands into the kingdom of the United Netherlands, 
 which existed until 1830, when they were again severed in 
 the Belgian revolution. 
 
 This kingdom is bounded north and west by the North 
 sea, east by Germany, and south by the same and Belgium. 
 
 Surface, fyc. No mountains are found in any part of the 
 Netherlands, except in the Grand Duchy of Luxemburg : 
 branches of the Ardennes. The remainder of the country is 
 level, and some of it lies even lower than the sea, on which 
 account the inhabitants have been obliged to erect costly 
 Dikes to guard against inundations, where nature itself does 
 not effect this by the sand-hills, on the coast, called Downs. 
 
EUROPE. 259 
 
 These artificial embankments require to be guarded with the 
 greatest care; and even then they have not, at all times, proved 
 sufficient to withstand the raging North sea, as it has already 
 broken through these and caused great destruction of pro- 
 perty. 
 
 Rivers. The Rhine branches here into four arms: 1st, the 
 Waal, and 2nd, the Leek, which unite with the Meuse, and 
 empty into the North sea; 3d, the Yssel, and 4th, the Vecht, 
 both of which flow into the Zuyder Zee. Before the Rhine 
 reaches the North sea, and beyond Leyden, its stream be- 
 comes extremly small, and during low water is almost 
 consumed in the sand. Besides these rivers, a great number 
 of canals are made through this country. The most noted 
 of these canals is the Great Dutch canal, 50 miles long, 124 
 feet wide, and 25 deep, running from Amsterdam to Holder. 
 This was made to avoid the difficult passage through the 
 Zuyder Zee, and is sufficently capacious for the largest ves- 
 sels to sail therein. 
 
 Climate. The climate of the Netherlands is very humid, 
 and heavy fogs are driven in from the sea, and at times are 
 so dense that the ground is scarcely visible. On account of 
 the frequent vapors, the winters are seldom severe, and the 
 summers, for the same reason, not very warm. 
 
 Products. As the soil grows grass abundantly, fine horn- 
 ed cattle are raised, and great quantities of butter and cheese 
 made. Turf is obtained in the bogs. Herring are caught in 
 large quantities and salted for export, and these go under the 
 name of Flemish herring. Linen, paper and tobacco, are 
 important products of this country. 
 
 Manufactures. Besides the articles of paper and linen, 
 the manufacture of woolen cloth, silk velvet, and leather, 
 occupies considerable attention, as do also the distillation of 
 liquors, and the refining of sugar. The best kind of tobacco 
 pipes are made here. 
 
 Education. The Dutch are ranked as one of the most in- 
 telligent nations of Europe, as means are provided here for 
 the general dissemination of learning amongst all, and the 
 wealthier classes exhibit no lack of solid and extensive eru- 
 dition. There are three Universities, rated as amongst the 
 best in Europe. 
 
 Inhabitants. The larger part of the inhabitants adhere to 
 the Reiormed church. The Hollanders, or Dutch, are not 
 
260 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 talkative, but grave and serious, without at the same time 
 being unsocial. Their language has great similarity to the 
 German, arid this is owing to the fact that the Netherlands 
 at one time formed a part of Germany. At the head of the 
 government is a king, whose power is limited by the States 
 General, consisting of two houses. Being also the Grand 
 Duke of Luxemburg and Limburg, the king is a member 
 of the German Confederacy, in which he has one vote. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 The provinces of the Netherlands are : 
 
 1. Holland. 
 
 2. Utrecht, 
 
 3. Geldern. ^ 
 
 4. Overyssel. j- washed by the Zuyder Zee. 
 
 5. Friesland. J 
 
 6. Groningen, northeast, on the North Sea. 
 
 7. Drenthe, south of Groningen 
 
 8. Zealand, consists almost of islands southwest of Holland. 
 
 9. North Brabant, south of Holland and Gelderland. 
 
 10. Limburg, only the eastern part of which belongs to Holland. 
 
 11. The Grand Dutchy of Luxemburg, only the eastern part of which 
 likewise belongs to Holland ; the rest to Belgium. 
 
 1. THE PROVINCE OF HOLLAND. 
 
 AMSTERDAM, situated on an arm of the Zuyder Zee, is the 
 emporium of the kingdom and one of the most commercial 
 cities of Europe. Being located upon flat, marshy ground, it 
 is built upon piles, and is divided by canals into numerous 
 islands which are united together by almost 300 bridges. 
 The principal edifices are : 1. The Town Hall, now a royal 
 palace, in the lower story of which the bank is situated, 
 which contains millions of money ; 2. The Great Exchange, 
 where almost incessantly an immense throng of people are 
 streaming to and fro. Here Spinosa, the great originator of 
 the system of pantheism, was born. 
 
 ZAAKDAM or SAARDAM, a small town with extensive docks, in which Peter 
 the Great, in 1697, learned the art of ship building. Population 12,000. 
 
 BEOEK, a small town where the wealthy of Amsterdam fyave retired from 
 business, noted for its remarkable cleanliness. No stranger is permitted to 
 enter any house, until he has pulled off his boots and put on clean slippers. 
 
 ALKMAAR, is noted for its vast trade in cheese. 
 
 EDAM, near the Zuyder Zee, also carries on a considerable trade in cheese^ 
 called the Edam cheese. 
 
 TEXEL, an island with a large harbor, where ships arc 
 safely moored. Large vessels must here, when passing 
 
EUROPE. 261 
 
 through the Zuyder Zee, unload a large part of their cargoes 
 before they can reach Amsterdam. Several small towns are 
 built upon this island, principally inhabited by fishermen 
 and pilots. 
 
 HARLEM, on the banks of lake Harlem, has one of the 
 largest organs, and also one of the most extensive and cele- 
 brated botanical gardens in the world. Population 24,000. 
 
 LEYDEN, is celebrated for its University, one of the oldest 
 in the world. Its trade in wool and salt is considerable. 
 Population 36,000. 
 
 HAGUE, the capital, and royal residence, is one of the most 
 handsome and best built cities in Europe. The King's 
 country palace, called the " House in the Wood," is in the 
 vicinity. Population 66,000. 
 
 RYSWICK, near the Hague, is celebrated for the peace concluded here in 
 1697. 
 
 ROTTERDAM, the second commercial city of Holland, with 
 85,000 inhabitants. Many canals course through this city, 
 admitting the largest vessels to the doors of the warehouses. 
 The most important buildings are the Exchange, larger and 
 more beautiful than that in Amsterdam ; and the buildings 
 belonging to the navy, with the wharves and the magazines. 
 This is the birth-place of the renowned scholar, Erasmus. 
 
 DORT, situated on an island in the river Merwede, with a 
 population of 22,000. It is noted in history, for the Protes- 
 tant synod held here in 1618-19. It contains the Holland 
 mint. Hugo Grotius was born here. 
 
 DELFT, remarkable as the burial place of the Princes of Orange and Ad- 
 miral Tromp. 
 
 2. UTRECHT. 
 
 UTRECHT, on the Rhine, with a university, and 45,000 in- 
 habitants. Here the provinces which revolted from the ty- 
 ranny of the cruel king, Philip II., established in 1579, their 
 celebrated union. 
 
 ZEYST, a Moravian settlement, noted for its boarding school for young 
 ladies. 
 
 3. GELDERN, OR GELDERLAND. 
 
 NIMEGUEN, a fortified town on the Waal, with 20,000 in- 
 habitants, is remarkable for the peace concluded here in 1679. 
 4. OVERYSSEL. 
 
 ZWOLL, a fortified town, near the Yssel, has a considerable 
 trade. Population 18,000. 
 
2C2 'GEOGRAPHICAL EAND-BOO&. 
 
 DEVENTER, noted for its honey cakes. 
 
 5. FRIESLAND. 
 
 LEEUWARDEN is intersected by canals, extending to the sea, 
 so that ships can enter the city. Population 22,000, 
 
 6. GRONINGEN. 
 
 GRONINGEN is the principal city in the northern part of the 
 kingdom, with a celebrated university, and 31,000 inhabit- 
 ants. It contains a deaf and dumb institute. 
 
 7. DRENTHE, 
 
 The poorest and least populous of all the Netherland pro- 
 vinces, contains no towns of importance. 
 
 8. ZEALAND. 
 
 MiDDLEBURGj on the island of Walcheren, is united to the 
 sea by a canal, and carries on an active trade, especially in 
 wine. Population 20,000. 
 
 FLUSHING, on the Scheldt, is a strongly fortified town, and 
 the station of the Dutch navy. The renowned Dutch Ad- 
 miral Ruyter was born here, in 1607* 
 
 9. NORTH BRABANT. 
 
 BERGEN OP ZOOM, BBEDA and Bois DU Due, are strongly fortified places. 
 The last has needle and cutlery manufactures, with 22,000 inhabitants. 
 
 10. LIMBURG.* 
 
 MAESTRICHT, on the Meuse, is one of the strongest fortified 
 cities of Europe, with 31,000 inhabitants. It is noted for its 
 quarry in Peters' mountain, in the vicinity, which contains 
 not less than 20,000 horizontal galleries, which have been 
 excavated here during a period of 2,000 years, and which 
 extend, as is asserted, as far as Liege. 
 
 11. THE GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBURG. 
 
 LUXEMBURG, a strongly fortified city of the Germanic 
 confederacy, garrisoned by Prussian soldiers, the comman- 
 dant of which is appointed by the king of Prussia. 
 
 The Netherlands owned once great foreign possessions, but these have 
 been reduced to the following : 
 
 1. The most important in Asia, viz: the Sunda and Molucca Islands. 
 
 2. In Africa : several settlements in Guinea. 
 
 * The province of Limburg, with the exception of the District of Maes- 
 tricht, forms, since 1839, a part of the German confederacy, ia lieu of 
 that part of Luxemburg which was ceded to Belgium. 
 
3. In America : the possessions in Guiana, and some islands in the West 
 Indies. 
 
 THE BRITISH KINGDOM. 
 
 Area 118,000 square miles. Population 28,500,000. 
 
 This kingdom comprising Great Britain and Ireland, is 
 one of the most important States of the world, and surpasses 
 all others in the extent of its manufactures and commerce. 
 Great Britain is composed of the two kingdoms of England 
 and Scotland, united since 1603, when James VI. of Scotland 
 ascended the throne of England by the name of James I. 
 These two kingdoms, however, continued to be ruled by sepa- 
 rate titles until they became merged by the act of union of 1707* 
 Ireland formed originally a distinct kingdom, but was con- 
 quered by Henry II. of England in 1172, and in 1800 was 
 united with the latter country, thereby merging its 
 separate nationality. The people of Ireland, on several 
 different occasions, revolted against the English government 
 ' in 1641, in 1689, and in 1798, but have been unsuccessful 
 in all their attempts to regain their independence, 
 
 This kingdom lies between the North sea on the east and 
 the Atlantic ocean on the west, and is separated from France 
 by the English channel and the strait of Dover. 
 
 Surface, fyc. England is rather level than mountainous, 
 especially in the eastern part. In the north are the Cheviot 
 Hills, on the borders of Scotland, 3,000 feet high ; in the south- 
 west, the mountains of Cornwall ; and in the west, the Welsh 
 mountains, which rise to an altitude of 3,500 feet. The 
 mountains of Cornwall commence near the Bristol Channel 
 as broad grazing hills, and rise in Cornwall to the height of 
 1,500 feet, and afterwards descend into the steep capes of 
 Land's End and Lizard's Point. The soil of England is 
 not naturally rich, but an excellent system of husbandry has 
 rendered it very productive. 
 
 Scotland is very mountainous, especially the highlands of 
 the north, composed of rough, rocky mountains, overgrown 
 with forests; and amongst these the Grampian Hills are 
 noted for their great beauties of scenery. These rise to an ele- 
 vation of 4,300 feet. The lowlands are a more level coun- 
 try, and have a moderately fertile soil. 
 
 The surface of Ireland alternates with green meadows and 
 
264 GEOGEAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 valleys, and but few of the mountains rise to a great height 
 The soil of a large part of Ireland is extremely fertile. The 
 numerous peat bogs supply the inhabi.ants with fuel. In the 
 northeast is the Giant's Causeway, consisting of erect basalt 
 columns, which during low' water extend 600 feet into the 
 ocean. 
 
 Rivers. There are no large rivers in either of these divis- 
 ions of the United Kingdom. The following, however, are 
 considerable streams : 1. The river Thames, which is very 
 wide in proportion to its length ; 2. The Severn, which 
 empties into the Bristol channel ; 3. The Trent, which after 
 uniting with the Ouze, receives the name of the Humber, 
 and thenceforth has a breadth similar to an arm of the sea. 
 It empties into the North sea. 
 
 Of the numerous expensive canals We observe : 
 
 1. The Bridgewater Canal, which extends from the river 
 Mersey and unites Manchester with Liverpool. This canal 
 extends eleven miles from its commencement under ground, 
 and afterwards goes almost 50 feet high over the navigable 
 river Irwell, so that often ships sail under the middle arch of 
 this canal, whilst other craft are passing over the same. 
 
 2. The Trent Mersey Canal, which unites the Humber 
 with .the river Mersey so that navigation is uninterrupted 
 from Hull on the Humber, at its mouth, to Liverpool, at the 
 mouth of the Mersey, and consequently from the North Sea 
 to the Irish Sea internal navigation is complete. This canal 
 throughout its whole distance goes four times under the earth. 
 
 3. The Severn Thames Canal, which unites the river 
 Severn with the Thames, and goes fully one mils under the 
 ground. 
 
 Many and important railroads have been made in the 
 British kingdom, especially in England, for facilitating com- 
 munication between different parts, and for the transporta- 
 tion of merchandise. 
 
 In Scotland is the large lake, Loch Lomond, 30 miles 
 long, and 10 wide, whose shores offer a most charming view. 
 In this lake lie 30 islands, some of which are cultivated. 
 
 The rivers of Scotland are: 1. The Tay; 2. The Forth, 
 both of which empty into the North-sea. 3. The Clyde, which 
 flows into the Irish *Sea; and 4th, the Tweed, a stream which 
 borders on England. 
 
 In Ireland, the Shannon is the principal river, and this 
 
EUROPE. 265 
 
 stream becomes in many places deep and capacious as a sea, 
 and finally empties into the Atlantic. A great portion of 
 Ireland abounds in lakes and morasses. The Dublin and 
 Shannon Canal extends from Dublin to the Shannon, and in 
 this manner unites the Irish Sea with the Atlantic. 
 
 Climate. It is very foggy and damp, throughout the 
 whole of the United Kingdom. This condition of the at- 
 mosphere moderates the heat of summer and the cold of 
 winter, so that the winters are rarely severe, neither are the 
 summers excessively hot; and this state of the atmosphere 
 produces a kind of melancholy, called spleen, which engen- 
 ders a disgust of life, that induces many to commit suicide. 
 
 Products. The chief products in England, are wheat, 
 barley, oats, potatoes and hops. Considerable attention is 
 devoted to the raising of cattle, particularly in Ireland. The 
 English horses are equal, if not superior, to those of any 
 other country in the world. The fisheries are very exten- 
 sive, in which herring, mackerel, salmon and codfish are 
 caught; as also many clams and oysters. The north of Scot- 
 land being a cold country, is better adapted to the raising of 
 cattle, than agriculture. Agriculture is in a less advanced 
 state in Ireland than in England, but the English staples 
 are in general cultivated. 
 
 Minerals. The mineral wealth of the British Isles is in- 
 exhaustible, especially iron and coal. There is scarcely a 
 mineral known to exist, which is not found beneath their 
 surface, and successfully worked to a greater or less extent. 
 
 Manufactures. England is the greatest manufacturing 
 country in the world, as is also Scotland, to a certain extent. 
 The chief articles of English manufacture, are cotton and 
 woolen goods, hardware, earthenware, silks and leather. 
 The chief manufactures of Scotland, are those of fine cotton 
 goods and coarse linen ; and in Ireland linen is the chief 
 article, and this is made in almost every family and village. 
 
 Education. In England no general system of free school 
 education has been adopted, the common schools by no means 
 occupying so high a state of improvement as they do in Ger- 
 many. Those of Scotland are in general better managed 
 and arranged than they are in Ireland, or even in England. 
 The higher seminaries of learning are numerous, and there 
 are at present eight universities in the United Kingdom, four 
 in Scotland, three in England, and one in Ireland. 
 
 M 
 
266 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Commerce. The commerce of the United Kingdom, is 
 superior to that of any other nation in the world, and extends 
 to all quarters of the glohe. The amount of capital invested 
 in commerce is estimated to exceed $6,000,000,000. 
 
 Inhabitants : In England eighteen and a half millions, 
 in Scotland three millions, and in Ireland seven millions, 
 making in all the sum of twenty-eight and a half millions 
 in the United British Kingdom. The English principally 
 belong to the Episcopal Church, and the Scotch to the Pres- 
 byterian, but in Ireland more than three-fourths of the inhab- 
 itants are Roman Catholics; free toleration is established 
 throughout the United Kingdom, and a variety of sects exist. 
 The British are a cold, grave, and serious people, with the 
 exception of the Highlanders, the Celtic Irish, and the Welsh. 
 They experience great pleasure in cock fighting and horse 
 racing, in which amusements large wagers are often staked. 
 The government is a constitutional monarchy, the king or 
 queen being limited by the parliament, consisting of a House 
 of Peers and House of Commons. The former is compos- 
 ed of the Lords temporal and spiritual, and the latter of 
 members chosen to represent the people in Parliament. 
 Queen Victoria is the present ruling Sovereign. 
 
 a. ENGLAND, 
 
 Consists 1, of England proper. 
 " 2, " Wales. 
 
 The former is divided into 40 counties or shires, the latter 
 into 12. 
 
 I. ENGLAND PROPER. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Middlsex. 15. Bedfordshire. 28. Northamptonshire. 
 
 2. Berkshire. 16. Hampshire. 29. Rutland. 
 
 3. Bucks. 17. Dorsetshire. 30. Leicestershire. 
 
 4. Surey. 18. Devonshire. 31. Shropshire. 
 
 5. Kent. 19. Cornwall. 32. Cheshire. 
 
 6. Sussex. 20. Wiltshire. 33. Nottinghamshire. 
 
 7. Essex. 21. Somersetshire. 34. Derbyshire. 
 
 8. Suffolk. 22. Gloucestershire. 35. Lancashire. 
 
 9. Norfolk. 23. Monmouthshire. 30. Yorkshire. 
 10. Cambridgeshire. 24. Herefordshire. 37. Durhamshire. 
 ll! Huntingdonshire. 25. Worcestershire. 38. Northumberland. 
 
 12. Lincolnshire. 26- Warwickshire. 39. Cumberland. 
 
 13. Hertfordshire. 27. Staffordshire. 40. Westmoreland. 
 
 14. Oxfordshire. 
 
EUROPE, 261 
 
 1. MIDDLESEX. 
 
 LONDON, situated on both sides of the river Thames, 65 
 miles from the North sea, the capital of the kingdom and 
 the residence of the Sovereign, is the largest and most popu- 
 lous city in Europe, and the commercial emporium of the 
 world. It is seven miles long and five wide, and contains 
 2,500,000 inhabitants. The city consists of three parts: 1. 
 The city proper, which comprises the eastern part and is the 
 centre of trade; 2. Westminister^ on the north side of the 
 Thames, which is the residence of the queen, the seat of the 
 departments of State, and the abode of all those who be- 
 long to the nobility and the fashionable world; 3. South- 
 wark on the south side of the Thames, in which the principal 
 part of the manuiactures arg located. Railroads branch in all 
 directions from London towards Birmingham, Bristol, and 
 numerous other cities. The principal objects of interest in 
 the metropolis are: 1. St. Paul's Cathedral, the largest and most 
 magnificent edifice in the city; 2. Westminister Abbey, 
 where the English monarchs are crowned^and buried; 3. 
 Westminister Hall, where the Parliament assembles; 4. St. 
 James' Palace, with a large park ; 5. The Tower, an ancient 
 fortress used as a State prison, in the eastern part of the city ; 
 6. The Tunnel, an arched and walled passage under the 
 river Thames. Besides these are the Royal Exchange, 
 Lloyd's Coffee House, the centre of the English commercial 
 world ; the Bank, and the Mint. 
 
 CHELSEA, with the great national asylum for invalid soldiers, and 36,000 
 inhabitants. 
 KENSINGTON, with a royal palace, and 24,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. BERKSHIRE. 
 
 READING, with 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 WINDSOB, 22 miles from London, celebrated for its castle, the favorite 
 residence of the British sovereigns. 
 
 3. BUCKS OR BUCKINGHAMSHIRE. 
 
 ETON, in the vicinity of which the renowned astronomer, Hershel, had his 
 observatory. 
 
 5. KENT. 
 
 CANTERBURY, the ecclesiastical metropolis of England, with 
 a remarkable cathedral, and 15,000 inhabitants. 
 
 GREENWICH, on the Thames, is noted for its marine hos- 
 pital and royal observatory, from which longitude is computed. 
 Population 75,000. 
 
 DOVER, on the strait of the same name, is the principal 
 port of embarcation for France. Population 25,000. 
 
268 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 MAIDSTONE, with 33,000 inhabitants; DEPTFOKD, 20,000: WOOLWICH, 
 18,000 ; and CHATHAM, 18,000. 
 
 G. SUSSEX. 
 
 BRIGHTON, the favorite residence of George IV., has 50,000 
 inhabitants $ and superior arrangements for sea bathing. 
 
 7. ESSEX. 
 
 COLCHESTER, a maritime town noted for its oysters. Popu- 
 lation 20,000. 
 
 HARWICH, on the North sea, with 18,000 inhabitants, 
 
 8. SUFFOLK. 
 
 IPSWICH, near the mouth of ^the Orwell, has 22,000 inhabitants. 
 
 9. NORFOLK. 
 
 NORWICH, a very handsome city, noted for its ancient 
 cathedral and its manufacture of woolen goods. Popula- 
 tion 62,000. 
 
 YARMOUTH^ noted for its herring fishery. Pdpulation 24,000. 
 
 10. CAMBRIDGESHIRE. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE, is celebrated for its university, and contains 
 25,000 inhabitants. 
 NEWMARKET, noted for horse races. 
 
 11. HUNTINGDONSHIRE. 
 
 HUNTINGDON, noted as the birth place of Oliver Cromwell. 
 12. LINCOLNSHIRE. 
 
 LINCOLN, celebrated for its ancient cathedral. Population 
 37,000. 
 
 BOSTON, contains the largest church without aisles in the 
 kingdom. Population 35,000. 
 
 WOOLSTHORPE, is the birthplace of Sir Isaac Newton. 
 14. OXFORDSHIRE. 
 
 OXFORD, on the Thames, is celebrated for its university, 
 one of the oldest in Europe, said to have been founded by 
 Alfred the Great The university library numbers 650,000 
 volumes. Population 22,000. 
 
 16. HANTS OR HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 WINCHESTER, 65 miles from London, was the capital of England during 
 the middle ages. 
 
 PORTSMOUTH, is the chief naval station of the United King- 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 269 
 
 dom, and one of the best fortified cities in Europe. Its har- 
 bor is defended by three forts, and is sufficiently capacious to 
 accommodate 1000 vessels of war. Population 64,000. 
 
 Southampton carries on a considerable trade with the Nor- 
 man Isles. Population 28,000. 
 
 18. DEVONSHIRE. 
 
 EXETEB, 42 miles from Plymouth, has a magnificent Cathedral and 32,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 PLYMOUTH, on the English channel, is one of the great na- 
 val stations, and has a famous breakwater which cost over 
 $5,000,000. Population. 76,000. 
 
 19. CORNWALL. 
 
 The county of Cornwall forms a duchy, and the first born royal prince as- 
 sumes the title of duke of Cornwall. 
 
 21. SOMERSETSHIRE. 
 
 BRISTOL, the third commercial city of England, has a 
 splendid exchange, important glass works, sugar refineries, 
 and 120,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BATH, in a delightful valley, is noted for its warm baths, 
 Population 70,000. 
 
 TAUHTON with 34,000 inhabitants, and Froome with 25,000, are noted for 
 their woolen manufactures. 
 
 22. GLOUCESTERSHIRE. 
 
 CHELTENHAM, with celebrated mineral springs and 41,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 GLOUCESTER, with manufactures of pins, and a remarkable 
 ancient cathedral which contains the remains of Edward II. 
 Population 27,000. 
 
 24. HEREFORDSHIRE. 
 
 HEREFORD, 42 miles distant from Bristol, has considerable 
 trade and 35,000 inhabitants. 
 
 25. WORCESTERSHIRE. 
 
 WORCESTER noted for its porcelain, and a superb cathedral. Popula- 
 tion 28,000. 
 
 KIDDERMINSTER, a great manufacturing town with 30,OOC inhabitants. 
 
 25. WARWICKSHIRE. 
 
 COVENTRY, a manufacturing town noted for its ribbons and 
 watches, with 32,000 inhabitants. 
 
 STRATFORD, on the Avon, famous as the birth place of Shakspeare. 
 KENILWOKTU, noted for the ruins of its renowned castle of the same 
 
2TO GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 BIRMINGHAM, situated near the centre of England, is the 
 seat of hard ware manufacture of every description and of or- 
 namental metal work. This city has been called " the toy shop 
 of Europe." Population 240,000. 
 
 27. STAFFORDSHIRE. 
 
 WOLVERHAMPTON, noted for its manufacture of hardware, 
 with a remarkable gothic church, and 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BURSLEM, famous for its earthenware manufacture. 
 28. NORTHAMPTONSHIRE. 
 
 NORTHAMTON, with extensive boot and shoe manufac- 
 tures, and 29,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PETERBOROUGH, contains a remarkable cathedral, in which Mary Queen 
 of Scots lies buried. 
 
 30. LEICESTERSHIRE. 
 
 LEICESTER, 37 miles north-east of Birmingham, has great 
 stocking manufactures, and 51,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LUTTERWORTH, the birth-place of Wickliffe. 
 32. CHESHIRE. 
 
 CHESTER, noted for its cheese, has a remarkable cathedral, and 23,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 STOCKPORT, an extensive cotton manufacturing town, has 
 86,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MACCLESFIELD, noted for its silks. Population 25,000. 
 
 33. NOTTINGHAMSHIRE. 
 
 NOTTINGHAM, is famous for its stockings and ale, and con- 
 tains 54,000 inhabitants. 
 
 34. DERBYSHIRE. 
 
 DERBY, has numerous kinds of manufactures, and 36,000 inhabitants. 
 
 35. LANCASHIRE. 
 
 LIVERPOOL, the second commercial city of England, situa- 
 ted near the mouth of the Mersey, is the great seat of com- 
 merce with America and Ireland. This city contains the, 
 most costly docks in the world. Population 500,000. 
 
 MANCHESTER, situated on the Irwell, 30 miles distant from 
 Liverpool, is the great centre of the British cotton manufac- 
 ture, and contains 310,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The remaining towns are Blackburn, with 75,000 inhabitants; Bolton with 
 98,000, Oldham with 68,000, Rochdale with 60,000, Wigan with 66,000 r 
 Bury with 78,000, Preston with 77,000, Warrington with 32,000, and Aston 
 under Line with 131,000, are all noted for their cotton manufactures. 
 
EUROPE. 2T1 
 
 86. YORKSHIRE. 
 
 YORK ranks as the second city of the kingdom, being the 
 residence of the Archbishop. In the vicinity is the curious 
 dropping fountain of Knaresborough. Population 36,000. 
 
 HULL is famous for its whale fishery and trade to the Bal- 
 tic, and contains 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LEEDS, the seat of the woolen manufactures, and the great- 
 est cloth market in the kingdom. Population 175,000. 
 
 HUDDERSFIELD and HALIFAX, each containing about 1 10,000 
 inhabitants, are noted seats of the cloth manufacture. 
 
 WAKEFIELD has important cloth manufactures, and corn and cattle fairs. 
 Population 50,000. 
 
 SHEFFIELD, long famous for its manufactures of cutlery 
 and plated goods, with 85,000 inhabitants. 
 
 38. DURHAMSHIRE. 
 
 DURHAM, with a remarkable cathedral, manufactures of 
 carpeting, and 39,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SuNDERLANDandWEARjiouTii on opposite sidesV)f the river Wear, and united 
 by a bridge, are greatly engaged in the coal trade. These two towns have 
 an aggregate population of 58,000. 
 
 38. NORTHUMBERLAND. 
 
 NEWCASTLE, noted for its coal mines, various manufactures, 
 whale fisheries, with 72,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SHIELDS, with great coal trade and 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 39. CUMBERLAND. 
 
 CARLISLE, with a remarkable cathedral, numerous manu- 
 factures, and 37,000 inhabitants. 
 
 WHITEHAVEN, a maritime town largely engaged in the coal trade. Pop-? 
 ulation 30,000. 
 
 40. WESTMORELAND. 
 
 KENDAL, with extensive manufactures of woolen and other 
 goods. Population 35,000. 
 
 II. THE PRINCIPALITY OF WALES. 
 
 WALES is quite a mountainous country, interspersed with 
 some romantic valleys. The soil is less productive and not 
 so well cultivated as in England, but the products are in gen- 
 eral the same. 
 
 COUNTIES. 
 
 1. Pembrokeshire, 3. Glamorganshire, . Radnorshire, 
 
 2. Caermarthenshire, ^4, Brecon, 6, Cardiganshire, 
 
272 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 7. Montgomeryshire, 9. Flintshire, 11. Caernarvonshire, 
 
 8. Merionetshire, 10. Denbighshire, 12. Anglesea. 
 
 1 PEMBROKESHIRE. 
 
 PEMBROKE, with the ruins of an ancient castle, reared in the 
 beginning of the llth century. 
 
 ST. DAVIDS, the ecclesiastical capital of South Wales. 
 3. GLAMORGANSHIRE. 
 
 MERTHYR TYDVIL, noted for its iron works and coal pits, 
 with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SWANSEA, an important commercial town, noted for sea 
 bathing, has 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The islands belonging to England are the following: 
 
 1. MAN, in the Irish Sea, with 45,000 inhabitants, who are 
 principally engaged in the manufacture of linen and cotton 
 goods. This island formerly belonged to Denmark. 
 
 2. ANGLESEA, which is noted for its copper mines, with a 
 population of 50,000. It lies on the northwest coast of 
 Wales, with which it is united by a gigantic suspension 
 bridge, 
 
 3. SCILLY ISLES, near Cape Landsend, 130 in number, only 6 of which are 
 inhabited. 
 
 4. WIGHT, in the English Channel, opposite Portsmouth. 
 It is very fertile, and noted for its romantic scenery. 
 
 5. THE NORMAN ISLANDS, near the French coast. These constitute the 
 remnant of the former great possessions of the English in France. They 
 are called Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney and Sark. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Area 31,000 square miles. 
 
 Scotland, as before stated, is very mountainous, especially 
 in the northern part, which is therefore called the Highlands, 
 and the inhabitants of this part of Scotland named from the 
 country, the Highlanders are of a different race from the re- 
 mainder of the Scotch. The Grampian Hills form the di- 
 vision between the Highlands and the Lowlands. The former 
 are better adapted to the raising of cattle than agriculture, 
 and the latter are more level arid yield wheat, oats, barley, 
 rye, flax and potatoes. 
 
EUROPE. 2Y3 
 
 Scotland contains 32 counties. 
 
 1. Mid Lothian. 12. Lanarkshire. 23. Banffshire. 
 
 2. West Lothian. 13. Renfrewshire. 24. Elginshire. 
 
 3. East Lothian. 14. Stirlingshire. 25. Nairnshire. 
 
 4. Berwickshire. 15. Dumbartonshire. 26. ^Perthshire. 
 
 5. Roxburghshire. 16. Clakmannanshire. 27- *Invernessshire. 
 
 6. Selkirkshire. '17. Fifeshire. 28. *Argyleshire. 
 
 7. Peebleshire. 18. Kinrossshire. 29. *Cromarthy. 
 
 8. Dumfriesshire. 19. Buteshire. 30. *Ross. 
 
 9. East Galloway. 20. Forfaxshire. 31. *Sutherland. 
 
 10. West Galloway. 21. Kincardine. 32. ^Caithness. 
 
 11. Ayrshire. 22. Aberdeenshire. 
 
 1. MID LOTHIAN OR EDINBURG SHIRE. 
 
 EDINBURGH, the capital of Scotland, has a celebrated and flour- 
 ishing university, many manufactures and 200,000 inhabitants. 
 It consists of 2 parts, the Old Town and the New Town; the 
 former having houses meanly built with narrow streets, and 
 the latter on the contrary regular and beautiful. Upon the 
 top of the rock, on the side of which the Old Town is built, 
 stands Holyrood Castle, the ancient residence of the Scottish 
 kings. The other most noted edifice in this city, is Edinburgh 
 Castle, which is also conspicuous in Scottish history. The 
 trade of Edinburgh is considerable and is carried on through 
 the harbor of Leith, two miles distant, but united to the city 
 by continuous rows of houses. 
 
 2. WEST LOTHIAN. 
 
 LINLITHGOW, with an ancient royal palace where Mary Stuart was born, 
 1542. 
 
 3. EAST LOTHIAN. 
 
 DUNBAR, noted for the victory obtained by Cromwell in 
 1650, over the Scottish army. 
 
 4. BERWICKSHIRE. 
 
 DUNSE, noted for its cattle fairs. The renowned mediaeval scholar, Dans 
 Scotus, was born here in 1274. 
 
 8. DUMFRIESSHIRE. 
 DUMFRIES, has great cattle fairs and 15,000 inhabitants. 
 
 11. AYRSHIRE. ' 
 KILMARNOCK, famous for its carpets, with 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 * The counties designated by a star (*) compose that part of Scotland 
 known under the name of the Highland*. 
 
 M* 
 
2T4 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 12. LANARKSHIRE. 
 
 GLASGOW, on the Clyde, is as regards population, manufac- 
 tures and commerce, the first city of Scotland, and is noted 
 for fine cotton goods. It contains an ancient cathedral, the 
 best preserved specimen of gothic architecture in Scot- 
 land. Population 280,000. 
 
 At some distance from Glasgow, the Clyde forms several magnificent cas- 
 cades. 
 
 13. RENFREWSHIRE. 
 
 PAISLEY is a great manufacturing town, with 60,000 in- 
 habitants. It is noted for its linen, silk, and muslin manu- 
 factures, and for the intelligence of the operatives. 
 
 GREENOCK, near the mouth of the Clyde, is the principal 
 seaport upon the west coast, with 36,000 inhabitants. 
 
 14. STIRLINGSHIRE. 
 
 STIRLING, noted for its ancient castle, once one of the great 
 bulwarks of the kingdom. 
 
 FALKIRK, with noted cattle fairs. Population 15,000. 
 17. FIFESH1RE. 
 
 ST. ANDREWS, with a university, and linen manufactures. 
 This was, prior to the reformation, the eclesiastical metro- 
 polis of Scotland. 
 
 DUNFERMLINE has extensive manufactures of linen and 
 cotton goods. Population 20,000. 
 
 20. FORFAXSHIRF. 
 
 DUNDEE, with manufactures of sail-cloth and coarse linen, 
 and 64,000 inhabitants. It is one of the principal seaports 
 ,of Scotland. 
 
 MONTROSE, is also a seaport, with various manufactures, Population 
 14,000. 
 
 22. ABERDEENSHIRE. 
 
 ABERDEEN, consists of Old Aberdeen and New Aberdeen, 
 distant from each other about one mile. The former is 
 small, old, ugly and miserable; the latter, on the contrary, 
 large, new, beautiful and opulent. It has a university and 
 70 ; 000 inhabitants. 
 
 26. PERTHSHIRE. 
 
 PERTH, pn the Tay, with extensive linen and cotton man 
 ufactures. It is noted for its schools. Population 22,000. 
 
EUROPE. 2T5 
 
 27. IVERNESS-SH1RE. 
 
 INVERNESS, considered the Highland capital, is noted for 
 the inteligence of its citizens, and for its manufactures of 
 tartans, linen and cotton goods. Population 20,000. 
 
 The islands belonging to Scotland are: 
 
 1. The Hebrides, or Western Islands, which number 
 about 300, only 40 of which are inhabited, and these contain 
 90,000 inhabitants. Rearing of cattle and fishing are the 
 chief pursuits of the inhabitants. Lewis, the largest of these 
 islands has a population, of 30,000, who are expert seamen. 
 Skye, near the same size, comprizes 20,000 inhabitants. 
 Staffa, near the isle of Mull, is smalTand uninhabited, but 
 noted for the celebrated cave Jof Fingal (hole of melody.) 
 This name takes its rise from the fact that the moisture in 
 the interior of this cave dropping down from the rocks, pro- 
 duces such harmonious tones that the traveller visiting this 
 grotto suddenly finds himself captivated by the most en- 
 chanting music. 
 
 2. The Orkney Islands. These are 67 in number, of which 
 29 are inhabited, and the population amounts to 40,000, who 
 are engaged principally in the manufacture of woolen goods 
 and stockings. 
 
 These islands belonged once to Denmark, but when Christian I. could not 
 afford to give his daughter Margaret, who was married to a Scottish prince, 
 the whole bridal gift, these islands were mortgaged for the balance, and Eng- 
 land was never afterwards willing to part with them. 
 
 The largest ot these is called Pomona, whose capital is 
 KirkwalL 
 
 3. The Shetland Islands, which number 86, of which 
 .quantity only 40 are inhabited, contain a population of 
 30,000. They produce sheep of a very fine wool, and small 
 hoises, and abound in wild fowls and fish, especially herring, 
 which are caught here in great abundance. 
 
 The largest of these islands is called MAINLAND, with the seaport of Ler- 
 , where the English and Dutch fishing boats assemble. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Area 28,000 square miles. 
 
 The surface of Ireland is greatly diversified ; it is, however. 
 
276 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 rather level than mountainous. Much of its soil is composed 
 of meadow land, and therefore it grows cattle in vast num- 
 bers. Potatoes are extensively cultivated, and these form the 
 principal food of the poor. 
 
 IRELAND is divided into the following four provinces : 
 Leinster, Ulster, Connaught and Minister. 
 
 I. LEINSTER (in the South East.) 
 
 DUBLIN, the capital, situated on the Irish Sea, is next to Lon- 
 don, the most important city in the whole British Kingdom, 
 with 350,000 inhabitants. It is the emporium of the Irish 
 *ade,andhas a Castle and a University called Trinity College, 
 and a Bank. It contains many manufactures of linen, silk 
 and cotton goods, and its commerce is extensive. 
 
 KILKENNY, with the stately castle of the Earl of Ormond, and one of the 
 finest Cathedrals in Ireland. This town is noted for its beautiful white 
 and black marble. Population 30,000. 
 
 CARLOW, with a remarkable ancient abbey and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 DROGHEDA, at the mouth of the river Boyne, has consider- 
 able commerce and 22,000 inhabitants. In 1649 it was; 
 stormed by Cromwell, audits garrison put to the sword; and 
 four miles distant from this place the famous "Battle of the 
 Boyne " was fought, July 1st, 1690. 
 
 II. ULSTER, (the Northern part.) 
 
 BELFAST, the seat of commerce for Northern Ireland, is 
 situated 92 miles north of Dublin, with 100,000 inhabitants. 
 It is the centre of the Irish linen trade. 
 
 LONDONDERRY, a seaport at the mouth of the Foyle, is a 
 strongly fortified city, carrying on an important trade with 
 America and the West Indies. It is famous for the success- 
 ful siege it withstood in 1689, against the forces of James IL 
 Population 20,000. 
 
 ARMAGH, the ecclesiastical metropolis of Ireland, has a considerable linen 
 trade and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 DOWNPATRICK, the burial place of St. Patrick, the patron Saint of Ireland. 
 
 NBWRY, a maritime town with 16,000 inhabitants. 
 
 III. CONNAUGHT (the middle part of Western Ireland.) 
 
 GALWAY, on the bay of this name, carries on a brisk trade, 
 and is a favorite bathing place for the gentry. Population 
 36,000. 
 
 SLIGO, an important seaport, on the bay so called, with 15,QOO jnhajbjtants. 
 TUAM, the seat of an Anglican Archbishop. 
 
 j noted, for the greatest cattle fairs in Ireland, 
 
EUROPE. 277 
 
 IV. MUNSTER, (the southern part.)' 
 
 CORK, the third Irish city in population, is the commercial 
 metropolis of the south of Ireland, and the chief mart of the 
 provision trade, with 90,000 inhabitants. Its harbor, called 
 the Cove, is one of the best in the world, and is strongly fortified. 
 
 WATERFORD, a seaport, and considerable trading town, 
 with 30,000 inhabitants. Its fisheries, especially those of her- 
 ring are important. 
 
 CLONMEL, is the centre of the Irish butter trade, with 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LIMERICK, a large city on the Shannon, has an extensive 
 commerce, and 70,000 inhabitants. It is extensively engag- 
 ed in the provision trade, and was formerly regarded as the 
 strongest fortress in Ireland. It is celebrated for its firm 
 stand in the cause of the Catholics, but capitulated to the 
 army of William III. in 1691. 
 
 KILLARXEY, is greatly visited for the romantic beauty of the adjacent lake 
 and its surrounding scenery. 
 
 The British possessions and colonies are the following : 
 
 1. In Europe the isle of Heligoland, the fortress of Gibraltar, and the 
 isle of Malta. The Ionian isles are under British protection. 
 
 2. In Africa the settlements in Senegambia and Guinea, the islands of 
 Mauritius, St. Helena, Cape Colony, etc. 
 
 3. In Asia the great possessions of Hindostan and Ceylon ; Aden, on the 
 Arabian coast, Singapoor, Hong Kong, and some provinces in Farther India. 
 
 4. In America possessions in both North and South America, and also 
 in the West Indies. 
 
 5. In Oceanica the continent of Australia, Van Dieman'a Land, New 
 Zealand and Norfolk island. 
 
 It is estimated that these possessions and colonies contain 131,000,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 DENMARK. 
 
 Area 50,000 square miles (Iceland and the Faroe isles in- 
 cluded.) Population 2,000,000. 
 
 Denmark, Norway and Sweden, were originally called 
 Scandinavia, and the inhabitants of these countries, upon the 
 decline of the Roman Empire, were known by the general name 
 of Normans. These three countries were separate kingdoms, 
 under the government of their own rulers, until Margaret, 
 styled the Semiramis of the North, in 1397, united the three 
 crowns in her own person, and this union lasted until 1523, 
 when Gustavus Vasa established the independence of Swe- 
 fien. The most remarkable event in the jate history of Den- 
 
278 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 mark, was the attempt of the Duchies of Sleswick and Hoi- 
 stein in 1848, to establish their independence of the Danish 
 crown. 
 
 Denmark proper is a small kingdom. It comprises the 
 peninsula of Jutland, lying between the North Sea and the 
 Cattegat; and the islands of Zealand, Funen, Laaland, Fals- 
 ter, Langeland, Alsen, Bornholm and Femern, at the entrance 
 of the Baltic; and Samsoe in the Cattegat, besides some other 
 smaller ones. To Denmark belong the Faroe Isles and Ice- 
 land, and likewise the three Duchies of Sleswick, Holstein 
 and Lauenburg. 
 
 Surface, S?c. Denmark has, properly speaking, no moun- 
 tains, the appearance oi the country being low and flat, except 
 the eastern part, which is somewhat hilly or rather undula- 
 ting. From the north a barren ridge runs through the penin- 
 sula, and through Sleswick and Holstein, by the name of the 
 Jlllheath, and continues through Hanover in Germany. The 
 highest summit of this ridge, called Himmelberget, attains 
 only to a height of 550 feet The soil is in general fertile. 
 
 Rivers. The Lymfiord, in Jutland, is navigable by steamers 
 and other vessels for the distance of 80 miles. 
 
 The Eider, 105 miles long, between Sleswick and Holstein, 
 empties into the North Sea. 
 
 THE ELBE, forms part of the southern boundary between 
 Denmark and Germany. The Guden, in Jutland, is navi^ 
 gable by large canal boats, and is of great importance for in- 
 land commerce. The Trave, and Stor, in Holstein, and 
 some others, are small streams, more properly called rivulets. 
 
 Straits. There are three noted straits: 1. The Earsound, 
 between Sweden and the Island of Zealand, which vessels 
 usually pass going into or from the Baltic; 2. The Great 
 Belt, between the Islands of Zealand, and Funen ; 3. The 
 Little Belt, between Funen and Jutland and Sleswick. 
 
 Climate. The air is somewhat moist and foggy, yet net 
 so much so as in Holland and England. The temperature, 
 is more moderate than its latitude would indicate. The 
 winter is sometimes very severe, yet not so much so as in 
 Sweden and Norway, and the proximity of the sea some r 
 what moderates the inclemency of the climate. The air is 
 in general salubrious. 
 
 Products. Wheat, rye, barley and oats, are produced in 
 such abundance as to supply Norway, and frequently to ex- 
 
EUROPE. 279 
 
 port to other countries in considerable quantities. Hops are 
 cultivated in Funen, and tobacco in some parts of Jutland. 
 The horses, especially those of the Holstein breed, are large 
 and fine. The horned cattle are also large and numerous. 
 
 Manufactures. The most extensive manufactures are 
 those of leather, calicoes, cotton, and worsted stockings. The 
 Danes also manufacture woolen and linen cloths, likewise 
 all sorts of silks, chiefly ribbands, laces, earthen and china 
 ware, paper, muskets, and gunpowder. 
 
 Commerce. Denmark has an extensive coast, affording 
 uncommon conveniences for trade. Her principal exports 
 are, grain to Norway and other countries, horses to Germany 
 Sweden, France, and Prussia, and oxen to Holland and 
 Germany. The imports are chiefly wine, brandy, oil, tobac- 
 co, salt, sugar, spices, silk and woolen cloths. Railroads 
 facilitate her commercial transactions. 
 
 Education. Science, the arts, and literature, flourish to a 
 considerable degree, and are richly patronised by the govern- 
 ment. There are t\vo universities in Copenhagen and Kiel, 
 both of which rank high, especially the former, and Den- 
 mark can in proportion to its size, boast of as great advance- 
 ment in literature as any country in Europe. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Danes are an intelligent, brave and in- 
 dustrious people. Their complexion is chiefly light ; they 
 are in general tall and well built and their features regular. 
 They are religious without being bigoted, and their morals 
 upon the whole tolerably pure. The predominant vices of 
 the lower classes are gluttony and an excessive fondness for 
 strong liquors; that of the higher orders, the love of show 
 and pleasure. All ranks are equally attentive to strangers. 
 Hospitality and affability characterize all classes. 
 
 Government. Denmark was in ancient times an heredita- 
 ry elective monarchy. In 1660 she became an absolute one, 
 bin in 1849 was formed into an hereditary constitutional 
 monarchy, the Diet having its sessions in Copenhagen. The 
 king of Denmark is, on account of his being Duke of Hoi-, 
 stein and Lauenberg, since the Congress of Vienna,in 1815, a 
 member of the German Confederacy. 
 
 COPENHAGEN, (Kjobenhavn) the capital, is situated on the 
 islands of Zealand and Amack, on the banks of the Baltic. 
 She is one of the most handsome cities of Europe, and udl 
 fortified by citacjels and batteries. She has a university, 19 
 
280 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 churches, excellent hospitals and numerous splendid palaces, 
 amongst which is specially noteworthy, that of Christiansborg 
 adorned by the gallery of paintings and by the royal library, 
 one of the largest in Europe, containing 500,000 volumes. 
 The church of Our Lady is embellished by marble statues 
 of the 12 Apostles, sculptured by the immortal Thorwaldsen. 
 The Round Tower, a remarkable kind of structure, is used 
 as an observatory. The learned institutions of this city are 
 numerous, and literary attainments held in high esteem. It 
 was beleagured in 1659, and on the 2d of April, 1801, the 
 memorable battle of the Baltic took place. A small island 
 called A mack joined to Copenhagen by a bridge, is inhabited 
 by the descendants of a colony from Holland, called in by 
 Christian the Second, the tyrant, to promote horticulture. 
 They enjoy some particular privileges and retain the ancient 
 dress of their progenitors. Population 150,000. 
 
 ELSINORE, (HELSINGOR, N situated on the sound which com- 
 mands the passage between the Cattegat and the Baltic. It 
 is defended by the strong fortress of Kronborg, now used 
 principally as a prison. This fortress failed to prevent the 
 passage of the English fleet under Sir Hyde Parker and Lord 
 Nelson through the sound in 1801, after which followed the 
 battle of the Baltic. Here the sound dues were formerly paid 
 by all vessels passing through, till finally abolished in 1857. 
 Population 10,000. In the vicinity of Elsinore, the tomb of 
 Hamlet, the Prince of Denmark, immortalized by Shakspeare 
 is shown, but in all probability erroneously. 
 
 KOESKILDE, with an ancient cathedral containing a costly mausoleum <.f 
 the Danish Royal Family. 
 
 SOROB, in the middle of Zealand, has a celebrated and eminently rich 
 academy, formerly exclusively for the sons of the nobility. In the Middle 
 Ages, even foreign princes resorted to this place for completing their studies 
 in the classics. 
 
 ODENSEE, the capital of the island of Funen, has a latin (college) school, 
 a royal palace, and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 NAKSKOP, on the island of Laaland, is remarkable for the bravery of its 
 citizens in 1658, when the town watf for thirteen weeks besieged by Carl 
 Gustayus the 10th, of Sweden. 
 
 The peninsula of Jutland is divided into four dioceses-, 
 each having its bishop, governor and latin school. Here 
 must be remarked the fortified town of Fredericia, where the 
 Danes won the brilliant victory, 6th ; July, 1849, oyer tha 
 rebellious Sleswick Holsteiners. 
 
EUROPE. i-81 
 
 THE DUCHY OF SLESWICK, 
 
 Is an inseparable part of the Danish body, although the 
 German Confederacy disputes the king of Denmark's right 
 to it, which dispute occasioned the late rebellion in the 
 Duchies. 
 
 SLESWICK, the capital of the Duchy, is a large and handsome city, with 
 manufactures of woolen stuffs, earthenware, lace, etc. Population 14, Out). 
 
 FLENSBURG, a large seaport and mercantile town, with 20,- 
 000 inhabitants, located on an inlet of the Baltic. It contains 
 a mercantile academy. 
 
 THE DUCHY OF HOLSTEIN, 
 
 Of which the King of Denmark is Duke, is since 1815 incor- 
 porated into the German Confederacy. 
 
 KIEL, a beautiful city and seaport, built on the banks of a 
 large bay of the Baltic. It has a university and a rapidly 
 increasing commerce. Population 10,000. Treaty of Kiel, 
 1814, by which Denmark lost Norway. 
 
 KEXDSBURG is a strongly fortified city on the river Eider, with extensive 
 manufactures and 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ALTONA, next to Copenhagen the largest city which be- 
 longs to Denmark, is located on the banks of the Elbe, two 
 miles below the free city of Hamburg. It has a large col- 
 lege, seven churches, is the principal residence for the 
 merchant-princes of the wealthy Hamburg, and manufactures 
 tobacco. 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 OTTENSEN, a small village in the vicinity of Altona, is celebrated as the 
 burial plage of the German poet Klopstock, 
 
 THE DUCHY OF LAUENBERG. 
 
 This small district comprises the most southern part of Denmark, and lies 
 upon the right bank of the Elbe, between Hamburg and Lubec. When 
 the kingdom of Norway, which for over four centuries had belonged to 
 Denmark, was by the treaty of Kiel in 181 i, taken from Denmark and an- 
 nexed to Sweden, this Duchy was given to Denmark as a compensation. It 
 is a barren tract of land, with the city of Laueribcrg as the capital. 
 
 ICELAND. 
 
 This is a notable island in the Atlantic, with 30,000 
 square miles arid about 60,000 inhabitants. Great his- 
 torical researches have originated from here, and in this island 
 the old Scandinavian language was preserved in its purity. 
 The island is a Diocese with its own Bishop and Governor. 
 Columbus, the great discoverer of America, visited Iceland in 
 
282 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 1477, and had access to the valuable archives of the island. 
 Iceland is a volcanic island, and Mount Hecla has numer- 
 ous craters; and in the year 1766 emitted flames accompa- 
 nied by a torrent of lava : 240 persons lost their lives. Here 
 are also many boiling springs ; one of these, called the great 
 Geyser, makes a noise like the roaring of a waterfall; and the 
 aperture from which the water issues is 19 feet in diameter. 
 Through this aperture the water spouts up to the height of 90 
 feet. The climate of Iceland is stormy, but the cold being 
 mitigated by the vapors from the sea, is less intense than 
 might be expected from its situation. Grain cannot be much 
 cultivated, but there are some good pastures fo-r sheep, which 
 are numerous. Wood does not thrive, and very few trees of 
 any kind are to be seen on the island, the common fuel be- 
 ing turf. 
 
 REIKIAVIK is the capital, the residence of the Governor 
 and Bishop, and has a celebrated college, with which is con- 
 nected an extensive library of great value for researches into 
 the Northern antiquities. 
 
 THE FAROE ISLANDS, located in the Atlantic, southeast of 
 Iceland, are a group of small islands all belonging to the di- 
 ocese of Zealand. They have the appearance of mountains 
 or hills boldly emerging from the se'a. About 17 are habita- 
 ble. The rocky cliffs are the resort of great flocks of sea 
 fowls, which tempt the inhabitants to extraordinary exertions 
 for the sake of their eggs and feathers. The delicate Eider- 
 down, produced from what is called the Eider-duck, is one of 
 the most valuable articles of these islands, and now largely 
 exported to New York. 
 
 The foreign possessions of Denmark 'are : 
 
 1. In America Greenland, and the West India Islands of St. Thomas, 
 Santa Cruz, and St. Johns. 
 
 2. In Asia the Nicobar Islands, in the bay of Bengal, but which have 
 been'abandoned by the Danes on account of their sterility. 
 
 The possessions which the Danes had in Africa, on the coast of Guinea, 
 have recently been sold to England. 
 
 NORWAY. 
 
 Area 123,000 square miles. Population 1,350,000. 
 Norway was for several centuries united to the Kingdom 
 
EUROPE. 283 
 
 of Denmark, but by the treaty of Kiel in 1814, was annexed 
 to Sweden. She was the booty offered by the allies, which 
 induced Sweden to participate in the war against Napoleon, 
 and upon his downfall, much to the regret of the inhabitants, 
 Norway passed under the power of Sweden and a 
 foreign potentate, and has so remained. Each of the King- 
 doms of Sweden and Norway, however, has its own separate 
 constitution. 
 
 Norway is one of the most northern countries of Europe, 
 comprising the western half of the Scandinavian peninsula, 
 and is bounded north by the Arctic ocean, east by Russia 
 and Sweden, south by the North Sea, and west by the Atlantic, 
 
 Surface, $c. Norway has many mountains running 
 through it, covered with eternal snows; and these mountains 
 contain beautiful and fantastic glaciers; also many rivers run 
 down from the sides of these mountains, and form grand 
 and awful cataracts. No country has more magnificent cat- 
 aracts than Norway. The Kiolen, is the principal chain of 
 mountains between Norway and Sweden, and this chain 
 divides near the village of Roeraas, into two branches, name- 
 ly: the Seveberget, which continues the boundary, and into 
 the Doverfjeld, Langefjeld, and Fillefjeld, which first bend 
 to the west, and afterwards turn in a northern course into 
 Cape Naze. The Langefjeld contains Goldohppigen, the 
 highest peak of the Scandinavian peninsula. 
 
 Rivers. There are numerous rivers in Norway, but none 
 of them are navigable except the Glommen. It is the largest, 
 and is remarkable for its picturesque scenery and numerous cas- 
 cades, the grandest of which is the famous cataract of Sarpfoss. 
 
 Lakes. Lakes are numerous, particularly in the southern 
 part ; the largest and most remarkable ot which is Miosen, 
 30 miles long, and surrounded by a brilliancy of scenery se- 
 cond to none. During the vernal summer and autumnal 
 season steamers fly up and down this magnificent lake. 
 
 Climate. The air is pure and salubrious, the winters long 
 and severe, with much snow ; the summers are short, but 
 very hot ; only along the coast the extremities of heat and 
 cold ate moderated by the sea vapors. 
 
 Products. Norway yields iron, copper, marble, mast timber, 
 boards, tar, train-oil, furs, eider-down, dried and salted fish, 
 codfish, herring and salmon ; but little grain is grown. The 
 bear, wolf, lynx and marmot are found here 
 
284 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of Norway are of little 
 importance, embracing principally the distillation of brandy 
 and the sawing of timber; also some forges and founderies are 
 established. Cotton, woolen and silk goods are made to a 
 small extent, but only for home consumption. Ship building 
 is activety carried on in the ports. 
 
 Education.- A system of education is established in Nor- 
 way which makes it imperative upon all to be educated. All 
 children are obliged to attend school for a certain number of 
 years, and those destitute of an education are placed under 
 peculiar disabilities. The law forbids the marriage of those 
 unable to read, and so general is education diffused through- 
 out Norway that but few are to be found who are ignorant 
 of the elementary branches of an education. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Norwegians are generally Lutherans ; 
 all creeds, however, are tolerated, except Jews, who are neither 
 permitted to dwell in Norway nor to pass through the coun- 
 try. The written language of Norway is entirely the same 
 as in Denmark, the only difference being in the intonation of 
 the syllables. The Norwegians are known as excellent mari- 
 ners, and are active and brave, and zealously patriotic. The 
 government is a limited hereditary monarchy, the Storthings 
 having the legislative authority, subject only to a qualified 
 veto of the king of Sweden. Norway and Sweden form a 
 united kingdom. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 Norway is divided into five Dioceses : 
 
 I. CHRISTIANIA OR AQGERHUUS. 
 
 CHRISTIANIA, situated on Christiania Fiord, is the capital 
 of Norway, built by Christian IV. of Denmark ; the place of 
 meeting of the Storthings and the residence of the Viceroy. 
 It occupies a beautiful and picturesque location, and has a 
 university, the only one in Norway, founded in 1811 by the 
 king of Denmark, Frederick the VI., and therefore in Norway 
 still called Frederick's university. It has a considerable trade 
 in iron, glass, and timber, and contains 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 FREDERICKHALD, has a considerable trade in wood. Near 
 the town lies the fortress of Frederickstein, where Charles 
 the XII. of Sweden was killed, in 1718. A large stone cross 
 marks the spot. 
 FREDERICKSTAD, a fortified town at the mouth of the Storelv, 
 
EUROPE. 285 
 
 KONGSBER&, situated in a vallay between high rocks, has 
 the most important silver mines in the kingdom, a mint and 
 a royal manufactory of arms. 
 
 TONSBURO is esteemed the oldest town in Norway. The neighboring 
 ancient castle of Jarlsberg is noted in history. 
 
 LAUKVIG, noted for its large iron works and cannon foundery. 
 FREDERICKSVARN, where the Norwegian flotilla lies. 
 
 II. CHRISTIANSAND. 
 
 CHRISTIANSAND, on the Skager Rack, defended by the for- 
 tress of Christiansholm, has considerable trade and ship 
 building. 
 
 STAVENGER, an old town With a beautiful cathedral, and an important 
 herring fishery; 
 
 III. BERGEN. 
 
 BERGEN, is the only city in this diocese, with a large trade, 
 especially in fish. It has a celebrated latin school and was 
 for a long time a leading member of the Hanseatic league* 
 Population 30,000, 
 
 IV. DRONTHElM. 
 
 DRONTHEIM, an old city founded in 997, by 01 uf Trygvesen, 
 the apostle of Norway. It is situated on a bay of the At- 
 lantic, 250 miles distant from the capital, and has a brisk 
 commerce in copper, lumber and fish. This city was the 
 residence of the most ancient kings of Norway, and has a 
 remarkable cathedral of white marble and a latin school. 
 In the month of August, 1685, the king of Denmark, Chris- 
 tian the V., passed a few days in this city and supped at 
 midnight without candle light, the twilight being sufficiently 
 luminous. Population 15,000. 
 
 ROERAAS, on the Swedish border, has the largest copper mines in the 
 kingdom. 
 
 V. NORLAND OR FINMARK. 
 
 In this diocese, which comprises the northern part of Nor- 
 way, there are no ( large towns, but only trading stations, hav- 
 ing civil regulations. The inhabitants are occupied in the 
 raising of reindeer and in hunting and fishing. On the 
 northwest coast of Norway lie the Loffoden isles, near which 
 is the famous vortex of the sea called the Maelstrom, forming 
 a whirlpool of vast depth and extent ; but the narratives of 
 its drawing ships in and shattering them to pieces are exagger- 
 ated. At all events it is a natural curiosity worth noticing 
 and worth seeing. 
 
286 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 SWEDEN. 
 
 Area 170,000 square miles. Population 3,330,000. 
 
 Sweden was united with Denmark in 1397, by the well 
 known union of Calmar, which was broken, 1523, after the 
 cruel king of Denmark, Christian II. (in Sweden still called 
 the tyrant,) had perpetrated the slaughter of Stockholm. From 
 1523 until 1810, Sweden was ruled by the celebrated house of 
 Vasa^ which has given her a series of warlike kings and great 
 generals, amongst whom the immortal Gustavus Adolphus, 
 called the Lion of the North, and the bulwark of Protestant- 
 ism, and Charles XII.,the Alexander of the North. In 1810, 
 the house of Vasa died out, and one of Napoleon's celebrat- 
 ed marshals, Jaen Julius Baptista Bernadotte, Prince of 
 Pontecorvo, was elected king of Sweden, assuming the name 
 of Charles John XIV. His grandson, Charles Eugene XV., 
 is now king of Sweden. 
 
 Sweden comprises the eastern part of the Scandinavian 
 peninsula, and is bounded north and west by Norway, east 
 by Russia, the Bothnia bay and the Baltic, south by the Bal- 
 tic and the Cattegat. 
 
 Surface and Soil. The Kiolen is the principal range of 
 mountains separating Sweden from Norway, and many lateral 
 branches of this chain stretch through the whole country. In 
 the south, in the province of Skane, is the promontory of 
 Kullen, at the Cattegat, with rich coal mines. Here a light 
 tower is erected for the protection of vessels. The soil is 
 not very rich, with the exception of the three southern 
 provinces, Skane, Halland, and Bleking, which have a fertile 
 soil. 
 
 Rivers. The Dol Elf rises in the Kiolen and empties into 
 the Bothnia bay. The Tornea Elf rises in Norland and like- 
 wise empties into the Bothnia bay. The Gotha Elf, a beau- 
 tiful stream, empties close by the city of Gottenberg into the 
 Cattegat, and is an outlet of the large lake Wenner. This 
 Elf (river) forms the Trolhatta cataract, and a canal called 
 the Trolhatta has been dug around this cataract and has 
 made navigation possible from lake Wenner to Gottenberg. 
 
 Lakes. Sweden is noted for its large and beautiful lakes, 
 next to the American lakes, and Ladoga and Onega in Rus- 
 
EUROPE* 287 
 
 sia, the largest in the world, namely: Wenndr and Wetter in 
 Gothland, and Malar in Sweden proper. 
 
 Climate. About the same as in Norway, the climate is 
 very cold, the winters are long and severe and the summers 
 short and hot ; spring is considered unhealthy, autumn is the 
 most pleasant season of the year. However cold Swe- 
 den is, it enjoys a much milder temperature than those coun- 
 tries of Asia and America which have the same latitude. 
 
 Products. The produce of grain is not sufficient for the 
 supply of the inhabitants. In the north, principally reindeer, 
 but also wolves, bears, etc., are found. Many fish are caught, 
 especially herring and salmon, in the Cattegat ; codfish and 
 seal in the Bothnia bay. Sweden abounds in forests, prin- 
 cipally of pine and fir. 
 
 Minerals. The principal sources of wealth in Sweden are 
 her mines of copper and iron. Only one gold mine has been 
 discovered, and its yield is inconsiderable. Of more conse- 
 quence is the silver mine of Sala, in Sweden proper. The 
 copper mine near the town of Falun is very large, and sup- 
 posed to have been worked nearly a thousand years. The 
 Swedish iron is considered in some respects the best in the 
 world. The whole number of mines is computed at 25,000. 
 Sweden has also much marble, porphyry, and sand and mill 
 stories. 
 
 Manufactures : Those of iron and steel are the most 
 numerous. The manulactures of brass and copper, and the 
 building of ships, likewise employ a great number of opera- 
 tives. 
 
 Commerce. The commerce of Sweden consists chiefly in 
 the exports of her native productions: iron, copper, timber, 
 pitch, tar and hemp. The herring fisheries, particulary in 
 the Gattegat, have always formed a considerable article of ex- 
 port. The principal imports are grain of various kinds, 
 especially rye, tobacco, sugar, coffee, drugs, silk and wine. 
 
 Education. Literature is not advanced to so high a pitch 
 in Sweden as in Denmark, but is fairly progressing every 
 year. Sweden has two universities, that of Upsala in Swe- 
 den proper, founded in 1528, by Gustavus Vasa, the founder 
 of the celebrated house of Vasa; and that of Lund, right 
 opposite to Copenhagen, in the province of Skane, in Goth- 
 land. Besides these two universities, there are many latin 
 schools round about in the country, and public schools are 
 provided in almost every parish. 
 
288 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND-BOOK. 
 
 Religion. The Lutheran Reformation was introduced 
 into Sweden, in 1527^nine years before in Denmark and Nor- 
 way, and the Lutheran religion is the established religion of 
 the kingdom, and there is not yet freedom of religion in Swe- 
 den, but is expected soon to follow. In Norland and Lap- 
 land are still some heathen and gross superstition. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Swedes in general are well formed and 
 of a graceful appearance, hospitable and kind to strangers. 
 The only vice which in some degree may be called national, 
 is an intemperate use of strong drinks, which is common to 
 most northern nations. Fondness for convivial pleasures, 
 music and dancing is a leading feature of the Swedish char- 
 acter. They display in their deportment a civility and refin- 
 ed politeness similar to the French, whom they have always 
 striven to imitate. The peasantry are frugal and industrious, 
 and live in the plainest manner. The nobility and gentry 
 are mostly well educated and highly accomplished, many 01 
 them speaking French, English and German, both fluently 
 and grammatically. 
 
 Government. The government is a constitutional mon- 
 archy, the king being limited by the Diet, consisting of the 
 representatives of the nobility, the clergy, the burgher class 
 and the peasantry, or the four Swedish classes. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 Sweden contains: 
 
 1. Sweden Proper. 3. Norland. 
 
 2. Gothland. 4. Lapland. 
 
 1. SWEDEN PROPER, 
 
 Comprises the middle part of the kingdom. 
 
 STOCKHOLM, the capital, is located at the junction of lake 
 Malar with the Baltic, on seven small islands, united by 
 bridges. The city has two suburbs, Normalm, where the 
 Brunkeberg, rioted in history, is, and Sodermalm, at the ex- 
 tremity of the harbor ; the streets rise one above another, 
 in the form of an amphitheatre, and the royal palace, a mag- 
 nificent building, crowns the summit. There are two costly 
 statues, one of uustavus Adolphus, and one of Gustavus the 
 III., who was assassinated by Major Ankerstrom. The 
 arsenal is famous, containing a long line of the effigies of the 
 kings of the house of Vasa in the armor which they actu ally 
 wore ; here also is to be seen the very clothes which the 
 
EUROPE. 89 
 
 famous Charles XII. had on when killed, in 1718, at 
 Frederickstad, in Norway. Stockholm is the most conv 
 mercial city of the kingdom, and she has many institutions 
 for science and the arts. Next to that of Constantinople, 
 Naples and Lisbon, the scenery around Stockholm is con- 
 considered the most picturesque in the world. 1520, No- 
 vember 8th, slaughter of Stockholm. Population 100,000. 
 
 UPSALA, one of the oldest cities, is famous for its univer- 
 sity, founded 1528, and the celebrated gothic cathedral where 
 many kings and famous persons are buried, located at the 
 Tyris-Elf, where small steamers ply up and down from 
 Stockholm. 
 
 FALUN, remarkable for its copper mines and copper works, amongst the 
 most important in Europe. The town is, as it were, enveloped in a cloud of 
 copper smoke, so that the houses assume a brownish red hue, and vegeta- 
 tion suffers so much, that not a single plant can grow within a circuit of 2 
 miles, not even moss on the stones. Falun lies in the province of Dalecar- 
 lia, from olden times famous for the bravery of its inhabitants, whom Gus- 
 tavus Vasa, in 1523, principally used for liberating Sweden from Danish 
 tyranny. 
 
 SALA, west of Stockholm, is famous for its silver mines. 
 
 2. GOTHLAND, 
 
 Comprises the Southern and most fertile part of Sweden, and 
 is divided into East, West and South Gothland. 
 
 EAST GOTHLAND. 
 
 NORRKOPING, on a bay of the Baltic, is a place of considerable commerce. 
 JONKOPING, in a marshy locality on lake Wetter. Here, in 1809, peace 
 was concluded between Denmark and Sweden. 
 
 CALMAR or KALMAR, a fortified city at Kalmar Sound. 
 Close by the city stands an old castle in which the great hall 
 is shown where the union of Kalmar, in 1397, during the 
 reign of Queen Margaret, called the Semiramis of the 
 North, was concluded, which had in view a perpetual union 
 of the three Scandinavian kingdoms, but did not last more 
 than 126 years, 
 
 WEST GOTHLAND. 
 
 GOTTENBERG is the second city for commerce, and next to 
 Stockholm, the largest in Sweden. She is fortified and lies 
 at the Cattegat, on the banks of the Gotha Elf. She has a 
 fine harbor and extensive docks. A water communication 
 between Gottenberg and Stockholm, through the great lakes 
 Wener and Wetter, has been opened. Population 30,000. 
 
 N 
 
 
290 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 CARLSTAD, at the mouth of the Clara Elf. A large fair is held here yearly, 
 ealled Peersmess* 
 
 SOUTH GOTHLAND. 
 
 CARLSCRONA, a beautiful and strongly fortified city on the 
 banks of the Baltic, built on 5 small islands, united by bridges, 
 has a large and secure harbor where the Swedish navy is 
 stationed. Population 10,000. 
 
 MALMO, a fortified commercial town at the Earsound, opposite Copen- 
 hagen. 
 
 LUND, famous for her university and cathedral, to which 
 is united an artificially constructed Krypt-church, viz i a 
 church below the ground. Lund was in ancient times the 
 archi-episcopal see for the Archbishops of the North. 
 
 LANDSKRONA, at the Earsound, with an excellent and safe 
 harbor. Here is the State prison of Sweden. This town 
 lies over against the small island of Huen, where the famous 
 astronomer Tycho Brahe lived in his castle called Uranian- 
 burg, of which ruins are still to be seen. 
 
 HELSINBORO, at the Earsound, opposite Elsinore. Here landed the Prince 
 of Pontecorvo, when he arrived to assume the throne of Sweden. 
 
 3. NORLAND, 
 
 Lies north of Sweden proper, and is a rough, mountainous 
 region, containing only a few inhabitants. 
 
 GEFLE, is the most important town here, carrying on a 
 brisk trade in lumber, iron and sail cloth. 
 
 4. LAPLAND. 
 
 This, the most northern and most barren part of Sweden, 
 is full of lakes and mountainous forests. Winter endures 
 about 9 months ; the summers are short and excessively hot. 
 In winter, during a space of from thirty to forty days, the 
 sun is invisible, and during the same length of time in sum- 
 mer, it does not set. 
 
 The Laplanders have neither cities nor towns, but only 
 small huts and tents, with an opening for a door, through 
 which they creep. 
 
 The Grand Dukedom of Finland, belonged through many 
 generations to Sweden, but was annexed to Russia at the 
 peace of 1809, the severest loss which Sweden has ever sus- 
 tained. 
 
 In other quarters of the globe, the Swedes only possess the small island 
 of St. Bartholomew, in the West Indies. 
 
EUROPE. 291 
 
 THE RUSSIAN EMPIRE (in Europe.) 
 
 Area 2,100,000 square miles. Population 62,000,000. 
 
 The ancient inhabitants of European Russia were called 
 Scythians or Sarmatians, and belonged to the Salvonic tribe. 
 These early inhabitants first founded the two states of Nov- 
 gorod and Kiev, which called in Rurick the Scandinavian to 
 be their king, and he founded the Duchy of Great Russia, 
 with Kiev as the capital. After the conquest of the country 
 by the Mongolians, and their subsequent expulsion, we find 
 the great founder of Russian greatness, Peter I., ascending 
 the throne in 1689. He by his conquests wrests the provin- 
 ces of Ingria, Esthnia and Livonia from Sweden, and by his 
 wars with the Turks, extends his boundaries to the shores of* 
 the Azoff. Subsequently the great part of Poland became 
 incorporated with the Russian empire, and to-day, embracing 
 its vast dominions in Asia and America, it is regarded as the 
 most extensive empire that the world has yet seen. 
 
 European Russia is bounded north by the Arctic Ocean, 
 east by Asiatic Russia and the Caspian, south by the Caspian, 
 the Caucasian mountains, the Black Sea, Turkey and Aus- 
 tria ; and west by Austria, Prussia, the Baltic, Sweden and 
 Norway. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The surface of Russia is in general level. 
 In the southern portion the large dry steppes are well adapt- 
 ed for the raising of cattle ; the interior is a fertile agricultu- 
 ral ^soil ; and further north, immense forests extend to 
 67 of north latitude, and thence the soil is wild and marshy 
 and covered with snow the greater part of the year. The 
 Ural is the principal chain of mountains on the Asiatic border, 
 which are called the Werchoturian mountains in the north, 
 and have an elevation of 6400 feet. In the interior are the 
 Valdan-hills,called also the Wolchonsky-forest, with but small 
 elevations, in which the principal Russian rivers have their 
 sources ; and upon the Crimean peninsula are the Tauric 
 mountains. 
 
 Rivers. The Ural, the Asiatic boundary river, the Volga, 
 and the Terek empty into the Caspian sea ; the Kouban into 
 the Black sea; the Don into the sea of Azoff; the Dnieper and 
 the Dniester, which rise in the Carpathian mountains, into 
 the Black Sea; the Danube' g and its tributary, the Pruth, form- 
 ing the boundary with Turkey, into the Black sea ; the Duna 
 
292 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 into the Gulf of Riga, and the Dwina into the White sea. 
 The Volga, the Don, the Dnieper, the Dana, and the Dwina, 
 all rise in the interior of Russia. By means of numerous 
 canals in the interior of Russia, uninterrupted water commu- 
 nication exists between Astrachan, St. Petersburg and Arch- 
 angel. 
 
 Lakes. The principal lakes of Russia are Ladoga, with an 
 area of 6,220 square miles, and Onega, 4;260 square miles. 
 Lakes Ilman and Saima are also considerable bodies of 
 water. 
 
 Climate. As a consequence of the great extent of country, 
 the climate of Russia varies greatly. In the south the air is 
 delightful and Warm, and here the vine grows ; in the north 
 it is so cold that neither trees nor shrubbery are visible ; in the 
 interior the air is moderate and in general it is rather cold 
 than warm. 
 
 Products. The central regions of Russia are the most 
 fertile and best cultivated ; they produce wheat and corn in 
 abundance, flax and hemp of an excellent quality, and also 
 tobacco, especially in the Ukraine. The large forests yield 
 wood, tar and potash ; and much game and fish are caught, 
 particularly sturgeon. Many horned cattle, sheep and horses 
 are raised, the latter being generally distinguished for their 
 swiftness and endurance. In the southern part the camel 
 is found, but in the northern, the reindeer and fur ani- 
 mals are alone met with. 
 
 Minerals. Russia is noted for its precious metals. Gold 
 and platinum are found in the Ural mountains, and silver, 
 copper, iron and lead are met with in various parts. Diamonds, 
 emeralds and other precious stones are obtained in some 
 places, and salt is extensively made, especially in the Southern 
 provinces. 
 
 Manufactures. With the exception of the noted Russia 
 leather, the manufactures of the empire have, up to a late 
 period, been restricted within a narrow compass. During the 
 reign of two or three of the last sovereigns, manufactures have 
 made great advancements. The great manufacturing district 
 is in and around Moscow. The manufacture of cotton and 
 silk, also cloth, canvass, cuttleries, hardware and glassware, 
 are the principal. 
 
 Commerce. The Russian commerce is very extensive, and 
 increasing every year. The exports are chiefly confined to tal- 
 low, corn, hemp, flax, linseed, hemp seed, timber, wool, can- 
 
EUROPE. 293 
 
 vass, iron, coffee, leather and furs. The internal trade is 
 carried on principally with China, Independent Tartary, Persia 
 and Germany. Fairs are held in different places which 
 attract great numbers of merchants and traders. 
 
 Education. Russia is greatly behind the other nations of 
 Europe, in the advancement she has made in the cause of gen- 
 eral education, but she is now making respectable progress in 
 this direction. As regards the higher branches of knowledge, 
 she rivals the rest of Europe. Russia contains seven univer- 
 sities, and each governmental or provincial capital has a gym- 
 nasium. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants of this vast empire are com- 
 posed of different races, some of which have made but little 
 or no advance in European civilization. The Russians pro- 
 per, Cossacks, Finns and Tartars compose the principal races. 
 Besides these are the Samoieds who inhabit the cold, dreary 
 regions of the North. The Russian is in general, the spoken 
 language throughout the Empire, but German supplies its 
 place in most of the Baltic provinces. The great mass of 
 the Russians belong to the Greek church, and are by nature 
 grave and good natured, yet artful, religious, but quite super- 
 stitious and very lively. 
 
 Government. The government is an absolute monarchy. 
 All power is vested in the Emperor, who is head of the church 
 and state, and he is styled the Autocrat of all the Kussias. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 European Russia is properly divided into Russia proper, 
 and the newly acquired provinces. 
 
 1. RUSSIA PROPER 
 
 Is subdivided into great and small Russia. 
 1. GREAT RUSSIA. 
 
 KOLA is the most northern town of Russia, located on the banks of the 
 Arctic ocean, Extensive whale fisheries are carried on here. 
 
 ARCHANGEL, on the Dwina,40 miles from its mouth, is the 
 oldest commercial city in Russia. It has large docks in which 
 men-of-war are built, also sail cloth and rope manufactures. 
 The houses are principally built of wood, and the streets are 
 paved with thick boards and trunks of trees. During winter 
 an innumerable quantity of sleds arrive here loaded with rye, 
 flax, hemp, mats, eider-down and furs. Population 24,OOQ t 
 
294 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 From Archangel daring adventurers go out during summer, in small craft, 
 to the island of Nova-Zembla, located in the Arctic, in order to catch white 
 bears, foxes, walruses and seal. Some of these hunters have even wintered 
 in this arctic island* 
 
 NOVGOROD, on lake Ilmen, an ancient city which, during 
 the existence of the Hanseatic league, was an important city. 
 She was then so powerful that it became a proverb^ " Who 
 can stand against God and the Great Novgorod." This city 
 contained at that time 400,000 inhabitants, now only 15,000. 
 
 TWER, a fortified town on the Volga, with considerable manufactures, and 
 24,OCO inhabitants, 
 
 JAROSLAV, on the Volga, is noted for its academy and active 
 mannfactures. Population 34,000. 
 
 NuNii-NovGOROD, on the Volga, is noted for its annual 
 fair, the largest in Europe. Population 28,000. 
 
 Moscow, the ancient capital of the Empire, and the resi- 
 dence of the czars, with the extensive castle called the 
 Kremlin, in which the Russian emperors are crowned, is the 
 centre of the inland Russian trade, and has a university, 
 many manufactures and 400,000 inhabitants. The Russians 
 burned this city in 1812, rather than permit it to fall into the 
 hands of Napoleon. 
 
 A few miles southwest of Moscow lies Mojaisk, where the great battle 
 was fought between the Russians and French, prior to the advance of the 
 latter into Moscow. 
 
 SMOLENSK, on the Dnieper, carries on a considerable trade. Here a severe 
 battle was fought with the French in 1812. 
 
 KALUGA, on the Oka, with large manufactures and trade. 
 Population 40,000. 
 
 TULA, noted as the great manufactory of weapons in Rus- 
 sia. It is the Russian Sheffield and Birmingham. Popula- 
 tion 54,000. 
 
 OREL, with 33,000 inhabitants, who carry on a great grain 
 trade, Sandstone quarries in the vicinity. 
 
 2. SMALL RUSSIA. 
 
 A part of this division, called the Ukraine, noted for its 
 fertility, is chiefly inhabited by the Cossacks. 
 
 KIEV, on the Dnieper, is an ancient city with 50,000 in- 
 habitants. She has a university and a celebrated monastery 
 with subterranean passages, vaults and catacombs, in which 
 more than 100 saints are preserved, to which pilgrimages are 
 
 made. 
 
 POLTAVA, where Charles the XII. of Sweden was defeated in 1709 by 
 Peter the Great. Here a monument is erected in honor of the latter, 
 
EUROPE. 295 
 
 II. THE NEW PROVINCES, 
 
 Which have been wrested by conquest from Sweden, Poland, 
 Turkey and Tartary. 
 
 1. SWEDISH RUSSIA, 
 
 Comprises Finland, Ingria, Esthnia and Livonia, all lying 
 upon the Baltic. 
 
 a. FINLAND. 
 
 There is a vast number of lakes in Finland, united to- 
 gether by channels, and the shores of these lakes are gener- 
 ally covered with forests. Saima is the largest of these. 
 
 NYSTAD, on the Gulf of Bothnia, has a considerable trade in wooden wares. 
 Peace was concluded here, 1721, between Sweden and Russia. 
 
 ABO, the ancient capital of Finland. Here Queen Christi- 
 ana, the daughter of Gustavus Adolphus, established in 1640 
 the university of Finland. 
 
 HELSINGFORS, on the gulf of Finland, has a university, re- 
 moved hither from Abo. It has an excellently fortified har- 
 bor, protected by the fortress of Sweaborg, called on account 
 of its strength, the " Northern Gibraltar." Population 18,000. 
 
 WIBORG, a fortified town at the Gulf of Finland, with considerable trade. 
 
 A group of islands lies in the Gulf of Bothnia, opposite Abo, named from 
 
 the most important and largest one, noted for its fertility, the Aland Islands. 
 
 Finland, which for four centuries had belonged to Sweden, 
 came in 1809, by the peace of Frederickshamn, into the pos- 
 session of Russia. 
 
 b. INGRIA. 
 
 - ST. PETERSBURG, the capital of Russia and residence of 
 the emperor, is situated upon 14 islands, at the mouth of the 
 river Neva. It is one of the most regularly built and splendid 
 cities in the world, founded by Peter the Great, in 1705, and it 
 contains a university, with a vast library, and a population of 
 500,000. This city has a splendid harbor, and its commerce 
 is very extensive. Many magnificent and interesting edifices 
 adorn St. Petersburg, and the colossal statues of Peter the 
 Great and Alexander I., are objects displaying a high 
 degree of artistic perfection. In the vicinity, the Royal 
 Castles of Peterhof and Oranienbaum are situated. 
 
 CRONSTADT, the most important naval harbor in the Em- 
 pire,and the principal station of the Russian navy, is situated 
 on an island in the Gulf of Finland, 20 miles from St. Pe- 
 tersburg. It is strongly fortified, has 3 harbors, 2 for men-of- 
 
296 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 war and one for merchantmen, and it has also excellent docks 
 and great naval stores. Large vessels cannot proceed to the 
 capital, but stop here. Population 55,000. 
 
 NARVA, upon the gulf of Finland, where Charles XII. defeated Peter 
 the Great, in 1700. 
 
 c. ESTHNIA. 
 
 REVAL, a fortified town on the gulf of Finland, where a 
 part of the imperial navy lies. It was founded by the Dan- 
 ish king, Waldemar the second. Population 30,000. 
 
 The island of Dago, in the Baltic, belongs to Esthnia, and is noted for its 
 sheep and cloth manufactures. 
 
 d. LIVONIA. 
 
 DORP AT, near Lake Peipus, with a celebrated university, considered the 
 best in Russia. 
 
 RIGA, a fortified city, and next to St. Petersburg, the most 
 important commercial place and seaport, is situated on the 
 Duna, 7 miles from the sea. Much rye, flax and hemp are 
 exported from this city. Population 75,000. 
 The fertile island of Oesel belongs to Livonia. 
 
 2. POLISH RUSSIA, 
 
 Consists of the kingdom of Poland, Curland and Lithuania. 
 a. THE KINGDOM OF POLAND. 
 
 Area 50,000 square miles. Population 5,000,000. 
 
 The kingdom of Poland lies between Prussia, Russia, Gali- 
 cia and Germany. It is generally level and fertile, and abounds 
 in forests, but in the northeast is marshy and boggy. In the 
 southeast are some mountains, but none of them have great 
 elevations. The Vistula is the principal river, and it receives 
 the Bug on the right as a tributary; the Wartha rises in Po- 
 land. The air is pure and healthy, and the winters tolerably 
 long and cold, but not severe. Much grain, hemp and flax 
 are raised here, and wood is very plenty ; the raising of cat- 
 tle and the cultivation of the bee are also important branches 
 of industry. Wolves, bears and elk are found in this coun- 
 try. Over half a million of Jews reside in Poland, but the 
 Roman Catholic is the prevalent religion. The lower 
 classes live in the deepest degradation and ignorance, in mis- 
 erable huts ; whilst the nobility, on the contrary, revel in 
 luxury and splendor ; yet even amongst these, much misery, 
 disorder and filth are discernible. The kingdom of Poland 
 now forms a constituent part of the Great Russian Empire, 
 
EUROPE. 29t 
 
 other parts of ancient Poland having been appropriated by 
 Prussia and Austria. 
 
 WARSAW, situated on the right bank of the Vistula, is the 
 ancient capital of Poland, and one of the finest cities of Eu- 
 rope. It contains numerous palaces and other magnificent 
 public arid private buildings, and is the centre of Polish 
 commerce. Population 160,000. 
 
 PRAGA, situated on the opposite bank of the Vistula, is united to Warsaw 
 by a bridge, and regarded as a suburb of the latter. 
 
 LUBLIN is a fortified city, holding three annual fairs, which 
 are attended by Turks, Russians and Germans. Population 
 15,000. 
 
 KALISH, a handsome city near the frontier of Posen, with 
 important linen and cloth manufactures and 12,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 PLOCK, has a remarkable cathedral, various manufactures, 
 much trade and 10,000 inhbitants. 
 
 PULTUSK, 32 miles from Warsaw, is noted for the battles of 1703 and 1806. 
 
 ZAMOSK is famed for its strong fortress. 
 
 b. CURLAND, 
 
 Is separated from Livonia, by the river Duna, and its coast 
 abounds in amber. 
 
 MIETAU, 28 miles southwest of Riga, lies on the great 
 highway to the capital, and is a great stopping place of the 
 travel thither. Population 30,000. 
 
 LIBAU, a commercial city on the Baltic. 
 
 c. LITHUANIA. 
 
 WITEBSK, his a considerable trade, and is noted for its 
 mead. Population 18,000. 
 
 MOIIILEV, on the Dneiper, with noted leather manufactures, 
 and 24,000 inhabitants. 
 
 WiLNA,the capital of Lithuania, with 54,000 inhabitants, 
 many of whom are Jews. 
 
 Between Mohilev and Wilna, lies the town of BORISOV, near which the 
 disastrous passage of the French army over the river Beresina took place, 
 on their retreat from Moscow, in which thousands perished. 
 
 GRODNO, on the Niemen, noted for its fairs. 
 
 BIALYSTOCK, a handsome city, called the " Podlachian Versailles." 
 
 3. TURKISH RUSSIA, 
 
 Lies south of Russia proper, and its inhabitants arc partly 
 
 i* 
 
298 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 BENDER, a fortified city on the Dniester, in Bessarabia. 
 
 Near this lies WARNITZA, noted for the four years residence of Charles the 
 XII. after his defeat at Poltava. 
 
 ISMAIL, a fortified city on the Danube, with 22,000 inhabitants. 
 
 AKJERMAN, a fortified city at the mouth of the Dniester, 
 with vine culture, considerable commerce, and 25,000 inhabi- 
 tan . 
 
 ODESSA, on the Black sea, is the emporium of Southern 
 Russia and one of the finest cities of the Empire, with 
 80,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CHERSON, on the Dnieper, near its mouth, is one of the sta- 
 tions of the Russian navy, with 35,000 inhabitants. John 
 Howard, the philanthropist, died here. 
 
 SEBASTOPOL, on the Crimean peninsulars the chief station 
 of the Russian fleets in the Black sea, with one of the best 
 harbors in Europe. It fell in the late Crimean war, in 1855, 
 into the hands of the allied French and English forces. 
 
 TAGANROG, the chief commercial city on the sea of Azoff. Here in the 
 year 1825, the emperor Alexander I. was poisoned. 
 
 TSCHERKASK, near the Don, is the capital of the Cossacks of the Don, and 
 the seat of their governor, called the Hetman. 
 
 4. TARTARIC RUSSIA, 
 
 Comprises the two old Tartar kingdoms of Kasan and As- 
 trachan,the former conquered by the Russians in 1552, and 
 the latter in 1554. The northern part is tolerably fertile and 
 has large forests ; the Southern is composed of vast unculti- 
 vated steppes used as pasture lands by the nomadic tribes. 
 These regions abound in salt lakes and morasses. 
 
 ASTRACHAN, a great commercial city on the Volga, 30 miles 
 from its mouth, has extensive morocco manufactures, and is 
 noted lor its sturgeon fisheries. Population 50,000. 
 
 SAREPTA, a small town and settlement of the Moravian brethren. 
 
 KASAN, near the Volga, with numerous and important 
 manufactures and 55,000 inhabitants. It is noted for its 
 university and its extensive trade. 
 
 URALSK, the capital of the Ural Cossacks. 
 
 ORENSBURG is a fortified city, 530 [miles distant from As- 
 trachan, and the emporium of the Russian trade with central 
 Asia. It is a place of banishment. 
 
 Besides the aforementioned divisions of the Russian Empire, the emperor 
 possesses in Asia, Siberia and Caucasian- Russia, and the vast country on the 
 northwestern part of America. 
 
EUROPE. 299 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF PRUSSIA, (including the German 
 
 provinces. ) 
 
 Area 109,000 square miles. Population 16,100,000. 
 
 The kingdom of Prussia consists of two distinct territories" 
 about 40 miles apart, separated by Hanover and Hesse 
 Cassel. The one of these is composed of East and West 
 Prussia, and Posen, and the other of the German provinces 
 of Brandenburg, Pomerania, Silesia, Saxony, Westphalia and! 
 the Rhenish province. The dominions of the king of Prussia,, 
 exclusive of the German provinces, include an area of 36,508 
 square miles, and a population of 3,863,000, and it is alone 
 this portion of the kingdom that is here described; the remain- 
 ing Prussian possessions, being a part of Germany, will be 
 treated under the head of Germany, where the king also has 
 his residence. 
 
 These possessions lie between Russia, Poland, Germarfy 
 and the Baltic. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The surface of the country is generally 
 level, with the exception of a lew ranges of hills. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Vistula, with its 
 tributary, the Nogat ; the Pregel and the Niemen. The 
 Wartha, a tributary of the Oder, flows through the province 
 of Posen. It receives the Netz, which is united by the 
 Bromberg canal to the Brahe, a tributary stream of the Vis- 
 tula, so that in this manner the latter is united to the Oder. 
 
 Bays. The Curisheand Frische HafF, as also thePutziger 
 Wiek, are bays ot the Baltic. The long narrow tongues of 
 land by the two former are called Nehrungs. 
 
 Climate. The climate is in general salubrious and mild, 
 but various in the several provinces. In the Baltic provin- 
 ces it is moist and changeable, especially along the coast. 
 
 Products. Much grain and flax are raised, and amber is 
 found in great quantities along the shores of the Baltic. 
 There are extensive forests, which yield wood in sufficient 
 quantities for exportation. The rearing of bees is an object 
 of considerable attention. 
 
 Manufactures. Manufactures are carried on with great 
 energy in all parts of Prussia. The chief manufactures of 
 Prussia proper are those of leather, morocco and cordovan, 
 and in Posen, that of woolen and linen goods. Many brew- 
 eries and distilleries are established in Posen. 
 
300 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Education. The Prussian system of education is consid- 
 ered superior to that of all other European countries, and is 
 equalled by none except by that of some of the States of our 
 Union. It is made obligatory upon all persons to send their 
 children to school or provide for their education in some 
 other manner. So general is intelligence diffused in Prussia, 
 that it is difficult to find a person who is unable to read or 
 write. A university is established at Konigsberg. 
 
 Inhabitants. East and West Prussia are generally inhab- 
 ited by Germans, but in the province of Posen many Poles 
 dwell, who speak their native language. The former belong 
 to the Lutheran, the latter to the Catholic church. The gov- 
 ernment is a constitutional monarchy. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 The divisions of this part of Prussia are East and West 
 Prussia and Posen. 
 
 1. EAST PRUSSIA. 
 
 MEMEL, a maritime town situated at the entrance to the 
 Curische Haff, has an active trade, especially in lumber. 
 Population 12,000. 
 
 TILSIT, on the Niemen, is historically remarkable for the peace concluded 
 here July 9th, 1807, between Alexander I., Frederick William III., and 
 Napoleon. 
 
 KONIGSBERG, on the Pregel, five miles from its mouth, is 
 one of the most important commercial cities on the Baltic, 
 with a university, a large amber magazine, and 80,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 PILLAU, a fortified town at the entrance into the Frische Haff, where large 
 vessels carrying goods for Konigsberg must be lightened of part of their 
 c irgoes. The peninsula upon which Pillau is built, is called the Prussian 
 Paradise. 
 
 FRIEDLAND and EYLAU, are known in history for two 
 severe battles preceding the peace of Tilsit. At Eylau, the 
 battle was a drawn one, but at Friedland Napoleon was 
 victorious. 
 
 2. WEST PRUSSIA. 
 
 ELBING, near the Frische Haff, carries on a smart trade in 
 Prussian and Polish merchandise. Population 22,000. 
 
 DANTZIC, a strongly fortified, and the chief commercial 
 city on the Vistula, five miles from the Baltic. Its trade in 
 wheat, wood, leather, wool and liquors is considerable, 
 and WOQcJ $re brought iu great quantities to this 
 
EUROPE. 301 
 
 for export. In the Middle Ages, this city was one-of the 
 principal towns of the Hanseatic league. Population 70,000. 
 
 MARIENBUKQ on the Nogat, built by the German knights who, in the 
 13th century, conquered Prussia. The ancient Gothic castle of the 
 grand master of this order has in recent times been restored, so that the 
 visitor can now survey the long passages, the immense halls and the lofty 
 columns of this castle. 
 
 MARIENWERDER, 3 miles distant from the Vistula, has a considerable fruit 
 trade. 
 
 GRAUDENZ on the Vistula, is noted for its strong fortress. 
 
 THORN, a fortified city on the Vistula,has a considerable grain 
 and wood trade. Here the celebrated Astronomer, Nicholas 
 Copernicus was born, in 1473. Population 14,000. 
 
 3. POSEN, 
 
 Was until 1795, a constituent part of the kingdom of Poland^ 
 POSEN, the capital of the province, situated on the river 
 
 Wartha, is noted for its literary institutions, manufactures and 
 
 trade. This city was, during the middle ages, the residence 
 
 of the Polish sovereigns. Population 41,000. 
 FRAUSTADT, LISSA and RAWICZ, on the Silesian frontier, are noted for 
 
 their cloth manufactures. 
 
 BROMBERG, on the Brahe river, which receives here the 
 Bromberg canal, has many manufactures and a considerable 
 grain trade. Population 10,000. 
 
 EMPIRE OF AUSTRIA. 
 
 Area 248,000 square miles. Population 37,000,000. 
 
 The Empire of Austria ranks amongst the five leading 
 States of Europe, viz : England, France, Russia, Austria and 
 Prussia. She comprises Galicia, the Hungarian States, a 
 considerable portion of Germany, and Venetia in Italy. Until 
 1859, she was likewise possessed of the Italian kingdom of 
 Lombardy, but by the treaty of Villafranca, July llth, of 
 that year, she ceded this part of her dominions to Sardinia. 
 Francis Joseph, the ruler of the Austrian empire, governs 
 it with absolute sway. The emperor of Austria was up to 
 the year, 1806, styled the German emperor. The divisions 
 of Austria are treated under the head of the different countries 
 of which this empire is composed. 
 
 1. THE KINGDOM OF GALICIA WITH BUKOWINA, 
 
 Area 39,908 square miles, Population 4,950,000, 
 
302 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 It is bounded north by Poland, east by Russia, south by 
 Hungary, and west by Germany. 
 
 Surface, fyc. The Carpathian mountains lie on the bor- 
 ders of Hungary. These are rugged and rich in romantic 
 scenery, and their lower zones are covered with different 
 kinds of timber. In the north the surface is in general level, 
 and its aspect is very similar to that of Poland. 
 
 Rivers. The Vistula flows on the borders of Poland, and 
 the Dniester rises near the middle of the Carpathian moun- 
 tains, and runs southeasterly into the Black sea. The Pruth 
 and the Sereth, two tributaries of the Danube, rise here. 
 
 Climate. The climate resembles that of Poland. 
 
 Manufactures. The principal manufactures are linen and 
 woolen goods, paper, wooden utensils, tobacco, leather, pot- 
 ters' ware and glass. Distilleries abound all over Galicia. 
 
 Commerce. Commerce is limited, and mostly in the hands 
 of the Jews. The chief exports are cattle and horses, grain, 
 salt, timber, potash, skins arid hides. 
 
 Education Education is in a very low state. The lite- 
 rary productions of the country are mostly in Polish, and 
 some Hebrew periodicals have lately been established. The 
 chief seats of literature are Lemberg and Cracow. 
 
 Products. As in Poland, so also here, the culture of 
 grain, the raising of cattle, and the management of bees, at- 
 tract great attention. The mountains furnish minerals of 
 nearly all kinds, but principally iron, sulphur, granite and im- 
 mense quantities of rock salt. 
 
 Inhabitants The bulk of the inhabitants are Poles, and 
 speak the Polish language ; the remainder are composed of 
 Germans and Jews. Their religion and mode of life corres- 
 pond with those of the people of Poland, as Galicia 
 formed a part of that once powerful, but now dismembered 
 country. Galicia forms part of the Austrian Empire. 
 
 LEMBERG, a fortified city on a branch of the Bug river, 
 with a University and 75,000 inhabitants, many of whom 
 are Jews. It has an active trade and extensive money trans- 
 actions during the season of Lent, owing to the great con- 
 course of the nobility who assemble^ here during that time. 
 
 CRACOW, on the banks of the Vistula, 166 miles southwest 
 of Warsaw, carries on a considerable trade, and is noted for 
 its architectural monuments, its churches, and its extensive 
 castle, the ancient residence of the Polish kings. This city, 
 
EUROPE. 303 
 
 up to 1847, was the last solitary remnant of dismembered 
 and partitioned Poland. A monument is here erected in honor 
 of the brave patriot Kosciusco. Population 45,000. 
 
 BRODY, on the Russian frontier, is the commercial empori- 
 um of Galicia, and has a variety of manufactures and 
 25,000 inhabitants, five-sixths of whom are Jews. 
 
 WIELICZKA has the largest and most celebrated salt-mine in the "world, 
 which is 500 yards deep and one and a half miles long, in which 900 labor- 
 ers are constantly employed. In this mine there are magazines, streets, 
 stores and chapels, all hewn in solid rock. 
 
 BOCHNIA has also salt mines. 
 
 CZERNOWITZ, near the Pruth, is the capital of Bukowina. 
 
 2. THE HUNGARIAN STATES. 
 
 Area 130,000 square miles. Population 15,000,000. 
 
 These States are bounded north by Galicia, east by Mol- 
 davia, and Wallachia, south by Tuikey, and west by the 
 Adriatic and Germany. 
 
 Surface, 8?c. The Carpathian mountains run on the 
 northern and eastern frontier of these states, whence large 
 portions of them are mountainous; in the south and west, 
 the county is quite level, but has many bogs and morasses. 
 
 Rivers. The Danube is the principal river flowing through 
 these states, and for a distance, forms the boundary with 
 Turkey. On the left side it receives the March, forming the 
 boundary of Germany, and also the Theiss ; and on the right 
 side, the Drave and the Save, which flows along the Turkish 
 frontier. 
 
 Lakes. The greatest lakes are the Flatten and the New- 
 siedler. 
 
 Climate. On the summits of the mountains, the air is 
 very cold and severe but on their declivities it is quite mild 
 and serene, the mountains warding off the north winds. 
 The temperature of the atmosphere gradually increases to- 
 wards the South, until in the extreme Southern districts it is 
 quite sultry and unhealthy. 
 
 Products The various branches of agriculture, the graz- 
 ing of cattle, the rearing of bees and the manufacture of 
 wine, are the principal occupations of the peasantry. Beau- 
 tiful horses and oxen are raised here ; buffalo, sheep with 
 large branching horns and coarse shaggy wool, goats and 
 swine, large dogs, which are used to watch the herds ; many 
 
304 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 domestic and "wild fowls, bustards and pelicans. The mines 
 yield much gold, silver, copper, lead, iron and quicksilver. 
 
 Manufactures. Hungary is greatly dependent upon the 
 other portion of the Austrian empire for its manufactures, 
 but she has a considerable number of establishments for the 
 manufacture of linen and woolen goods, leather, paper, pot- 
 tery, clay pipes, soap, candles and tobacco. 
 
 Commerce. Hungary exports wheat, rapeseed, galls, honey, 
 wax, wine, tobacco, copper, alum, potash, wood, cattle, sheep, 
 dried fruits and brandies. As regards imports, she depends, 
 like as for manufactures, upon the other portions of the em- 
 pire. The means of communication are very poor, as good 
 roads are rare and the rivers are not well supplied for navi- 
 gation. 
 
 Education. The means for supplying elementary instruc- 
 tion are greatly neglected in all parts of Hungary. She is, 
 however, not so destitute of institutions designed to impart 
 the higher grades of instruction, especially classical. The 
 leading Hungarian institutions of instruction are at Pesth, 
 this city being regarded as the literary centre of the country. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants belong to several various 
 and distinct races, the principal of which are the Magyars or 
 Hungarians proper, Slavonians, Croatians, Germans and 
 Wallachians. The Latin is the judicial language, and is also 
 to some extent in common use. The bulk of the people 
 belong to the Roman Catholic church, but many to the Greek 
 and Protestant. Besides the aforementioned races, there are 
 many Jews and Gipsies. The Hungarian States are under 
 the government of the Emperor of Austria. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 The different States are : 
 
 1. Hungary Proper. 4. Croatia. 
 
 2. Transylvania. 5. The Military Frontier. 
 
 3. Slavonia. 6. Dalmatia. 
 
 1. HUNGARY PROPER, 
 
 Comprises about eleven millions of inhabitants. 
 a. LOWER HUNGARY, 
 
 , on the Danube, at .the foot of the Carpathian 
 mountains, \$ tbo most beautiful city of Hungary, 
 
EUROPE. 305 
 
 its former capital, with 45,000 inhabitants. Here peace was 
 concluded in 1805, between France and Austria. It is noted 
 for its ancient churches and manufactures. 
 
 OEDENBURG, near lake Newsiedler, in a delightful region, surrounded by 
 vineyards, has a considerable cattle trade, and manufactures much vine. 
 Population 15,000. 
 
 COMORN, a strongly fortified town on the Danube, with con- 
 siderable trade in corn, wine and timber. Population 20,000. 
 
 BUDA or OPEN, is a strongly fortified city on the Danube, 
 noted for its extensive royal castle and considerable wine cul- 
 ture. Population 45,000. 
 
 PESTH, on the Danube, opposite Buda, with which it is 
 united by a bridge, is the most commercial city of Hungary, 
 with a university and observatory, situated on the Blocksberg 
 mountain, and 90,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SCIIEMNITZ and KREMNITZ, two towns at the foot of the Carpathian moun- 
 tains, are noted for their gold and silver mines. 
 
 b. UPPER HUNGARY. 
 ERLA.U, in a charming valley, has great wine culture. 
 
 TOKAY, on the river Theiss, is famed for its excellent wines, 
 the best in Hungary. 
 
 Near the village Szelicze, northwest of Tokay, is a remarkable cave, in 
 which it is warm in winter, but quite cold in the hottest summer days. 
 
 DEBRECZIN, next to Pesth the greatest commercial and the 
 most extensive manufacturing city of Hungary. Population 
 60,000. 
 
 MUNKACS, with a remarkable mountain castle, now used as a prison. 
 
 SZEGEDIN, a fortified city on the Theiss, has considerable 
 commerce and great tobacco manuractures. Population 35,000. 
 Turtles are caught in the contiguous morasses. 
 
 THERESIENSTADT, 1 10 miles southeast of Pesth, with leather 
 manufactures, considerable trade, and 45,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TEMESVAR, distant from Pesth 170 miles, carries on a considerable trade. 
 It is strongly fortified. Population 44,000. 
 
 2. TRANSYLVANIA, (Siebcnburgen,) 
 
 Is encompassed and penetrated by the Carpathian mountains, 
 and is therefore quite a mountainous region. Its mountains 
 are thickly overgrown with wood and its valleys are fertile. 
 
 CLAUSENBURG, the capital, is situated in a beautiful valley 
 and numbers 24,000 inhabitants. Upon a rock, near the city, 
 a palace is erected. 
 
806 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 HERMANSTADT is the finest city in Transylvania, with re- 
 markable churches, literary institutions, important manu- 
 factures, and 21,000 inhabitants. 
 
 KRONSTADT is the chief manufacturing city, and the empo- 
 rium of the Grand-dukedom, with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The southern part of Transylvania is inhabited by the descendants of the 
 Saxons, who settled here in the 12th century. They yet retain their German 
 mother tongue. 
 
 3. THE KINGDOM OF SLAVONIA, 
 
 Has an exceedingly mild climate, but abounds in large bogs and morasses. 
 
 ESSEK, a fortified city on the Drave, situated in a sickly, 
 marshy region, has considerable trade. 
 
 POSEGA is noted for its tobacco and wines. 
 
 4. THE KINGDOM OF CROATIA, 
 
 Lies west of Slavouia, stretches from the Drave to the Adriatic, and exhibits 
 rather a mountainous surface. 
 
 ACRAM, the capital of Croatia and residence of the royal 
 Governor of Croatia and Slavonia, with 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 WARASDIN, on the Drave, has noted warm baths. 
 FIUME, on a bay of the Adriatic, has considerable trade. 
 
 5, THE MILITARY FRONTIER, 
 
 Comprises the strip of country extending along the Turkish 
 border from the Adriatic to Galicia and encompassing Croatia, 
 Slavonia, Hungary and Transylvania. This territory has a 
 peculiar military constitution of its own. All the male pop- 
 ulation are soldiers. 
 
 GRADISKA and BROOD, are strong fortifications on the Save, 
 PETERWARDEIN, on the Danube, is noted as one of the 
 strongest fortifications of the Austrian Empire. 
 
 CARLOWITZ, noted for its wines, fisheries and trade, Here peace was con- 
 cluded with Turkey in 1699. 
 
 SEMLIN, on the Danube, opposite Belgrade, is the centre of 
 trade between Turkey and the Austrian Empire. 
 
 6.. THE KINGDOM OF DALMATIA. 
 
 This is only a small piece of territory, located along the 
 Adriatic coast. The inhabitants are rude, uncivilized and 
 piratical, but brave, and live in great indigence. 
 
 ZARA, the capital, is situated in an unhealthy region upon, an 
 
EUROPE. SOT 
 
 island of the Adriatic, which is united by bridges to the main- 
 land. It has a fine harbor and a lively trade. 
 
 SPALATRO, RAGCJSA and CATTARO, are fortified towns with good harbors. 
 Ragusa was formerly the capital of a small republic of the same name. 
 
 EUROPEAN TURKEY. 
 
 Area, 209,000 square miles, Population 16,440,000. 
 
 Turkey formerly was the seat of the Eastern or Greek 
 empire, but was conquered by the Turks, in 1453, and has 
 ever since remained in their possession. The Mohammedans, 
 after the conquest of Constantinople, made it the centre of 
 their dominions, and during the 16th century they attained 
 to the height of their power, and became even the terror of 
 Christian Europe. Since that period the Turkish power has 
 been gradually declining, and so feeble has it now become, 
 that but for the jealousies of the other European nations, the 
 Mohammedans would long ere this have been driven beyond 
 the borders of Europe. 
 
 European Turkey is bounded north by the Hungarian 
 States and Galicia, east by Russia, the Black Sea, the sea of 
 Marmora, the Dardanelles and the Archipelago ; south by the 
 sea of Marmora, the Archipelago and Greece; and west by the 
 Adriatic and Dalmatia. 
 
 Surface, $c. Ranges of the Alps, continuing through 
 southern Germany, penetrate Turkey as far as the Black Sea. 
 The principal range of these is the Balkan, called anciently 
 the Ha^mus mountains, from which the Despot o Dagh'biauch- 
 es southward. West of these a second range branches, called 
 the Hellenic mountains, which penetrate south into Greece, 
 The soil is very fertile, with the exception of some mountain r 
 ous districts. 
 
 The mountains of this range, celebrated in Grecian story, are Athos, Pin- 
 dus, Olympus, Ossa and Pelion. 
 
 Rivers. The Danube, the principal river, receives the Save 
 on the frontier of Hungary, and the Morava from the south, 
 and flows into the Black Sea. The Maritza, the ancient 
 Ilebrus, rises in the Balkan mountains and empties into the 
 Archipelago. The Salambria, formerly called the Peneus, 
 
308 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 flows through the delightful vale of Tempe, between Mounts 
 Olympus and Ossa, into the gulf of Salonica. 
 
 Climate. In that part of Turkey, north of the Balkan, it 
 is often quite cold in winter, and considerable .snow falls, 
 especially upon the mountains. South of the Balkan there 
 is little or no winter, and in summer it is excessively warm, 
 except upon the coast, where the heat is moderated by the 
 sea breezes. 
 
 Products. The chief products are Indian corn, wheat, bar- 
 ley, rice, cotton and tobacco. Cotton and tobacco flourish 
 best in Macedonia. Beautiful horses are raised, especially in 
 Albania; asses, mules, goats, and sheep with extremely fine 
 wool and these latter graze upon the mountains of Mace- 
 donia. But few swine are raised, as the Turkish religion 
 prohibits the use of pork. 
 
 Minerals. The mineral kingdom yields meerschaum clay, 
 chalk and asbestus. 
 
 Manufactures. Turkey is distinguished as regards some 
 branches of manufactures, especially in the articles of leather, 
 carpets and cotton goods. Silks are manufactured at Saloni- 
 ca, Seres and Larissa. Embroidery is extensively carried on 
 by females in the southern provinces. 
 
 Commerce. The Turkish commerce is considerable, but 
 is carried on chiefly by foreigners, and is mostly confined to 
 the port of Constantinople. The articles of export embrace 
 principally cotton, grain, tobacco, silk, wines, horses and cat- 
 tle; and the imports consist chiefly of manufactured goods. 
 
 Education, The Turks favor the general diffusion of in- 
 telligence amongst their people, as is evident from their adop- 
 tion of the compulsory system, which requires all the Mo- 
 hammedan children over 6 years of age to attend school. In 
 1846 the Sultan founded a university at Constantinople, on 
 the plan of the European institutions of this kind. Many of 
 the wealthier families of Turkey have, of late, sent their sons 
 to the universities of Vienna, Berlin and Paris. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are composed of Turks, 
 Greeks, Armenians, Wallachians, Jews, Albanians and Gip- 
 sies. The Turks are Mohammedans, and the rest of the in- 
 habitants, except the Jews and Gipsies, are Greek Christians. 
 The followers of Mohammed call themselves Musselmen, to 
 whom the Koran is the rule of faith. Their churches are called 
 mosques^ and their towers minarets, The clerical superior 
 
EUROPE. 309 
 
 bears the name Mufti, and the monks are styled dervises. The 
 government is despotic, and the emperor, who is termed the 
 Sultan, sways the sceptre. The great council of the nation 
 bears the name of the Divan, in which the Grand Vizier 
 exercises the presidency. 
 
 The Turks are handsome and of fine stature, have 
 keen eyes, and a proud, imperious demeanor. When influ- 
 enced by passion, they become extremely lively, but relapse 
 into a state of stupidity almost, when their passion has sub- 
 sided. The turban is a conspicuous part of their dress, and 
 is made of a piece of fine linen or silk, folded many times 
 around a cap. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 The provinces are divided into those which are governed 
 directly by the Sultan, and those simply tributary. 
 Of the former class are : 
 
 1. Ronmelia. 4. Macedonia. G. Thessaly; 
 
 2. Bulgaria. 5. Albania. 7. The Islands. 
 8. Bosnia. 
 
 Of the tributary are : 
 8. Servia. 9. Wallaehia. 10. Moldavia. 
 
 The tributary provinces number about five million inhabi- 
 tants and are governed by their own rulers, called Hospodars, 
 who pay an annual tribute to the Sultan. No Mohammedan 
 is permitted to reside in these provinces, nor are Turkish 
 merchants allowed to trade in them without special permis- 
 sion. 
 
 1. ROUMELIA, (the ancient Thracia.) 
 
 CONSTANTINOPLE, (formerly Byzantium,) conquered by the 
 Turks in 1 45 3,under Mohammed II. and called Stamboul by the 
 Turks, is situated on the Bosphorus, and is the capital of 
 Turkey and the residence of the Sultan, with 1,000,000 in- 
 habitants. The most noted objects of interest in this city 
 are : 1. The Seraglio, the walls of which are four miles in cir- 
 cumference and which contain many mosques, extensive 
 gardens and edifices. The principal entrance is the great 
 marble gate, from which the Court of the Sultan derives the 
 name of the Porte or the Sublime Porte. One part of the Se- 
 raglio is called the Harem, which is the apartment of the 
 women belonging to the Sultan. 2. The church of St. Sophia, 
 
310 CffiaORAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 the oldest of all existing Christian churches, built in the year 
 532, by the emperor Justinian, and which is now the most 
 distinguished and celebrated of the Turkish mosques. 3. 
 The bazaars or vaults of the merchants and various mechan- 
 ics in the centre of the city. The harbor of Constanti- 
 nople, 4 miles long, is excellent, and in this floats the imperi- 
 al navy* This city was founded by Constantine the great, 
 the first Christian emperor* 
 
 GALATA and PERA are suburbs of the capital on the opposite side of the 
 harbor. Pera is the residence of the European embassadors. 
 
 ADRIANOPLE, on the Maritza, is next to Constantinople, the 
 largest city of Turkey. She has a splendid mosque, the most 
 important silk manufactures in the empire, and 140,000 in- 
 habitants. Peace was concluded here in 1829, between Rus- 
 sia and Turkey. This city was the residence of ihe Turkish 
 sultan, from 1360 to the fall of Constantinople in 1453. 
 
 PHILIPPOPLE, also on the Maritza, with leather and silk 
 manufactures, and 40,000 inhabitants, 
 
 GALLIPOLI, on the strait of the Hellespont, has fine morocco 
 manufactures, considerable commerce, and a population of 
 40,000. This was the first place conquered by the Turks in 
 1355, after their landing in Europe* The Dardanelles are 
 four castles, two erected upon each side of the strait to com- 
 mand its passage. 
 
 RODOSTO, on the Marmora sea, with vine culture, considerable commerce, 
 and 16,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. BULGARIA, (the ancient Lower Moesia.) 
 
 SOPHIA is a large and scatteringly built city, at the foot of 
 a pass in the Balkan mountains, with noted leather manu- 
 factures and 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SHUMLA, a fortified city at the foot of the Balkan moun- 
 tains, with silk manufactures and a population of 30,000. 
 This place has been three times unsuccessfully besieged by 
 the Russians. 
 
 VARNA, on the Black sea, is also strongly fortified and carries on a con- 
 siderable trade. Population 20,000. 
 
 WIDDIN, NICOPOLI, RUSTSCHUK and SILISTRIA, are strongly fortified cities 
 on the Danube, each containing from 20,000 to 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 3. BOSNIA, (part of Pannonia.) 
 
 BOSNA SERAI is the emporium of Bosnia, with extensive 
 iron and steel manufactures. Population 68,000. 
 
EUROPE. 311 
 
 BANJALUKA, a fortified city -with mineral springs, considerable trade, and 
 15,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ZWORNIK, likewise a fortified city, with much trade. Population 14,000. 
 
 TRAVNiKhas 12,000 inhabitants; Potshitatz 12,000 and Mostar 10,000; 
 and Trebigno 10,000. 
 
 4. MACEDONIA. 
 
 SALONICA, the ancient Thessalonica, to the Christians ol 
 which city St. Paul addressed his two epistles. It is situated 
 on the bay of the same name, and is, after Constantinople, 
 the greatest commercial city in European Turkey. Much 
 cotton, tobacco and silk are exported, and it is noted for its 
 carpet manufactures. Population 70,000. 
 
 SERES, is situated in a charming valley, in which much 
 cotton is cultivated. Population 30,000. 
 
 FILIBE, anciently called PHILIPPI, on the border of Rou- 
 melia, is noted as the city to the Christians of which'St. Paul 
 directed his two Epistles, and also for the defeat of Brutus 
 and Cassius, 42 Ante Christum. 
 
 In Macedonia, Mount Athos is situated, which on account of the number 
 of convents and monasteries built thereon, has been called the Holy moun- 
 tain, It contains over twenty monasteries, surrounded with walls, in which 
 are found Monks from almost all nations, who are engaged in various occu- 
 pations. 
 
 5. ALBANIA. 
 
 This province is very mountainous. 
 
 SKUTARI, a fortified city on a lake of the same name, has 
 a considerable trade in ship timber. Population 20,000. 
 
 DURAZZO, the ancient DYRRACHICM, is a seaport, situated in an unhealthy 
 region. 
 
 JANINA, situated in a fine region, on a lake of the same 
 name, has a fortified castle, excellent morocco manufactures, 
 and 10,000 inhabitants, who carry on an extensive trade. 
 
 ARTA, near the Gulf of Arta, has a citadel and considerable trade. Oppo- 
 site the entrance to this bay is situated the promontory of Actium, in the 
 vicinity of which Octavius Augustus gained the remarkable naval victory 
 over his rival Anthony, in the year 31, B. C. 
 
 G. THESSALY, 
 
 LARISSA, situated on the river Salambria, has important 
 dyeries and morocco manufactures, with 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TRIKALA, is situated among a chain of hills. Here much 
 cotton is cultivated. A mountain pass leads from this place 
 to Albania. 
 
12 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 AMBELAKIA, at the entrance into the romantic yale of Tempe, with dyeriea 
 of Turkish Red. 
 
 7. THE ISLANDS. 
 
 The most important of these are : 
 
 TASO or THASOS, on the south coast of Macedonia, remar- 
 kable for its marble, wine and wood. 
 
 STALIMENE or LEMNOS, remarkable for the Lemnian clay 
 exported for a medicine. 
 
 SANTORIN, which is fertile, and abounds in wine. l 
 
 CANDIA, the ancient Crete, numbers 150,000 inhabitants. 
 It is full of mountains and a chain of these runs through the 
 island from east to west, in which the famous labyrinth is 
 found, the intricate windings of which can yet be followed 
 for thousands of feet. Oil and wood are the most important 
 articles of export. 
 
 CANDIA, the capital, is strongly fortified, with 12,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 CANEA is an important commercial port. I 
 
 8. SERVIA. 
 
 The inhabitants of this province are a rude, brave and 
 courageous people, who have possessed sufficient shrewdness 
 to secure many liberties from the Sublime Porte. 
 
 BELGRADE is a strongly fortified city at the confluence or 
 the Save and the Danube, and is the centre of trade between 
 Hungary and Turkey. It is noted for its numerous manu- 
 factures. Population 30,000. 
 
 SEMENDRIA, 18 miles below Belgrade on the Danube, was 
 the former residence of the Servian kings, and is noted for 
 its excellent wines and trade. Population 10,000, 
 
 PRISTINA, a fortified town, noted as the birth place of the emperor Jus-^ 
 tinian. 
 
 North of this lies the plain called Blackbird Field, famous for the two 
 victories of the Turks, of 1389 and 1449. 
 
 9. WALLACHIA, 
 
 Embraces generally a fertile soil and rich pastures. 
 
 BUKAREST (city of peace,) is a meanly built city with un- 
 paved streets. It is the seat of the Hospodar, and has many 
 stately public edifices, and 100,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BRAIL A or IBRAHIL, a fortified city on the Danube, with 
 30,000 inhabitants ; she carries on a considerable commerce. 
 
EtJROPE. 313 
 
 GIUROBWO, 38 miles rrom Bukarest, has considerable inland trade, and 
 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 10. MOLDAVIA. 
 
 The soil of this province is likewise fertile and abounds in 
 excellent pastures. Much grain and wine are cultivated here, 
 and great numbers of horses, oxen and sheep exported. 
 
 JASSY is a smaller town, and as miserably built as Bukarest. 
 It is also the residence of the Hospodar, and has considera- 
 ble trade arid 60,000 inhabitants. 
 
 GALATZ is a lively trading city, situated at the confluence 
 of the Pruth and Danube. It may be regarded as the empo- 
 riunrof Moldavia and Wallachia. Population 36,000. 
 
 GREECE. 
 
 Area 19,000 square miles. Population 1,067,000. 
 
 Greece was one of the celebrated States of antiquity. She 
 is noted for being the cradle ot the arts, science and litera- 
 ture, and also for having given birth to the most celebrated 
 poets, orators, artists and philosophers that the world has ever 
 seen. Her historians and poets have been regarded as the 
 purest models for all coming ages, and to-day the sublime 
 strains of Homer remain unrivalled. Ancient Continental 
 Greece was called Hellas, and the peninsula of Morea was 
 known by the name of Peloponnesus ; the former comprised 
 Attica, Boatia and ^Etolia, and the latter Laconia, Messenia 
 and Arcadia. About the year 146, B. C., Greece was annexed 
 to the Roman empire, and from 395, A. D., it composed a 
 constituent part of the Eastern Empire, until the fall of Con- 
 stantinople, in 1453, after which time Greece also came un- 
 der the power of the Turks, and so remained until the late 
 revolution of 1821, which severed it from the Turkish domin- 
 ion, and established it as an independent nation. 
 
 Greece is bounded north by Turkey, east by the Archipe- 
 lago, and south and west by the Mediterranean. 
 
 Surface, #c. The general aspect of Greece is mountain- 
 ous, and its arable soil of limited extent. Much of the soil 
 under cultivation is thin, and grudgingly rewards the hus- 
 bandman for his toil ; but there are some beautiful plains 
 and districts of great fertility. In Livadia are seen the noted 
 mounts Parnassus and Helicon, from the summit of the form- 
 
 o 
 
CtEOGRAPHIdAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 er of which a magnificent view of nearly all Hellas, the Co- 
 rinthian Gulf, and the northern part of Morea, is obtained. 
 
 Rivers. Owing to the small extent of the country, no 
 rivers of importance are here met with. The Aspropotamo 
 is the largest river of Greece, rising in Albania on the west 
 slope of the Pindus and emptying into the Ionian sea. On 
 the opposite sides of the isthmus of Corinth are the gulfs of 
 Lepanto and Egina. 
 
 Climate The atmosphere is said to be indescribably love- 
 ly. The climate is temperate, but diversified according to 
 the elevation of the surface. It is very healthy and favorable 
 to longevity, many instances of which exist both in ancient 
 and modern times. The climate is exquisitely charming 
 upon the Grecian islands. 
 
 Products. The products are wines of the choicest quali- 
 ties, raisins, currants, figs and olives, all of which are pro- 
 duced here in great abundance. The growing of silk and 
 the bee-culture are objects of considerable attention. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures already established are 
 small in extent, and embrace chiefly those of carpets, canvass 
 and Morocco leather. The weaving of woolen and cotton 
 goods, and the embroidery of gold, silver and silk, occupies 
 much attention. Ship building is likewise carried on exten- 
 sively. 
 
 Education. Education was until recently in a miserable 
 condition, except upon some of the islands where the mis- 
 sionaries had introduced a better system of instruction. 
 With King Otho came a number of German scholars to 
 Greece, who attempted to advance the cause of education, but 
 they were afterwards driven from the country. In 1837 a 
 university was founded at Athens on the German plan. 
 Greece is, however, at this time making respectable progress in 
 the cause of education. 
 
 Inhabitants. The, Greeks are known from ancient times 
 as an active, brave and vigorous people, amongst whom the 
 arts and sciences once flourished ; but under Ottoman op- 
 pression, from which they freed themselves in 1829, much of 
 their ancient glory disappeared. Their language has yet 
 great similarity to the ancient classic Greek, and they belong 
 to the Greek Catholic Church. The present king is 
 Otho L, who has swayed the Grecian sceptre since 1832. 
 The king is circumscribed in his authority by a constitutional 
 compact. 
 
EUROPE. 315 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 Greece consists of Livadia, the peninsula of Morea and 
 some islands. 
 
 1. LIVADIA, (ANCIENT HELLAS.) 
 
 No large cities are found in this part of Greece ; but the 
 ruins of many renowned in antiquity are worthy of note; 
 
 MISSOLONGHI, a small but strongly fortified town, near the 
 gulf of Lepanto, is celebrated for the brave defense of the 
 Greeks in 1826. Here Lord Byron died, April 19th, 1824. 
 
 Near this place in 1823, a Turkish army was defeated by a Small Greek 
 force under Marco Bozzaris,|who fell in the action. 
 
 LEPANTO, a fortified city on the gulf of the same name, the entrance to 
 which is defended by two castles, called the Small Dardanelles. 
 
 ZEITDN, in the vicinity of the pass of Thermopylae^ holds a largely fre- 
 quented fair annually. 
 
 KASTRI, formerly DELPHIC where the responses of the famous oracle were 
 taken. 
 
 LIVADIA, carries on a considerable trade, especially in grain j much 
 church ale is made here, and there are many dyeing establishments. 
 
 Near this is the village of KAPREWA, the renowned ancient CHERONEA; 
 
 THIVA, once the large and celebrated city of THEBES, is now an unimpor- 
 tant village. 
 
 ATHENS, formerly the most celebrated city in the world, 
 contains the citadel called the Acropolis. Some of the ruins 
 of its ancient glory are yet to be found. It has again become 
 the capital and residence of the king, and has a royal palace^ 
 a university, a military school and 35,000 inhabitants. The 
 Pirffius, the harbor of Athens, is united to the capital by a 
 fine macadamized road. The vicinity yields olives and 
 honey in abundance. Some miles northeast lies the plain 
 of Marathon, where the celebrated battle was fought against 
 the Persians, 490 Ante Christum. 
 
 2. THE MOREA, 
 
 Called formerly Peloponnesus, (the island of Pelops.) 
 
 This peninsula is in some places very fertile, producing 
 pomegranates, citrons, figs and other excellent fruits. In the 
 western part, some miles west of Patras, the celebrated 
 Olympic games were held. 
 
 CORINTH, on the isthmus which unites the Morea with Livadia, was once 
 a powerful city containing 300,000 inhabitants, but is now in ruins, hav- 
 ing been destroyed by an earthquake in 1858. It was to the Christians of 
 this city that St. Paul wrote his two Epistles. 
 
 PATRAS, a fortified town on the gulf of the same name, 
 has an active trade. Population 12,000. 
 TRIPOLIZZA, stands near the centre of the Morea. It is a 
 
316 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 new town, built in the Turkish style, and suffered severely 
 during the late Grecian revolution. 
 
 NAUPLIA or NAPOLI DI ROMANIA, is a considerable com- 
 mercial town, with the strong fortress of Palamedes, situated 
 on a rock, called the Gibraltar of the Archipelago. 
 
 MISTRA or MISITRA, situated six miles from the ruins of ancient Sparta. 
 'The culture of silk and the working of iron are here great branches of in- 
 dustry. In the rugged and almost inaccessible mountains lying south of 
 Mistra dwell the Mainotes so called from the village of Maina, the descen- 
 dants of the ancient Spartans. 
 
 EPII>AURUS or NAPOLI DI MALVASIA, a fortified town upon a rocky island, 
 is united to the main land by a bridge. The Malvasey wine made in the vi- 
 cinity is celebrated. 
 
 KORON, MODON and NEW NAVARINO, arc three fortified cities upon the coast. 
 In the bay of Navarino, the Turco-Egyptian fleet was, in 1827, almost an- 
 nihilated. 
 
 3. THE ISLANDS. 
 
 NEGROPONTJ EGRIPO or EUBCEA, the largest island in the 
 Archipelago, is separated by a small strait from Livadia. On 
 this' strait the city of Egripo is builtj and is united to the main 
 land by a bridge. 
 
 SKYRO has many craggy cliffs, but also fertile valleys. 
 
 SALAMIS lies opposite the city of Athens and is remarkable for the naval 
 battle fought here, 480, 13. C. 
 
 EGINA and POROS lie south of Salamis, and are both situated in the bay of 
 Egina. 
 
 HYDRA. The inhabitants of this island are excellent seamen 
 and distinguished themselves in the war against the Turks. 
 
 SPEZZIA has also excellent seamen and carries on a considerable trade. 
 
 ANDROS is the most beautiful and fertile island in the 
 Archipelago. Silk growing and the rearing of bees are ob- 
 jects of industry. 
 
 NAXIA or NAXOS, is very productive in wines and choice 
 fruits. 
 
 SYRA is mountainous, but produces cotton, wine and the tropical fruits, in 
 abundance. 
 
 PAROS, noted for its excellent white marble. 
 
 ANTIPAROS contains the celebrated Grotto, one of the most remarkable in 
 the world. 
 
 MILO has an unhealthy climate, but produces oil, cotton and the tropical 
 fruits. 
 
 ITALY. 
 
 Area 120,000 square miles. Population 25,000,000. 
 Italy is the seat of the ancient Roman Empire and one of 
 the most interesting countries of the world. Rome (whose 
 
EUROPE. 3 It 
 
 history is that of Italy,) was founded by Romulus, 753, A. 
 C., and it continued to be ruled by kings until 510, when 
 it was changed? into a republic, and this form of government 
 lasted until the year 45, A. C. It was after that period altered 
 into an imperial government, which continued until Romu- 
 lus Augustulus, the last Roman Emperor, was dethroned, 
 476, A. D., by Odoacer, the leader of the Heruli, a German 
 tribe. The states of the church, the temporal seat of the 
 Romish hierarchy, had their origin in the defeat of the Lom- 
 bards, by Pepin the Little, who compelled these in 775 to 
 cede to the holy seat the maritime country lying upon the 
 Adriatic, which has from that time remained the temporal 
 heritage of the Pope. Italy has passed through numerous 
 wars and revolutions, and is now becoming consolidated 
 into a united kingdom under the name of the " kingdom of 
 Italy " with Victor Emanuel as its sovereign. 
 
 Italy is bounded north by Switzerland and Austria, and is 
 washed on the east by the Adriatic, and on the West by the 
 Mediterranean. 
 
 Surface. The Alps, under different names form the princi- 
 pal part of the northern and western boundary of the Italian 
 peninsula. The Maritime Alps extend from the coast on the 
 Mediterranean to Monte Visco ; the Cottian commence 
 here and run to Mont Cenis ; thence the Groian to the 
 Great St. Bernard ; from thence the Pennine, the Lepontine 
 and the Rhaetian Alps, range on the borders of Switzerland ; 
 andj the Tyrolese, the Carnic and the Julian stretch along the 
 frontier of Germany. This continuous chain encompasses 
 Italy in the form of a half moon. 
 
 MONT BLANC, 15,666 feet high, the loftiest mountain in 
 Europe, and the Little St. Bernard, are individual mountains 
 of this chain. The Apennines branch on the frontiers of 
 France, from the Maritime Alps and stretch through the 
 centre of Italy. 
 
 VESUVIUS, in southern Italy, and ETNA upon the island of 
 Sicily are volcanoes. 
 
 Soil. Between the mountains of Italy lie valleys, remar- 
 kable for their romantic scenery, and the fertility of their 
 soil. In the north of Italy is a vast plain, enclosed by the 
 Alps and Apennines and stretching to the shores of the 
 Adriatic. This vast plain is composed of a soil of unsur- 
 passed fertility. Much of southern Italy is very fertile. 
 
 Elvers. The Po, the largest river of the peninsula, forms 
 
318 GEOGRAPEIOAfc HAND BOOK. 
 
 the boundary between the former Lombardo- Venetian king- 
 dom on the one side, and Parma, Modena and the States of 
 the Church on the other, and afterwards empties into the 
 Adriatic. It rise in the Cottian Alps, and receives in its 
 course the Ticino, the Adda, the Oglio, and the Mincio, as 
 tributaries. The Adige rises in the Tyrol, where it is called 
 the Etsch, and flows into the Adriatic. The Arno and the 
 Tiber empty into the Mediterranean. 
 
 Lakes. The greatest inland lakes are Lake Maggiore, 
 through which the river Ticino flows ; Lake Lugano, Lake 
 Como, which has the river Adda flowing through it ; Lake 
 Iseo, which receives and afterwards discharges the river 
 Oglio ; and Lake Garda, whence the Mincio takes its source. 
 
 In Lake Maggiore, lie the beautiful Borromean islands, 
 known for their variety of splendid scenery. 
 
 Climate. The climate in general is delightful and heal- 
 thy, except in a few regions where there are extensive 
 marshes. The winters'are short and quite mild, and snow 
 seldom falls in the southern parts. The sirocco or hot wind 
 from Africa is very oppressive and stupefying. As soon as 
 it begins to blow, no person ventures out of doors willingly, 
 but rather, whoever can, creeps into his abode. It usually 
 continues to blow from 14 to 20 days. Earthquakes fre- 
 quently occur here, sometimes very violent 
 
 Products. The chief products are rice, wheat, maize and 
 the most excellent tropical fruits. Grapes are raised here in 
 abundance, and the best of wine is made in all parts 
 of Italy. Cotton, olive oil, truffles, capers and cork wood 
 are obtained in Italy. The cultivation of silk, the rearing of 
 bees and cattle are likewise greatly attended to. In the 
 animal kingdom we note the marmot, the hoopoe, the sala- 
 mander, the tarantula, the anchovy, the tunny fish, the shark, 
 the torpedo, and the coral ; and in the mineral kingdom, 
 marble, sulphur, puzzolano, pumice stone, Bolognese spar 
 and sea salt. 
 
 Manufactures. Italy during the Middle Ages was noted 
 for her manufactures, and these, although less extensive than 
 formerly, are yet considerable. The chief manufactures are 
 those of silks, leather, gloves, paper, parchment, artificial 
 flowers, straw hats, and catgut for musical instruments. 
 
 Commerce. The commerce of Italy is considerable, but 
 chiefly restricted to intercourse with the Levant, The prin- 
 cipal articles of export are silk, olive oil, oranges, marble and 
 
EUROPE. 319 
 
 fruits, whilst the imports are mostly of British, French and 
 German manufactures. 
 
 Education. The northern part of Italy, such as Lombardy, 
 Venetia, Tuscany and Parma surpass the other Italian coun- 
 tries in the advancement they have made in education. The 
 lower classes in southern Italy are very ignorant, and gene- 
 rally averse to improvement. Many learned men are found 
 in Italy, who are distinguished for their attainments in sci- 
 ence and literature. 
 
 Inhabitants The Italians are lively and good natured, 
 but also excitable and passionate. Robbery and assassina- 
 tion are not rare in Italy, and beggary is common. The 
 Carnival is one of the national amusements which is held a 
 short time before Lent, and every participant appears masqued. 
 The Italian is the prevailing language, which, on account of 
 its delightful euphony, is well adapted for poetic composition, 
 of which fact many remarkable examples might be cited. 
 Some of these are the ease with which illiterate persons, as 
 coachmen, can recite a great number of stanzas and verses 
 from the poems of Tasso, Ariosto and others of their classic 
 authors. The Italians are particularly distinguished for their 
 proficiency in the fine arts, such as statuary, painting, archi- 
 tecture and music. The established religion is the Roman 
 Catholic. Nearly the whole of Italy is governed by king 
 Victor Emanuel. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 Italy is divided into the following States, 
 
 IN UPPER ITALY : 
 
 1. The kingdom of Sardinia proper, with the island of Sardinia. 
 
 2. Lombardy and Venetia, the northeastern part. 
 
 3. The Duchy of Parma, south of the former. 
 
 4. The Duchy of Modena, east of Parma. 
 
 IN CENTRAL ITALY : 
 
 5. The Duchy of Lucca, south of Modena. 
 
 6. The Grand Duchy of Tuscany, also south of Modena, along the Medi- 
 terranean. 
 
 7. The states of the church east of Tuscany. 
 
 8. The Republic of San Marino, in the territory of the States of the 
 church. 
 
 IN LOWER ITALY: 
 
 9. The kingdom of Naples, comprising the whole southern part of Italy. 
 10. The British Italian islands, namely, the Maltese and the Ionian isles. 
 
320 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 I. KINGDOM OF SARDINIA PROPER. 
 
 Area 29,245 square miles. Population 5,292,000. 
 
 This kingdom is divided into five principal divisions: 1 
 The Duchy ot Savoy; 2. The principality of Piedmont ; 3. 
 The county of Nice or Nizza ; 4. The Duchy of Genoa ; 5. The 
 Island of Sardinia. The ruling sovereign is Victor Emanuel, 
 whose power is limited by a representative assembly. 
 1. THE DUCHY OF SAVOY, 
 
 Is a mountainous and unproductive province. The inhabi- 
 tants are obliged to peregrinate into the adjoining provinces,* 
 in order to support themselves by small trafficking in various 
 articles, and by their menial services in the capacity of boot- 
 blacks, chimney-sweeps and waiters. They endeavor to 
 spare a small sum from their earnings, with which they re- 
 turn to their beloved home of Savoy. This province was by 
 the late treaty, in 1860, ceded to France. 
 
 CHAMBERY, the capital of Savoy, is situated in a delightful 
 valley, with celebrated silk manufactures and 20,000 inhabi- 
 tants. It contains an ancient castle, the former residence of 
 the dukes of Savoy. 
 
 Aix, in the vicinity of Chambery, is noted for its mineral 
 springs. 
 
 2. THE PRINCIPALITY OF PIEDMONT, 
 
 Has a rich, fertile soil, well adapted to most agricultural 
 products, and it pastures great numbers of cattle. No other 
 country can compare with this in its yield of truffles. 
 
 TURIN, on the Po, encompassed by a range of beautiful 
 hills, the capital and residence of the king and one of the 
 most charming cities in Italy, has a large royal palace, a 
 university, extensive tobacco manufactures, paper mills, im- 
 portant silk factories, a considerable trade, and 200,000 
 inhabitants. The environs of Turin are delightful. 
 
 ALESSANDRIA, the strongest fortified city in the Sardinian 
 States^ with 46,000 inhabitants. 
 
 South of this lies the village of Marengo, where Napoleon gained his 
 celebrated victory over the Austrians in 1800. 
 
 VERCELLI, in an unhealthy locality, has many Gothic edifices, 
 and 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PINEROLA, 25 miles distant from Turin, with a beautiful cathedral, and 
 14,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CUNEO, at the junction of the Gesso and Hura, with 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MONDOVI, 46 miles from Turin, noted for the victory gained by Napoleon, 
 2d April, 1796, 
 
EUROPE. 321 
 
 CASALB, 37 miles distant from Turin, has several remarkable palao3S, a 
 cathedral, and 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CUCARRO, regarded by some as the birth place of Columbus. 
 
 ARONA, on Lake Maggiore, noted for the colossal statue of Charles 
 Borromeo, born in 1538, and distinguished for his Christian charity. 
 
 3. THE COUNTY OF NICE. 
 
 This county was by the -late Sardinio-Franco treaty, in 
 1860, ceded to France. 
 
 NICE, situated on the Mediterranean, in a delightful region, 
 famed on account of its pure air and delightful atmosphere, 
 is therefore visited by many travellers and invalids. Popu- 
 tion 38,000. 
 
 4. THE DUCHY OF GENOA, 
 
 Is a long narrow strip of land, lying between the Apennines 
 and the sea, in the form of a half moon. 
 
 GENOA, a large, fortified and very important commercial 
 city, with a university, a celebrated bank, the oldest in 
 Europe, important silk manufactures, and 120,000 inhabi- 
 tants. From the location of the city, the streets, with the 
 exception of three, are so narrow, gloomy and steep that 
 neither carriages nor horses can pass them, and therefore 
 Sedan chairs are necessary to be used. In the centre of the 
 city is a bridge 100 feet high and 160 long, which unites 
 the two hills upon and between which Genoa is built, and it 
 is raised over the houses six stories high. This city was 
 noted for its extensive commerce in the times of the ancient 
 Romans. 
 
 SAVONA, a maritime town, 20 miles southwest of Genoa, 
 with 18,000 inhabitants. Here Pope Pius the VII. was 
 forced to reside in the years 1809-1812. 
 
 MONTENOTTE, noted for the victory gained by Napoleon on the 14th of 
 April, 1796. 
 
 SPEZZTA, a maritime town on the gulf of the same name, has a fine harbor, 
 And 10,000 inhabitants. 
 
 5. THE ISLAND OF SARDINIA, 
 
 Is separated from Corsica by the strait of Bonifacio. It is 
 quite mountainous,and along the coast is considerably marshy, 
 with an impure atmosphere. 
 
 CAGLIART, the capital of the island, is a strongly fortified 
 city, with a university, an active commerce, and 30,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 SASSARI, has also a university, and 23,000 inhabitants. 
 Much wine and oil are made in the vicinity. 
 DOKGALI, noted for its manufactory of arms. 
 
322 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 II. LOMBARDY AND VENETIA. 
 
 Area 17,594 square miles. Population 5,068,000. 
 
 The whole of this kingdom belonged, until recently to the 
 Austrian Empire, but Lombardy has been wrested from it 
 and united to the kingdom of Sardinia. The Po separates 
 this kingdom on the south, from Parma, Modena and the 
 States of the Church, and the Ticino separates it on the west 
 from Sardinia proper. It is divided into two governments. 
 
 1. THE GOVERNMENT OF LOMBARDY. 
 
 MILAN, the capital, is situated in a beautiful plain between 
 the Ticino and Adda rivers, 160 miles distant from Venice, 
 and is famed for its numerous and splendid public buildings, 
 and for its valuable public libraries and literary institutions. 
 The cathedral is one of the most magnificent specimens of 
 Gothic architecture, and is said to be adorned with 5,000 
 statues. This city was built by the ancient Gauls, in 359, B. 
 C., and has suffered 40 sieges, 20 captures, and 4 destruc- 
 tions. Population 210,000. 
 
 BERGAMO, at the foot of the Alps, with 32,000 inhabitants, 
 is noted for the great Bartholemew fair, held here annually, 
 and for its trade, manufactures and remarkable churches. 
 
 BRESCIA, 54 miles distant from Milan, is famed for manu- 
 factures of fire arms, its architecture, palaces and literary 
 institutions. Population 30,000. 
 
 LODI, on the Adda, 19 miles south east of Milan, is noted for (he victory 
 of Napoleon, of May 10th, 1796. The celebrated Parmesan cheese is made 
 in the vicinity. Population 18,000. 
 
 PAVIA, on the Ticino, has a university and 28,000 inhabitants. The Car- 
 thusian monastery, iiithe vicinity, is one of the finest in Italy. Here king 
 Desiderius was, in 771, taken prisoner by Charlemagne, and in the year 
 218, B. C., Hannibal defeated the Romans at this place. 
 
 CREMONA, on the Po, 48 miles distant from Milan, with 28,000 inhabi- 
 tants. It is famed for its manufactures of violins, and its literary institu- 
 tions. 
 
 MANTUA, 80 miles southeast of Milan, is a strongly fortified town, and is 
 noted as being the birth place of Virgil. Population 28,000. 
 
 2. THE GOVERNMENT OF VENETIA. 
 
 VENICE is built upon numerous islands, united by bridges 
 in a so-called Lagoon, at the head of the Adriatic. The in- 
 tervening arms of this lagoon, or lake, serve as streets, which 
 are navigated by gondolas. There are over 400 bridges 
 which unite the different islands upon which the city is built, 
 the largest of which is 187 feet long and 43 feet wide, 
 called the Rialto, and which is erected entirely of marble, 
 
EUROPE. 323 
 
 furnished with a leaden roof and occupied by the most 
 splendid and costly mercantile buildings. Venice is remark- 
 able for the great number of its historically remarkable 
 public and private edifices. The church of St. Mark, the 
 ancient palace of the Doge, and the Arsenal, are striking 
 objects of interest. The manufactures of glass and mirrors 
 are carried on extensively, but are not of so much impor- 
 tance as formerly. Population 125,000. 
 
 PADUA has a university, a celebrated fair held here annually, 
 and 45,000 inhabitants. This is the birth place of Livy, the 
 Roman historian, and the traveller, Belzoni. 
 
 VICENZA has great silk manufactures and 35,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 VERONA, on the Adige, contains a celebrated Roman amphi- 
 theatre, sufficient to hold 22,000 spectators. In the vicinity 
 are extensive marble quarries, on which account the houses 
 of this city are generally built of this material. Theodoric 
 made this the capital of his empire. Here Cornelius Nepos 
 was born. Population 52,000. 
 
 CIIIOGQIA, on an island of the same name, with salt works, and 28,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 TREVISO, eighteen miles from Venice, with a botanic garden, important 
 manufactures, annual fairs, and 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BELLUNO, 51 miles from Venice, with a great timber trade and 12,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 UDINE, distant from Venice 64 miles, with a handsome cathedral, and 
 23,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CAMPO FORMIO, noted for the treaty of peace of 17th October, 1797, be- 
 tween France and Austria. 
 
 III. THE DUCHY OF PARMA. 
 
 This Duchy is a fertile district, comprising an area of 
 2,279 square miles, and 479,900 inhabitants. 
 
 According to a resolution of the Congress of Vienna, 
 this duchy was given to Maria Louisa, the wife of Napoleon, 
 who governed it until her death in 1-847. It is now united 
 to the kingdom of Sardinia, or the kingdom of Italy. 
 
 PARMA, the capital of the duchy, has a beautiful castle, a 
 celebrated theatre, one of the largest in Europe, many literary 
 institutions and 41,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PIACENZA, on the Po, 36 miles west of Parma, with a beau- 
 tiful cathedral and 30,000 inhabitants. In die vicinity is the 
 battle field of Trebia, where Hannibal defeated the Romany 
 217, B, C. 
 
 IV. THE DUCHY OF MODENA, 
 
 Comprises 2,109 square miles and 490,000 inhabitants, It is 
 
324 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 now under the government of Victor Emanuel, the king of 
 Sardinia. 
 
 MODENA, the capital of the Duchy, is a beautifully built 
 city, with a splendid castle, a university, and 28,000 inhab- 
 itants. 
 
 REGGIO manufactures wines and silks extensively. Here the renowned 
 poet, Ariosto, was born in 1474. Population 20,000. In the vicinity lie the 
 ruins of the castle of Canossa, where Henry IV. performed penance be- 
 fore Pope Gregory VII., in 1077, 
 
 CARRARA is noted fur its academy of Sculptors and the numerous work- 
 shops of this art. 
 
 V. THE DUCHY OF LUCCA, 
 
 Has an area of 426 square miles, and 182,000 inhabitants. 
 In 1847 this duchy was annexed to the grand duchy of 
 Tuscany. 
 
 LUCCA, the capital of the duchy, has a university, impor- 
 tant silk and cotton manufactures, a richly decorated ducal 
 palace, and 25,000 inhabitants. In the vicinity are celebrated 
 baths. 
 
 VI. THE GRAND DUCHY OF TUSCANY PROPER, 
 
 Contains 8,418 square miles,and 1,570,000 inhabitants. This 
 duchy is now annexed to the kingdom of Sardinia. 
 
 FLORENCE, the capital of the grand duchy, situated on the 
 Arno, is next to Rome the most beautiful city in Italy. It is 
 noted for its churches, palaces, galleries and libraries. Among 
 its churches the most magnificent is the cathedral, whose 
 beautiful Cupola rises to the height of 400 leet. It also con- 
 tains a university and many picturesque ruins. Population 
 110,000. 
 
 CERTALDO, noted as the birth place of the poet Boccacio. 
 
 CHIUSI, the ancient Clusium, the residence of Porsenna. 
 
 PISA, also on the Arno, four miles from its mouth, is noted 
 for its cathedral and the celebrated Leaning Tower, 190 feet 
 high, which overhangs its base and seemingly threatens to 
 fall every moment, yet has stood for many centuries. Popula- 
 tion 22,000. This city once numbered a population of 150,000. 
 
 LEGHORN is the chief seaport of Tuscany, and the first 
 commercial city of Italy, with numerous manufactures, and 
 88,000 inhabitants, one-fourth of whom are Jews, who have 
 here one of the most splendid synagogues in Europe. Here 
 the world-renowned Thorwaldsen, the Danish marble sculp- 
 tor, lived the greatest part of his life, and modeled in this 
 city his most artistic specimens, This city was the birth, place 
 of Dante, 
 
EUROPE. 325 
 
 ~ SIENA has a small university and 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The island of Elba belongs to Tuscany, with the town of Forto Ferrajo. 
 This was the place to which Napoleon was first banished, in 1814. The 
 island abounds in iron. 
 
 VII. THE STATES OF THE CHURCH, 
 
 Contain 17,280 square miles, and 2,970,000 inhabitants. 
 These States, except the province of Romagna (which now 
 belongs to the Kingdom of Sardinia) are under the govern- 
 ment of the Pope, now Pius IX. The soil of most of 
 these, with the exception of the Pontine marshes in the south- 
 western corner, is very fertile, but in general, badly culti- 
 vated. 
 
 ROME, situated upon the banks of the Tiber, is the world- 
 famed capital and residence of the Pope, with 180,000 in- 
 habitants. Though greatly decayed, and much of it in ruins, 
 Rome is yet one of the most interesting cities in the world, 
 and is noted for its churches, palaces, columns, arches and 
 other splendid monuments of architecture, and also as the 
 seat of the fine arts. It contains a university called Delia 
 Sapienza, and on account of its numerous monuments of an- 
 tiquity and works of art, is a constant resort for travellers 
 from all parts of the world. The Church of St. Peter, the 
 glory of modern architecture, stands pre-eminent amongst its 
 noted edifices, as one of the finest structures on the globe, 
 ana" the largest and most magnificent cathedral in existence. 
 We also note after this, the Rotunda, the ancient, celebrated 
 Pantheon, formerly a heathen temple, now consecrated as a 
 Christian church; the Capitolium, a palace erected on the 
 spot where the old capitolium stood ; the Castle of St. Angelo, 
 a citadel now used for a prison. A large archway unites 
 this castle to the Vatican, a mammoth palace containing the 
 most valuable library in the world, and the finest works of 
 Raphael and Michael Angelo. 
 
 ANCONA, 30 miles from Rome, is the chief seaport of the 
 Popedom, on the Adriatic, with a remarkable cathedral and 
 32,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CIVITIA VECHIA, next to Ancona, the chief seaport in the eclesiastical 
 States. 
 VELLETRI, with many remains of antiquity. Population 12,000. 
 
 PERUGIA, 83 miles from Rome, with a university and 
 32,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ASSIST, renowned as the birth place of St. Franeiscus, the 
 founder of the Franciscan order. 
 
326 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 TOLKNTINO, noted for the treaty of peace between France and the Pope, 
 in 1797. 
 
 LORETTA, celebrated as a place of pilgrimages. The cottage of the Virgin 
 Mary, believed to have been brought in 12y5, by the angels, from Galilee, at- 
 tracts multitudes of pilgrims. 
 
 URBINO, noted as the birth place of Raphael. 
 
 RAVENNA, once the residence of the Roman emperors, the 
 Gothic kings and the Exarchs of Italy, is now a reduced 
 city^sitaated in a marshy district, near the sea-coast, with 
 26,000 inhabitants. Here Dante lies buried. 
 
 BOLOGNA, next to Rome the most commercial city in the 
 ecclesiastical dominions, is situated in a fertile region, with 
 important manufactures of silk, soap and artificial flowers. 
 It contains the oldest university in Europe. Population 
 75,000. 
 
 FERRARA, situated on an arm of the Po, is beautifully and 
 regularly built, with a vast gothic castle, a university, and 
 28,000 inhabitants. Extensive marshes are found near the 
 city. 
 
 RIMINI, a maritime town, with numerous remnants of antiquity and 18,OOC 
 inhabitants. 
 
 The duchy of Benevento, and the principality of Pontecorvo, insulated in 
 the kingdom of Naples, belong to the States of the Church. 
 
 VIII. THE REPUBLIC OF SAN MARINO, 
 
 Has only 22 square miles, and 8,200 inhabitants. It is the 
 smallest (with regard to extent) of all the European States, 
 and contains the town of Marino and four villages. It is said 
 that a hermit, by the name of Marinus, about 1,380 years 
 ago, founded this republic. Marino, the capital, situated on 
 a mountain, is accessible only by a path. 
 
 IX. THE KINGDOM OF NAPLES, OR THE TWO SICILIES. 
 
 This kingdom consists of the southern part of Italy, and 
 the island of Sicily, with the Lipari isles. It comprises an 
 area of 42,100 square miles and 8,373,000 inhabitants. Si- 
 cily is the largest island in the Mediterranean, and is peerless 
 in its fertility, having been in ancient times termed the 
 " Garden of Rome." This kingdom is also ruled by Victor 
 Emanuel. 
 
 1. CONTINENTAL NAPLES. 
 
 Area 31,556 square miles. Population 6,323,000. 
 NAPLES, the capital andi royal residence, is the most popu-p 
 
EUROPE. 32f 
 
 lous city of Italy, and one of the largest in Europe. It is 
 built upon the Mediterranean, and has a capacious harbor, a 
 university, and 400,000 inhabitants ; 80,000 of whom are 
 lazzaroni, or day laborers without homes. The lengthy street 
 of Toledo is very splendid, and noted for the swarming 
 throngs of people passing through it, which on Sunday are 
 so dense that it is almost impossible to move along the same. 
 The objects of interest in the vicinity are : 1. The Grotto of 
 Pausilipo, being a tunnel through rocks upwards of a mile long 
 and illuminated by lamps day and night. 2. The Dog's 
 Grotto, the bottom of which is covered with carbonic acid 
 gas, which suffocates a dog plunged therein. 3. The Solfa- 
 tara, a volcanic vale, where the earth is warm and from 
 which sulphurous vapors ascend. 4. Mount Vesuvius 3,800 
 feet high, at the foot of which much excellent wine is made. 
 This volcano lies seven miles from Naples. 
 
 PORTICI, a village with a royal palace, in which are pre- 
 served many relics from the excavated ruins of Herculancum 
 and Pompeii, destroyed by an erruption of Vesuvius, in the 
 year 79, A. D. 
 
 CAPUA, comprises in its vicinity many antiquities of the 
 ancient and renowned Capua. 
 
 GAETA, one of the strongest fortresses in the world, on a 
 bay of the same name. 
 
 SALERNO, with an ancient cathedral, in which Gregory 
 VII. lies buried (f 1085.) A large fair is held here yearly. 
 
 BARI, a fortified city on the Adriatic, with a renowned 
 chapel, to which pilgrims resort, and 21,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LECCE, is one of the most beautiful towns of lower Italy, 
 with 20,000 inhabitants. Great oil culture. 
 
 TARANTO, situated on a bay of the same name, with great 
 salt works. Many oysters and clams are caught here. In 
 the 5th century, this city had 300,000 inhabitants, now only 
 19,000. 
 
 REGGIO, in Calabria, on the strait of Messina, has an 
 active trade in oil and silks. Earthquake in 1783. 
 
 AQUINO, a village noted as the birth place of Juvenal, and according to 
 some authors, of Thomas Aquinas. 
 
 AMALFI, an ancient emporium of Europe, and rioted as the place where 
 the pandects of Justinian were discovered. 
 
 BRINHISI, the ancient BRUNDUSIUM, with Roman antiquities. 
 
 , holds a large annual fair, and has 26,000 inhabitants. 
 with important trade in silk and olive oil. 
 
328 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 COSENZA, a small town in the vicinity of which Alaric the Visigoth lies 
 buried. 
 
 The islands CAPRI and ISCHIA, lie upon the coast. 
 
 2. THE ISLAND OF SICILY. 
 
 Area 10,544 square miles. Population 2,050,000. 
 
 The island of Sicily, as before stated, the largest in the 
 Mediterranean, is separated from the main land by the strait 
 ot Messina, five miles wide. The whirlpool on the coast of 
 Sicily, called by the ancients Charybdis, and the opposite 
 promontory, called Sylla, are not so terrifying to mariners as 
 formerly ; but the ebb and flow of the tide in the strait are 
 very strong. The island of Sicily is intersected by moun- 
 tains, which are regarded as a continuation of the Apennines. 
 Mount Etna, called here Monte Gibello, 10,870 feet high, is 
 the most noted volcano in Europe. 
 
 PALERMO, the capital, on a bay of the northern coast, has a 
 capacious harbor, a university, considerable silk manufac- 
 tures, a lively trade, and 180,000 inhabitants. The environs 
 of Palermo are adorned with numerous magnificent villa?. 
 
 In the vicinity of Palermo, is situated the town of MOXREALE, with a 
 splendid cathedral, and 14,000 inhabitants. Here, March 30th, 1282, com- 
 menced the Massacre of the French, called the Sicilian Vespers. 
 
 TERMINI, with renowned hot springs, and 19,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TAOKMINA, noted for its 80 years siege during the Middle Ages, the longest 
 known in history. 
 
 MESSINA, on the strait of the same name, the most impor- 
 tant commercial city of Sicily, is fortified and has a univer- 
 sity, considerable silk manufactures, and 85,000 inhabitants. 
 Earthquake in 1783. 
 
 CATANIA, at the foot of Mount Etna, with 60,000 inhabi- 
 tants, who manufacture great quantities of silk, and carry on 
 a considerable trade. 
 
 SYRACUSE, a fortified city on the eastern coast of Sicily, is 
 renowned for its excellent wines and the ancient temple of 
 Minerva. It once contained 1,200,000 inhabitants, now only 
 18,000. Here were the remarkable quarries called the Ear. 
 of Dionysius. 
 
 GIRGENTI, 60 miles southeast of Palermo, with a remark- 
 able cathedral, and 18,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Jfear this was situated the ancient renowned cjty of AGIUGKNTUM, which 
 (]nce had a population pf 800,000. 
 
EUEOPE. 229 
 
 TRAPANI, a fortified city on the sea coast, with salt manu- 
 factures, and 26,000 inhabitants. 
 
 North of the Island of Sicily lie the Lipari islands, anciently called the 
 /Eolian Islands, producing wines, figs and cotton. They are 13 in number 
 and are of volcanic origin. 
 
 X. THE BRITISH ITALIAN ISLANDS. 
 1. THE MALTESE ISLANDS, 
 
 Three in number, contain 160 square miles and 140,000 in- 
 habitants. They are called Malta, Gozzo and Cormi.io. 
 
 LA VALETTA, situated upon the island of Malta, is one of 
 the strongest fortified cities in the world, and was formerly 
 the seat of the Grand Master of the knights of St. John, and 
 has a university, a botanic garden, considerable commerce, 
 and 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. THE IONIAN ISLANDS. 
 
 These islands, lying upon the coast of Albania, Livadia 
 and Morea, form, since 1815, a free and independent govern- 
 ment under the protection of Great Britain. The number 
 of these islands are seven large and several small ones, all of 
 which contain 1,108 square miles, and 220,000 inhabitants. 
 They are generally mountainous, but interspersed with many 
 delightful valleys and have a serene, mild atmosphere. Corfu is 
 the most important of these, with the city of Corfu, the capi- 
 tal of the whole republic and the seat of the British Lord 
 High Commissioner. It has a university, founded in 1S24, 
 and one of the best harbors on the Mediterranean. 25,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 PAXO, southeast of Corfu, is nearly covered with olive trees. 
 
 SANTA MAURA exports oil, salt and wine. The channel 
 which separates this island from Albania, is so narrojv and 
 shallow that it can sometimes be forded. 
 
 THEAKI, the ancient Ithica, exports many raisins. 
 
 CEPHALONIA, the largest, is noted for its excellent sailors, and it carries 
 on a considerable commerce. 
 
 ZANTE, is so pleasant and fertile that it has been called the 
 " crown and flower of the Levant." These islands were 
 formerly called the Venetian Levant. The city of Zante is 
 built upon the declivity of a mountain, upon the east side, 
 in the iorm of an amphitheatre, and is the greatest commer- 
 cial place in the republic, Population 2 ? 000 f 
 
330 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 CERIGO, South of Morea, yields wine and oil. The production of grain is 
 inconsiderable. 
 
 SWITZERLAND. 
 
 Area 15,315 square miles. Population 2,500,000 
 
 SWITZERLAND, anciently called Helvetia, was until the 
 year A. D., 406, a Roman Province, inhabited by a German 
 tribe named Helvetians. It was for many centuries under 
 the sway of the German empire ; but the three cantons of 
 Uri, Schweitz and Unterwalden, united together, in 1315, to 
 maintain their independence, and this was the foundation of 
 the present Helvetic republic. In 1513, the number of can- 
 tons was 13, and by the year 1815, the confederacy had in- 
 creased to its present number of 22. Switzerland, although 
 she had effectively maintained her independence for a long 
 time, yet was not formally acknowledged as an independent 
 nation until the peace of Westphalia, in 1648. 
 
 She lies between Germany and Italy, and is bordered on 
 the west by France. 
 
 Surface. Switzerland is^altogether a mountainous coun- 
 try, and the summits of its lofty mountains are constantly 
 covered with snow. Here in the elevated heights, lying be- 
 tween the summits of eternal snows, immeasurable fields of 
 ice, called glaciers, are formed, and from these lofty regions 
 great quantities of ice and snow precipitate themselves into 
 the valleys, and sometimes bury men, houses and cattle in 
 one common ruin. Upon some occasions stupendous moun- 
 tain masses lose their balance, and rush into the valleys. 
 However terrific this all may be, Switzerland is nevertheless 
 very enticing in her various beauties of nature. The delight^ 
 ful valleys, the grazing Alps (as the pasture grounds on the 
 mountains are called,) the clear brooks gliding smoothly 
 down the mountain sides, the grand cataracts, the charming 
 and ever varying prospect, scon reconcile even the most timid 
 with Switzerland. 
 
 Soil. -The soil of Switzerland, notwitnstanding its moun- 
 tainous character, is in many places fertile. Many of the 
 valleys have a fertile soil, and the Alpine pastures are noted 
 for their nutritious and aromatic herbs. Pasturage and the 
 making*of cheese ae therefore the chief pursuits o/ the 
 farmer. 
 
EUROPE. 331 
 
 Rivers. The Rhine, which receives the Aar after its tribu- 
 taries the Reuss and Limmat have emptied into it, has its 
 source in Mount St. Gothard ; and the Rhone, rising at the 
 foot of Mount Furca flows through the long and deep valley 
 of Valais, and afterwards rushes with great violence into lake 
 Geneva. At Geneva it again issues from the lake, and turn- 
 ing towards France, empties into the Mediterranean. 
 
 Lakes. Amongst the numerous lakes of Switzerland, 
 those of Geneva, Constance, Neufchatel, Zurich and Lu- 
 cerne are the largest. The Rhone, as already stated, flows 
 through the first, the Rhine through lake Constance, and the 
 Limmat through lake Zurich. 
 
 Climate The climate in general is salubrious and pure, 
 but various, owing to the natural condition of the country as 
 regards altitude. In the low valleys, especially in those ex- 
 posed to the sun, it is very warm and often oppressively hot ; 
 in higher localities the heat decreases and the elevated 
 mountainous regions possess the pure cold atmosphere of 
 Norway. 
 
 Products. The greatest attention is directed to the raising 
 of cattle, and the excellent pasuire grounds on the mountains, 
 as well as in the valleys, seem to promote this branch of in- 
 dustry ; the rearing of horses in different districts is also an 
 object of considerable attention. In the mountains, bears, 
 wolves, chamois, wild goats, marmots and badgers are found; 
 wild fowl in abundance, also eagles and vultures. Grapes, 
 flax and tobacco are raised, and in the south almonds and 
 other choice fruits. Considerable quantities of wine are 
 made. The grain raised is insufficient for home consump- 
 tion. Of minerals, excellent iron, marble and slate are ob- 
 tained here. 
 
 Manufactures. Switzerland is quite a manufacturing 
 country. Her manufactures comprise chiefly those of cotton 
 and silk goods, watches, jewelry, &c. The manufacture of 
 linen and hempen cloth, paper, leather, iron and straw hats 
 is considerable. 
 
 Education. Common schools are numerous in Switzer- 
 land. There are three universities, one at Bale, one at Zu- 
 rich and one at Berne ; and besides these, numerous acade- 
 mies and gymnasiums are established. 
 
 Commerce. The commerce of this country is considera- 
 ble, and its exports are confined principally to manufactured 
 goods, cattle, cheese and drugs. 
 
332 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Inhabitants. The bulk of the inhabitants are of German 
 origin ; but in the south of Italian, and in the west of French 
 descent One part of the Swiss belong to the Protestant, and 
 the other to the Roman Catholic church, the former com- 
 posing the majority. Switzerland is divided into 22 cantons, 
 which form together a confederated republic, and each of 
 them has its own independent government; and these 
 all are allied together into a union for the maintenance of 
 their liberty, independence and internal security. The 
 general business of the confederacy is managed by the Diet 
 or Federal Congress, consisting of the representatives of all 
 the Cantons, which meets at Berne. The Swiss are an active 
 and robust people, and have always been distinguished for 
 their love of liberty and attachment to their native country, 
 as well as for their bravery and loyalty. To the foregoing, 
 the deformed and idiotic Cretins form an exception, and they 
 are principally found in the canton of Valais, 
 
 CANTONS. 
 
 1. Bale. 9. Grisons. 16. Berne. 
 
 2. Solothurn. 10. Tessin. 17. Uri. 
 
 3. Aargau. 11. Valais. 18. Glarus. 
 
 4. Zurich. 12. Geneva. 19. Schweitz. 
 
 5. Schaffhausen. 13. Vaud. 20. Zug. 
 
 6. Thurgau. 14. Neufchatel. 21. Underwalden. 
 
 7. St. Gall. 15. Freiburg. 22. Lucerne. 
 
 8. Appenzell. 
 
 The canton of Bale or Basel has been, since 1853, divided 
 into Basel City and Basel Campagne. 
 
 BASEL, the first commercial city of Switzerland, situated 
 on the Rhine, has a university, silk manufactures, paper 
 mills and 23,000 inhabitants. Here is tha sepulchre of the 
 renowned Erasmus of Rotterdam. 
 
 SCHAFFHAUSEN, situated upon the Rhine, in the vicinity of 
 which is the celebrated falls of the Rhine, the most famous 
 in Europe, 80 feet high. The mass of water is broken into 
 foam in its descent, and resembles a cataract of snow and the 
 roaring surpasses even Niagara. 
 
 BADEN, on the Limmat, with hot sulphur springs, is a 
 favorite resort for the neighboring cantoris. * 
 
 Southwest on the Aar, lies the ancient castle of Hapsburg, the lineal 
 house of the Austrian imperial family, now in ruins, near which is the cele- 
 brated bath called Schinznach. 
 
 ZURICH ? situated on the lake of the same name, has a 
 
EUROPE. 333 
 
 University, a splendid court house, a large cathedral and im- 
 portant woolen and silk manufactures. The reformation of 
 Zwingle began here in 1520. 
 
 ST. GALL, has linen and cotton manufactures and celebrated bleacheries. 
 
 PPEFFERS, situated in the wild romantic Tamina valley, is 
 noted for its warm baths. Here is a Benedictine Abbey, 
 founded in 720. 
 
 KUSNACHT, a village with the ruins of the tyrant Gesler's castle, who was 
 killed by Wm. Tell. 
 
 BRUNNEN, a village where the three cantons Uri, Schweitz 
 and Unterwalden, in 1315, entered into a league for mutual 
 defense, which laid the foundation of the Helvetic republic. 
 
 LUCERNE, a fortified town on the Reuss, has a lively trade. 
 It is situated not far from the Pilate mountain. A monu- 
 ment is erected in the vicinity, as a memorial of the guards 
 who fell in Paris, 1792, being a colossal dying lion, hewn out 
 of solid rock. 
 
 ALTORF, on the Reuss, in the Canton of Uri. Here the spot is shown 
 where William Tell shot the apple from the head of his son. A well is dug 
 where' Tell is said to have stood, and an old tower adorned with paintings 
 marks the spot where the boy was placed. 
 
 BERNE, the capital, on the Aar, is one of the largest and 
 most important cities of Switzerland, with a deaf and dumb 
 institute, considerable trade, and 24,000 inhabitants. In the 
 vale of Lauterbrunnen, lying in the southern part of the can- 
 ton of Berne,, there are not less than twenty cascades, amongst 
 which the falls of the Staubach, opposite the Jungfrau, are 
 particularly noted. 
 
 FREIBUBG, has a beautiful church, with the highest spire in Switzerland. 
 The remarkable cave, hewn in solid rock, called the Magdalen Hermitage, 
 is six miles distant. 
 
 LAUSANNE, situated a short distance from Lake Geneva, has a very de- 
 lightful location and a pure atmosphere, which renders it attractive to tra- 
 velers. 
 
 GENEVA, situated on lake Geneva, is the most populous 
 and flourishing city of Switzerland. Many watches are 
 made here, and other gold and silver instruments. 70,000 
 watches are estimated to be made in this city annually. Pop- 
 ulation 31,000. 
 
 NEUFCHATEL, on the lake of the same name, has flourishing manufacturing 
 establishments, and a thriving commerce. Much lace is made in the vicinity. 
 
334 GEOGRAfcHIdAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 GERMANY. 
 
 Area 245,054 square miles. Population 44,042,000. 
 
 Germany was known to the Romans, under the name of 
 Germania, and was for a time partially subject to this nation^ 
 but achieved its independence under Hermann, in the year 
 9., A. D. It afterwards formed part of the great empire of 
 Charlemagne, which was dissolved by the treaty of Verdun 
 and Louis II., grandson of the great emperor, became the 
 first sovereign of Germany. It subsequently passed through 
 numerous revolutions, and was governed for many centuries 
 by emperors, the most renowned of whom was Charles V., 
 who swayed the sceptre about the commencement of the 
 German reformation, and the last emperor was Francis II., of 
 Austria, who surrendered the title of " German emperor," in 
 1806. The most noted events in the history of Germany, are 
 the Lutheran reformation and the consequent religious thirty 
 years war, which commenced on the 23d May, 1618, and 
 ended by the treaty of Westphalia, in 1648. The present 
 Germanic confederation is the only remaining nationality 
 which Germany yet retains. 
 
 Germany lies near the centre of Europe, and is bounded 
 north by the North sea, Denmark and the Baltic ; East by 
 Prussia, Poland, Galicia and Hungary ; south by the Adri- 
 atic, Italy and Switzerland ; and west by France, Belgium 
 and the Netherlands. 
 
 Surface. The surface of Germany is higher in the south 
 than in the north, from which fact the southern half is called 
 Upper Germany, and the northern half, Lower Germany. 
 The most remarkable mountains are : 1. The Alps, the high- 
 est elevations of which are the Orteles Peak, 12,000 feet high, 
 and the Gross-Glockner which attains an altitude of 12,213 
 feet, being the highest point of Germany. 2. The Black 
 Forest, in the southwest and in the interior ; 3. The Fich- 
 telgebirge ; with this chain are united, 4. The Erzgebirge on the 
 northeast ; 5. The Bohmerwald on the northeast, and 6. The 
 Thuringerwald on the northwest. To the Erzgebirge, the 
 Riesengebirge are united, the highest point of which, called 
 the Schneekoppe, is 5,000 feet high ; and from the Riesenge- 
 birge, 8. The Moravian mountains stretch to the Bohmer- 
 wald> both the Riesengebirge and the Moravian mountains, 
 
EUROPE. 335 
 
 bearing the general name of the Sudetic mountains. North 
 of the Thuringerwald are, 9. The Hartz mountains, with 
 the Brocken, 3,500 feet high. On the western border of Ger- 
 many lie, 10. The Donnersburg, a branch of the Wasgauge- 
 birge or Vosges mountains. 
 
 Soil. The soil of Germany is, on the whole, only of mod- 
 erate fertility. There are many tracts of exuberant fertility, 
 but on the other hand, there are many as barren and sterile 
 as the Russian Steppes. A large portion of the northern 
 level country would be as barren as they, but for the abun- 
 dant rains. The most fertile tracts of Germany are the 
 marshes on the shores of the North sea. Agriculture has 
 brought the soil to a high degree of cultivation. 
 
 Rivers. The most considerable rivers are : 1. The Rhine 
 which receives the Neckar, the Main, the Lahn, the Moselle, 
 the Ruhr, and the Lippe, as tributaries. 2. The Weser, form- 
 ed by the confluence of the Werra and Fuldu, receives as 
 affluents the Aller, after its union with the Ocker, and the 
 Leine, and also the Hunte, and subsequently empties into the 
 north sea. 3. The Elbe, the principal tributaries of which 
 are theMoldau, the Eger,the Mulde,the Saaleandthe Havel, 
 discharges its waters into the North Sea. 4. The Oder re- 
 ceives, as tributaries, the Neisse, Katzbach, and Warta, and 
 flows thiough the Haff of Stettin, by three mouths, into the 
 Baltic. 5. The Danube rises in the Black Forest, and re- 
 ceives as its affluents, the Iller, Leek, Iser, Inn, Enns and 
 March. Besides these rivers, we observe the Ems, and the 
 Eider, which forms the boundary'with Denmark. 
 
 CONSTANCE is the largest of the lakes, lying upon the fron- 
 tiers of Switzerland. 
 
 Climate. The climate of Germany is, in general, temper- 
 ate and healthy. That of North Germany is more inclement 
 and humid than that of the south, where it is warm and dry. 
 The southwestern part is the mildest region of Germany; and 
 in this portion, the grape and excellent tropical fruits are raised 
 in abundance, and much wine is made. 
 
 Products. All kinds of grain and fruits, peculiar to the 
 temperate zone, are raised in Germany ; rye, barley, oats, po- 
 tatoes, peas, beans, in all parts ; maize, in the south ; wheat 
 in the south and west; buckwheat in the north; millet in the 
 southeast ; rape seed, poppy, anise and cummin in the cen- 
 tre and northwestern districts. Great quantities of flax are culti- 
 vated, especially in Silesia, Bohemia, Moravia and Westpha- 
 
336 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 lia. Hops are also grown in great abundance ; the best in 
 the northern part of Bavaria and in Bohemia. Tobacco is 
 extensively raised on the upper Rhine and in Brandenburg. 
 Wine is made in great quantities, especially along the Rhine 
 and its tributaries, and in the Austrian provinces. 
 
 Animals. Horned cattle, horses, sheep, swine, asses and 
 goat. 5 ;, are raised in great numbers. The best horses are found 
 in North Germany 3 the most excellent swine in Pomerania 
 and Westphalia; and asses are raised chiefly in the south. 
 Germany abounds in game, fowls, bees, etc., and great quan- 
 tities of honey and wax are exported. Of wild animals, deers, 
 bean, wolves, foxes, lynxes, hamsters, and hares are found ; 
 and the rivers contain abundance of fish. The chamois and 
 ibex are yet met with in the Alps. 
 
 Minerals. The mineral kingdom of Germany yields small 
 quantities of gold, but more of silver ; also copper, iron, lead, 
 quicksilver, marble, alabaster, slate, sandstone, and salt in 
 abundance. There is, perhaps, no country upon the globe 
 where mineral springs are more abundant than in Germany. 
 
 Manufactures. The manufactures of Germany are vari- 
 ous and important, and embrace the following articles : linen, 
 (in Silesia, Bohemia, Lusatia and Westphalia,) woolen goods, 
 (in Rhenish Prussia and other parts,) cotton goods, silks, hard- 
 ware, cutlery, fire arms, leather, porcelain, (the best in Berlin, 
 Vienna and Meissen,) glass, musical instruments, gold and 
 silversmiths' wares, optical, chirurgical and other similar 
 instruments. 
 
 Commerce. The commerce of Germany is carried on to a 
 great extent. The chief exports are in grain, timber, wool, 
 linen, hardware, lead, zinc, quicksilver, glass, salt, woolen 
 and cotton goods, horses, cattle and butter. The inland trade 
 is also considerable. 
 
 Education. Common school education is more generally 
 diffused in Germany than in any other country of Europe. 
 Her literary institutions are both numerous and celebrated. 
 The universities have all the four faculties of theology, juris- 
 prudence, medicine and philosophy, (including astronomy, 
 etc.) united ; and these institutions are resorted to by students 
 from all countries. Munich, Vienna, Berlin, Dresden and 
 Gottingen are regarded as the central points of the sciences 
 and arts, not only for Germany but for other countries. Ger- 
 many is famed for the number and size of her public libra- 
 
EUROPE. 387 
 
 ries, picture galleries, cabinets of natural curiosities and ob- 
 servatories. 
 
 Inhabitants. As regards religion, there are between twen- 
 ty-iour and twenty-five million Roman Catholics in Germany, 
 upwards of ninteen million Protestants, and about 500,000 
 Jews. The population of Southern Germany is generally 
 Catholic, whilst on the contrary, that of Northern Germany is 
 mostly Protestant. The Germans are honest, faithful, brave, 
 thoughtful, persevering and industrious. 
 
 Government. Germany consists of 38 States, united to- 
 gether for mutual defence, by a common league or associa- 
 tion called the Germanic Confederation. Each of these 
 states has its own form of government, and the laws of each 
 are supreme within its own limits. The Diet is composed of 
 deputies from all the states, whose duty consists in delibera- 
 ting upon the general affairs of the Confederation, and what 
 has reference to the maintenance of internal and foreign 
 tranquillity. When the Confederation is engaged in a com- 
 mon war, each federate state is bound to furnish its propor- 
 tional quota of soldiers for the confederate army. The Ger- 
 manic Confederation comprises, besides the posses- 
 sions ot the Emperor of Austria and the King of Prussia, 
 4 Kingdons, 1 Electorate, 1 Grand Duchies, 9 Duchies, 10 
 Principalities, 1 Landgraviate,and 4 Free Cities. Of these lie, 
 
 IN SOUTH GERMANY : 
 
 I. The possessions of the Emperor of Austria. 
 
 II. The Kingdom of Bayaria. 
 
 III. The Kingdom of Wirtemberg. 
 
 IV. The Grand Duchy of Baden. 
 
 V f 
 
 yj -j The two Principalities of Hohenzollern. 
 
 VII. The Principality of Lichtenstein. 
 
 IN CENTRAL GERMANY : 
 
 VIII. The Kingdom of Saxony. 
 
 IX ( 
 
 ' | The two Principalities of Reuss. 
 
 XII { The two princi P aliti e3 of Schw&rzburg. 
 
 XIII. ( 
 
 XIV. 4 The three Saxon Duchies. 
 
 XV. ( 
 
 XVI. The Grand Duchy of Saxe-Weimar. 
 
 XVII. The Electorate of Hesse. 
 
 XVIII. The Grand Duchy of Hesse. 
 
 XIX. The Duchy of Nassau. 
 
338 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 XX. The Landgraviate of Hesse-Homburg. 
 
 XXI. The Free City of Frankfort on the Maine. 
 
 XXII. The Grand Duchy of Luxemburg. 
 
 IN NORTH GERMANY. 
 
 XXIII. The possessions of the King of Prussia. 
 
 XXIV f 
 
 XXV ' { The two Grand Duchies of Mecklenburg. 
 
 XXVI. The Duchy of Holstein with Lauenburg. 
 
 XXVII. The Free City of Lubec. 
 
 XXVIII. The Free City of Hamburg. 
 
 XXIX. The Kingdom of Hanover. 
 
 XXX. The Grand Duchy of Oldenburg. 
 
 XXXI. The Free City of Bremen. 
 
 XXXII. The Principality of Schaumburg-Lippe. 
 
 XXXIII. The Principality of Lippe-Detmold. 
 
 XXXIV. The Principality of Waldeck, 
 
 XXXV. The Duchy of Brunswick. 
 
 XXXVI. f 
 
 XXXVII. j The three Duchies of Anhalt, 
 
 XXXVIII. [ 
 
 SOUTH GERMANY. 
 
 I. THE POSSESSIONS OF THE EMPEROR OF AUSTRIA. 
 
 The Austrian Germanic possessions comprise the southeast- 
 ern part of Germany, and embrace 76,000 square miles and 
 14,000,000 inhabitants, the larger part of whom are Roman 
 Catholics. Francis Joseph is now the ruling Emperor of 
 Austria. 
 
 1. THE ARCH DUCHY OF AUSTRIA, 
 
 On both sides of the Danube. It is intersected by mountains. 
 South of the Danube lie the Kahlenberg mountains, with the 
 Wienerwald ; north of it the Manhartsberg, a continuation of 
 the Bohemian mountains. 
 
 VIENNA, the capital of Austria, and residence of the 
 emperor, situated on the Danube, the first and most popu- 
 lous city of Germany, is surrounded with walls and numer- 
 ous suburbs, and contains 600,000 inhabitants. It has a 
 university, several literary institutions, many manufacuring 
 establishments, and carries on an extensive trade. The noted 
 objects of this city are: the Imperial Castle, with the royal 
 library of 400,000 volumes and 15,000 manuscripts; St. 
 Stephens Cathedral, a large Gothic edifice, with a tower 436 
 feet high, one of the loftiest in Europe, and the Metallic 
 Statue of Joseph II. In the vicinity of the city, Schoeribrnnn 
 and Laxenburg, the summer residences of the Emperor, are 
 erected. Vienna has been twice besieged by the Turks, once 
 
EUROPE. 
 
 in 1529, when it was freed from the invaders by Charles V., 
 with his imperial army, and again in 1683, by John Sobieski, 
 the brave king ot Poland. 
 
 BADEN, has celebrated warm baths. 
 NBUSTADT, has a military academy. 
 STJSYER, on the Ens, contains a celebrated manufactury of arms. 
 
 LINZ, situated on the Danube, has many woolen and 
 cotton manufactories, amongst which the imperial woolen 
 manufactory is one of the largest in the empire. Population 
 25,000. 
 
 SALZBURG, situated on the Salzach river, has a beautiful 
 cathedral and the remarkable " Gate of Sigismund." This 
 name is applied to the passage hewn through the Monchs- 
 berg, which is 420 feet long, 22 wide and 36 high. 
 
 HALLEIN, also on the Salzach, is noted for its salt works. 
 
 2. THE DUCHY OF STYRIA, 
 
 Is a mountainous district, except in the eastern part, some of 
 which is level. 
 
 GRATZ, is the capital of the Duchy, with 50,000 inhabitants. 
 A lively trade is carried on here. 
 
 MAB.IAZELL, situated high upon the mountains, on the borders of the 
 Arch Duchy, is a celebrated place of pilgrimages. 
 
 t. THE KINGDOM OF ILLYRIA. 
 
 Here run the Noric, Carnic and Julian Alps, with the great 
 Birnbaumerwald. This district consists of the former 
 Duchies of Carinthia, Carniola, Friaul, Istria, &c. 
 
 The curiosities here are : 1. The Lake of Zirknitz, encom- 
 passed by mountains, which at certain seasons of the year 
 becomes entirely dry and the bottom is ploughed and sown ; 
 in three months the waters rush back and fill the lake, in 
 which abundance of fish are then caught. 2. The Adels- 
 berg Cave, which is almost six miles in length, and is full 
 of crystals and stalagmites. 3. The Magdalen Grotto, in 
 which many stalagmitic figures are visible. 
 
 KLAGENFURT, in the Duchy of Carinthia, has cloth, ribbon 
 and silk manufactures, and carries on an active trade. 
 
 LAYBACH, in the Duchy of Carniola, has considerable 
 manufactures and an active trade. Population 19,000. A 
 congress of European sovereigns met here in 1820. 
 
 IDBIA, has the largest and most productive quicksilver mines in Europe. 
 
 TRIESTE, the principal commercial city in the Austrian 
 
840 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOfc. 
 
 Empire, is situated on the Adriatic, and has a fine harbor 
 and 76,000 inhabitant. Here the imperial navy, is stationed. 
 
 On the frontiers of Italy lies the small village of AQUILEJA, which was 
 destroyed in 452, by Attila the Hun, at the time of the great migration of 
 nations; and the few surviving inhabitants fled and founded the city of 
 Venice. Before its destruction it contained 100,000 inhabitants. 
 
 4. THE EARLDOM OF TYROL, 
 
 Is very mountainous and full of lofty peaks, the highest of 
 which is the Ortlerspitze, 12,852 feet high, the highest moun- 
 tain of Germany. Here rise the Lech, the Iser and Inn, 
 tributaries of the Danube. The inhabitants are an active, 
 vigorous and courageous people. 
 
 INNSPRUCK, the capital, is situated between high and rug- 
 ged mountains, on the river Inn, and has a seminary of 
 learning. 
 
 BOTZEN, the emporium of Tyrol, is noted for its annual fairs. 
 
 TRENT, on the Adige, is famed in history for the council 
 held here from 1545 to 1563, in which the doctrines of the 
 Romish church were confirmed. The church in which the 
 council met, is yet shown; Population. 15,000 
 
 ROVEREDO, near the Adige, is noted for its silk manufactures; 
 5. THE KINGDOM OF BOHEMIA^ 
 
 Is entirely encompassed by the Erzgebirge, Riesengebirge, 
 the Moravian mountains and the Boehmerwald, but in the 
 interior, is very fertile. It is noted for its excellent manufac- 
 tures of glass. 
 
 PRAGUE, built upon both sides of the Moldau, is strongly 
 fortified and has a university, founded in 1348, the oldest in 
 Germany. Its manufactures of cotton and linen, and its trade 
 are extensive. The noteworthy objects are : 1. The splendid 
 Bridge over the Moldau, containing 16 arches; the Cathedral 
 and the Imperial Castle. This city is celebrated as the 
 residence of John Huss, the Reformer. Here the great Da- 
 nish Astronomer, Tycho Brahe, lies buried (f 1601). Battle 
 of the Weisenberg in the vicinity, 1620. Population 120,000. 
 
 Frederick II. obtained a victory near Prague in May 1757, over the 
 Austrians, but was in June of the same year, near Kolin, on the Elbe, east 
 of Prague, defeated by them. 
 
 REICHENBERG, is next to Prague, the most important place 
 of Bohemia, with extensive manufactures of cotton and 
 woolen goods. 
 
 , on the Elbe, in a rich region called the Bohemian Paradise. 
 
EUROPE. 341 
 
 TOPLITZ, near the Erzgebirgc, is a celebrated watering place. 
 JOACHIMSTHAL was formerly noted for its silver mines. The first thalers 
 were coined here in 1518. 
 
 EGER, on the river of the same name, contains the hall in 
 which Wallenstein was assassinated in 1634. In the vicinity 
 are the noted baths of Franzensbrunnen. 
 
 CARLSBAD, on the Eger, has also noted mineral springs. 
 
 6. THE MARGRAVIATE OF MORAVIA AND AUSTRIAN SILESIA. 
 
 These provinces are fertile, and their linen and cotton 
 manufactures considerable. 
 
 BRUNN, the capital, is an ancient city, full of historical associ- 
 ations, with many splendid edifices. Its manufactures are ex- 
 tensive, and it carries on a lively trade. In the vicinity liesAus- 
 terlitz, historically famous for the victory gained by Napoleon 
 over the Austrians and Russians, in 1805. Population 45,000, 
 
 IGLAU, is noted for its cloth manufactures. 
 
 OLMUTZ, is a strongly fortified place, noted for being the 
 town in which Lafayette was imprisoned. 
 
 TROPPAU, JAOERNDORF, and TBSCHKN, lie in Silesia, and have cloth and 
 linen manufactures, 
 
 Besides these dominions the Emperor of Austria possesses 
 1. Galicia, 2. The Hungarian States, and 3. Venctia in Iialy. 
 The whole contains about 37,000,000 inhabitants. 
 II. THE KINGDOM OF BAVARIA. 
 
 This kingdom lies west of the Austrian States, upon both 
 banks of the Danube. The Alps run through the southern 
 part ; in the northeast the Fichtelgebirge, the Schneeberge 
 and the Ochsenkopfe ; and in the northwest the Rhoen and 
 Spessart mountains. A small isolated part of this kingdom 
 lies upon the left bank of the Rhine, and is bounded by the 
 Prussian territory and France. Here run the Wasgaugebirge 
 or the Vosges mountains, with the Donnersberg. The area 
 of Bavaria amounts to 30,000 square miles, and its popula- 
 tion is 4,700,000, three-fourths of whom are Catholics. 
 1. SOUTH OF THE DANUBE. 
 
 MUNICH, is the capital of the kingdom, built upon the 
 river Iser. The city has a university, an extensive royal 
 library, and a sculpture and also a picture gallery. In the 
 vicinity are the royal palaces of Nymphenberg and Schleis- 
 heim. Here the art of lithographing was invented. Popu- 
 lation 115,000. 
 
 HOHENLINDEN, 18 miles from Munich, is famous for the victory of Moreau 
 over the Austrians, December 3, 1800, so thrillingly described by Campbell, 
 
342 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 AUGSBURG, on the Lech, is a celebrated manufacturing 
 and commercial city, with 38,000 inhabitants. The Town 
 Hall, the most handsome in Germany, deserves notice, as the 
 place in which the Protestants presented their celebrated con- 
 fession of faith to the Emperor Charles V. in 1530. 
 
 REICIIENIIALL is noted for its Salt works. 
 
 2. ON THE DANUBE. 
 
 RATISBON or REGENSBURG, is an old city and carries on a 
 considerable commerce on the Danube. The Germanic Diet 
 formerly met here, and the Hall in which it assembled is yet 
 to be seen. Population 24,000. 
 
 PASSAU is situated at the confluence of the Inn and Danube. Its trade 
 and manufactures are extensive. 
 
 INGOLSTADT, a fortified city with cloth manufactures. 
 
 HOCHSTADT, noted for the two battles fought near it in 1703 and 1704, 
 during the Spanish succession war. 
 
 3. NORTH OF THE DANUBE. 
 
 NUREMBERG, is an old manufacturing and commercial city, 
 the aspect of which reminds the visitor of the middle ages. 
 Here watches were invented about the year 1500. Popula- 
 tion 48,000. 
 
 ERLANGKN has a celebrated university and many manufactures. 
 BAYREUTU, on the Main, with a remarbable ancient castle^and one of the 
 largest opera houses in Germany. 
 
 BAMBERG, near the Main, has many splendid edifices, and 
 the tomb of the Emperor Henry II. and his Empress. This 
 town claims to have printed the first German book, viz : 
 ''Bonner's Fables," in 1461. Population 22,000. 
 
 WURZBURG; situated on the Main, in a delightful valley and 
 surrounded by vineyards, has a university and 28,000 inhabi- 
 tants. An extensive wine trade is carried on here. 
 
 4. IN THE ISOLATED PART ON THE RHINE, OR THE PALATINATE. 
 
 SPIRES, on the Rhine, was often the place of meeting of 
 the Germanic Diet. Here in 1529, the Reformers presented 
 their famous protest to the Diet, which originated the religious 
 designation of Protestants. Population 10,000. 
 
 LANDAU is also a fortified ancient Imperial city. 
 
 III. THE KINGDOM OF WIRTEMBERG, 
 
 West of Bavaria. The Schwartzwald extend through the 
 southwest, in winch mountains the Neckar, flowing through 
 
EUROPE. 343 
 
 this kingdom, has its source ; in the eastern part is the Swa- 
 bian Alps, a mountainous chain covered with forests. Area 
 7,600 square miles and population 1,900,000. The inhabi- 
 tants are mostly Protestants. 
 
 1. WEST OF THE NECKAR. 
 
 STUTTGART, the capital and residence of the king, situated 
 in a delightful valley a short distance from the Neckar and 
 surrounded by forests and vine clad hills, is a beautiful city 
 with 46,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LUDWIGSBURG is noted for its extensive royal palace, with 
 valuable collections of paintings. In the vicinity is the for- 
 tified castle of Hohenasberg. 
 
 2. ON THE NECKAR : 
 
 HEILBRONN in a very fertile district, -with noted wine culture. 
 ESSLINGEX, famous for its wine and fruit culture. 
 
 TUBINGEN, noted for its famed university, which numbers 
 the renowned Reuchlin and Philip Melanchthon amongst its 
 earliest professors. 
 
 3. EAST OF THE NECKAR. 
 
 REUTLINGEN, at the foot of the Swabian Alps, is noted for 
 its numerous printing offices and manufactures. In the vi- 
 cinity is the Stalactitic Cave called Nebelloch, 480 foet long. 
 
 ULM, an ancient imperial city, situated on the Danube, at 
 its junction with the Iller, is strongly fortified and has a mag- 
 nificent Gothic cathedral, and 19,000 inhabitants. It has 
 numerous manufactures. 
 
 IV. THE GRAND DUCHY OP BADEN, 
 
 Lies between Wirtemberg and the Rhine, which forms its 
 boundary on the borders of Switzerland and France. The 
 Danube rises here, in the Schwartzwald. The Grand 
 Duchy comprises 5,950 square miles, and 1,400,000 inhabi- 
 tants, one part of whom are Protestants and the other Catholics. 
 
 MANNHEIM, a handsome city at the confluence of the 
 Rhine and Neckar, with an extensive palace, and 24,000 
 inhabitants, who carry on a large trade. 
 
 HEIDELBERG, on the Neckar, is chiefly celebrated for its 
 university. Here a wine tun of enormous dimensions, 
 (Weinfass) is shown to strangers. 
 
 CARLSRUHE, the capital, is beautifully and regularly built, 
 
344 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 in the form of a fan. The Grand Ducal palace stands in the 
 centre, from which 32 public avenues radiate. Population 
 25,000. 
 
 RASTADT, is known from the peace of 1714, which ended the war of the 
 Spanish succession. 
 
 BADKN, one of the most frequented watering places in Germany. 
 FRKIBUEG, has a celebrated university. "Wine and fruit culture. 
 
 CONSTANCE, on the lake of its own name, is celebrated in 
 history as the place in which the council of the Romish 
 church met from 1414 to 1418, which condemned John Huss 
 and Jerome of Prague, as heretics. 
 
 V and VI. THE TWO PRINCIPALITINS OF HOHENZOLLERN, 
 
 Lie between Wirtemberg and Baden, with 458 square miles and 66,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 In the Principality of Hohenzollern-IIechingen, with an area of 117 
 square miles and 22,000 inhabitants, is built the capital, Heehingen, and the 
 lineal castle of the princely house of Hohenzollern. 
 
 la the Principality of Hohenzollern-Sigmaringen, with 341 square miles 
 and 44,030 inhabitants, is Sigmaringen, the capital, on the Danube. 
 
 VII. THE PRINCIPALITY OF LICHTENSTEIN, 
 
 With 63 square miles and 6,400 inhabitants, lies on the Rhine, between 
 Switzerland and the Tyrol. Lichtenstein is tbe capital, 
 
 CENTRAL GERMANY. 
 
 VIII. THE KINGDOM OF SAXONY, 
 
 The smallest kingdom in Europe, is almost entirely sur- 
 rounded by the Austrian and Prussian dominions, and is 
 divided by the Elbe flowing through it. On the southern 
 border lie the Erzgebirge, some spurs of which extend a 
 considerable distance into Saxony. A picturesque group of 
 rocky hills rises along the Elbe, in the vicinity of Dresden, 
 which are interspersed with romantic valleys. These 
 hills are much visited and are known under the nairie of 
 " Saxon Switzerland." Saxony has an area of 5,800 square 
 miles, and 2,000,000 inhabitants, most of whom are evangel- 
 ical Christians. The people of Saxony are greatly engaged 
 in the manufacture of linen, cotton, woolen and lace fabrics. 
 
 1. ON THE ELBE. 
 
 DRESDEN, the capital, is a beautiful city with numerous 
 treasures of art and 100,000 inhabitants. The chief objects of 
 interest are the Royal Palace ; the picture gallery, the gem of 
 
EUROPE. 345 
 
 Dresden ; the green vault, containing immense collections of 
 precious stones, pearls and works of art; the Japanese Palace 
 with the museum of antiquities ; and the splendid bridge 
 over the Elbe. The magnificent summer residence of the 
 royal family called Pilnitz is in the vicinity. 
 
 MEISSEN has the oldest porcelain manufactory in Europe, 
 erected in 1710, by Bottger the inventor of the article. 
 
 PIRN A, noted for its quarries. 
 
 KOXIGSTEIN, an impregnable fortress upon a rock 1,400 feet high. 
 
 2. WEST OF THE ELBE. 
 
 LEIPSIC is one of the most important commercial cities in 
 Germany, with 60,000 inhabitants. It has a university, three 
 large annual fairs, and is the centre of the German book trade. 
 Napoleon was defeated here in 1813. 
 
 FREIBERG is a celebrated mining town, surrounded with 
 rich silver mines. It has a mining academy. 
 
 CHEMNITZ is the seat of the Saxon cotton manufactures, 
 with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PLAUEN has important muslin manufacturer. 
 
 ANNABERG, a mining town, noted also for its ribbon and lace manufacturer. 
 
 3. EAST OF THE ELBE. 
 
 BAUTZEN, on the Spree, is noted for its cloth and linen 
 manufactures. Victory of Napoleon, 1813. 
 
 Near Bautzen lies the village of Hochkirch famed for the defeat of Frede- 
 erick the Great, by the Austrian General Daun, in 1758. 
 
 HERNHUT, a small neat and beautiful village is notedas the mother colony 
 of the sect of Moravians, founded in 1722 by the pious Count Zinzendorf. 
 
 IX X. THE PRINCIPALITIES OF REUSS, 
 
 Lie between Saxony and Bavaria, on the rivers Saale and Elster, and em- 
 brace 596 square miles, and 110,000 inhabitants. The Frankenwald rises in 
 the Southern 'part. 
 
 1. REUSS OF THE ELDER LINE has 149 square miles and 35,000 inhabitants, 
 GREIZ, on the Elster, is the capital. 
 
 2. REUSS OF THE YOUNGER LINE has 447 square miles and 75,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 GERA, on the Elster, is the most considerable town. 
 
 XI. THE PRINCIPALITY OF SCHWARZBURG-SONDERSHAUSEN, 
 
 Lies in the circuit of the Prussian Province of Saxony, and has an extent 
 of 330 square miles, with 60,000 inhabitants. 
 SONDKRSUAUSEN is the capital. 
 
 XII. THE PRINCIPALITY OF SCHWARTZBURG-RUDOLSTADT, 
 Lies between the Saxon Duchies. This Duchy is traversed by the Thur- 
 
 P* 
 
346 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 ingerwald, and comprises an area of 330 square miles and 7C,000 inhabitants. 
 RUDOLSTADT on the Saale, is the capital. 
 
 XI11 XV. THE THREE SAXON DUCHIES. 
 
 These Duchies are principally surrounded by the kingdom 
 of Saxony, Prussian Saxony, Hesse-Cassel and Bavaria, and 
 nre partially traversed by the Thuringerwald. They have 
 an area of 2,300 square miles and 430,000 inhabitants. 
 
 1. SAxE-CoBURG-GoTHA,with 144,000 inhabitants. 
 COBURG, is the capital of the Duchy, and alternately with 
 
 Gotha, the residence of the Duke. 
 
 GOTHA, has the oldest normal school in Germany. On 
 the neighboring hill of Seeburg, a celebrated observatory is 
 erected. 
 
 2. SAXE ALTENBURG, with 127,500 inhabitants. 
 ALTENBURG, the capital and residence of the Duke. Near 
 
 the town is the castle, noted for the kidnapping 
 of the princes in 1455. Kunz of Kanfingen, the knight, 
 perpetrated the deed, but his life paid the penalty. 
 
 3. SAXE MEININGEN-HILDBURGHAUSEN, with 158,500 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 MEININGEN, the capital, is situated in a valley, on the Werra. 
 
 XVI. THE GRAND DUCHY OF SAXE WEIMAR, 
 
 Consists of two detached portions, Weimar and Eisenach, 
 and is bordered by the Prussian province of Saxony. All 
 E senach is traversed by the Thuringerwald. Area 1,430 
 square miles. Population 254,000, the principal part of 
 whom are Protestants, 
 
 WEIMAR the capital, with a celebrated map establishment. 
 Schiller and Goethe, the celebrated German poets, spent a 
 great portion of their time here, 
 
 JENA, upon the river Saale, has a university. Here in 
 1806, the Prussians were completely routed by Napoleon. 
 
 EISENACH, is memorable chiefly from its nearness to the Wartburg Castle, 
 in which Luther was confined, and where he spent nearly a year, engaged in 
 the translation of the Bible. 
 
 XVII. THE ELECTORATE OF HESSE CASSEL, 
 
 Js bounded by Bavaria, Hanover and the Prussian States. 
 Here flow the Lahn, the Main and the Weser, affluents of 
 the Rhine ; the Weser being formed by the junction of the 
 Werra and Fulda. The electorate contains 4,450 square 
 
EUROPE. 341 
 
 miles and 750,000 inhabitants, principally members of the 
 Reformed church. 
 
 CASSEL, the capital, is a handsome city, situated on the 
 Fulda. The castle of Wilhelmshoe, one ot the most splen- 
 did princely residences in Europe, is distant about two miles 
 from the city. Near the castle is a fountain whose stream 
 spouts 196 feet high. 
 
 MARBURG, on the Lahn, with its university, and HANAU on 
 the Main, with its manufactures, are places of some note. 
 
 SCHMALKALDEN, is memorable in history as the place where the Protestant 
 princes of Germany united in 1531, to defend their faith against the 
 Emperor and the Catholic powers. 
 
 XVIII. THE GRAND DUCHY OF HESSE, 
 
 Consists of two isolated parts, which together make 3,260 
 square miles. The one part lies north of the Main, with 
 the Vogelsberg ; the other south of it and is traversed by the 
 Rhine ; here also is the Odenwald. The whole has 850,000 
 inhabitants, principally of the Protestant faith. 
 
 1. IN THE SOUTHERN PART. 
 
 DARMSTADT, the capital and ducal residence, has 31,000 in- 
 habitants. A beautiful mountain highway, 40 miles long, made 
 by the Romans, leads from this place to Heidelberg. 
 
 OFFENBACH, on the Main, is the chief manufacturing town of the Grand 
 Duchy. 
 
 MENTZ, an ancient and the strongest fortified city of the 
 Germanic Confederation, upon the Rhine, opposite the Main, 
 has 36,000 inhabitants. Here the art of printing was invent- 
 ed about the year 1440, by John Guttenburg, to whose mem- 
 ory a monument stands here, sculptured by the celebrated 
 Thorwaldsen. 
 
 WORMS, situated upon the Rhine, is celebrated in history 
 as the place in which the Germanic Diet assembled in 1521, 
 before which Luther made his celebrated defense to the Em- 
 peror Charles V. 
 
 IN THE NORTHERN PART. 
 
 GIESSEN, on the Lahn, has a University. 
 
 XIX. THE DUCHY OF NASSAU, 
 
 Lies between the Prussian and the Grand Ducal possessions 
 of Hesse, and is bordered by the Rhine and the Main, and 
 intersected by the Lahn. The duchy contains 1,710 square 
 miles and 420,000 inhabitants, mostly Protestants. 
 
348 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 WIESBADEN, the capital is situated in a delightful valley, 
 encompassed by vine clad hills. It is famed for its hot 
 springs which attract many visitors. 
 
 SELTERS or NIEDERSELTERS, celebrated for its mineral waters, great quan- 
 tities of which are sold annually. 
 
 HOCHHEIM, RUDESHEIM, MARKEBRU JUT and AsMANSHAusEN, are Tillages noted 
 for their wines. 
 
 XX. THE LANDGRAVIATE OF HESSE-HOMBURG, 
 Consists of two parts, on'e of which lies between the Grand 
 Duchy of Hesse and Nassau, and the other upon the left 
 bank of the Rhine, and it contains 128 square miles, and 
 26,000 inhabitants. 
 
 HOMBURO (vor der Hohe) is the capital. 
 
 XXL THE FREE CITY OF FRANKFORT. 
 
 This city, is situated on the Main, in a delightful region 
 between the Grand Duchies of Hesse Cassel and Hesse 
 Darmstadt, has an area of 42j square miles, and 68,000 in- 
 habitants. Its trade is extensive and its fairs though less 
 than formerly, are yet amongst the most splendid and most 
 frequented in Europe. Here the Federative Diet of the Ger- 
 man Confederacy holds its sessions. 
 
 XXII. THE GRAND DUCHY OF LUXEMBURG, WITH HOLLANDISH 
 
 LIMBURG. 
 
 See the kingdom of the Netherlands. 
 
 NORTH GERMANY. 
 
 XXIII. THE DOMINIONS OF THE KING OF PRUSSIA. 
 
 The German possessions of Prussia consist of two large 
 portions of territory of unequal size, isolated from each other; 
 the larger of which lies in the northeastern, and the smaller 
 in the western part of Germany. The area of both amounts 
 to 72,000 square miles, and their population 12,500,000, the 
 great majority of whom belong to the Protestant church. 
 
 These possessions are divided into six provinces. 
 
 1. THE PROVINCE OF BRANDENBURG, 
 
 Is intersected by several rivers flowing through it; the Oder 
 in the east ; the Havel and one of its affluents, the Spree, in 
 the interior, and in the west, the Elbe, 
 
EUROPE. 349 
 
 BERLIN, situated on the Spree, is the capital of the king- 
 dom of Prussia and the residence of the sovereign. It has 
 one of the most famous universities in Europe and impor- 
 tant manufactures, especially the royal porcelain manufactory, 
 and the royal iron foundery. The objects of interest are: the 
 royal castle, the armory, the institute of invalids, the new 
 museum of arts, the opera, the new splendid theatre, the 
 remarkable Brandenburg gate, with the statue of Victory 
 driving lour horses, the equestrian statue of Frederick the 
 Great, the six statues of the famed generals of the seven 
 years war, and the handsome bronze statue ol Blucher. The 
 royal palace of Charlottenburg lies five miles from the city, 
 and the way thither leads through the magnificent park 
 called the Thiergarten. Population 450,000. 
 
 SPANDAU on the Harel, is noted for its fortress. 
 
 POTSDAM, also on the Havel, has a large manufactory of arms, 
 and a military orphan asylum, several royal castles, and 
 40,000 inhabitants. The royal palaces lie in the vicinity. 
 
 BRANDENBURG, one of the most ancient cities of the kingdom, with great 
 woolen manufactures. 
 
 KubTRiN, a strongly fortified town on the Oder and W&rtha. North of 
 this lies the village of Zorndorf, where Frederick the Great gained a victory 
 over the Russians, in 1758. 
 
 FRANKFORT, (on the Oder,) is an important commercial 
 city, with three annual fairs, and 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 North of Frankfort, near the village of Kunnersdorf, Frederick the Great 
 suffered a severe defeat, by the Russians, in 1759. 
 
 2. THE PROVINCE OF POMERANIA, 
 
 Lies upon the Baltic, on both sides of the Oder. 
 
 STETTIN, a strongly fortified and the chief commercial city 
 and seaport of Prussia, situated on the Oder, with 45,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 STRALSUND, a fortified and commercial city on the strait of 
 Gellen, which separates the island of Rugen from continen- 
 tal Pomerania. Population 18,500. 
 
 COLBERO, a fortified and commercial city on the Baltic, with noted Salt 
 works. 
 
 STARGARD, with linen and cloth manufactures. 
 
 To this province belong the islands of Rugen with the 
 town of Bergen, Usedom with Swiriemunde, where heavily 
 laden vessels sailing for the Baltic are lightened, am] 
 Wollin with a town of the same name. 
 
350 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 3. THE PROVINCE OF SILESIA, 
 
 Is traversed by the Oder, arid the Riesengebirge form the 
 western boundary against Bohemia. 
 
 ON THE ODER. 
 BRIEG has linen and cloth manufactures. 
 
 BRESLAU is the second city of Prussia, having an exten- 
 sive commerce, a university, numerous scientific institutions, 
 two large annual fairs and 130,000 inhabitants. 
 
 In the vicinitj of Leuthen, northwest of Breslau, Frederick the Great 
 achieved, in 1757, a victory over the Austrians. 
 
 GROSS-GLOGAU is a fortress. 
 
 WEST OF THE ODER. 
 LIEGNITZ, on the Katzbach, with cloth manufactures. 
 
 Near Liegnitz lies the village of Wahlstatt, where the Silesian dukes 
 were defeated, in 1241, by the Mongols, and where Blucher gained a victory 
 over the French in 1813. 
 
 GORLITZ, on the Neisse, has important cloth, linen and leather manufac- 
 tures. 
 
 HIRSCHBBRG has a considerable linen trade. 
 
 GLATZ is noted for its strong fortress. 
 
 4. THE PROVINCE OF SAXONY. 
 
 This province is drained by the Elbe and two of its tribu- 
 taries, the Saale and the Mulde ; here rises the Brocken 
 or Blocksberg, the highest peak of the Hartz mountains, up- 
 on which stands the Brockenhaus. 
 
 CITIES ON THE ELBE. 
 
 MAGDEBURG is a firmly fortified city and carries on an ex- 
 tensive trade. On the 10th of May, 1631, this city was taken 
 by storm, and the inhabitants given up to massacre by Tilly. 
 Population 70,000. 
 
 WITTENBERG is famed in history, as the place where the 
 Lutheran reformation began, in 1517, and here are the tombs 
 of the two leading reformers, Luther and Melanchthon. A 
 colossal statue stands in the market square, erected to the former. 
 
 TORGAU, a fortified town in the vicinity of which Frederick II. gained a 
 victory over the Austrians, in 1760. 
 
 ON THE SAALE. 
 
 HALLE, on the river Saale, has a noted university, a cele- 
 brated orphan asylum, extensive salt works, and 35,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
EUROPE. 351 
 
 MERSEBURG. noted for its excellent beer. 
 
 South east of Merseburg is the town of Lutzen, memorable for the battle 
 fought in 1632, in which Gustavus Adolphus, the bulwark of Protestantism, 
 gained the victory, but fell in the action. A monument of cast iron was 
 here erected to him, in 1837. 
 
 NAUMBURG holds two annual fairs and carries on a lively 
 trade. 
 
 Left of the Saale, near the village of Rossbach, Frederick II. vanquished 
 the French, in 1757. 
 
 WEST OF THE SAALE. 
 
 ERFURT a fortified city with 32,000 inhabitants. The an- 
 cient Augustine monastery in which Luther was a monk, is 
 yet extant as an orphan asylum. The massive bell of the 
 cathedral is one of the curiosities of the place. 
 
 EISLEBEN is noted as the town where Martin Luther was 
 born, 1483, and where he died in 1546. 
 
 HALBERSTADT is noted for its ancient Gothic cathedral. 
 5. THE PROVINCE OF WESPHALIA. 
 
 This province contains the Wesergebirge and a part of the Teutoburger 
 Forest, in which Hermann annihilated the legions of Varus, 9, A. D. This is 
 called the German battle of freedom. 
 
 Minister has a considerable linen trade and 25,000 inhabi- 
 tants. Here the peace was concluded in 1648, which termi- 
 nated the 30 years war. 
 
 MINDEN, on the Weser, is a commercial and fortified city 
 near which is the Westphalian Gate, an opening of the 
 Weser mountains, through which the Weser river rushes 
 with tremendous roaring. 
 
 BIELEFELD is renowned for its linen manufacture. 
 
 PADKRBORN, is an old, badly built city near the Tetuoburger forest. 
 
 ISBRLOHN and ALTEJJA, are important manufacturing towns. 
 
 G. THE RHENISH PROVINCE, ' 
 
 Consists of Julich-Cleve-Berg and the Lower Rhine. 
 
 CITIES ON THE RHINE. 
 WKSEL, a fortified town at the entrance of the Lippe into the Rhino. 
 
 DUSSELDORF, is a flourishing commercial city with many 
 manufacturing establishments and 30,000 inhabitants. The 
 Hofgarten is one of the finest parks in Prussia. 
 
 COLOGNE, is a large and strongly fortified city, with 95,000 
 inhabitants. It has an extensive trade and great manufac- 
 tures, especially of Cologne water (can de Cologne) which is 
 prepared in many of its establishments. Worthy of note is 
 the large but yet unfinished cathedral. 
 
352 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 BONN, with a university and great wine culture. 
 
 COBLENTZ is a strongly fortified city at the junction of the 
 Moselle and Rhine, opposite the fortress of Ehrenbreitstein. 
 It has many remarkable ancient edifices. Population 23,000. 
 EAST OF THE RHINE. 
 
 ELBERFELD, one of the most important manufacturing 
 cities of Prussia, with 38,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SOLINGEN and REMSCHEID, are famed for their iron and steel works. 
 
 WEST OF THE RHINE. 
 
 KREFELD, five miles from the Rhine, is renowned for its silks and velvets, 
 with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 Aix LA CHAPELLE, is an ancient city, replete with historic 
 recollections, and has many objects of curiosity. It was the 
 birth place and favorite residence of Charlemagne, who 
 built its celebrated cathedral, in which his remains lie en- 
 tombed. The coronation of 55 German Emperors took place 
 within the walls of this cathedral. An important treaty was 
 concluded in this city in 1748, and a congress of the Great 
 Powers met here in 1818. The inhabitants are engaged in 
 considerable manufactures. Population 48,000. 
 
 TREVES, on the Moselle, is an old city with many ancient 
 monuments of the Romans, and 20,000 inhabitants. Wine 
 culture. 
 
 XXIV XXV. THE TWO GRAND DUCHIES OF MECKLENBURG. 
 1. MECKLENBURG-STRELITZ, 
 
 Is encompassed by Brandenburg, Pomerania, and Schwerin. 
 Area 1,110 square miles. Population 100,000, mostly Lu- 
 therans. 
 
 NEW STRELITZ, the capital and residence of the Grand 
 Duke, is built in the form of an asterisk, the market forming 
 the centre, from which the streets radiate. 
 
 OLD STRELITZ, is two miles distant 
 
 NEW BRANDENBURG, a city built in a circular form, with a castle and noted 
 wool markets. 
 
 2. MECKLENBURG-SCHWERIN, 
 
 On the Baltic, between Pomerania and Lauenburg, has 4,850 
 square miles and 515,000 inhabitants, who are generally 
 Lutherans. 
 
 SCHWERIN, the capital of the Duchy, is situated on the lake 
 of that name. Upon an island of the lake, the Grand Dura] 
 palace is erected. 
 
EUROPE. 353 
 
 LUDWIQSLUBT, the usual residence of the Grand Duke. 
 
 WISMAR, has a fine harbor, and some trade and manufac- 
 tures. It was once one of the leading Hanse towns. 
 
 ROSTOCK, near the Baltic, contains the harbor of Warne- 
 munde. It is a considerable commercial city, with a univer- 
 sity, and was also a Hanse town. 
 
 XXVI. THE DUCHY OF HOLSTEIN WITH LAUENBURG. 
 See Denmark. 
 
 IXXVII. THE FREE CITY OF LUBEC. 
 
 This city lies on the river Trave, between Mecklenburg 
 and Holstein, not far from the Baltic, and it has an area of 
 160 square miles and 55,000 inhabitants. Large vessels lie 
 at the harbor of Travcmunde. This city has declined 
 since it was the leading Hanse town. 
 
 XXVIII. THE FREE CITY OF HAMBURG, 
 
 Is situated on the Elbe and Alster, about 70 miles from the 
 mouth of the former, and it comprises an area of 150 square 
 miles and 170,000 inhabitants. The city proper numbers 
 140,000 inhabitants and is the commercial emporium of Ger- 
 many, and one of the most important trading cities of Europe, 
 the harbor of which is annually visited by over 2000 vessels. 
 The principal public buildings are, the celebrated Bank, the 
 Exchange and the Halls of the Exchange, the place of meet" 
 ing of the merchants, with a library and the most important 
 papers and periodicals of all countries. Amongst the many 
 excellent educational institutions of this city, the Gymnasium 
 called the Johanneum,' in memory of John Bugenhagen, 
 must be mentioned. The manufacturing establishments of 
 Hamburg are numerous, of which are 200 sugar refineries. 
 In the district of Ritzebuttel lies Cuxhafen at the mouth of 
 the Elbe, with a harbor and sea baths. 
 
 XXIX. THE KINGDOM OF HANOVER, 
 
 Lies on the North sea, in the northwestern part of Germany, 
 and is traversed by the rivers Weser and Ems, and the 
 northeastern border is washed by the Elbe. The Upper 
 Hartz mountains lie in the southern part. It has an area of 
 15,000 square miles, 'and 1,800,000 inhabitants. The ruling 
 sovereign, George V., was bom blind. 
 
 1. In the southern part between the Weser and the AHer, 
 
354 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 HANOVER, the capital, is situated on the Leine, and has 
 
 50,000 inhabitants. In the vicinity lie Herrenhausen and 
 
 Mountbriliant, the magnificent country residences of the royal 
 
 family, the former having a spring of water which ejects a 
 
 stream a foot thick to the height of 120 feet. 
 
 HILDESHEIM, has a beautiful cathedral in which stands the 
 sixteen feet high Irmen statue of green stone, one of the idols 
 of the ancient Saxons. 
 
 GogLAR is noted for its breweries. 
 
 CLA.USTHAL and ZELLERFELD are famed mining towns, 
 
 OSTERODE, at the foot of the Hartz mountains, is the most 
 important manufacturing town of Hanover. 
 
 GOTTINGEN, on the Leine, is one of the literary capitals of 
 the world, and has the most celebrated university of Ger- 
 many, next to Berlin, founded by George II., of England. 
 Population 12,000. 
 
 2. IN THE NORTHERN PART: 
 
 CELLS, on the Aller. Here queen Caroline Matilda, after lier divorce from 
 the Danish king Christian, lived in banishment until her death in 1775. She 
 was the sister of George III., of England. 
 
 VERDEN, also on the Aller, has celebrated mineral springs. 
 
 LUNEBURG, on the Ilmenau river, thus far navigable, enjoys 
 an active trade, and has profitable salt works. 
 HARBURG, on the Elbe, is the crossing place to Hamburg. 
 
 3. IN THE WESTERN PART: 
 
 EMDEN, a thriving commercial town on the bay of Dollarl* 
 where the Ems empties. Here are considerable herring 
 fisheries. 
 
 OSNABURG, with the beautiful hall in which the peace of 
 Westphalia was negotiated in 1648, which ended the 30 
 years war. Its linen trade is important. 
 
 XXX. THE GRAND DUCHY OF OLDENBURG. 
 
 The possessions of the Grand Duke lie very isolated from 
 each other. The aggregate area amounts to 2,470 square 
 miles, and it contains 275,000 inhabitants, most of whom 
 are Lutherans. 
 
 a. THE DUCHY OF OLDENBURG, lies upon the river Weser and 
 the North Sea, and is encompassed on both sides by the 
 kingdom of Hanover. 
 
 OLDENBURG, on the Hunte, is the capital. 
 
 b. THE PRINCIPALITY OF LUBEC, on the Baltic, is surrounded 
 by the Duchy of Holstein, and it contains the town of Eutin, 
 on the lake of this name, with charming environs. 
 
EUROPE. 355 
 
 c. THB PRINCIPALITY OF BIRKENFKLD, on the left bank of the Rhine, between 
 the Prussian province of the Rhine and the Palatinate, has a town of 
 the same name. 
 
 XXXI. THE FREE CITY OF BREMEN, 
 
 Is situated on the Weser, between Hanover and Oldenburg 
 75 miles distant from the North Sea, and has an area of 105 
 square miles, and 76,000 inhabitants. The city proper con- 
 tains 53,000 inhabitants, who carry on an important com- 
 merce, especially with America. Merchantmen are unable 
 to enter the city, but stop at the new harbor of Bremen, 40 
 miles below it, where they load and unload their cargoes. 
 Amongst the interesting edifices are the Cathedral and the 
 Old Town Hall, with the celebrated vaults. Beneath the 
 cathedral is the celebrated Bleikeller, (leaden cellar) which 
 has the peculiarity of preserving corpses in it from decompo- 
 sition for ages ; and under the town hall is a wine cellar, 
 containing excellent Rhine and Moselle wine, made in the 
 17th century. Before the reformation, Bremen, was the See 
 of the Archbishop of the whole north. 
 
 XXXII. THE PRINCIPALITY OF SCHAUMBURG-LIPPE, 
 
 Lies between Hanover and the Prussian province of Westphalia, and has 
 170 square miles and 30,000 inhabitants. 
 BUCKEBERO is the capital. 
 
 XXXIII. THE PRINCIPALITY OF LIPPE-DETMOLD, 
 
 Lies further south, and contains 450 square miles and 110,000 inhabitants. 
 DETMOLD is the capital. 
 
 XXXIV. THE PRINCIPALITY OF WALDECK, 
 
 Is bounded by Hesse-Ca,ssel and Westphalia, and it has 450 square miles 
 and 02,000 inhabitants. The district of Pyrmont is a detached portion 
 belonging to this principality, and it contains the town of Pyrmont, noted 
 for its mineral waters. 
 
 XXXV. THE DUCHY OF BRUNSWICK. 
 
 Consists of several detached parts lying upon the Weser, 
 Leine and Ocker,and is encompassed by the Hanoverian and 
 Prussian provinces. It has an area of 1,530 square miles, 
 and 270,000 inhabitants, principally Protestants. 
 
 BRUNSWICK, the capital, situated on the Ocker,is a thriving 
 commercial city, holding annually several largely frequented 
 fairs, and has a population of 45,000. 
 
 WOLFENBUTTKL, on the Ocker, has one of the largest libraries in Europe. 
 BLANKENBURQ, at the foot of the Hartz mountains. In the ricinity are 
 two remarkable caves, called Baumannshohle and Bielsteinhohle. 
 
356 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 LUTTEB (am Barenberge) also at the foot of the Hartz mountains, is cele- 
 brated for the defeat of Christian IV., of Denmark, by Tilly, in 1626. 
 
 XXXVI XXXVIII. THE THREE DUCHIES OF ANHALT. 
 
 These duchies lie ou the Elbe, Mulde and Saale, and are almost surround- 
 ed by the Prussian provinces of Saxony and Brandenburg. They contain 
 1,022 square miles and 158,000 inhabitants. 
 
 1. ANHALT-DESSAU, with 65,000 inhabitants. 
 DESSAU, on the Mulde, is the capital. 
 
 2. ANHALT-BERNBURQ, with 51,000 inhabitants. 
 BBRNBTJRG, on the Saale is the capital. 
 
 3. ANHALT-COTHBN, with 42,000 inhabitants. 
 COTHBN, the former capital. 
 
ASIA. 
 
 Area 16,000,000 square miles. Population 600,000,000. 
 
 Asia is the largest and most populous division of the globe. 
 It is remarkable as having been the scene of many of the 
 most important events that the history of the world furnishes* It 
 was the ancient seat of Christianity, civilization, the arts, science 
 and commerce. Asia extends from 1 to 78 of north 
 latitude, and from 26 to 170 east longitude, and is bounded 
 north by the Arctic ocean, east by the Pacific, south by the 
 Indian ocean, and west by the Red sea, the Mediterranean 
 and Europei 
 
 SEAS AND fiAYS. THOSE,OF THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 1. The Sea of Kamtschatka, between the promontory so 
 named and America. 
 
 8, The Sea of Okhotsk, west of Kamtschatka. 
 
 3. The Japan sea, between the islands of Japan and the 
 continent 
 
 4. The Yellow sea, between the peninsula of Corea and 
 China. 
 
 OF THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 1. The China sea, south of China and east of India, 
 with the Gulf of Siam in Farther India. 
 
 2. The Bay of Bengal, between the two peninsulas of 
 Hindostan and Farther India. 
 
 3. The Arabian sea, between Hindostan and Africa, with 
 the Persian and Arabian Gulfs. 
 
 STRAITS. 
 
 Besides those between Europe and Asia, which have al- 
 ready been described, we note : 
 
 1. Behring's or Cook's Strait, which separates Asia from 
 America, 60 miles wide. 
 
 2. The Strait of Sunda, between the islands of Sumatra 
 and Java. 
 
 3. The Strait of Malacca, between Sumatra and the 
 Malay peninsula. 
 
 4. Palk's Strait 9 between the island of Ceylon and Hin- 
 dostan. 
 
358 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 5. The Strait of Ormus leads into the Persian gul 
 
 G. The Strait of Bab el Mandeb (gate of danger) leads 
 into the Red sea. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. 
 
 1. The Werchoturian or Ural mountains) between Europe 
 and Asia. 
 
 2. The Siberian mountains, which run from west to east, 
 between Siberia and the rest of Asia, and form the northern 
 border of High Asia. 
 
 The individual parts of this chain are called, the Altai, the Sajanian 
 and the Daourian mountains. Northeast of these are the Apple mountains, 
 and besides these other chains run along the sea of Okhotsk to Behring strait, 
 from which branch the Kamtschatka mountains, which terminate in Cape 
 Lopatka. 
 
 3. Thian Shan, (mountains of heaven) begin in the west 
 with the Mooz Tagh, and are connected in the east with the 
 Bogdo Oolo, and finally run into the desert of Gobi. 
 
 4. The Kuenlun or Kulkun, on the northern border of 
 Thibet, stretch east to the sources of the Hoang Ho and the 
 Yang-tse-Kiang. 
 
 5. The Belur Tagh, (fog mountains) lie on the eastern 
 border; and 
 
 6. The Hindoo GoosJt lie on the southern border of Independent Tartary, 
 and are united with the Belur Tagh. 
 
 7. The Himalaya, (habitation of the snow) lie between 
 Thibet and Hindostan, and form part of the southern border 
 of High Asia. This is the loftiest chain of mountains upon 
 the globe, the highest peak, Kunchinjunga attaining an eleva- 
 tion of 28,178 feet. 
 
 8. The Ghauts, run on the west coast of Hindostan into Cape Comorin. 
 
 9. The Caucasian mountains, between the Black and the 
 Caspian Seas. 
 
 10. Taurus mountains, in Asia Minor from which branch the Libanus and 
 Anti Libanus. 
 Snow decks the summits of most of these mountains. 
 
 LAKES. 
 
 1. The Caspian, the largest lake in the world, is 760 miles 
 long and 270 wide, and it has an area of 140,000 square 
 miles. 2. The Aral, east of the former. These two have 
 salt water and no visible outlet, although they are the recep- 
 tacles of several large rivers. 3. The Baikal, on the northern 
 side of the Siberian mountains. These are also called seas. 
 
ASIA 
 RIVERS. 
 
 Into the Arctic ocean flow : 
 
 1. The Obi. 2. The Yenisei. 3. The Lena. 
 
 Into the sea of Okhotsk : 
 
 4. Amour. 
 
 Into the Yellow Sea : 
 
 5. The Hoang Ho or Yellow River. 6. The Yang-tse 
 Kiang or the Blue River. 
 
 Into the China Sea and Gulf of Siam : 
 7. The Mai-Kiang. 8. The Mena?n. 
 Into the Bay of Bengal : 
 
 9. The Irrawaddy. 10. The Brahmaputra. 1 1. The Ganges. 
 Into the Arabian Sea and Persian Gulf: 
 12. The Indus. 13. The Euphrates and Tigris, under the 
 name of Schat el <Arab. 
 Into the Caspian sea : 
 14. The Ural. 15. The Terek. 
 Into the Aral sea : 
 16. The Jlmoo, called also the Jihon or Oxus. 
 
 COUNTRIES. 
 
 1. Asiatic Russia. 
 
 2. Asiatic Turkey. 
 
 3. Arabia. 
 
 4. Persia. 
 
 5. Independent Tartary. 
 
 6. India. 
 
 7. Chinese Empire, 
 
 8. Japan. 
 
 1. ASIATIC RUSSIA. 
 
 Area 5,350,000 square miles. Population 5,00,000. 
 
 Asiatic Russia comprises all northern Asia and the Cau- 
 casian possessions, and the emperor of Russia governs these 
 countries by means of viceroys. Asiatic Russia is composed 
 of two main divisions : 1. Siberia ; and 2. Caucasian Russia. 
 
 1. SIBERIA, with the Peninsula of Kamtschatka, is sepa- 
 rated from Europe on the west by the Ural mountains and the 
 river Ural, and is bounded north by the Arctic ocean, east by 
 the Pacific, and south by the Siberian mountains, lying on 
 the frontiers of the Chinese Empire and Independent Tartary. 
 This vast region is traversed by three large rivers, the Obi, 
 
360 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 the Yenisei and the Lena, all of which rise in the northern 
 frontier mountains of High Asia. The Caspian and Aral 
 seas lie on the southwestern border; but lake Baikal is en- 
 tirely in Siberia. 
 
 a. SIBERIA PROPER. 
 
 The southwestern part of this vast country contains large and 
 immeasurable steppes, upon which few forests grow, and in- 
 deed little except grass and dry heath. Many of the salt lakes 
 which are found in these steppes are coated with a saline sur- 
 face of a foot thickness. But few of the inhabitants have 
 permanent abodes, as the nomadic life which consists in tra- 
 versing the vast plains with their herds and cattle, possess 
 charms which allure the great majority of the people. The 
 eastern portions, on the contrary, are intersected with moun- 
 tains and forests, and present therefore a wilder aspect. Be- 
 yond the 60th parallel of north latitude, Siberia resembles a 
 desert where a few wandering tribes gain their subsistence 
 by fishing and the chase. Here dwell the Samoieds, who 
 have already been noticed under the head of European Rus- 
 sia. East of these rove the Yakoots, who live upon roots, 
 the flesh of wild animals, mice and wild fowl ; bread is al- 
 most unknown to them. They are yet partly heathen, hav- 
 ing an idol called Tatar. The eastern Yakoots, who live in 
 the south, are consanguineous with the Samoieds, and live in 
 the same manner, but are of larger stature. On the afore- 
 mentioned steppes live the little and middle hordes of Kir- 
 gheez. Abundance of wild animals are found here, especially 
 fur animals : the sable, the weasel, the squirrel, the fox, the 
 glutton, the bear, the beaver, the sea otter and the white bear; 
 also, herds of wild horses and reindeer. The mines, besides 
 the ordinary metals, yield the loadstone. 
 
 EKATERINBURG, situated on the principal highway to 
 Europe, is the seat of the superior court of the mining dis- 
 tricts for all Siberia, and carries on a lively trade. The ma- 
 jority of the inhabitants are Germans. 
 
 TOBOLSK, on the Irtish river, is the fur depot for all Sibe- 
 ria, with 25,000 inhabitants. Here is erected a house of 
 correction for exiles. 
 
 TOMSK and KOLYVAK, have gold and silver mines. 
 YENISEISK, on the Yenisei, holds a large annual fair. 
 
 IRKUTSK, situated 30 miles from Lake Baikal, is the chief 
 
ASIA. o6l 
 
 commercial emporium for the Russian Chinese trade and the 
 principal trading city for eastern Siberia, with 22,000 inhabi- 
 tants. In the contiguous mountains, is a stalactitic cavern, 
 ten miles long, which is supposed by the ignorant inhabitants 
 to be the abode of evil spirits* 
 
 KIACHTA, on the Chinese border, is a trading place for the 
 Russians and Chinese. Tea and furs are the principal arti- 
 cles of trade. 
 
 NERTSCHIXSK, a fortified town on the frontier, with gold and silver minei 
 in which many exiles labor. 
 
 YAKUTSK, on the Lena, has considerable fur trade. 
 
 OKHOTSK, situated on the sea so named, has a good har- 
 bor and carries on a brisk trade with Kamtschatka and 
 Russian America. Here the most culpable offenders are con- 
 fined. An esculent clay is found in the vicinity. 
 
 b. THE PENINSULA OF KAMTSCHATKA, 
 
 Is a cold barren region little adapted to agriculture ; some 
 recent agricultural and horticultural experiments, however, 
 have resulted favorably. The eastern coast is covered with 
 forests. The inhabitants subsist principally on fish, and dogs 
 are their only domestic animals, which are used for drawing 
 their sleds. The principal trade of this region consists of 
 valuable furs. There are many volcanoes and hot springs. 
 
 AWATSKA is the chief town, with a good harbor. 
 c. ISLANDS. 
 
 TIIK KURILE ISLANDS, lying between Kamtschatka and Japan, belong only 
 partly to Siberia. They have no other products except furs and marine 
 animals. 
 
 THE ALEUTIAN OR Fox ISLANDS, stretching to the peninsula of Alaska in 
 America, are rocky, and contain many volcanoes. The sea around these 
 abounds in numerous marine animals. 
 
 NEW SIBERIA, consists of some islands in the Arctic ocean entirely unin- 
 habited. They are visited by Russians in the summer, for the catching of 
 seal and walruses. 
 
 2. CAUCASIAN RUSSIA, 
 
 Comprises the country between the Caspian and Black seas, 
 lying south of the Caucasian mountains. Besides the chain 
 of the Caucasian mountains, 700 miles long, which forms the 
 northern boundary, the sacred Mount Ararat, 16,200 feet 
 high, lies on the southwestern border. The portion of country 
 south of the mountain chain, is a fine fertile district. The 
 whole country being a continual slope from the summits of the- 
 
 Q 
 
362 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 the Caucasian mountains, is subject to great diversities of cli- 
 mate, and the products comprise many common to both trop- 
 ical and temperate regions. The inhabitants are principally 
 Christians of the Greek and Armenian churches. The wo- 
 men are noted for their great beauty. 
 
 TIFLIS, on the Kur, the capital, is an important commer- 
 cial city, with celebrated warm baths and 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ERIVAN, in Armenia, at the foot of Mount Ararat. Ten 
 miles east is a famous monastery, to which the Armenians 
 make pilgrimages. 
 
 BAKU, a fortified town on the Caspian, with naphtha springs. Its beauti- 
 fnl vicinity has been termed the " Paradise of Hoses." Near this is the cele- 
 brated eternal fire, to which the fire worshippers or Guebers make frequent 
 pilgrimages, and the temple of fire, in the centre of which stands the sacri- 
 ficial altar, upon which the fire burns with a constant blaze, fed by the oil in 
 the earth. 
 
 II. ASIATIC TURKEY. 
 
 Area 437,000 square miles. Population 10,000,000, 
 
 Asiatic Turkey is bounded north by the Marmora and 
 Black seas and Caucasian Russia, east by Persia, south by 
 Arabia and the Mediterranean, and west by the Mediterra- 
 nean and the Archipelago. 
 
 Surface. The Taurus is the principal chain of mountains, 
 from which branch south the Libanus and the Anti-Libanus. 
 
 Rivers. The Euphrates and Tigris rise in Mount Ararat, 
 and unite under the name Schat el Arab (Arabian river) and 
 empty into the Persian gulf. The Jordan rises in Mount 
 Hermon, in the chain of the Anti-Libanus, flows through the 
 lake of Gennesareth and empties into the Dead sea. Lake 
 Van is in Armenia. The water of this lake, as well as that of 
 the Dead sea, is salt. 
 
 Climate. Only the elevated mountainous districts have 
 winter with snow and ice; winter is distinguished in the low 
 regions, particularly in the south, by the abundance of rain 
 during that season. The summers are hot and the inhabi- 
 tants suffer much from frequent earthquakes, the poisonous 
 Simoon arid epidemic diseases. 
 
 Products : Rice, grapes, olives, figs, cedars, mastich, tur- 
 pentine, cotton, gall nuts and asphalt ; many camels and 
 
ASIA. 363 
 
 goats with fine hair. The inland trade is carried on by 
 means of caravans. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are composed of Mohamme- 
 dans, Christians and Jews. The Sultan of Constantinople 
 is ruler of this country, and he governs it by means of Pashas 
 and Deputies called Beglerbegs. 
 
 The provinces are : 
 
 1. NATOLIA OR ANATOLIA, 
 
 Also called the Levant, formerly Asia Minor. 
 
 SMYRNA, situated on the Archipelago, is the richest and 
 most important city of the Levant^ with 150,000 inhabitants. 
 The ruins of Ephesus lie some distance from Smyrna. 
 
 EUTAIEH has warm baths and 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 BRUSA, at the foot of Mount Olympus, was formerly an 
 important city, but was almost destroyed by an earthquake in 
 1855. Kossuth resided here for some time after his. flight 
 from Hungary. Population 65,000. 
 
 SCUTARI, opposite Constantinople, is regarded as the Asiatic 
 Suburb, with 50,000 inhabitants. It is the burial place of 
 the ennobled Ottomans of the Turkish capital. 
 
 ANGORA, the most important commercial city of the interior, 
 famed for its fine haired goats. Population 20,000. 
 
 SIXOPE, KERASUST and TIIEBIZOND, arc important trading places on the 
 Black sea. 
 
 TARSUS lies in the southeast, near the Mediterranean. This was the birth 
 place of the Aposile Paul. 
 
 The islands of Cyprus and Rhodes belong to Natolia ; in the former much 
 excellent wine is made ; and in the latter ship building is carried on exten- 
 sively. Samos, famous for its muscat wine ; Skio or Chios, abounding in 
 turpentine and mastich ; Mytilene, yielding great quantities of marble, oil 
 and figs ; and Tenedos prolific in its vintage. 
 
 Comprises ancient Syria, Pho3iiicia and Palestine. 
 
 HALEB or ALEPPO, is a very important commercial city, 
 and the principal depot of Turkish, Persian and Indian mer- 
 chandise, with 70,000 inhabitants. 
 
 DAMASCUS, is one of the most ancient cities of the world, 
 situated in a very fertile and extensive plain, 80 miles in cir- 
 cumference, which is remarkable for its beauty. It has ex- 
 tensive silk and cotton manufactures, an important trade, and 
 200,000 inhabitants. Here from 30 to 50,000 pilgrims assem- 
 ble annually from all parts of the Ottoman Empire, Persia, 
 and Turkestan, and join the holy caravan for Mecca. 
 
364 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 BEIROUT, in the land of the Druses, is an important 
 commercial city, on the Mediterranean. Population 20,000. 
 
 ACRE or ST. JEAN D'ACRE, also called Ptolemais, is a 
 strongly fortified seaport, at the foot of Mount Carmel. It is 
 the principal market of the Syrian cotton trade. This city is 
 famed for its desperate sieges and defenses. The assault made 
 upon it by Richard Coeur de Lion, in 1191, was one of the 
 most daring feats of the Crusades. It withstood Napoleon 
 successfully in 1799, but in 1840, was reduced by the British 
 fleet. 
 
 NAZRARETH, a village situated near Mount Tabor, contains the splendid 
 church of the Annunciation; in which the supposed hous3 of Joseph and the 
 Virgin Mary is shown. 
 
 JERUSALEM, the once renowned capital of the Jewish king- 
 dom, is built near brook Kedron,upon Mounts Moriah and 
 Calvary, and is surrounded with walls of hewn stone. The 
 inhabitants derive their support principally from the contri- 
 butions of the pious worshipers who flock thither continually 
 to pay their devotions at the holy sepulchre, in the church 
 erected.over the spot where the body of our Saviour was en- 
 tombed. The immense Armenian Convent, capable of ac- 
 commodating over 1,000 pilgrims, is an object of curiosity. The 
 city has a population of 30,000, of whom there are 20,000 
 Christians and 4,000 Jews. 
 
 BETHLBHEM, a village inhabited only by Christians, who carry on a small 
 trafficking in crucifixes and beads. In the grotto beneath the Church of the 
 Nativity, a spot is shown as the birth place of the Redeemer. 
 
 3. AL GEZIRA, 
 
 Comprises the district of country between the Euphrates and 
 Tigris. It was anciently called Mesopotamia. 
 
 DIARBEKIR, on the Tigris, has great morocco manufactures, 
 and 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MOSUL, also built upon the Tigris, has many extensive cotton manufac- 
 tures. In the vicinity are the ruins of Nineveh. 
 
 4. TURKISH ARMENIA. 
 
 The Armenians compose a branch of Christians, dwelling 
 in Armenia and other Turkish provinces, and also in Persia, 
 and they carry on an extensive trade. 
 
 ERZEROUM, built near the source of the Euphrates, has 
 extensive copper mines and 40.000 inhabitants. The trade of 
 this city, especially with the passing caravans, is extensive. It 
 
ASIA. 365 
 
 is the focus of the transit commerce between Europe and 
 Trebizond on the one hand, and Central Asia and Persia on 
 the other. 
 
 5. KURDISTAN, 
 
 The ancient Assyria. The Koords are an unruly people, 
 who are governed by their own rulers under Turkish supe- 
 riority. 
 
 ARBIL, the ancient ARBELA, celebrated for the victory of 
 Alexander the Great over Darius, in the year 331, A. C. 
 
 6. IRAK-ARABI, 
 
 The ancient Babylonia or Chaldea. 
 
 BAGDAD, built upon both sides of the Tigris, was once the 
 brilliant metropolis of the caliphate, the seat of Arabian sci- 
 ence and literature, and the centre of eastern civilization and 
 refinement. But few vestiges of its pristine splendor yet re- 
 main. Its commercial importance has vanished, its manu- 
 factures have declined, and its trade* is dependent principally 
 upon the caravans, which pass from Smyrna and Aleppo. 
 Population 50,000. South of Bagdad, on the Euphrates, lie 
 the ruins of the great and celebiated city of Babylon, which 
 was destroyed by Cyrus the Persian. 
 
 BASSORAH, standing in the midst of a grove of palm trees on the Schat el 
 Arab, at. the head of the Persian gulf, is an important commercial city, with 
 a population of 60,000. 
 
 III. ARABIA. 
 
 Area 1,200,000 square miles. Population 15,000,000. 
 
 The Arabian peninsula is bounded north by Asiatic 
 key, east by the Persian gulf and the sea of Arabia, south by 
 the Indian ocean, and west by the Red sea. 
 
 Surface. A chain of mountains stretches along the west- 
 ern coast, under different names, from which branch the 
 coffee mountains in the southwest. In the northwestern part 
 of Arabia the sacred mountains of Sinai and Horeb rise to 
 an altitude of from 7,000 to 8,000 feet. Upon Mount Sinai 
 stands the Greek cloister of St. Catharine, the monks of 
 which are noted for their horticultural skill, 
 
 Rivers. Arabia has no navigable rivers ; in the interior 
 
366 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 there are probably rivers of the desert, but they are unknown ; 
 and on the northern border flows the Euphrates. 
 
 Climate. In the southern parts of Arabia extreme heat 
 prevails, whilst in the northern, the air is cool and upon 
 Mount Sinai snow falls. The nights are generally cool. 
 Arabia is often visited by the pestilential Simoon, and the 
 earth is seldom moistened with rain. 
 
 Products. The most handsome and fleetest horses are 
 found in Arabia, and the camel is the ordinary beast of bur- 
 den for the Arabs in their journeyings over the desert. Here 
 are found lions, sheep, ostriches, pearls, coffee, gum, dates, 
 myrrh, incense, aloes, senna leaves and excellent balsam. 
 
 Inhabitants. One part of the Arabs dwell in towns and 
 cities and follow agricultural pursuits; another called Bedou- 
 ins (children of the desert) migrate from one place to another, 
 dwelling in tents, and lead a nomadic life. These wanderers 
 of the desert are governed'by Sheiks or Ernirs, a number of 
 whom unite together and choose a sultan or chief ruler. The 
 prevailing religion is the Mohammedan ; however, during the 
 last century, a sect arose called the Wahabees, who deny the 
 divine mission of Mohammed and the inspiration of the Koran, 
 and this sect numbers many adherents. 
 
 Divisions. Arabia was anciently divided into Arabia- 
 felix, or the happy ; Arabia-petrcea, or the rocky ; and Ara- 
 bia-deserta, or the desert. Arabia-felix, comprising the south- 
 ern part appears to bear this name quite appropriately, as 
 nature seems in this region to bestow her gifts and choicest 
 bounties in the most lavish profusion. Arabia-petrsea com- 
 prises the western part, and it was here that the children of 
 Israel wandered so long in their journey from Egypt to Pal- 
 estine. Arabia-deserta is principally covered with quick- 
 sand, but also contains some fertile spots called oases. 
 
 The modern division is into six provinces : Hedschas in the west 
 Yemen in the south ; Oman and Hadschar in the east ; and Nedsehed and 
 the Desert in the north. 
 
 MEDINA is a meanly built city, celebrated as the burial 
 place of Mohammed, to whose tomb great multitudes of pil- 
 grims are attracted. The coffin containing his remains is sus- 
 pended by an iron hook to the roof of a magnificently deco- 
 rated mosque. If credence be due to the assertion of the 
 Mohammedans, it is drawn by a large magnet fixed in the 
 roof. Population 18,000. 
 
ASIA. 367 
 
 MECCA is noted as the birth place of Mohammed, and con- 
 tains the Kaba or house of God, a small square edifice built 
 according to Mussulman superstition by the patriarch Abra- 
 ham, in which is found the black stone, said to have been 
 given to the patriarch by the Angel Gabriel. These relics, 
 sacred in Moslem belief, render Mecca one of the centres ot 
 attraction for the Mohammedan world, and every orthodox 
 Mussulman is obliged, at least once during his life, to visit 
 the Kaba. Mecca is the depot of Syrian, Egyptian, and 
 Indian merchandise, and has 60,000 inhabitants. 
 
 JIDDA, a seaport and commercial city, serves as the harbor 
 of Mecca, with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MOCHA, near the strait of Bab el Mendeb is greatly visited by"Indian and 
 European merchants. Its trade in coffee, Avhich is noted as the finest in the 
 world, is very extensive. 
 
 ADEN is a fortified city on the southern coast } and commands the entrance 
 to the Red sea. It is held by the British. 
 
 SANA, the capital and residence of the Iman, one of the most powerful 
 princes in Arabia, with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MUSCAT is the centre of an active commerce with India, and a great pearl 
 market. 
 
 TADMOR (the city of palm trees) is a small village in the Syrian desert, 
 the houses of which stand amidst the ruins of the famous city of 1'almyra. 
 This city was, in 7-14, destroyed by the Saracens. 
 
 In the Persian gulf lie the Bahrein isles, belonging to the Sheik of Hads- 
 cluir and inhabited by 30,000 Arabs. Here is the great pearl bank of Zara. 
 
 IV. PERSIA. 
 
 Area 835,000 square miles. Population 18,300,000. 
 
 Persia is bounded north by Caucasian Russia, the Caspian 
 sea and Independent Tartary, east by Hindostan, south by the 
 Arabian sea and the Persian gulf, and west by Turkey. 
 
 Surface. Persia is traversed by chains ot mountains 
 which are partially naked, and between these lie extensive 
 plains, some of which are dry deserts of sand and salt, but 
 others have a fertile soil. The lofty Hinduku or Hindoo- 
 Coosh chain of mountains, the highest peak of which rises 
 to an altitude of 20,000 feet, is separated from the Himalaya 
 mountains by the valley of the Sinde, and forms on the north- 
 eastern border the boundary with Thibet. With this 
 chain are united the Solomons or Soliman mountains, which 
 extend north and south, 
 

 168 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Rivers. The Indus or Sinde, on the eastern border, is the 
 only river of importance, some branches of which rise here; 
 the remainder are rivers of the Desert, or Coast rivers. 
 
 Climate. The climate is variable, but in general quite 
 healthy. The large extensive plains enjoy an unusually pure, 
 clear atmosphere, but a very parched and dry one. In the 
 spring and winter seasons much rain falls ; but none from 
 May to November ; and owing to the burning heat, during 
 this period, everything becomes entirely parched. The oppo- 
 site is the case in the mountainous regions in the northeast- 
 ern and northwestern parts, where tolerably cold weather pre- 
 vails. In the south, the poisonous Simoon blows. 
 
 Products : Beautiful horses, asses and sheep are the prin- 
 cipal domestic animals ; lions, leopards, and still more jack- 
 alls roam in the southern regions; innumerable swarms of 
 locusts are often the plague of the country ; rice, wheat, grapes, 
 tropical fruits, cotton, opium, camphor, pearls and naphtha. 
 The rearing of bees and the culture of silk, are great branch- 
 es of industry. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Persians belong principally to the Cau- 
 casian race, but are divided into several branches : 1. The 
 Persians proper, who have great similarity of character with 
 the French. 2. The Afghans, who are partially nomadic. 
 These are very hospitable, as are all wandering tribes, and 
 frank and ingenuous in their demeanor; some engaging in 
 robbery as an occupation, but never at the expense of the lives 
 of their victims. 3. The Beloochees, who are entirely a noma- 
 dic tribe, having little cultivation, and who compose a race 
 of wild and dreaded robbers that esteem theft as unnecessary, 
 qut robbery and plundering as allowable. Their hospitality, 
 however, is unlimited, and he who places himself under their 
 protection, can rely thereon, as they prefer death to the breach 
 of their promise. Mohammedanism is the prevailing religion 
 throughout all Persia. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 Until the middle of the last century, Persia formed a united kingdom 
 but since that time, in consequence of various revolutions, it has become 
 divided into three independent States. 
 I. IRAN, OR PERSIA PROPER. 
 II. AFGHANISTAN, (the residence of the Afghans.) 
 JII. BELOOCHISTAN, (the residence of the Beloochees.) 
 
369 
 
 I. IRAN, 
 
 Usually called Persia, comprises the western part of the 
 country. It contains an area of 450,000 square miles, and 
 11,300,000 inhabitants, and is governed by a Shah or King, 
 whose power is despotic. 
 
 TEHERAN, the capital and residence of the king, has a gor- 
 geous palace, and in winter, 60,000 inhabitants, but in sum- 
 mer not over 10,000, as during that period the royal court 
 and a great number of the citizens leave the city on account 
 of the oppressive heat, and betake themselves to the moun- 
 tains, where they live in tents. 
 
 KASBIN has manufactures of silk and cotton goods, of arms (especially 
 sabres) and watches. Population 25,000. 
 
 RESHT, with the most important silk manufactures of 
 : Persia. The vicinity abounds with mulberry trees. Popula- 
 tion 50,000. 
 
 TAURIS or TABRIZ, is the most important commercial city 
 of the kingdom, with 60,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ISPAHAN, formerly the Persian capital, and one of the most 
 imposing cities of the east, contained then 600,000 inhabi- 
 tants ; but its ancient glory has disappeared, much of it be- 
 ing at this time in ruins, arid its population only 80,000. It 
 has extensive caravanseries. 
 
 SHIRAZ, situated in a wine producing and rose scented region has 30,000 
 inhabitants, who derive great profit from a costly naphtha, which exudes 
 from lofty precipices. 
 
 In the vicinity lie the magnificent ruins of Persepolis. This once large 
 and wealthy city was taken by Alexander the Great, and exposed to pillage 
 and destruction ; afterwards having been rebuilt, it was soon destroyed the 
 second time. 
 
 GOMRON or BENDKR-ABASSI, a commercial city on the strait of Ormus. 
 
 ORMITS, an island at the entrance into the Persian Gulf. 
 
 2. AFGHANISTAN, 
 
 Called also Cabulistan, comprises the northeastern part of 
 Persia, and includes an area of 225,000 square miles and 
 5,000,000 inhabitants. The government is in the hands of 
 a Shah, whose power is limited by the immunities of the 
 Afghan tribes. 
 
 CABUL, the capital and residence of the Shah, has a mag- 
 nificent royal residence, and 80,000 inhabitants. 
 
 HERAT, one of the most handsome cities of Asia, is a place of great trade, 
 and its population though diminished, amounts to 45,000. 
 
 PISCIIAUIS, with great silk and cotton manufactures. Population 50,OCO 
 
 Q* 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 CANDAHAR, a large and fortified city, graced with numerous mosques and 
 other splendid edifices. It formerly contained 100,000 inhabitants, now only 
 30,000, who carry on a brisk trade. 
 
 3. BELOOCHISTAN, 
 
 Consists of the southeastern part of Persia, and a large por- 
 tion of it is covered with a vast desert. It has an area of 
 160,000 square miles and 2,000,000 inhabitants, a part of 
 whom are nomads. 
 
 KELAT, the capital and residence of the Khan, has 20,000 
 inhabitants. It extends ten miles in length and three in 
 breadth, and this space is occupied for gardening and agriculture. 
 
 V. INDEPENDENT TARTARY OR TURKESTAN. 
 
 Area 640,000 square miles. Population 6,500,000. 
 
 Independent Tartary is bounded north by the Russian 
 Empire, east by the Chinese Empire, south by Afghanistan 
 and Iran, and west by the Caspian Sea. 
 
 Surface. Only the eastern and the southeastern parts are 
 mountainous ; here lie the Belur Tagh mountains, with which 
 the chain of the Hindoo Coosh is united. All the remaining 
 portions consist almost entirely of continuous sandy deserts, 
 which descend gradually towards the Caspian Sea, and upon 
 these no vegetation is visible, except on the oases and river 
 banks. 
 
 Rivers: The Oxus, called also the Jihon, which empty into 
 the Aral sea. Besides the Caspian and the Aral seas, many 
 salt lakes are found here. 
 
 Climate. In the south the climate is quite mild, but in the 
 mountainous regions and the northern steppes rather severe 
 winters prevail. 
 
 Products : Horses and asses, which are also found here in 
 a wild state ; camels, sheep, bisons and locusts ; silk, cotton, 
 flax, &c., also some rnetals and precious stones. 
 
 Inhabitants. The Tartars are Mohammedans,and are divi- 
 ded into several different stocks or races: 1. The Usbecks, a 
 barbarous and warlike people, who are the dominant tribe of 
 Tartary. 2. The Turcomans, who roam between the Caspian 
 and Aral seas. 3. The Karakalpacks, who live east of the 
 Aral sea. 4. The Kirgheez ; a tribe of robbers, who dwell in 
 
ASIA. 371 
 
 the north. This is the large horde of this name ; the little 
 and middle hordes are governed by the Russians. These 
 tribes are principally nomadic. 5. The Buchanans, who in- 
 habit the south and are the most civilized of all the Tartar 
 tribes, with permanent abodes, and who carry on a consider- 
 able trade. All these tribes are ruled by Khans, who must 
 swear allegiance to the Usbeck Grand Khan of Bokhara. 
 
 SAMARCAND, the capital of the Usbecks, has many manu- 
 factures of silk, cotton, and silk paper. This was once a 
 large and flourishing city and the seat of Empire of the re- 
 nowned Tamerlane, since whose time it has greatly declined. 
 Population 50,000. Here Tamerlane lies buried in a tomb 
 of jasper. 
 
 BOKHARA, the residence of the Grand Khan, has 70,000 
 inhabitants who are engaged in an extensive trade. 
 
 TASHKENT, upon the river Sihon, is the residence of a 
 Khan, and has iron and cannon founderies, powder mills, 
 and 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TURKESTAN, situated in a province of the same name. It is worthy of 
 remark, that this province is regarded as the Farther Land of the Turks. 
 
 KHIVA, situated on a channel of the river Jihon, is the residence of a 
 Khan. Here is the principal slave mart of Independent Tartary, to which 
 the neighboring tribes bring their captives, together with oxen, horses and 
 asses for sale. 
 
 VI. INDIA. 
 
 India, known also as the East Indies, comprises a large 
 portion of southern Asia, lying between Persia and China. 
 The bay of Bengal divides it into the two peninsulas of 
 Hindostan and Farther India, to which some islands are 
 also reckoned. 
 
 1. HINDOSTAN, 
 
 Called Hither India, or India, in a more restricted sense, 
 is the largest and most important part Area 1,367,000 square 
 miles. Population 172,000,000. 
 
 Surface. The lofty Himalaya mountains run on the 
 northern border and form the boundary with Thibet. Large 
 and fertile plains through which the Ganges flows, stretch to 
 the southern base of the Himalaya mountains ; but in the 
 west, extensive deserts of sand are found, which are bordered 
 
372 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 by the river Indus. The Ghauts mountains stretch through the 
 peninsula in a soutlieni direction to Cape Comorin, and form 
 a series of highlands, which decline gradually to the eastern 
 coast. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are, the Indus or Sinde which 
 rises in the western part of Thibet ; the Ganges, having its 
 source in the Himalaya, and which receive^ the Jumna as 
 an affluent ; the Brahmaputra, whose sources are found in the 
 northern declivity of the Himalaya mountains, and which 
 unites with the Ganges 40 miles from the sea. Every year 
 in the months of July and August, the Ganges overflows its 
 banks and inundates the surrounding country, especially 
 the low grounds near its mouth, so that nothing except water 
 is visible for miles, and the submerged villages project like 
 islands from the circumfluent element. This river is regard- 
 ed by the Hindoos as a sacred stream, and according to this 
 belief, a goddess has been transformed into it, whence massive 
 edifices, gardens and shady groves are found upon its banks, 
 for the accommodation of the visiting pilgrims. 
 
 Climate. The climate in the northern part is mild, but in 
 the southern excessively hot, the heat being however somewhat 
 moderated by the monsoons or trade-winds. It is worthy of 
 observation that the eastern or Coromandel coast has sum- 
 mer, when on the western or Malabar coast, winter prevails, 
 and the reverse is also the case. This is caused by the Ghauts 
 mountains, which become a regulator of the weather, and 
 detain the rain clouds brought by the trade-winds, which 
 blow regularly for six months from the northeast, viz : from 
 October to April, and afterwards from the southeast for the 
 same length of time during the summer months. 
 
 Products. The products of Hindostan are numerous and 
 charming. The most important articles of export are silk, 
 woolen and cotton goods, cotton yarn, muslin, shawls, 
 carpets, diamonds and other precious stones, rice, pepper, 
 ginger, sago, camphor, opium, indigo, saltpetre and ivory, 
 Of wild animals, the royal tiger and leopard are found here,, 
 but the lion rarely ; apes, and elephants abound in the 
 forests, and many wild fowl. 
 
 Inhabitants. The aboriginal inhabitants of Hindostan 
 are called Hindoos, and these are divided into four separate 
 castes: 1. The Brahmins or priests. 2. The Shatryas or sol- 
 diers, of which cast the rulers are chosen. 3. The Vaisyas 
 
ASIA. 373 
 
 or husbandmen, merchants and artisans. 4. The Sudras or 
 laborers. The lowest class of Hindoos are the Pariahs or 
 outcasts, who are despised by all the others, and are not even 
 permitted to dwell among them. 
 
 A horrible custom exists among the Hindoos, which in- 
 duces the surviving wife to follow her deceased husband to 
 the funeral pile and there permit her body to be burned 
 along with the corpse of her companion. In the English 
 possessions, this unnatural custom has been abolished. Be- 
 sides the Hindoos the Sikhs, the Parsees or Guebers, the Af- 
 ghans, the Mongols arid many Europeans live in India. Ac- 
 cording to theBrahminical doctrines, the Brahmins emanated 
 from the head of Brahma, the Shatryas from his shoulders, the 
 Vaisyas from his stomach, and the Sudras from his feet. The 
 Hindoos believe in the existence of three principal divinities : 
 Brahma, the creator; Vishnu, the preserver; and Siva, the 
 destroyer ; and besides these a multitude of inferior gods. 
 The Sikhs reject the Brahminical divinity, and profess a re- 
 ligion peculiar to themselves, consisiing of a medley of 
 Brahminical and Mohammedan tenets. The Parsees esteem 
 light as the cause of good (whence the fire worship,) and 
 darkness as the source of evil. The number of Mohamme- 
 dans is estimated at 10,000,000, Jews 100,000, and Christians 
 one and a half millions. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 Hindostan is composed of the Independent States, and the 
 European possessions. 
 
 A. THE INDEPENDENT STATES, 
 
 Comprise at this time but few. 
 
 1. NEPAUL, 
 
 Along the Himalaya mountains, west of Bootan, comprises 
 an area of 53,000 square miles and 2,000,000 inhabitants. It 
 is thickly overgrown with timber and well irrigated ; its cli- 
 mate is mild and healthy. 
 
 KHATMANDOO, is the capital, situated at the foot of a moun- 
 tain 20,000 feet high, with 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. BOOTAN, 
 
 also along the Himalaya, in the northeastern part of Hindos- 
 tan, has 65,000 square miles. 
 TASSISUDON is the capital. 
 
374 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 B. THE EUROPEAN POSSESSIONS. 
 
 1. The British Dominions, comprise at this time nearly 
 the whole of Hindostan, acquisitions having been made from 
 time to time by the British, until their authority may be con- 
 sidered as almost universal in this great country. The re- 
 maining tributary princes are mere vassals of the British, 
 being wholly under their control and direction. In a govern- 
 mental aspect, the British possessions are, at this time, divi- 
 ded into three presidencies : Bengal, Madras, and Bombay. 
 
 a. THE PRESIDENCY OF BENGAL, 
 
 Comprises the country north of the Nerbudda river, and extends 
 from the bay of Bengal to beyond the Indus. It has an area 
 of 1,000,000 square miles, and 130,000,000 inhabitants. This 
 vast territory is more appropriately described under its dif- 
 ferent divisions. 
 
 1. THE COUNTRY OF THE SIKHS, 
 
 Called also the Punjaub, lies in the northwest. It was 
 formerly governed by independent princes, which were 
 leagued together for defence ; but near half a century since, 
 one of these princes obtained the supreme authority, and the 
 province of Cashmere was, in 1823, wrested from the Afghans 
 and united to the Punjaub. All this country was conquered 
 by the English in 1849. 
 
 LAHORE, situated on the highway which leads to Delhi, with 100,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
 CASHMERE, formerly SERINAGUR, the capital of the prov- 
 ince so called, is celebrated on account of its costly shawls, 
 over 80,000 of which are made here annually. Population 
 50,000. 
 
 The province of Cashmere, in which this city is situated, 
 is represented as so exceedingly delightful and fertile, that it 
 has been called the "Paradise of India." The Hindoos seek 
 here for the home of their Brahmins; the Chinese, the native 
 country of Foo or Fohi ; and the Mohammedans consider that 
 here the garden of Eden was located. 
 
 2. THE MAHRATTA COUNTRY. 
 
 Occupies nearly the central portion of Hindostan. 
 
 OUGEIN, is noted for its observatory, and has 100,000 in- 
 habitants. 
 
ASIA. 375 
 
 GWALIOR, is built in the form of an amphitheatre, at the 
 foot of a rock 342 feet high, on the summit of which is one 
 of the strongest fortresses of Hindostan. Population 80,000. 
 
 3. THE DISTRICT OF CALCUTTA, 
 
 On the lower Ganges and the adjoining coast. 
 
 CALCUTTA, the capital of British India, the seat ot the 
 British Governor General, and the most important commer- 
 cial city of Hindostan, is situated on the Hoogly river, 100 
 miles from its mouth, and contains numerous manufacturing 
 establishments, and 250,000 inhabitants. Near the city lies 
 the stronghold of Fort William, which cost $10,000,000. 
 
 DACCA, -where the finest muslin is made. Population 150,000. 
 
 MURSHEDABAD, is a meanly built city, situated on the Gan- 
 ges, and contains 160,000 inhabitants. Its manufactures of 
 shawls, silks and cloth are extensive. 
 
 PATNA, on the Ganges, with 250,000 inhabitants. Here 
 excellent carpets are manufactured, and the city carries on a 
 large trade in opium, 
 
 4. THE DISTRICT OF ALLAHABAD, 
 
 On the middle Ganges, is traversed by the Jumna. This is 
 one of the most fertile regions of India. 
 
 BENARES, is one of the largest manufacturing cities of 
 India, situated on the Ganges, with 600,000 inhabitants. It 
 is regarded as the seat of Brahminical learning, and the 
 ecclesiastical metropolis containing a celebrated Sanscrit Uni- 
 versity and the most sacred Pagoda (temple) of Hindostan, 
 which attracts an immense number of pilgrims. 
 
 DELHI, on the Jumna, was formerly the residence of the 
 Great Mogul, and contains 200,000 inhabitants. It was one 
 of the head quarters in the Sepoy rebellion, but was stormed 
 by the British on the 14th of September, 1857. 
 
 5. THE PRESIDENCY OF MADRAS, 
 
 Comprises nearly the whole of peninsular Hindostan and has 
 an area of 187,000 square miles, and 26,000,000 inhabitants. 
 MADRAS, situated on the coast of Coromandel, consists of 
 the fortress of St. George, which is inhabited by Europeans, 
 and the Black town in which dwell the Hindoos and othar 
 Asiatic tribes. Its cotton and glass manufactures are exten- 
 sive, and its population of 750,000, is engaged in an active 
 trade. 
 
376 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 MASULIPATAM possesses excellent cotton manufactures, a fine harbor and 
 considerable trade. Population 75,000. 
 
 CALICUT, on the Malabar coast, with 24,000 inhabitants. Here Vasca da 
 Gama first landed in 1408. The name of Calico is derived from this town, 
 the cloth having been 'first imported from here. 
 
 c. THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY, 
 
 On the Malabar coast, between Cambay and Goa, and in- 
 cludes also Guzerat, Catch and Sinde. 
 
 BOMBAY, built upon an island of its own name, has one of 
 the best harbors of Hindostan, and is the principal station of 
 the British East India navy. Population 500,000. 
 
 SURA.T is one of the chief commercial cities of India. It has a vast hos- 
 pital for animals, such as monkeys, tortoises, fleas, and other vermin. Pop- 
 ulation 100,000. 
 
 THE COUNTRY OF SINDE, 
 
 At the mouth of the Sinde or Indus, is a flat surface of low- 
 lands, composed partly cf desert, and partly of a fertile soil. 
 The gipsies are believed to have originated here. 
 
 HYDERABAD and TATTAare two commercial cities upon the 
 Indus, each containing 20,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The tributary states are more or less dependent upon British authority, 
 and the most important of these are the following : 
 
 I. HYDRABAD, 
 
 With 90,000 square miles, 10,000,000 inhabitants, and valu- 
 able diamond mines. 
 
 HYDRABAD, with 200,000 inhabitants is the residence of 
 the ruler. Important diamond trade. In the vicinity lies 
 the strong fortress of Golconda. 
 
 2. NAGPOOR, 
 
 With a city of the same name. 
 
 3. MYSORE, 
 
 Contains 25,000 square miles, and 3,000,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MYSORE, the capital, is a strongly fortified city. 
 
 II. THE PORTUGEUSE POSSESSIONS. 
 
 GOA, the capital, situated upon an island, has a fine harbor 
 and but few inhabitants, it having been deserted by its citi- 
 zens on account of the impurity of the air, for Villa Nova de 
 Goa, a very handsome town of 20,000 inhabitants, built upon 
 the main land opposite the island. 
 
 Diu, built upon an island pf the same name, also has a fine harbor. 
 
ASIA. Sit 
 
 III. THE POSSESSIONS OF THE FRENCH. 
 
 PONDICIIEERY, the capital, on the coast of Coromandel, with 25,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 CHANDERNAGORE, a commercial city of Bengal, with 40,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 The Danish possessions upon the Coromandel coast were lately Bold to 
 Great Britain. 
 
 2. FARTHER INDIA. 
 
 The eastern and smaller peninsula, is comparatively little 
 known to Europeans. Area 800,000 square miles. Popula- 
 tion 36,000,000. 
 
 Surface. A chain of mountains stretches north and south 
 through the peninsula, and runs into Romania, the most 
 southern cape of Asia. 
 
 Rivers : The Irrawaddy the largest, the Meinam and Mai- 
 Kiang or Cambodia, all flowing in a southern direction. 
 
 Climate: In the south very hot; in the north mild. 
 
 Products. Besides the enumerated products of Hindos- 
 tan, those of tin and the edible swallow nests may be enu- 
 merated ; elephants are also more numerous here, and are 
 used as horses in other countries, for riding and for the trans- 
 portation of baggage, and are kept like horses, in stables. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are principally heathen, 
 except in the peninsula of Malacca, which is chiefly inhabi- 
 ted by Mohammedan Malays. 
 
 DIVISIONS. 
 
 1. Assam. 3. Siam. 5. Malacca. 
 
 2. Birmah. 4. Anam. 
 
 1. ASSAM, 
 
 In the northwest, has 56,000 square miles and 1,000,000 
 inhabitants. It formerly composed part of the Birman Em- 
 pire, but was in 1828 ceded to the British. No cities of 
 importance are found here. 
 
 2. BIRMAH. 
 
 The Birman Empire, which comprises the western part of 
 Farther India, has an area of 200,000 square miles and 
 8,000,000 inhabitants. Its government is purely despotic, 
 the ruler assuming the title of Boa, or Emperor. 
 
 AVA, on the Irrawaddy, is the capital and residence of the 
 Emperor, with 50,000 inhabitants. 
 
3T8 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 UMERAPOORA, the ancient capital, situated also upon the Irrawaddy, in the 
 vicinity of Ava, has fewer inhabitants than formerly. 
 
 PEGU is chiefly celebrated for its great temple of Sho3-Madoo, 
 with 100 golden peaked towers, said to be upwards of 2300 
 years old. 
 
 RANGOON, near the mouth of the Irra\vaddy, has since 
 1826, a free harbor. It contains the celebrated pagoda of 
 Shoe-Dagon. Population 30,000. 
 
 At the peace of 1826, the Birmese ceded several provinces to the English 
 East India Company. Arracan, on the east coast of the bay of Bengal, is the 
 most important, with a town of the same name. This, like all Birmese 
 towns, is meanly built, the dwellings consisting principally of Bamboo huts. 
 
 3. SIAM, 
 
 Southeast of Birmah,in the wide valley of the river Meinam, 
 with an area of 190,000 square miles, and 4,000,000 inhabi- 
 tants. The white ape, white buffalo and white fallow deer, 
 are found here. 
 
 BANKOK, the capital, lying on the river Meinam is the 
 most important commercial city of the kingdom. It has few 
 streets, most of its houses being built upon rafts moored in 
 the river, forming a floating city. Population 50,000. 
 
 SIAM or YUTIIIA, situated upon an island in the river Meinam, was once 
 the capital, and a largely populated city, but it is greatly declined. All the 
 houses are built upon strong posts, because the river now and then over- 
 flows everything. There are in the city many splendid pagodas and several 
 Christian churches. One of the pagodas contains 100 images of their di- 
 vinities. 
 
 4. ANAM, 
 
 Is the most powerful Empire of Farther India, lying in the 
 eastern part, and it has a very fertile soil. It consists of 
 Tonquin, Cochin-China, Laos and Cambodia, and has 290,- 
 000 square miles and 20,000,000 inhabitants. 
 
 HUE or PIIUXUAN, the residence of the emperor, possesses 
 a very strongly fortified citadel built by Europeans. Its com- 
 mercial and manufacturing activity is extensive. Population 
 80,000. 
 
 HUEHAN, has a fine harbor, and is the best commercial city of the Empire, 
 and greatly visited by European vessels. 
 
 5. THE PENINSULA OF MALACCA, 
 
 Has an extent of 64,000 square miles and is covered with 
 immense forests, which abound in elephants and venemous 
 reptiles. It is inhabited by Malays, who carry on a lively 
 trade and commerce, and they are united together in small 
 
ASIA. 319 
 
 communities most of which are under the government of 
 Siam. 
 
 MALACCA, the city built upon the strait of this name, as 
 also the strip of territory along the western coast, belongs 
 to the English. 
 
 Both the islands Prince of Wales or Pulo Pinang in the strait of Malacca, 
 and Sincapore at the southern extremity of the peninsula, belong to tho 
 English and are important in a trading aspect, particularly the latter. 
 Pepper is the main product. The China tea has been successfully cultivated 
 here. 
 
 3. THE ISLANDS. 
 
 1. The LACCADIVES, comprise 19 small islands opposite the Malabar coast, 
 with immense cocoa forests. (Diven, signifies islands. J 
 
 2. The MALDIVES, form an archipelago of many thousand small islands, 
 abounding in cocoa nuts and kauris, a kind of clams, used here as money. 
 The inhabitants of these as also of the Laccadive islands, profess Mohamme- 
 danism, and are governed by their own rulers. 
 
 3. CEYLON or SEILAN, separated by the Palk strait from the 
 coast of Coromandel, with an area of 25,000 square miles, 
 and 1,600,000 inhabitants. The Veddahs, a race devoid of 
 civilization, dwell here, and have no intercourse with the 
 remaining inhabitants. The mountains attain their highest 
 elevation in the Adamsberg, 7,000 feet high. Cinnamon is 
 the most important product of the island; but the yield of 
 the pearl fisheries, formerly so valuable, is now comparatively 
 insignificant. This island is under the direct authority of 
 the British Crown, and is ruled by a Royal Governor. 
 
 COLOMBO is the capital and principal seaport of Ceylon, 
 with 31,000 inhabitants. 
 
 TRINKONOMALE has a fine harbor, in which the British men-of-war lie. 
 
 4. THE ANDAMAN ISLES, in the bay of Bengal, furnish great quantities of 
 lumber and cotton. These islands are inhabited by a race of rude and un- 
 civilized negroes, and the climate is very unhealthy. On account of this 
 latter circumstance the English have abandoned them. 
 
 5. THE NICOBAR ISLANDS, south of the former, are inhab- 
 ited by Malays. The Danes formerly held these, but the tin- 
 healthy climate has caused their abandonment. 
 
 6. THE SUNDA ISLANDS, derive their name from that of the 
 strait between Sumatra and Java. There are four of these. 
 
 a. SUMATRA, under the equator, comprises 136,000 square 
 miles, and 6,000,000 inhabitants. The coast is inhabited by 
 Malays, who are principally Mohammedans. The principal 
 products are pepper, camphor, the best of which is found here ; 
 a fine species of gold, and abundance of tin. It is divided 
 
380 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 into several States, almost all of which are subject to the 
 Dutch, who hold extensive possessions here. The cities 
 belonging to them, are : 
 
 PALEMBANG, upon the east side, a fine commercial city, 
 with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 PADANG, a fortified town, upon the west side. 
 
 BANCA, an island upon the east coast, has inexhaustible mines of tin. 
 
 b. JAVA has an area of 50,000 4 square miles, and 11, 000,000 
 inhabitants; 8,500,000 of whom live in the Dutch posses- 
 sions. Coffee is the most valuable product; but one of the 
 most remarkable is the Boan-upas, or poison-tree, the juice 
 of which is very deleterious. Here is the Gurvo-upas, or the 
 remarkable valley of poison, which has a circumference of 
 two miles. A dog put into this valley died in a few minutes, 
 as did also a hen. 
 
 BATAVIA is the capital of all the Dutch India possessions, 
 and the emporium of the Holland trade in the east, with 50,- 
 000 inhabitants. The location of this city is extremely un- 
 healthy, and for this reason numbers of its citizens are con- 
 tinually retiring into the interior. 
 
 c. BORNEO, the largest of the Asiatic islands, is mountain- 
 ous, overgrown with forests, and possesses a fertile soil. It 
 has an area of 300,000 square miles, and 3,000,000 inhabit- 
 ants. Borneo is wholly unexplored by Europeans, except 
 the parts near the coast, and these are inhabited principally 
 by Malays. In the little frequented forests live the ourang- 
 outang ; also the elephant and the rhinoceros, neither of which 
 is met with east of this. The Dutch have here several set- 
 tlements along the coast. 
 
 THE SOOLOO ISLANDS, north of Borneo, are ruled by a Sultan, who also 
 governs part of Borneo. 
 
 d. CELEBES, is a mountainous, but fertile island, with an 
 area of 55,000 square miles, and 3,000,000 inhabitants. It 
 belongs to the Dutch. 
 
 MACCASSAR, once a populous town, is now a small village. 
 7. THE SMALL SDNDA ISLANDS lie east of Java. One part of these belongs 
 tp the Dutch. The largest are called Sumbava, Flores and, Timor. 
 
 8. THE MOLUCCAS or SPICE ISLANDS, compose part of the 
 Dutch possessions, and produce principally nutmegs, cloves, 
 sago and pepper. Amboyna, the largest of these, grows cloves 
 in abundance ; and the Banda Isles, nutmegs. 
 
 9. THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, comprising 140,000 square 
 
ASIA. 381 
 
 miles, and 5,000,000 inhabitants, possess an extremely pro- 
 ductive soil, and are mostly subject to Spanish dominion. 
 The most important are : 
 
 . MANILLA or LUZON, with the capital Manilla, the seat of 
 the Spanish Captain General, and the centre of an active 
 trade. The city has a university, and 140,000 inhabitants. 
 
 5. MAGINDA^AO, only the northern part of "which belongs to Spain; the 
 southern half is independent. This island abounds in rice and sago. 
 
 VII. THE CHINESE EMPIRE. 
 
 Area 5,000,000 square miles. Population 350,000,000. 
 
 This Empire, next to Russia the largest upon the globe in 
 respect to extent of territory, but as regards population far 
 surpassing it, comprises about one-tenth of the habitable 
 earth, and nearly double that of the United States of America. 
 
 It is bounded north by Siberia, east by the Pacific, south 
 by the China sea and India, and west by India and Inde- 
 pendent Tartary. 
 
 PRINCIPAL DIVISIONS. 
 
 1. China Proper. 
 SUBJECT PROVINCES : 
 
 2. Mantchooria. 4. Turfan. G. Soongaria. 
 
 3. Mongolia. 5. Thibet. 7. Corea. 
 
 1* CHINA PROPER, 
 
 Called by the Chinese Chung-Kue (middle kingdom,) is 
 washed east and south by the Pacific and Indian oceans, and 
 comprises an area of about 1,500,000 square miles. 
 
 Surface. The northern and western portions are very 
 mountainous; the interior is also traversed by numerous 
 mountains, some of which attain a great altitude, in the 
 north is the celebrated Chinese wall, 1500 miles long, built 
 more than 2000 years ago, as a barrier against the incursions 
 of the Tartars. It is from twenty to thirty feet high, eleven 
 feet thick, and set with towers ; it is now very dilapidated. 
 
 Rivers. The principal rivers are the Hoang-Ho or Yellow 
 river, and the Yang-tse-kiang (son of the sea,) which is call- 
 ed the Lan-kiang (blue river), in the lower part of its course. 
 Both these rise in the highlands of Thibet. Of the numer- 
 
382 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 ous canals of China, the Imperial canal from Pekin to Hangt- 
 chow, affording a navigable length of 700 miles, is noted as 
 one of the greatest works of the kind in the world. 
 
 Climate : Not so warm as the locality would seem to in- 
 dicate. Only in the south is the weather warm ; in the north 
 the winters are cold. 
 
 Products. The most important products are tea, silk, rice, 
 cotton, indigo and most, tropical fruits; the tallow, wax, and 
 candle trees; forests of bamboo, rhubarb, numerous medici- 
 nal plants, and porcelain earth. Fine silk and cotton goods 
 are manufactured, excellent porcelain and fancy ware, and 
 also the finest paper. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants are distinguished by nu- 
 merous peculiarities. Herein may be considered their re- 
 markable distrust of foreigners, their singular ideas of beauty, 
 their costume, manner of living and art of penmanship; 
 Stoutness, or rather obesity and long finger nails are deemed 
 marks of beauty, and in the females, small feet, which being 
 compressed in infancy, are so diminutive as scarcely to en- 
 able them to walk without assistance. Yellow is the color 
 assumed by mourners. Politeness degenerates here into ri- 
 diculous ceremonies, as for example, the various salutations 
 prescribed by a fixed rule of the greatest minuteness, which 
 are to be observed towards individuals according to their 
 rank and condition. When one desires to address a princi- 
 pal mandarin or officer of state, he kneels and bows his head 
 three times, and during the interview, holds his hand before 
 his mouth. The written language contains about 80,000 signs 
 or characters, each of which designates a particular idea, and 
 writing is performed from bottom to top. The bulk of the 
 Chinese profess the religion of Foo, which teaches the trans- 
 migration of souls. According to this doctrine, the soul of 
 man, after death, occupies the body of a priest ; afterwards 
 that of another man or an animal, just as he has been 
 righteous or wicked, by which means it ascends through dif- 
 ferent series arid purifications until it reaches ultimate perfec- 
 tion. The court worships the Grand Lama, and the educated 
 receive the teachings of Confucius, as their highest authority. 
 The Christian and Mohammedan religions are not tolerated ex- 
 cept under great restrictions. The form of government is in 
 the highest degree despotic, the authority of the Emeror being 
 unlimited: on this account he calls himself the Son of Heaven. 
 
ASIA. 383 
 
 PEKIN, the capital and residence of the Emperor, is situa- 
 ted in a fertile plain, about 50 miles from the great wall, and 
 has a circumference of 20 miles, and from Ij to 2 million 
 inhabitants. It is divided into two parts and is surrounded 
 by walls, and contains many long, straight and broad streets,- 
 but the cross streets are closed by night at each corner with 
 wooden lattice gates. There are here almost 10,000 palaces; 
 (the Imperial being two miles in circumference,) many lofty 
 temples, one Greek and two Roman Catholic churches and a 
 Mohammedan Mosque. The city has an Imperial university 
 and an observatory. 
 
 NANKIN, situated on the Yang-tse Kiang, 90 miles from its 
 mouth, has a circuit of 18 miles, 500,000 inhabitants and 
 the celebrated porcelain tower, 200 feet high, which contains 
 nine stories^ A gallery runs around each story, on the pro- 
 jecting points of which numerous small bells are suspended, 
 which, when moved by the wind, produce a delightful play of 
 music. The silk and cotton manufactures of this place are 
 celebrated 5 and from this city the Nankeen cloth derives its 
 name. 
 
 CANTON, on the river of the same name, is the principal 
 emporium of the Empire, arid is superior in wealth and pop- 
 ulation to any other commercial city of Asia. It was, up to 
 1842, the only entrepot in China to which European and 
 American vessels were allowed access, and these lay at 
 the island of Wampu, 15 miles distant, as the harbor was 
 not sufficiently capacious 1o receive them. The Europeans 
 dwell in the suburbs along the river where the manft- 
 factories are principally built. The population is esti- 
 mated as high as 1 J millions, and of this amount near one 
 half million are composed of the pariah race of China, who 
 dwell in the boat town, consisting of 40,000 boats, none of 
 whom are permitted to enter the city proper. 
 
 AMOY is situated on an island opposite the island of Formosa, and is one 
 of the ports opened to European and American commerce, by the treaty 
 of 1842. Population 800,000. 
 
 Foo-Cuoo is also one of the free ports opened by the treaty of 1842, with 
 500,000 inhabitants. 
 
 NINGPO, north of Foo Choo, is six miles in circumference, and surrounded 
 by walls 25 feet high, with 300,000 inhabitants. It is one of the five ''Free 
 Torts." 
 
 SIIAXG-HAI, 1GO miles south-east of Nankin, is next to Canton, the 
 most commercial city of China. It is surrounded with walls. This is also 
 one of the " Freo Ports." Population 190,000. 
 
384 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 TEENTSIN is the port of Pekin, and a great salt emporium, with 703,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 KING-TE-CHING is the principal seat of the porcelain manufacture in 
 China. Population 1,000,000. 
 
 HANGTCHOW, with 500,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MACAO, upon an island of the same name, belongs to the Portuguese. 
 
 The Chinese pbssess only the western part of the island of Formosa ; the 
 coast of Hainan ; the remainder is occupied by independent tribes. 
 
 2. MANTCHOORIA, 
 
 Is an elevated and mountainous region, washed on the east 
 by the Japan sea, covered with vast forests and fertile valleys 
 and has rather a cold climate. This section of country is 
 traversed hy the river Amoor, which rises in Siberia, and it 
 contains an area of 600,000 square miles, and a population 
 of 1,500,000, who profess principally the religion of Lama. 
 The inhabitants are nomads and subsist chiefly as shepherds, 
 fisherman or hunters ; some, however, cultivate the soil and 
 grow fruits.* 
 
 8. MONGOLIA, 
 
 West of Mantchooria,has an area of from 1,500,000 to 2,000,- 
 000 square miles, and 3,000,000 inhabitants, who are wor- 
 shippers of Lama, and governed by Khans, that recognize 
 the Emperor of China as their supreme head. The inhabi- 
 tants are divided into two principal races . 1. The Mongols ; 
 2. The Calmucks. This region is traversed by the Altai moun- 
 tains, and here the Obi, the Irtish, the Yenisei, and the Ho- 
 ang-ho have their sources. Of animals, the horse, the ass, 
 the ox and the sheep are found wild here. Locusts and gnats 
 infest this country. In the southern part is the great desert 
 of Shamo, also called Gobi, which is composed of coarse 
 sand and gravel. Caravans from China and Russia pass di- 
 agonally over this desert, amidst the greatest difficulties. It 
 abounds in salt lakes. On the oases of this desert, hordes of 
 Mongols dwell. 
 
 DSCHEHOL is the capital, where the emperor sojourns 
 during the hot season, when he amuses himself by hunting. 
 
 MAIMATCHIN, is a border town opposite Kiachta, which carries on a con- 
 siderable trade between China and Russia. The caravans from China pass 
 here. 
 
 4. TURFAN, 
 Called also Little Bokhara, lies betv/een Soongarhi and 
 
 Tkia yast country was recently annexed by Russia to Siberia. 
 
ASIA. 385 
 
 Thibet, and contains an area of 550,000 square miles, and 
 1,000,000 inhabitants, chiefly Mohammedans. Here is the 
 desert of Schaschin, and the river Yarkand, which empties 
 into lake Lop. This country is governed by Khans, who are 
 tributary to China. The inhabitants have fixed habitations, 
 and carry on a considerable trade by means of caravans. 
 TURF AX, the residence of a Khan. 
 
 YARKAND is a very important manufacturing and commercial 
 city, situated upon a river of the same name, in which the 
 Chinese caravans assemble. Population 80,000. 
 
 5. THIBET, 
 
 Between Little Bokhara and Hindostan, contains an area ot 
 500,000 square miles and 12,000,000 inhabitants, professing 
 the religion of Lama, and who believe in the transmigration 
 of the soul. This belief teaches that the soul of the ruling 
 Dalai Lama or Grand Lama, at his death, enters into another 
 man, and thus continues to reign. Such is also the case 
 with the Bogdo Lama, who has also a small state here. On 
 the borders of Hindostan rise the Himalaya, the loftiest 
 mountains upon the globe, with Kunchinjunga their highest 
 peak, and in the northwestern part the Mooz-Tagh. The 
 Ganges, the Brahmaputra, the Irrawaddy and the Mai-Kiang 
 have their sources here. The most important articles of 
 trade in Thibet are the wool of the mountain sheep, and the 
 hair of the mountain goat, the latter having a fineness of tex- 
 ture like silk. Both these articles are brought to Cashmere, 
 where they are manufactured into the most costly shawls and 
 other sumptuous garments. 
 
 LASSA, the capital and residence of the Dalai Lama, and of 
 the Chinese Viceroy, with 50,000 inhabitants. It is visit- 
 ed by great multitudes of pilgrims. At the distance of ten 
 miles from the city is the large summer residence of the 
 Grand Lama, called Putala, containing 10,000 chambers. 
 
 TISCHULUMBU, the residence of the Bogdo Lama and of a Chinese Vice- 
 roy, in the western part, called Little Thibet. 
 
 6. SOONGARIA, 
 
 Is the most northwestern division of the Chinese Empire and is principally 
 composed of a poor, thin soil, destitute of timber, but in some places exten- 
 sive forests are found. Gold, iron, copper and coal exist here. 
 
3S6 GEOGRAPHICAL SAND BOOK. 
 
 7. COREA, 
 
 A peninsula lying south of Mantchooria, between the Yellow 
 and Japan Seas, contains an area of irom 125 to 150,000 
 square miles, and 10,000,000 inhabitants, who profess the 
 religion of Foo. The king pays tribute to the Chinese 
 Emperor, but in other respects his authority is despotic. No 
 European dare set foot within the bounds of this peninsula, 
 nor is a subject permitted to leave it, under penalty of death. 
 The culture of silk is a great object of industry. 
 
 KINQ-KI-TAO, the capital and residence of the king, lies near the centre of 
 the peninsula. A large library is collected here. 
 
 THE LEW-CHEW ISLANDS, 
 
 Lie east of China, between Japan and Formosa. The inhabitants, amount- 
 ing to 50,000, acknowledge the religion of Foo. Some of these island form 
 part of the dominions of Japan ; others of China. The southern islands 
 have their own independent king. 
 
 VIII. THE EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 
 
 Area 170,000 square miles. Population 40,000,000. 
 
 The Empire of Japan, called Niphon by the inhabitants, 
 consists of several large and many small islands, situated in 
 the perilous sea of Japan, where the terrible hurricanes, 
 termed Typhoons, rage. 
 
 Surface. Many lofty mountains traverse this empire, 
 which are viewed as a continuance of those in Corea and 
 Mantchooria. There are many volcanoes, and earthquakes 
 are no rare occurrence. 
 
 Rivers. The largest is called Yedegawa, which is the out- 
 let of Lake Oits. 
 
 Climate. The weather is quite variable. The summer 
 days are often extremely hot, but frequently stormy, rainy 
 and foggy at the same time. 
 
 Products. Of the many excellent products, we note in 
 particular rice, which is the daily food, as in China ; copper 
 which is of the best quality; porcelain earth, which is found 
 here finer than elsewhere ; also the tea plant. Much silk 
 and cotton goods, lacquered ware and excellent porcelain are 
 here manufactured. 
 
ASIA. 38t 
 
 Inhabitants. The people of Japan are amongst the most 
 highly cultivated of Asia. Their religion teaches the exis- 
 tence of a Supreme Being and also of inferior gods, but 
 sanctions no images in their temples. Instead of these they 
 have large metallic mirrors, as emblems of purity, in the 
 presence of which they pay their devotions. The Supreme 
 Being is in their estimation too infinite to be worshiped in 
 temples ; these are designed only for the inferior deities and 
 saints. The exercise of the Christian religion was strictly 
 prohibited until 1854, since which period it is tolerated by 
 treaty. The obstructions to commerce have been principally 
 removed, which, to within a recent period was limited only 
 to the Chinese and Dutch, and to these only at the single port 
 of Nangasaki, subject to the greatest restrictions. The chief 
 sovereign is the Kubo Soma or Emperor, whose government 
 is despotic. The Dairi Soma is the spiritual ruler, and he is 
 adored almost as a divinity. The color of garments worn by 
 mourners is white. 
 
 The most important islands are : 
 
 1. NIPHON, 
 
 The largest, 700 miles long. It is traversed by lofty chains 
 of mountains, whose summits are covered with continual 
 snow. 
 
 JEDDO is the capital and residence of the emperor, with 
 1,500,000 inhabitants. 
 
 MIAKO orKio,Jthe residence of the ecclesiastical ruler, with 
 many manufactures, great trade and 600,000 inhabitants. 
 
 2. KIUSIU. 
 
 NANGASAKI was "the first city opened to foreign trade, and 
 has 60,000 inhabitants. Upon the small island of Desima, 
 which is united to the city by bridges, the first Dutch factories 
 were erected. 
 
 3. SIKOKE 
 Is but little known to Europeans. 
 
 4. JESSO. 
 
 MATSMAI, the most important city of the island, with 50,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 HAKODADI, one of the three ports opened in 1854, with 20, 000 inhabitants. 
 
AFRICA 
 
 Area 11,000,000 square miles. Population 100,000,000. 
 
 Africa is a large peninsula, lying south of Europe on both 
 sides of the Equator, and is united to Asia, on the northeast 
 by the isthmus of Suez; the remainder of it is surrounded 
 by water ; on the north by the Mediterrranean ; east by 
 the Red sea and the Indian ocean ; and south and west by 
 the Indian, Southern and Atlantic oceans. Africa, in spite of 
 all the efforts of modern times, remains as yet but compara- 
 tively little known. 
 
 MOUNTAINS. 
 
 1. The Jltlas, in North Africa, with cape Bon, in Tunis, 
 arid cape Spartel in Morocco. 
 
 2. The large mountain chain which divides Africa, near 
 the middle, bears in the west the name of the Kong moun- 
 tains ; in the centre, the mountains of the Moon ; and in the 
 east the Abyssinian mountains. The western terminations 
 of this chain form the promonteries of Sierra Leone and 
 Cape Verd ; the eastern is called Cape Guardafui. 
 
 3. The Lupata mountains, in South Africa, extend into 
 cape Colony, under the name of the Snow mountains, as far 
 as the cape of Good Hope and cape Nadel 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 1. The Nile, the largest river of Africa, rises in the Abyssin- 
 ian Alps, flows through Abyssinia, Nubia and Egypt, and 
 empties, after a course of 2,750 mile?, into the Mediterranean. 
 
 2. The Senegal and Gambia have their sources in the 
 Kong mountains, and flow through Senegambia into the At- 
 lantic. 
 
 3. The Niger or Quorra, rises in the aforementioned 
 mountains, flows at first in an eastern direction, then bends 
 to the south, and after pursuing its course for 2,300 
 miles, empties into the gulf of Guinea. 
 
 The Zaire or Congo, having an unknown source, flows 
 into the Atlantic. 
 
AFRICA. 389 
 
 The Zambezi rises in the interior of southern Africa, and 
 flows east into the channel of Mozambique. 
 
 The Orange rises in South Africa and flows west into the 
 Atlantic. 
 
 COUNTRIES ON THE NILE: 
 
 1. Egypt. 2. Nubia. 3. Abyssinia. 
 
 ON THE NORTH COAST, OR THE BARBARY STATES: 
 
 1. Tripoli and Barca. 2. Tunis. 3. Algeria. 
 
 4. Morocco. 
 
 UPON THE WEST COAST . 
 
 1. Senegambia. 2. Upper Guinea. 3. Lower Guinea. 
 
 4. The Sterile Coast. 
 
 ON THE SOUTH COAST: 
 
 Cape Colony. 
 UPON THE EASTERN COAST: 
 
 1. The South African States. 2. Mozambique. 3. Zanguebar. 
 
 4. Ajan. 
 
 IN THE INTERIOR: 
 
 1. Beled el Jerid, 2. Sahara. 3. Soudan. 
 
 4. High Africa. 
 
 THE ISLANDS. 
 1. In the Indian ocean. 2. In the Atlantic ocean. 
 
 COUNTRIES UPON THE NILE, 
 
 Along the Red Sea. 
 
 I. EGYPT. 
 
 Occupies the northeastern part of Africa, is united to Arabia 
 by the isthmus of Suez, and its boundaries are the Mediter- 
 ranean on the north, the Red sea on the east, Nubia on the 
 south, and the Sahara on the west. 
 
 Surface and Rivers. There are mountains running upon 
 both sides of the Nile, which enclose its valley of from ten 
 to twenty miles wide, and which is annually overflowed by 
 this river from May to October. Egypt, with the exception 
 of this remarkably fertile valley, consists of a vast desert of 
 
390 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 sand. Birket el Karoun is the largest of the Egyptian lakes, 
 and abounds in fish. It was in the vicinity of this lake that 
 the ancient Egyptians held the remarkable court of death. 
 The remains of Mosris, the famous ancient artificial lake, have 
 been recently identified in the east part of Fayoom. 
 
 Climate. The climate is very hot, the atmosphere being 
 clear and the sky rarely clouded. Rain falls here seldom; 
 but the visitations of the sickness wafting wind, called the 
 Harmattan, are frequent, and the eyes of the inhabitants at- 
 test its effects. 
 
 Products. Some of the noted animals of Egypt are the 
 crocodile, the ichneumon, the hippopotamus, the carrion 
 eagle, the pelican, the flamingo, the ibis, the stork and the 
 crane. The main vegetable products are rice, maize and 
 wheat, and also the papyrus. A remarkable substance is 
 found here called natron, a dark brown salt, which is pro- 
 duced in the inland lakes, 
 
 Inhabitants. The Egyptians are composed of Copts, 
 (christians and descendants of the ancient Egyptians) Turks, 
 who are the dominant race, Arabians, Negroes and Eu- 
 ropeans. The prevailing religion is Islamism, and the color 
 of the mourning garb is a darkish yellow. The government 
 is in the hands of a pasha, who pays an annual tribute to 
 the Sultan of Constantinople, but independent of this, he is 
 the absolute ruler. The population of Egypt is about 
 3,000,000. The usual division is into Upper, Middle and 
 Lower Egypt. 
 
 CAIRO, the capital and residence of the sovereign, is situ- 
 ated on the Nile, in middle Egypt, and is the most populous 
 city in the whole country. It is the Egyptian centre of trade 
 and contains many mosques, some Christian churches, and 
 300,000 inhabitants. Cairo is the chief seat of Mohomme- 
 dan learning and intellectual cultivation. Upon an island in 
 the Nile is erected a column called the Nilometer, which 
 shows the rise and fall of its water. Joseph's well, in Cairo, 
 is an object of great curiosity. 
 
 GIZEH, also situated on the Nile, west of Cairo, contains the 
 ruins of Memphis, the ancient capital of Egypt. North of 
 this lie the Pyramids, the field of mummies full of subterra- 
 nean sepulchres, and the colossal statue of the Sphinx, a fabu- 
 lous female monster. 
 
 SUEZ, a commercial town upon the isthmus of its own name, at the extrem- 
 
ATEIOA. 391 
 
 itj of the Gulf of Arabia. A line of steamers runs from here to India 
 since 1830. 
 
 DAMIETTA, situated upon the eastern arm of the Nile, is a place of con- 
 siderable trade, with 28,000 inhabitants. Much rice is grown in the vicinity. 
 Near the city lies the field where St. Louis defeated the Saracens, 1249, in a 
 bloody battle, but became their prisoner. 
 
 ROSETTA, in a fertile region upon the western arm of the Nile, four miles 
 from its mouth, surrounded by groves of orange, sycamore and date trees. 
 
 ABOUKIR, contains the road in which Admiral Nelson destroyed the French 
 fleet in 1798. 
 
 ALEXANDRIA, situated on the Mediterranean, near the 
 mouth of the Nile, was founded by Alexander the Great, and 
 is replete with many reminiscences of historic interest. It 
 was once the splendid capital of the Ptolemies, one of the 
 great seats of science and literature, and the emporium of 
 oriental commerce. Here the septuagint version of the 
 scriptures was translated. Alexandria is lamed in history tor 
 its library, the largest of antiquity, containing 700,000 vol- 
 umes, which was burned by order of the Caliph Omar, in the 
 year 642, in which it is supposed many of the choicest pro- 
 ductions of the ancients perished. It is greatly declined 
 since the days of its pristine grandeur, with only 60,000 in- 
 habitants. Many Europeans dwell here. Near the city 
 stand the monolith, known as Pompey's Pillar, and the 
 obelisk called Cleopatra's Needle, the former 120, the latter 
 64 feet high. 
 
 II. NUBIA. 
 
 Lies south of Egypt and west of the Red Sea. The Pasha 
 of Egypt has overrun this country, and it has been subject to 
 his authority since 1821. It is quite mountainous and con- 
 tains large deserts, but also a great quantity of fertile soil, 
 especially in the valley of the Nile. This river is formed 
 hereby the junction of the Blue river, which rises in Abys- 
 sinia, with the White river rising in the interior of Africa, 
 and it forms in its course through Nubia many cataracts. 
 The majority of the Nubians profess Mohammedanism, but 
 Pagans, Christians and Jews are also numerous. The ex- 
 ports consist of ostrich feathers, ivory, gum and slaves. 
 
 1. NUBIA in a more limited sense comprises only the 
 northern part of this country. The banks of the Nile through 
 Nubia are every where covered with the ruins of ancient and 
 
392 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 unknown cities, and in many places the ruins of magnificent 
 temples are yet visible. Here no large cities are built. 
 
 2. THE TERRITORY OF DoNGOLAlies near the centre of Nu- 
 bia, upon both sides of the Nile. The horses of this region 
 are famed for their excellence. This district has no large 
 cities, but the traveller Caillaud discovered here in 1821, an 
 ancient temple over 300 feet long, with 90 columns, each 
 over 30 feet high. 
 
 3. THE NEGRO DOMINIONS OF SENNAAR comprise the south- 
 ern part of Nubia, bounded by Abyssinia. This division is 
 traversed by the Nile, or rather its component rivers and their 
 affluents. Hurricanes, storms and rainy weather are usual, 
 and the climate is unhealthy. Many follow nomadic pur- 
 suits, and all speak Arabic. Sennaar, the capital, is built 
 upon an eminence on the left bank of the Blue river, and is 
 surrounded by a fertile plain. 
 
 4. CORDOFAN, situated westward of the White river, was in 
 the year 1820, conquered by the Pasha of Egypt It is an 
 oasis. 
 
 III. ABYSSINIA (the ancient Ethiopia,) 
 
 Lies southeast of Nubia, and west of the Red sea, and is one 
 of the most elevated countries of Africa, the mountains of 
 which attain an altitude of 15,000 feet. Here the Bahr el 
 Azrek or Blue river has its source. The climate in the 
 lowlands and valleys is warm, but quite mild in the High- 
 lands and mountainous districts. The soil is luxuriantly fer- 
 tile, and yields numerous products of the choicest qualities, 
 and the hills and mountains are covered with forests. The 
 rainy season lasts from April to September, then comes har- 
 vest, after which heat and drought prevail. The inhabitants 
 are a peculiar people, very different from the negroes, and 
 are principally Christians, so much so that Abyssinia may, 
 "be classed as a Christian country, the only one in Africa. 
 Christianity was introduced here from Egypt, as early as the 
 year 330, A. D., and the Bishop is subject to the jurisdiction 
 of the patriarch of Cairo. Many Mohammedans, Jews and 
 Fetish worshippers also dwell here. The whole of Abys- 
 sinia was formerly governed by one prince or Emperor, 
 but it is now divided into several states, and the power of 
 the EmperoHs almost entirely wrested from him, 
 
APRICA. 393 
 
 THE GALLAS, a ferocious and sanguinary people, have 
 made themselves masters of several provinces. 
 
 GONDAR, situated upon a hill in a spacious valley, is the 
 most important city, and was once the capital, with 50,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 ADOWA is the chief commercial place. Articles of cotton which are manu- 
 factured here supply the place of money. 
 AXUM is noted for its extensive ruins. 
 MASSUAH is the chief seaport. 
 
 THE BARBARY STATES. 
 
 The whole extent of country along the Mediterranean, from 
 Egypt to the Atlantic is so named, as is supposed, from the 
 Berbers, the aboriginal inhabitants. These inhabit the moun- 
 tainous localities, living in small villages. They are a wild 
 athletic and finely formed race, who easily endure hunger and 
 difficulties of all kinds. This portion of Africa thus border- 
 ing on the Mediterranean, is traversed by the Atlas moun- 
 tains, whose lofty summits are the regions of eternal snow. 
 
 I. TRIPOLI AND BARCA, 
 
 West of Egypt, with 2,000,000 inhabitants, principally Ber- 
 bers and Moors, who are confessors of the Mohammedan 
 doctrines. These countries abound in dates, oil and saffron. The 
 government is in the hands of the Sultan of Constantinople, 
 who rules them by means of Pashas. Barca was the ancient 
 Lybia. 
 
 TRIPOLI, the capital and residence of the Pasha, is a strong- 
 ly fortified city, with a considerable trade, and 25,000 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 BARCA, in the interior,is a waste and sterile country, usual- 
 ly called the Desert Barca ; it contains, however, some habi- 
 table spots, (oases) and its soil is very fertile along the 
 Mediterranean coast. The inhabitants scarcely amount to 
 300,000, and they are principally nomads. 
 
 R* 
 
394 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 II. TUNIS (the ancient Africa Propria,) 
 
 West of Tripoli, comprises from two to three million inhabi- 
 tants, who are also Mohammedans. The ruler of this State 
 is termed the Bey. He receives his appointment irom the 
 Turkish military power, and rules in conjunction with the 
 Divan, paying an annual tribute to the Sultan of Constanti- 
 nople as his protector and sovereign. 
 
 TUNIS, built upon a small bay of the Mediterranean, has 
 130,000 inhabitants, 30,000 of whom are Jews. The forti- 
 fied castle where the Bey resides is situated two miles out- 
 side of the city, and the harbor is defended by a strong fort 
 near it. An active trade from the interior of Africa is carried 
 on with this city in ostrich feathers, gold dust, ivory and gum- 
 arabic ; also in the products of the soil, such as grain, oil, 
 silk, &c. In the vicinity is the site of the ancient city of Car- 
 thage, long the Queen of the Mediterranean and the rival of 
 Rome. But few vestiges of this once celebrated city are visi- 
 ble. 
 
 CASES or GABBS, with 30,000 inhabitants, who carry on a lively trade in 
 dates. 
 
 III. ALGERIA (the ancient Numidia,) 
 
 At present chiefly under the dominion of the French, lies 
 west of Tunis, comprising about 2,500,000 inhabitants, the 
 bulk of whom are Mohammedans. The principal exports 
 are dates, ostrich feathers, wax and grain. 
 
 ALGIERS, formerly the great nest of robbers and pirates, 
 who infested the Mediterranean until its conquest by the 
 French in 1830, when the Dey and the Turks retired from 
 the city. It is a strongly fortified place, built upon the de- 
 clivity of a hill, on the Mediterranean, in the form of an 
 amphitheatre. It contains 100,000 inhabitants, 45,000 of 
 whom are Europeans. 
 
 CONSTAKTINB, is a fortified city, with 29,000 inhabitants. It has some 
 interesting Roman ruins. 
 
 ORAN, is a commercial town with a castle, and 20,000 inhabitants. 
 BONA, is a fortified seaport. 
 
AFRICA. 395 
 
 VI. THE EMPIRE OF MOROCCO (ancient Mauritania,) 
 
 Is the most western and largest of the Barbary States, with 
 about 10,000,000 inhabitants, some of whom dwell in cities 
 and others lead a wandering life. Mohammedanism is the 
 ruling religion. The Sultan or Emperor is a despot whose 
 will is law. The climate is very pleasant ; snow seldom falls 
 and winter is known only by the quantity of rain. The 
 pestilence often makes great ravages amongst the inhabitants. 
 The principal products are grain, oil, almonds, gum, tobacco, 
 copper and salt. Forests of cork wood grow here. 
 
 MOROCCO, the capital and usual residence of the Sultan, is 
 situated near the Atlas mountains and is encompassed by 
 palm trees. The Imperial palace has a circumference of two 
 miles, and forms, like the Seraglio of the Sultan of Constan- 
 tinople, a small city of itself. The Jews occupy their own 
 section of the city. The great morocco factories and graner- 
 ries are object of interest. Population 100,000. 
 
 MOGADOEE, is a fortified commercial city on the Atlantic, with 30,000 
 inhabitants. 
 
 MEQUINEZ, situated in a fertile valley, surrounded by groves of olive trees, 
 contains a royal residence where the Emperor sojourns during a portion of 
 the year. Population 60,000. 
 
 FEZ, is a large, important and the principal com- 
 mercial city of the Empire, situated at the foot ot the Atlas 
 mountains, with extensive manufactures of silks, turbans ard 
 morocco. This city during the 16th century was a great 
 seat of Arabic learning. Population 90,000. 
 
 TANGIER, upon the strait of Gibraltar, is the residence of European consuls. 
 CBUTA, is a fortified town belonging to Spain, and her chief convict 
 establishment. 
 
 UPON THE WESTERN COAST 
 
 Along the Atlantic and the Ethiopian sea. On the north lies 
 the above described Empire of Morocco, then follows the 
 coast of Sahara, which is succeeded by : 
 
 I. SENEGAMBIA. 
 
 This country derives its name from the rivers Senegal and 
 Gambia. It is somewhat mountainous, being traversed in 
 the south by the Kong mountains; on the coast is Cape 
 
396 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 Verd or the Green Promontory, so named because the foliage 
 of its forests is constantly green. The heat is almost intoler- 
 able and the sand is burning hot The Harmattan an all 
 scorching northeast wind, and fearful tornadoes and hurri- 
 canes, accompanied by the most awful storms from the south- 
 west, are amongst the visitors of this country. The soil 
 exhibits an unsurpassed degree of fertility. Of the numer- 
 ous products of the vegetable kingdom, the banana, the 
 gigantic baobad, the butter tree and the cocoanut tree grow 
 here ; also gum, cotton, indigo, #c. Of indigenous animals, 
 elephants, lions, leopards, panthers, hyenas, apes and serpents 
 of immense magnitude are found. The inhabitants consist 
 of Moors and Negroes, but the number can only be conjectu- 
 red, and they are composed of both Mohammedans and 
 Heathen, and are governed by numerous petty princes. The 
 French, British and Portuguese have many trading places 
 along the coast, and the exports consist principally of gum, 
 gold, ivory, cotton, indigo, ebony and pepper. 
 
 The French possess the island of St. Louis, at the mouth of the Senegal 
 river, and also the island of Goree, south of Cape Verd. 
 
 The British possess the island of St. James, at the mouth of the Gambia. 
 The Portuguese possess the town of Cacheo, on the river St. Domingo. 
 
 II. UPPER GUINEA, OR GUINEA PROPER, 
 
 Stretches from Senegambia to Cape Lopez, having a coast 
 extent of over 2,500 miles. This country, like Senegambia, 
 is afflicted with an oppressively hot climate, its products are 
 in general the same, and it is visited in like manner by the 
 blighting Harmattan. The inhabitants are all negroes, who 
 are sunk in a stupid kind of idolatry, called fetichism. These 
 negroes trade extensively with the British, French, Dutch and 
 Portuguese, and exchange their commodities, consisting 
 chiefly of the same articles as those of Senegambia, in lieu of 
 arms, powder, articles of finery and brandy. 
 
 Upper Guinea is divided into the following coasts : 
 1. THE COAST or SIERRA LEONE. Here the British in 1787, 
 with a view of suppressing the slave trade, established a set- 
 tlement, and have made considerable efforts to colonise the 
 negroes who were obtained upon captured slave ships. 
 
 FREETOWN is the capital. 
 
AFRICA. 397 
 
 2. THE GRAIN or PEPPER COAST, so called from the Guinea 
 pepper, or grains of Paradise. The American Colonization 
 Society established, in 1821, a settlement on this coast, 
 with the same object as that at Freetown. Many 
 free negroes and emancipated slaves of the United States 
 have been sent thither, and the friends of the enterprise re- 
 gard this colony as a successful effort for the civilization of 
 Africa. The society relinquished its authority in 1847, and 
 the colonists have adopted a republican form of government 
 similar to that of the United States. The country upon this 
 coast is called Liberia. 
 
 MONROVIA is the chief town. 
 
 3. THE IVORY COAST, which, on account of its trade in 
 ivory, is much visited by trading vessels. 
 
 4. THE GOLD COAST. The most of the European 
 colonies have been planted upon this coast. 
 
 The English hold Cape Coast Castle and some smaller ports. 
 The Dutch, hold Elmina and several small ports. 
 
 The Danes held formerly Christiansborg, Fredensborg, Kongensteen and 
 Augustenborg, but sold them in 1849 to the English government for 10,000. 
 
 Upon this coast is the negro kingdom of Ashantee, the 
 brave and valiant warriors of which have rendered them- 
 selves very formidable to the Europeans. 
 
 5. THE SLAVE COAST, so called because great quantities of 
 negroes were formerly purchased here and sold in the West 
 Indies. 
 
 The French possess Fort Francois, and the Danes formerly possessed 
 Prindsensteen, now, likewise sold to the English. 
 
 Here lies the Negro Kingdom of Dahomey, the ruler of which is the 
 greatest despot upon the earth. Human beings are sacrificed in his do- 
 minions, and the palace of the king is ornamented with human skulls. 
 
 ABOMEY, is the capital and residence of the king, with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 The sovereign maintains a body guard of 5,000 Amazons or armed females, 
 who are commanded by officers of their own sex. 
 
 6. THE COAST OF BENIN, has a very unhealthy climate. 
 Here is the Negro Kingdom of Benin, the king of which is 
 the most powerful sovereign of Guinea. Human sacrifices 
 are also numerous here. This kind of oblation is offered in 
 order to propitiate the evil deity. 
 
 BENIN the capital, situated on the river of the same name, is surrounded 
 by a ditch, and the houses are covered with palm leaves. 
 
398 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 III. LOWER GUINEA OR CONGO, 
 
 Extends south as far as Cape Negro. The climate and pro- 
 ducts are nearly the same as those of Upper Guinea. Great 
 numbers of parrots are found in this country, which render 
 the forests vocal with their chattering. The inhabitants of 
 Lower Guinea are negroes, some of whom are Christians, 
 others Heathen. The following kingdoms lie upon the 
 coast : 1. Loango, north of the river Zaire, governed by an 
 independent prince ; 2. Congo, 3. Angola, and 4. Benguela, 
 all south of the river Zaire or Coanga and dependencies of 
 the Portuguese, who govern a large strip of territory upon 
 the coast. They have also established factories in the unex- 
 plored interior, and their trade extends even to the eastern 
 coast 
 
 MALIMBA, a port in Loango, greatly visited by Europeans 
 
 SAN SALVADOR is the capital of the kingdom of Congo. 
 Many Europeans dwell in this city, and the Portuguese main- 
 tain a garrison here. It has from 30 to 40,000 inhabitants. 
 
 ST. PAUL DE LOANDA, is the capital of Angola, and the seat of a Portu- 
 guese governor and bishop. 
 
 ST. FELIPPE DE BENGUELA, is also the seat of a Portuguese governor. 
 
 IV. THE STERILE COAST, 
 
 Extends from Lower Guinea to Cape Colony, and is inhabi- 
 teb by tribes of wretched Negroes and Hottentots, who have 
 no intercourse with the Europeans. 
 
 UPON THE SOUTH COAST. 
 1. CAPE COLONY, 
 
 Which alternates with mountains, barren districts and regions 
 of great fertility. The latter are cultivated by European 
 settlers, principally Dutch and Germans, who have consider- 
 ably supplanted the Hottentots, the aboriginal inhabitants. 
 Amongst these live the rude Bushmen, who render them- 
 selves troublesome to their neighbors, by their frequent rob- 
 beries. The climate is very salubrious and there are only two 
 seasons in this country, caused by the monsoons. Wheat is 
 an important article of culture, as is also the grape from 
 which the Cape wine is manufactured ; but the flying grass- 
 hoppers are a great plague to vegetation. The growing of 
 
AFRICA. 399 
 
 tea, cotton, and coffee are great branches of industry. The 
 whole colony belongs to the English since the year 1806, 
 prior to which time it was owned by the Dutch, who made the 
 first settlements. 
 
 CAPE TOWN, the capital and seat of the British governor, is 
 situated at the bottom of Table Bay, and the foot of Table 
 mountain, and it contains 25,000 inhabitants, many of whom 
 are negroes and Hottentots. The East India traders make 
 this a stopping place to obtain supplies. Turtle meat is here 
 a very customary meal. 
 
 CONSTAXTIA is & small village south of the capital, noted for its wines. 
 
 UPON THE EASTERN COAST, 
 
 Along the Indian ocean. Although this coast has been for 
 upwards of 300 years visited by Europeans for its trade in 
 gold, ivory and slaves, yet it is much less known than the 
 western. 
 
 I. THE SOUTH AFRICAN STATES. 
 
 These comprise the extent of country from Cape Colony to 
 Delagoa Bay, and this cluster of States is greatly visited on 
 account of the fisheries along the coast, especially the whale 
 fisheries. The native inhabitants derive their subsistence 
 chiefly by the raising of cattle and hunting. 
 These States are: 
 
 1. BRITISH CAFFRARIA, once embracing a large territory, 
 but now much restricted. It lies northeast of Cape Colony, 
 upon the eastern coast. 
 
 2. NATAL is a late British Colony, settled chiefly by the 
 Dutch from Cape Colony. It embraces a coast surface of 200 
 miles, and lies northeast of British Caffraria. 
 
 D'URBAN is the chief town. 
 
 3. THE ZOOLU COUNTRY lies almost north of Natal and re- 
 sembles it in soil and climate. The inhabitants rear fine 
 herds of cattle. 
 
 4. THE ORANGE RIVER FREE STATE lies west of Natal, 
 from which it is separated by the Draakberg mountains. The 
 inhabitants are Dutch. 
 
400 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 5. THE TRANSAVAAL REPUBLIC lies west of the Zoolu country 
 and north of the last named republic. The inhabitants of 
 this republic are the same as of the last mentioned State, 
 and the British have acknowledged the independence of 
 both. 
 
 II. MOZAMBIQUE. 
 
 The inhabitants of the interior parts of Mozambique are 
 negroes of a very repulsive aspect and very warlike. The 
 coast is low, flat and therefore unhealthy. The Portuguese 
 have settlements upon this coast, but the most important pos- 
 session is the island of Mozambique, about two miles distant 
 from the main land, with a city of the same name. This 
 city has an excellent harbor, is the centre of the Portuguese 
 trade in these waters, and the seat of a Governor and 
 Bishop. 
 
 III. ZANGUEBAR. 
 
 The inhabitants of Zanguebar are partly negroes and 
 partly Arabs, and are governed by many petty princes. The 
 Portuguese formerly exercised great influence over the in- 
 habitants, but their authority has given place to that of the 
 English. Of cities we enumerate : 
 
 MOMBAZ, in the possession of the English since 1824, 
 with a fine harbor. Its trade in ivory, honey and wax is 
 considerable. 
 
 The island of Zanguebar on the coast, with an excellent harbor, from which 
 vitriol, gum, ivory, and slaves are exported, is governed by a Sheik, who ac- 
 knowledges the Iman of Muscat, in Arabia, as his sovereign. 
 
 IV. AJAN, 
 
 Is principally a sterile region of country, north of Zanguebar 
 and south of the gulf of Aden, and is inhabited by Arabs 
 and Galla tribes. The coast stretching from cape Guardafui 
 to the strait of Bab el Mandeb, is called also by the name of 
 Ade), and it is inhabited by a people who carry on an ex- 
 
AFRICA. 401 
 
 tensive trade, both with the interior of Africa and with 
 Arabia. 
 
 MELINDE, upon the coast of Aden proper, formerly belonged to the Portu- 
 guese, but is no longer in their possession. Here Vasco da Gama was in 
 1498, hospitably received by the natives, and obtained at this place mari- 
 ners who had already made the passage to the Indies. 
 
 The island of Socotra, opposite Cape Guardafui, noted for its fertility ;nd 
 production of aloes, belongs since 1835 to the English. 
 
 IN THE INTERIOR : 
 I. BELED EL JERID, 
 
 Or the Land "of Dates, stretches from the borders of Tripoli 
 along the Barbary States to the Atlantic ocean. It is a desert 
 country, containing some oases, famous for their abundance 
 of dates. The inhabitants are mostly Mohammedans, and 
 they partly lead nomadic lives and partly live in settled 
 abodes, carrying on a lively trade with the interior of Africa 
 by means of caravans. Most of the small towns of this 
 division of Africa are subject to Tunis, Algiers and Morocco. 
 
 TOZBR, in which the greatest date market is held, belongs to Tunis. 
 TAFILET, the great place of assembling for caravans going from Morocco 
 to the interior of Africa, belongs to Morocco. 
 
 II. SAHARA, 
 
 Or the Desert south of Beled el Jerid, its eastern part bearing 
 the name of the Lybian Desert, reaches from Egypt and 
 Nubia to the Atlantic. It is the largest desert upon the globe, 
 being 3,000 miles long and 1,000 wide, It is composed of 
 sand mixed with gravel, and during the day the sand is very 
 hot and emits a burning heat, whilst on the contrary the 
 nights are cool. Rain in the desert is rare, especially in the 
 western part, which is the most sandy, and in this section a 
 whole year often elapses without a drop of rain having fallen. 
 In this large ocean of sand,manyjoases have been found, some 
 of which only are inhabited, by Moors, Arabs and Negroes. 
 The products of these are the same as are grown elsewhere 
 in Africa. The largest oasis is called Fezzan, about 300 
 miles long and 200 wide, and it contains Mourzouk, the 
 residence of the Sultan of Fezzan, who is a vassal to the 
 sovereign of Tripoli. Mourzouk carries on a considerable 
 
402 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 trade, and caravans go from here annually to Tripoli, Cairo, 
 and many places in Soudan. Travelling through the Sahara 
 is accompanied with immense difficulties and often with 
 great danger. Some of these difficulties are the scarcity of 
 water, the poisonous harmattan, and violent hurricanes 
 which raise one mountain of sand after another. A large 
 caravan, consisting of 2,000 persons and 1,800 camels, trav- 
 elling from Timbuctoo in Soudan to Tafilet, perished in 1805, 
 on account of scarcity of water. For many years after this a 
 vast heap marked the spot where this caravan perished. 
 
 SOUDAN OR NIGRITIA, 
 
 Lies south of the Sahara, between Senegambia and Nubia. 
 It is traversed by a chain of hills ; in the west by the Kong 
 mountains ; in the south by the mountains of the moon, 
 where the Bahl el Abiad or White river, the western branch 
 of the Nile, is said to take its source. The Quorra or Niger 
 river rises in Senegambia, bends southward and empties into 
 the gulf of Guinea. The climate which is excessively hot, 
 is somewhat moderated by the constant equality of the days 
 and nights ; also by the rains and the periodical winds. The 
 soil is throughout extremely fertile and large forests of palm 
 trees grow here ; also the butter tree. The inhabitants are 
 Moors and Negroes, and as regards religion, Mohammedans 
 and Fetich worshippers. They live under regular govern- 
 ments, and but few of them are nomads. Slaves are here, as 
 is usual throughout Africa, ordinary articles of commerce, 
 and the slave market is held like cattle markets elsewhere. 
 The most important States are: 
 
 1. BAMBARRA, a considerable Negro State, in the western 
 part of Soudan, upon both sides of the Niger. 
 
 SEGO, the residence of the king, situated upon the Niger, is surround- 
 ed by a Avail of earth and contains 30,000 inhabitants who carry on a lively 
 trade. 
 
 TIMBUCTOO, 10 miles north of the Niger, is an unwalled 
 town consisting of low mud houses. It is a noted caravan 
 station, and is the point at which most African travellers 
 have aimed to arrive. 
 
 2. THE FELLATA COUNTRY, southeast of Timbuctoo, is 
 inhabited by a powerful people, whose dominions are very 
 extensive. 
 
AFRICA. 403 
 
 SACKATOO is the capital and residence of the ruler; andKAxo, with 40,000 
 inhabitants, is the chief commercial place. 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF YARRIBA lies south oi the Fellatas. It 
 is represented as a very fertile and charming country ; the in- 
 habitants are engaged in the raising of cattle and agriculture, 
 and are very skillful in the weaving of various kinds of cloth. 
 The capital is Katunga, and it, like most cities of this region, 
 consists of clay houses, but is tolerably large and populous. It 
 has seven markets and ten gates, and is surrounded by a 
 high clay wall and a ditch. 
 
 4. THE KINGDOM or BORNOU. The soil of this kingdom is 
 very fertile, and although badly cultivated, produces abun- 
 dant crops. The climate in general is excessively hot, but 
 not uniformly so ; from October to December it is greatly 
 moderated by the north and northeast winds. The principal 
 products of this country are cotton, hemp, indigo, iron and 
 salt. 
 
 KOUKA, near Lake Tchad, is the capital, and has a considerable trade with 
 Fezzan, Tunis and Tripoli. 
 
 5. DARFUR or FUR, the most eastern part of Soudan, with a Mohammedan 
 population of 200,000, is ruled by a sultan, who is also the greatest mer- 
 chant of the country. 
 
 COBBE was, but Tendelty now is the capital. 
 
 HIGH AFRICA. 
 
 The interior of Southern Africa, which lies between 
 Guinea, Soudan, the Eastern Coast and Cape Colony, is 
 designated by this name. It is little known to Europeans 
 and Americans, and the small knowledge we possess in ref- 
 erence to it has been obtained from recent exploring expedi- 
 tions which have traversed this vast country. The inhabi- 
 tants are Negroes, who are composed of three main races: 
 
 1. THE SCHAGGAS, who inhabit the western part, from Cape 
 Negro to the mountains ot the Moon. They are very brave, 
 but rude and barbarous, and are thought to be cannibals. It 
 is at least certain that they kill their prisoners of war and 
 offer human sacrifices. 
 
 2. THE GALLAS, who occupy the eastern part, as far as 
 Abyssinia. Their course of life is nomadic, and they are 
 the wildest and most savage of all the inhabitants of Africa. 
 They are divided into many tribes, who are independent of 
 each other. 
 
404 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 3. THE CAFFRES, who inhabit the southern and south- 
 eastern parts, are a beautiful race of men, large, muscular and 
 well formed. They have no resemblance to the Negroes, 
 except in color, differing from them in their whole physical 
 structure. They possess a much superior grade of intellec- 
 tual culture to that of the two other races. Some of them 
 are engaged in agricultural pursuits and are conversant with 
 many of the arts, and they give adoration to a Supreme 
 Being. They carry on a bartering traffic with the Portu- 
 guese and the inhabitants of Cape Colony. 
 
 THE ISLANDS. 
 
 IN THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 1. THE SEYCHELLE ISLANDS, twelve in number, only three 
 of which are inhabited, belong to the English. Cotton is 
 their principal product. 
 
 MAIIE, the largest of these, has a European colony, and abounds in turtles. 
 2. THK AMIRANTE ISLANDS, also twelve in number, belong to the Portu- 
 guese, and produce great quantities of cocoanuts and hare excellent water. 
 
 3. THE FOUR COMORO islands, situated at the entrance into 
 the Mozambique channel, have a very fertile soil and enjoy a 
 healthy climate. The inhabitants, composed of Negroes and 
 Arabs, are governed by a Sultan. These islands are often 
 visited by pirates from the northern coast of Madagascar. 
 
 HINZUAN or JOHANNA, is the most important. This is a 
 usual stopping place for vessels sailing to the Indies. 
 
 THE MASCARENE ISLANDS are of volcanic origin, and have 
 a mild climate, but are visited by violent hurricanes. Their 
 principal products are coffee, sugar, cotton, indigo, tobacco 
 and spices, which were introduced here from the Molucca 
 islands, some 40 or 50 years since. 
 
 a. BOURBON belongs to France. Coffee is the principal 
 product. 
 
 b. MAURITIUS, called formerly the Isle of France, belongs 
 to the English. Sugar is the chief product. 
 
 c, RODRIGUEZ also belongs to the English. Many turtle are caught here. 
 
 5. MADAGASCAR, the largest of the African islands has an 
 area of 200,000 square miles, and is separated from the con- 
 tinent by the channel of Mozambique. A chain of moun- 
 tains runs through it from north to south. Grain, tropical 
 
AFRICA. 405 
 
 fruits, numerous herds of cattle and sheep are found here; 
 but no lions nor elephants, numbers of which roam upon the 
 continent of Africa. Coffee and sugar are considerably cul- 
 tivated. The inhabitants are Arabs, Malays and Negroes, 
 and a variety of caste prevails even here, giving the Negro, 
 the lowest grade. This island is divided into many indepen- 
 dent governments, and the northern part is greatly infested 
 with pirates. Christianity, which was principally introdnced 
 by the English missionaries, has since 1816, made considera- 
 ble progress amongst the natives. The French have some 
 settlements upon the coast. 
 
 II. IN THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 
 
 1. ST. HELENA, an elevated island, and very rocky, and 
 belonging to Great Britain, is a place of refreshment for ves- 
 sels sailing to India, and an emporium of the merchandise 
 of all nations, but especially of Asiatic goods. Here Napo- 
 leon spent his last days in exile, from 1815 to 1821, where 
 he died, May 5th. 
 
 2. ASCENSION, in the possession of the English, since 1816, 
 prior to which time it was uninhabited. Here turtles of enor- 
 mous size are caught. 
 
 3. The GUINEA ISLANDS, four in number. 
 
 a. ST. THOMAS, the largest of these, belongs to the Portuguese, and 
 abounds in sugar and cotton. 
 
 b. FERNANDO DEL Po fell into the hands of the English, in 1827, but it is 
 now claimed by the Spaniards, who call it Puerto de Isabel. 
 
 c. THB PRINCE'S ISLAND and Annobon are Spanish possessions. 
 
 4. THE CAPE VERD ISLANDS, belong to the Portuguese, and 
 are mountainous, scarce of water, and sterile. The most dis- 
 tressing famine is often caused by the great aridity of the cli- 
 mate. The inhabitants are Portuguese, Mulattoes and Ne- 
 groes, and generally profess the Catholic faith. The largest 
 island is called St. Jago, upon which live many apes and 
 civet cats. 
 
 5. THE CANARY ISLANDS, comprising 12 in number, only 7 
 of which are inhabited, belong to Spain. These have lofty 
 mountains some of which are exhausted volcanoes; also 
 fertile plains and a mild, pure atmosphere. The main pro- 
 duct is wheat, and they are the native home of the Canary 
 
406 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 bird. The number of inhabitants is estimated at 260,000, 
 who are Roman Catholics. 
 
 a. TENERIFPE is the largest of these islands, and contains 
 SANTA CRUZ, the capital and seat government with a fine 
 harbor, which is often visited by East and West India traders. 
 The remarkable volcano of Pico de Teyde, is situated upon 
 this island near its centre, and has an altitude of 12,000 feet 
 
 b. FERRO, where the first meridian was established by the ancient geog- 
 raphers, and which the Germans yet retain. 
 
 c. GRAND CANARY, where much sugar is made. 
 
 d. PALMA, celebrated for its wines. 
 
 6. THE ISLANDS OF MADEIRA and PORTO SANTO, belong to 
 the Portuguese. Madeira has a very delightful climate and 
 a fertile soil. Great quantities of wine are made here, and it 
 is a resort for invalids. 
 
 FUNCHAL is the capital, with 20,000 inhabitants, who carry on a consider- 
 able trade. Vessels sailing to South America and Cape Colony stop here for 
 provisions. 
 

 OCEANICA 
 
 This fifth division of the globe which has become gradu- 
 ally known since its circumnavigation by Magellan in 1520, 
 consists of the large island or continent of New Holland or 
 Australia, and many groups of islands in the Pacific ocean 
 or the South Sea,f on which account some of these groups 
 have been called the South Sea Islands. The climate is 
 almost everywhere mild, and many of these islands enjoy a 
 constant spring; upon the Australian portion, the heat is 
 oppressive, but the islands lying south of this have rather 
 cold weather. Entirely new species of animals have been 
 found in this portion of the globe, the most remarkable of 
 which are the kangaroo and the duck bill animal. Nature 
 seems here to have grudgingly distributed her gifts in the 
 mineral and animal kingdoms, but to have lavished her boun- 
 ties in profusion in the vegetable ; and in this the bread tree 
 appears the most important. The inhabitants, whose number 
 is estimated at irom four to five millions, are of Malay 
 descent in the east, and of Negro in the west : both of these, 
 however, have become variously intermingled. The custom 
 of tatooing their bodies is almost universal. Upon ihe arri- 
 val of the Europeans, all more or less lived in a state of 
 savage barbarity; some like wild beasts, others, however, 
 were not entirely destitute of a kind of culture *and of the 
 finer feelings of humanity. Their religion in the main is 
 fetichism, but human sacrifices and cannibalism are prevalent; 
 within the last 60 years, however, idolatry has yielded in a 
 great degree to the advancement of civilization and Christi- 
 anity, both of which are yet destined to triumph over the 
 rudest heathenism, and the most debased idolatry. The 
 number of Europeans in this division of the globe, although 
 comparatively small, is rapidly increasing. 
 
 *0ceanica, embracing Malaysia, Australasia and Polynesia, includes also 
 those islands which we have described as belonging to the East Indies. 
 fTho South Sea is that part of the Pacific, south of tke Equator. 
 
408 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 THE NEGRO COUNTRIES, 
 Lie south of the equator. 
 
 1. AUSTRALIA OR NEW HOLLAND. 
 
 This large island or continent is washed on the northwest 
 and south by the Indian ocean, and on the east by the Pa- 
 cific, and it includes an area of 3,000, 000 square miles. 
 
 The part lying upon the western coast is mostly desert, 
 and the northern coast is hemmed in by dangerous coral 
 reefs ; nature has best provided for the eastern and southern 
 parts, especially with safe harbors. 
 
 Surface. At a distance of from 50 to 100 miles from the 
 eastern coast rise the Blue mountains, whose highest peaks 
 reach an altitude of from 6,000 to 7,000 feet. Beyond 
 these extensive plains, immense morasses and forests are 
 found. 
 
 Rivers. The Darling and the Murray are the two largest 
 rivers of those yet known. The latter has a length of 1,000 
 miles and flows into the Indian ocean. 
 
 Climate. In the hitherto explored regions, the climate is 
 mild and healthy. The heat of summer is very great; but 
 it is considerably moderated by the cooling sea breezes. 
 Storms and hurricanes are often violent, and even earthquakes 
 have been felt 
 
 Products. The products are various, consisting of palm 
 and gum trees, acacias, wild flax, tobacco, indigo and wild 
 berries ; also the Kangaroo, the duck bill animal, the dingo, 
 black swans, white water hens and numerous species of ani- 
 mals in general, remarkable for their form and color. 
 
 Inhabitants. The inhabitants, the number of whom is 
 about 1,100,000, are composed of natives and Europeans. 
 The natives live destitute of clothing, and without fixed habi- 
 tations in caves and huts formed from the bark of trees. They 
 entertain quite a feeble conception of the existence of a Su- 
 preme Being, but believe in the existence of the soul after 
 death ; some of them are sorcerers. 
 
 The English have taken possession of the eastern coast, 
 and have given to it the name of New South Wales. 
 
 SIDNEY, situated on the Bay of Port Jackson, is the capi- 
 tal, seat of government, and one of the centres of Australian 
 trade, with 120,000 inhabitants. 
 
OCEANICA. 409 
 
 MELBOURNE, in the district of Victoria, has become, since 
 the gold discoveries have given it importance, the chief 
 commercial capital of all Australia. Population 100,000. 
 
 PABAMATTA, situated on Port Jackson Bay, has an educational institute 
 for the children of the natives. 
 
 ADELAIDE, is a considerable place, with 30,000 inhabitants. 
 
 The English have also founded colonies upon the other coasts, amongst 
 which that upon Swan river is the most important. PERTH is the chief 
 town in this section. 
 
 2. VAN DIEMEN'S LAND, OR TASMANIA, 
 
 Is separated from the southeastern point of Australia by 
 Bass Strait, which is 100 miles wide. The English have 
 likewise established a flourishing colony upon this island. 
 It is about the size of South Carolina, and its soil is well 
 adapted to the raising of cattle, and agricultural products. 
 HOBART TOWN is the capital. 
 
 3. NORFOLK. 
 
 The first convict colony, established here by the English, was entirely 
 abandoned in 1811, and the colonists removed to Van Diemen's Land, but it 
 has been again re-established. 
 
 4. PAPUA OR NEW GUINEA, 
 
 Next to Australia is the largest island of all Australasia, and 
 one of the most unknown countries upon the globe. The 
 Europeans have little intercourse with this island, but the 
 Chinese barter with the inhabitants, especially for the bird of 
 Paradise, the feathers of which are prepared for female 
 ornaments. 
 
 Of the many contiguous islands, New Irleand and New Britain are the 
 most important. 
 
 5. SOLOMON ISLANDS. 
 
 The inhabitants of these islands are yet very rude, but are 
 superior in cultivation to the inhabitants of New Holland, 
 and they build a celebrated kind of boat, called a Pirogue, 
 and have a species of government under a despotic king. 
 
 C. QUEEN CHARLOTTE OR SANTA CRUZ ISLANDS. 
 
 The inhabitants of these islands resemble the Malays and are also governed 
 by a king. 
 
 7. NEW HEBRIDES. 
 
 The inhabitants of these islands differ from those of the aformentioncd, 
 in being intelligent and kindly disposed, and they receive navigators and 
 others visiting them with great hospitality. 
 
 S 
 
GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 8. NEW CALEDONIA, 
 
 Is a large and lengthy island, southwest of the former. The 
 inhabitants are distinguished from most of the people of 
 these islands, by their eating a certain stone called the fat 
 stone, and also spiders. The French established a colony 
 here in 1852. 
 
 II. JHE MALAY ISLANDS. 
 & North of the equator. 
 
 1. THE MARIANNE OR LADRONE ISLANDS. 
 These islands were discovered by Magellan in 1521, who 
 first navigated the Pacific, and they were subsequently occu- 
 pied by the ^Spaniards. They have a very healthy climate, 
 and a soil of great fertility. 
 
 2. THE CAROLINE ISLANDS' 
 
 These are inhabited by a wild race, who live upon the 
 fruit of the bread tree, cocoanuts and fish, and are engaged 
 in the construction of boats, arms and other instruments. 
 
 3. THE PELEW ISLANDS. 
 
 These yield yegetable products in abundance, but contain no quadrupeds. 
 The inhabitants manifested such friendship towards some Europeans, who 
 were shipwrecked here, and displayed such a taste for European manners, 
 that even the king caused his own son to accompany them to England. 
 
 4. THE MULGRAVE ISLANDS, 
 
 The inhabitants of these islands have also shown a 
 marked friendship and politeness towards the Europeans ; 
 they live in great destitution, but are contented and cheerful. 
 
 5. THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 
 
 Christianity and European civilization have made such 
 rapid strides amongst the inhabitants of these islands, that 
 they can no longer be considered wild and barbarous. 
 Churches and schools are established upon nearly all of 
 these, and the arts of civilized life which were entirely un- 
 known to the natives, are becoming more and more univer- 
 sal. The inhabitants now build large ships, with which they 
 trade to America and China, and many of these islanders 
 are now engaged as sailors in European and American ves- 
 
OCZANICA 411 
 
 sels. The people of the United States and the English carry 
 on a regular trade with the inhabitants of these islands ; and 
 some Europeans are even occupied in the service of the king. 
 The most important of these islands are called : 
 
 HAWAII or OWHYHEE, the largest, with an area of 4,600 
 square miles. This island is mountainous, and contains the 
 celebrated volcano of Kilauea, the crater of which is the 
 largest in the world. 
 
 OAHIT, contains Honolulu the capital and seaport of the Sandwich Islands, 
 Here Captain Cook was killed, 1779. 
 
 b. South of the equator. 
 
 1. NEW ZEALAND, 
 
 Consists of two large islands separated by Cook's Strait 
 The northern is an Alpine country, containing smiling lakes, 
 stupendous cataracts, densely wooded mountains and delight- 
 ful valleys ; the southern is wild and rocky, and is encom- 
 passed on all sides with steep cliffs. An important product 
 grows here, called the New Zealand flax, out of which the 
 natives manufacture a thick, strong and very soft garment. 
 The New Zealanders were formerly very ferocious, but since 
 the establishment of British supremacy they are becoming 
 more civilized. 
 AUCKLAND is the capital of New Zealand. 
 
 2. THE FEJEE ISLANDS. 
 
 The inhabitants of these are described by some as cannibals, by others as 
 tery peaceable and hospitable in their deportment towards Europeans. 
 
 3. THE TONGA OR FRIENDLY ISLANDS. 
 
 These have a mild climate and an abundance of products, 
 especially of the vegetable kingdom, and the natives manifest 
 a very iriendly feeling towards strangers. 
 
 On Tongatabu, the largest of these islands, English missions have been 
 established since 1820. 
 
 4. THE NAVIGATORS' ISLES.: 
 
 The inhabitants of these are kind, good natured and intel- 
 ligent, desirous of pleasing, and very hospitable. They use 
 a kind of canoe which is small and easily upset, but this 
 does not prevents their sailing from one island to another; 
 and when this occurs they swim along side of their boat and 
 drain it of water before they re-enter, and all this they do with 
 
412 GEOGRAPHICAL HAND BOOK. 
 
 such dexterity as if the water was their element. These 
 islands have therefore been called the Navigators' islands. 
 
 5. THE SOCIETY ISLES. 
 
 A European state of society seems to have been formed in 
 these, similar to that in the Sandwich islands, Christianity 
 having met with less opposition here than in most of the 
 Oceanic islands. The natives showed themselves mild and 
 amiable towards the first Europeans who visited them, and 
 they seemed to live in great harmony with each other; and 
 this mildness of the inhabitants gave name to the islands. 
 Otaheite or Tahiti is the principal island, and here the king 
 has his residence. Papiete is the capital. 
 
 6. THE LOW ISLANDS. 
 
 Many of these islands are merely coral reefs, which render navigation 
 dangerous, and therefore the one group is called the Islands of Danger. The 
 unsocial character of the inhabitants has been an impediment to Europeans 
 in forming an acquaintance with these islands, 
 
 7. THE MARQUESAS OR MEND ANA ISLANDS. 
 
 The natives of these are distinguished for their great personal beauty, 
 amongst all the South Sea islanders ; but in a mental point of view, they occu- 
 py a low grade. These were once very ferocious and even feasted upon their 
 slaughtered enemies. The art of tatooing is here carried to the greatest 
 extreme. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Aberdeen 110, 274 
 
 Allentown 74 
 
 Aragon, Kingdom of 243 
 
 Abington 62 
 
 Almaden 240 
 
 Aragon, Province of 243 
 
 Abo 295 
 
 Almeria 242 
 
 Arabia 365 
 
 Abomey 397 
 
 Alsace 250 
 
 Arabia Deserta 366 
 
 Albuquerque 173 
 
 Alsen 278 
 
 " Felix 366 
 
 Aboukir 391 
 
 Altenburg 346 
 
 " Petrrea 366 
 
 Abyssinia 392 
 
 Altena35l 
 
 Aranjuez 240 
 
 Acapulco 180 
 
 Alton 144 
 
 Arbela or 
 
 Acre 364 
 
 Altona 281 
 
 Arbil 365 
 
 Adams 52 
 
 Altorf 333 
 
 Archangel 293 
 
 Aden 307 
 
 Amain 327' 
 
 Arequipa 210 
 
 Adelaide 409 
 
 Ambelakia312 
 
 Argentine Confederation 
 
 Adowa 393 
 
 Amboyna 380 
 
 216 
 
 Adrian 149 
 
 America 23 
 
 Arica 211 
 
 Adrianople 310 
 
 Amiens 249 
 
 Arkansas 120 
 
 Afghanistan 369 
 
 Amirante islands 404 
 
 Arkansas Post 122 
 
 Africa 388 
 
 Amoy 383 
 
 Aries 2.M 
 
 Africa propria 394 
 
 Amsterdam 260 
 
 Arlon 258 
 
 Aggerhuus 284 
 
 Anam 378 
 
 Armagh 276 
 
 Agincourt 249 
 
 Anatolia 363 
 
 Arona 321 
 
 Agram 306 
 
 Ancona 325 
 
 Arracan 378 
 
 Agrigentum 328 
 
 Andalusia 241 
 
 Arras 249 
 
 Aguas Calientes 179 
 
 Andaman isles 379 
 
 Arta311 
 
 Aix 254, 320 
 
 Andorra 253 
 
 Artois 249 
 
 Aix la Chapelle 352 
 
 Andros 316 
 
 Ascension 405 
 
 Ajaccio 254 
 
 Anglesea 272 
 
 Ashantee 397 
 
 Ajan400 
 
 Angers 251 
 
 Asheville 92 
 
 Akjerman 298 
 
 Angola 398 
 
 Ashton under Lin* 270 
 
 Alabama 104 
 
 Angora 363 
 
 Asia 357 
 
 Aland Islands 295 
 
 Angouleme 252 
 
 Asia Minor 363 
 
 Albania 311 
 
 Angoumais 252 
 
 Asiatic Russia 359 
 
 Albany 62 
 
 Anjou 251 
 
 " Turkey 362 
 
 Alby 253 
 
 Anhalt 3 duchies 356 
 
 Asmanshausen 348 
 
 Aleppo 363 
 
 Anhalt Bernberg 356 
 
 Aspinwall 202 
 
 Alemtejo 236 
 
 Anhalt Dessau 356 
 
 Assam 377 
 
 Aleutian islands 29, 361 
 
 Anhalt Cothen 356 
 
 Assisi 325 
 
 Alessandria 320 
 
 Annaberg 345 
 
 Assumption 221 
 
 Alexandria 87, 391 
 
 Ann Arbor 148 
 
 Assyria 365 
 
 Algarve 236 
 
 Annapolis 79 
 
 Astoria 170 
 
 Algeria 394 
 
 Annobon 405 
 
 Astrachan 298 
 
 Algezira 364 
 
 Antigua 193 
 
 Asturias 240 
 
 Algiers 394 
 
 Antiparos 316 
 
 Atchinson 172 
 
 Alicante 243 
 
 Antwerp 256 
 
 Athens 315 
 
 Alkmaar 260 
 
 Aquino 327 
 
 Atlanta 100 
 
 Allahabad 375 
 
 Aquileja 340 
 
 Atlantic City 68 
 
 I 
 
414 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Attleborongh 52 Auraria 175 Austerlitz 341 
 
 Auburn 65 Aurergne 252 Auxerre 250 
 
 Auckland 411 Austin 117 . Ava 377 
 
 Auch 253 Australia 408 Avignon 254 
 
 Augusta 40, 100 Austria, Empire of 301 Avignon &Venaissin 254 
 
 Augsburg 342 Austria, Arch Duchy of Awatska 361 
 
 Augustenborg 397 338 Axum 393 
 Aunis and Saintonge 252 Austrian Silesia 341 Azore islands 236 
 
 B 
 
 Babylon 365 Beled el Jerid 401 
 
 Babylonia 365 Belem 225 235 
 
 Badajoz 241 Belfast 41, 276 
 
 Baden, Grand Duchy of Belgium 254 
 
 343 
 
 Baden 332, 339, 344 
 Bagdad 365 
 Bahama isles 189 
 Bahia 325 
 Bahrein islands 367 
 Baku 362 
 
 Balearic islands 244 
 Balize 187 
 Ballinasloe 276 
 Baltimore 78 
 Bambarra 402 
 Bamberg 342 
 Banca 380 
 Banda isles 380 
 Bangor 41 
 Banjaluka311 
 Bankok 378 
 Barbadoes]94 
 Barbary States 393 
 Barca 393 
 Barcelona 243 
 Bari 327 
 Barnstable 52 
 Basel 332 
 
 Basque Provinces 244 
 Basse Terre 193, 195 
 Bassorah 365 
 Batavia 228, 380 
 Batesville 123 
 Bath 41 
 Baton Rouge 114 
 
 Belgian Luxemburg 258 
 Belgrade 312 
 Belluno 323 
 Beloit 152 
 Beloochistan 370 
 Benares 375 
 Bender 298 
 Bender Abassi 369 
 Benevento, Duchy of 326 
 Bengal Presidency 374 
 Benguela 898 
 Benin 397 
 Benin, Coast of 397 
 Bennington 47 
 Bcrbice 226 
 Bergamo 322 
 Bergen 285, 349 
 Bergen op Zoom 262 
 Berlin 349 
 Bermudas 196 
 Berne 333 
 Bernberg 356 
 Berry 251 
 Besancon 250 
 Bethlehem 364 
 Beverly 52 
 Bialystock 297 
 Biddeford 41 
 Bielefeld 351 
 Bilboa 244 
 Biloxi 110 
 Binghampton 65 
 Birkenfeld 355 
 
 Bautzen 345 
 Bavaria, Kingdom of 341 Birmah 377 
 
 Bay Islands 186 Blackbird 174 
 
 Bayreuth 342 Blackstone 52 
 
 Bayonne 253 Blankenberg 355 
 
 Beaufort 92, 96 Blois 251 
 
 Beira 235 Bloomington 144 
 
 Beirout364 Bochnia 303 
 
 Bogota 201 
 
 Bohemia, Kingdom of 340 
 
 Bois du Due 262 
 
 Bokhara 371 
 
 Bokhara ("Little; 384 
 
 Bolivia 211 
 
 Bologna 326 
 
 Bolton 270 
 
 Bombay Presidency 376 
 
 Bombay 376 
 
 Bona 394 
 
 Bonn 852 
 
 Boonsville 173 
 
 Bootan 373 
 
 Bordeaux 252 
 
 Bordentown 68 
 
 Borisov 297 
 
 Borneo 380 
 
 Bornholm 278 
 
 Bornou, Kingdom of 403 
 
 Borromean isles 318 
 
 Bosna Serai 310 
 
 Bosnia 310 
 
 Boston 49, 268 
 
 Botzen 340 
 
 Bourbon 404 
 
 Bourbon 1' Archambault 
 
 251 
 
 Bourbonnais 251 
 Bouillon 258 
 Boulogne 249 
 Boulonnais 249 
 Bourges 251 
 Bourgogne 250 
 Bowling Green 127 
 Braga 236 
 Braganza 236 
 Braila 312 
 
 Brandenburg 348, 349 
 Brattleborough 47 
 Brazil, Empire of 221 
 Breda 262 
 
 Bremen, Free city of 355 
 Brescia 322, 
 
INDEX. 
 
 415 
 
 Brcslau 350 
 Brest 252 
 Bridgetown 194 
 Bridgeport 56 
 Brieg 350 
 Brighton 268 
 Brindisi 327 
 British America 29 
 ' CaffrsMfia 399 
 Kingdom 203 
 
 Brody 303 
 Broek 260 
 Bromberg 3C1 
 Brood 306 
 Brookline 52 
 Brooklyn 62 
 Brownsville 118 
 Brundusium 327 
 Bruges 257 
 Brunu 341 
 
 Italian islands 229 Brunnen 333 
 u Guiana 227 Brunswick, Duchy of 355 
 
 Bristol 54, 269 Brunswick 101 
 
 Brittany 251 Brusa 363 
 
 c 
 
 Capri (isle; 328 
 Capua 327 
 Caraccas 203 
 Carcassonne 253 
 Cardenas 191 
 Carinthia 339 
 Carlisle 74, 271 
 Carlow 276 
 Carlowitz 306 
 Carlsbad 341 
 Carlsruhe 343 
 Carlstad 290 
 Carniola 339 
 Carmen 219 
 Carrara 324 
 Carthagena 201, 242 
 Casale 321 
 Cashmere 374 
 Cassel 347 
 
 Castile, Kingdom of 239 
 Castine 41 
 Castries 194 
 Catalonia 243 
 Catania 328 
 Catanzaro 327 
 CatorcelSl 
 Cattaro 307 
 Caucasian Russia 361 
 Caxamarca 211 
 Caxatambo 211 
 Cayenne 228 
 Celebes 380 
 Celle 354 
 
 Central America 184 
 Cephalonia 329 
 Cerigo 330 
 Certaldo 324 
 Ceuta 895 
 
 Cabes 394 
 Cabul 369 
 Cabulistan 369 
 Cacheo 396 
 Cadiz 242 
 Caen 248 
 Cagliari 321 
 Cairo 390 
 Calais 41, 249 
 Calcutta 875 
 Caldera 216 
 Calicut 376 
 California 161 
 California, Lower 183 
 Callao 211 
 Calmar 289 
 Cambodia 378 
 Cam bray 249 
 Cambridge 50, 80, 268 
 Camden 68, 96 
 Campo Formio 323 
 Canada 31 
 
 East 32 
 
 West 33 
 
 Canary Islands 405 
 Canandaigua C5 
 Canea 312 
 Candahar 370 
 Candia 312 
 Canosa 324 
 Canterbury 267 
 Canton 383 
 Cape Breton 35 
 Cape Coast Castle 397 
 Cape Colony 398 
 Cape May 68 
 Cape Town 399 
 Cape Verd Islands 405 
 
 Brussels 256 
 Buckeberg 355 
 Buda 305 
 Buenos Ayres 218 
 Buffalo 63 
 Bukowina 301 
 Bukarest 312 
 Bulgaria 310 
 Burgos 240 
 Burlington 46, 156 
 Burslem 270 
 Bury 270 
 Byzantium 309 
 
 Ceylon 379J 
 Chaldea 365 
 Chalus 252 
 
 Chalons sur Marne 250 
 '* " Saone 250 
 Chambery 320 
 Champagne 249 
 Chandernagore 377 
 Charlotte Amalie 195 
 Charlotte 92 
 Charlottetown 36 
 Charleston 96 
 Charlestown 50 
 Chatham 268 
 Chattanooga 130 
 Chelsea 52, 267 
 Cheltenham 269 
 Chemnitz 345 
 Cheraw 97 
 Cherbourg 248 
 Cheronea 315 
 Cherson 298 
 Chester 73, 270 
 Chiapa 179 
 Chicago 143 
 Chicopee 52 
 Chihuahua 179 
 Chili 213 
 Chillicothe 136 
 China Proper 381 
 Chinese Empire 381 
 Chioggia 323 
 Chiusi 324 
 Chios 363 
 Christiania 284 
 Christiansand 285 
 Christianstadt 195 
 Chris tianaburg U5 
 
416 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Christiansborg 397 
 
 Columbia 95, 131 
 
 Cothen 356 
 
 Church, States of 325 
 
 Columbus 100, 110, 135 
 
 Courtray 257 
 
 Cincinnati 134 
 
 Columbia, District of 80 
 
 Covington 126 
 
 Cintra 235 
 
 Comayagua 186 
 
 Cracow 302 
 
 Civitia Veciiia 325 
 
 Comino 329 
 
 Cremona 322 
 
 Clausenburg 305 
 
 Comorn 305 
 
 Crecy 249 
 
 Clausthal 354 
 
 Comoro Islands 404 
 
 Crepy 248 
 
 Clermont 252 
 
 Concepcion 216 
 
 Crete 312 
 
 Cleveland 134 
 
 Concord 43 
 
 Croatia 306 
 
 Clonmel 277 
 
 Congo 398 
 
 Cronstadt 295 
 
 Clusium 324 
 
 Connecticut 54 
 
 Cuba 189 
 
 Cobbe 403 
 
 Connaught 276 
 
 Cucarro 321 
 
 Cobija 213 
 
 Constance 344 
 
 Cuenca 207 
 
 Coburg 346 
 
 Constantia 399 
 
 Cuidad Real 179 
 
 Coblentz 352 
 
 Constantino 394 
 
 Culiacan 181 
 
 Cochabamba iJ!3 
 
 Constantinople 309 
 
 Cumberland 80 
 
 Cochin China 378 
 
 Coquimbo 216 
 
 Cuneo 320 
 
 Colima 179 
 
 Cordofan 3 ( 32 
 
 Curaba 226 
 
 Cognac 252 
 
 Cordova 219, 242 
 
 Curozoa or Gurassou 195 
 
 Cogutepec 186 
 
 Corea 386 
 
 Curitiba 226 
 
 Coimbra 235 
 
 Corinth 315 
 
 Curland 297 
 
 Colberg 349 
 
 Corfu 329 
 
 Curuguaty 221 
 
 Colchester 268 
 
 Cork 277 
 
 Cutch 876 
 
 Colmar 250 
 
 Corunna 241 
 
 Cuxhafen 358 
 
 Cologne 351 
 
 Corsica 254 
 
 Cuzco 210 
 
 Colombo 379 
 
 Corvallis 170 
 
 Cyprus 363 
 
 Colonia 220 
 
 Cosenza 328 
 
 Czernowitz 303 
 
 Colorado Territory 175 
 
 Costa Rica 187 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 
 Dacca 375 
 
 Denver City 175 
 
 Dover 44, 76, 267 
 
 Dacotah Territory 175 
 
 Deptford 268 
 
 Downpatrick 276 
 
 Dago (island) 296 
 
 Derby 270 
 
 Drenthe 262 
 
 Dahomey, Kingdom of 397Desima 387 
 
 Dresden 344 
 
 Dahlonega 101 
 
 Des Moines 155 
 
 Dreux 248 
 
 Dalmatia 306 
 
 Dessau 356 
 
 Drogheda 276 
 
 Damascus 363 
 
 Detmold 355 
 
 Drontheim 285 
 
 Damietta 391 
 
 Detroit 148 
 
 Dschehol 384 
 
 Danger Isles 
 
 Deventer 262 
 
 Dublin 276 
 
 Dantzic 300 
 
 Diamantino 226 
 
 Dubuque 155 
 
 Danvers 52 
 
 Diarbekir 364 
 
 Dumfries 273 
 
 Darfur 403 
 
 Dieppe 248 
 
 Dunbar 273 
 
 Darien 101 " 
 
 Dijon 250 
 
 Dundee 274 
 
 Darmstadt 347 
 
 Diu 376 
 
 Dumfermline 274 
 
 Dauphiny 253 
 
 Dominica 192 
 
 Dunkirk 249 
 
 Davenport 155 
 
 Dominica (isle) 193 
 
 Dunse 273 
 
 Dayton 136 
 
 Donaldson ville 114 
 
 Durango 180 
 
 Debreczin 305 
 
 Dongola Territory 892 
 
 D' Urban 399 
 
 Dedham 52 
 
 Doniphan 172 
 
 Durazzo 311 
 
 Delaware 75 
 
 Dorchester 52 
 
 Durham 271 
 
 Delft 261 
 
 Dorgali 321 
 
 Dusseldorf 351 
 
 Delhi 375 
 
 Dorpat 296 
 
 Dutch Guiana 227 
 
 Delphi 315 
 
 Dort 261 
 
 Dyrrachium 311 
 
 Denmark 277 
 
 Douay 249 
 
 

 INDEX. 
 
 41f 
 
 
 E 
 
 
 East Flanders 257 
 
 Elmina 397 
 
 Espinosade los Monteros 
 
 " Gothland 289 
 
 Elmira 65 
 
 240 
 
 " Indies 371 
 
 Elsinore 280 
 
 Essek 306 
 
 li Prussia 300 
 
 Elvas 236 
 
 Esslingen 343 
 
 Eastern States 37 
 
 Elwood 172 
 
 Ethiopia 392 
 
 Easton 73, 80 
 
 Emden 354 
 
 Esthnia 296 
 
 Edam 260 
 
 Emmetsburg 80 
 
 Estremadura 235, 241 
 
 Edinburgh 273 
 
 England 266 
 
 Eton 267 
 
 Eger 341 
 
 Entre Douro e Kinho 235Eubcea 316 
 
 Egina 316 
 
 Ephesus 363 
 
 Eugene City 170 
 
 Egripo 316 
 
 Epidaurus 31(> 
 
 Europe 230 
 
 Egypt 389 
 
 Equador 204 
 
 European Turkey 307 
 
 Eisenach 346 
 
 Erfurt 351 
 
 Eutin 354 
 
 Eisleb.en 351 
 
 Erie 73 
 
 Evansville 140 
 
 Ekaterinburg 360 
 
 Eriran 362 
 
 Evora 236 
 
 Elba (isle; 325 
 
 Erkngen 342 
 
 Exeter 44, 269 
 
 Elbing 300 
 
 Erlau305 v 
 
 Eylau 300 
 
 Elberfeld 352 
 
 Erzeroum 364 
 
 
 Elizabeth City 68, 93 
 
 Escurial de Abajo 240 
 
 
 
 F 
 
 
 Falaise 248 
 
 Fleurus 257 
 
 Fraustadt 301 
 
 Falkland isles 229 
 
 Florence 107, 324 
 
 Frantero 182 
 
 Falster C78 
 
 Florida 101 
 
 Fredensburg 228 
 
 Falun 289 
 
 Flores 380 
 
 Freetown 396 
 
 Faro 236 
 
 Flushing 262 
 
 Frederica280 
 
 Taroe isles 282 
 
 Foggia 327 
 
 French Flanders 249 
 
 Farther India 377 
 
 Foix 253 
 
 " Guiana 228 
 
 Fayetteville 92 
 
 Fond du Lac 152 
 
 Fredensborg 397 
 
 Fellata country 402 
 
 Fontainbleau 248 
 
 Frederick 80 
 
 Fejee Islands 411 
 
 Fromentera 244 
 
 Frederickton 34 
 
 Femern 278 
 
 Foo Choo 383 
 
 Frederickhald 284 
 
 Fernando del Po 405 
 
 Fort des Moines 155 
 
 Frederickstad 284 
 
 Ferney 250 
 
 Fort Francois 397 
 
 Fredericksvarn 285 
 
 Ferrara 326 
 
 " Madison 156 
 
 Freiburg 333, 344, 345 
 
 Ferro 406 
 
 " Smith 123 
 
 Friaul 339 
 
 Ferrol 241 
 
 " Wayne 140 
 
 Friedland 300 
 
 Fez 395 
 
 Formosa 384 
 
 Friendly Islands 411 
 
 Fezzan 401 
 
 Fox islands 29, 361 
 
 Friesland 262 
 
 Filibe 311 
 
 France 244 
 
 Fuegan Islands 229 
 
 Fillmore 173 
 
 Franche Comte 250 
 
 Froome 269 
 
 Finland 295 
 
 Frankfort 126 
 
 Fulton 123 
 
 Finmark 285 
 
 Frankfort on the Maine Punch al 406 
 
 Fitchburg 52 
 
 348 
 
 Fur 403 
 
 Fiume 306 
 
 Frankfort on the Oder 
 
 
 Fleusburg 281 
 
 349 
 
 
 
 G 
 
 
 Gabes 394 
 
 Galata 310 
 
 Gallipoli 310 
 
 Gaeta 327 
 
 Galena 144 
 
 Galveston 117 
 
 Gal at 7, "13 
 
 Galesburg 145 
 
 Galway 276 
 
 <;'i]'.p!igQsif4ands320 
 
 Galicia 301 
 
 Gagcony 353 
 
418 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Gefle 290 
 
 Gorlitz 350' 
 
 Greenwich 267 
 
 Gelderu 261 
 
 Goslar 354 
 
 Greiz 345 
 
 Geneva 65, 333 } 
 
 Gosport 87 
 
 Grenada 194 
 
 Genoa 174, 321 
 
 Gotlia 346 
 
 Griffin 101 
 
 Georgia 97 
 
 Gottenberg 289 
 
 Grey town 187 
 
 Georgetown 81, 227 
 
 Gothland 289 
 
 Grodno 297 
 
 Gera 345 
 
 C-ottingen 354 
 
 Gross Glogau 3oO 
 
 Germany 334 
 
 Goyaz 226 
 
 Groningen 262 
 
 Ghent 257 
 
 Gozzo 329 
 
 ftuadalaxara 180, 240 
 
 Gibraltar 242 
 
 Gradiskc 306 
 
 Guauaxuato 180 
 
 G lessen 347 
 
 Grain Coast 397 
 
 Guatemala 185* 
 
 Girgenti 328 
 
 Granada 187, 242 
 
 Guayaquil 207 
 
 Giurgewo313 
 
 Grand Canary 406 
 
 Guamanga 210 
 
 Gizeh 390 
 
 " Rapids 148 
 
 Guaymas 182 
 
 Glasgow 274 
 
 Gratz 339 
 
 Guernsey (isle) 272 
 
 Glatz 350 
 
 Graudenz 301 
 
 Guerrero 180 
 
 Gloucester 52, 269 
 
 Great Antilles 189 
 
 Guiana 226 
 
 Goa 376 
 
 Great Falls 44 
 
 Guinea islands 405 
 
 Golconda 376 
 
 Greece 313 
 
 Ctustavia 196 
 
 Gold Coast 397 
 
 Greenland 28 
 
 Guyt.nne 252 
 
 Gomron 369 
 
 Grenoble 253 
 
 Guzera: 376 
 
 Gondar 393 
 
 Greenock 274 
 
 Gwalior 875 
 
 Goree 396 
 
 Greenville 97 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 Hadschar 366 
 
 Haverhill 52 
 
 Hispaniola 191 
 
 Hagerstown 80 
 
 Havre or Havre de GraceHither India 371 
 
 Hague 261 
 
 248 
 
 Hobart Town 409 
 
 Hainault 257 
 
 Hawaii 411 
 
 Hoboken 68 
 
 Hainan 384 
 
 Hayti 191 
 
 Hochheim 348 
 
 Hakodadi 387 
 
 Hechingen 344 
 
 Hochkirch 345 
 
 Halberstadt 351 
 
 Hedschas 366 
 
 Hochstadt 342 
 
 Haleb 363 
 
 Heidelberg 343 
 
 Hohenlinden 341 
 
 Halifax 35, 92, 271 
 
 Heilbronn 343 
 
 Hohenzollern, Principali- 
 
 flalle 350 
 
 Hebrides (isles) 275 
 
 ties of 344 
 
 Hallein 339 
 
 Helena 123 
 
 " Hechingen, 344 
 
 Ham 249 
 
 Helsingborg 290 
 
 " Sigmaringen 344 
 
 Hamburg 97 
 
 Helsingfors 295 
 
 Holland 260 
 
 Hamburg Free City 353 
 
 Herat 369 
 
 Holly Springs 110 
 
 Hamilton 83, 136, 196 
 
 Herculaneum 327 
 
 Holstein, Duchy of 281 
 
 Hangtchow 384 
 
 Hereford 269 
 
 Holyoke 52 
 
 Hannibal 160 
 
 Hermanstadt 306 
 
 Homburg (Vor der hohe} 
 
 Hanover, Kingdom of 353Hermitie 229 
 
 348 
 
 Hanover 44, 354 
 
 Herstall 256 
 
 Honduras 186 
 
 Hapsburg, 332 
 
 Hernhut 345 
 
 Honolulu 411. 
 
 Harbor Grace 36 
 
 Hesse Cassel 346 
 
 Houston 118 
 
 Harburg 354 
 
 Hesse, Grand Duchy 
 
 of Huasco 216 
 
 Harpers Ferry 88 
 
 347 
 
 Hudson's Bay Territory 
 
 Harrisburg 72, 118 
 
 Hesse Homburg 348 
 
 29 
 
 Harlem 261 
 
 High Africa 403 
 
 Hue 378 
 
 Harrodsburg 127 
 
 Hildesheim 354 
 
 Huehan 378 
 
 Hartford 56 
 
 Hindostan 371 
 
 Hull 271 
 
 Harwich 268 
 
 Hinzuan 404 
 
 Hungary Proper 304 
 
 Havana 190 
 
 Hirschberg 350 
 
 Hungarian States 303 
 
INDEX. 
 
 419 
 
 Huntingdon 268 
 Huntsville 107 
 
 Hyderabad 376 
 Hydra 316 
 
 Hydrabad 37G 
 
 Ibrahil 312 
 
 Iceland 281 
 
 Idria 339 
 
 Iglau 341 
 
 Illinois 141 
 
 Illyria, Kingdom of 339 
 
 Independent Tartary 370 
 
 India 371 
 
 Indian Territory 175 
 
 Indiana 137 
 
 Indianapolis 139 
 
 Ingolstadt 312 
 
 Ingria 295 
 Innspruck 340 
 Inverness 275 
 Ionian islands 329 
 Iowa 153 
 Iowa City 156 
 Ipswich 268 
 Irak-Arabi 365 
 Iran 369 
 Ireland 275 
 Irkutsk 360 
 Isckia(isle) 328 
 
 Iserlohn 351 
 
 Isle of France 247 
 
 Islands of Danger 412 
 
 Ismail 298 
 
 Ispahan 369 
 
 Istria 339 
 
 Italy 316 
 
 Itapua 211 
 
 Ithica 65, 329 
 
 Ivica 244 
 
 Ivory Coast 397 
 
 Jackson 109, 131, 149 
 Jacksonville 144 
 Jagerndorf 341 
 Jalisco 180 
 Jamaica 192 
 Janes ville 152 
 Janima 311 
 
 Japan, Empire of 386 
 Jarnac 252 
 Jaroslav 294 
 Jassy 313 
 
 Java 380 
 Jeddo 387 
 Jefferson City 160 
 Jeffersonville 140 
 Jemappes 257 
 Jena 346 
 Jersey City 68 
 Jersey (isle) 272 
 Jerusalem 364 
 Jesso 387 
 
 K 
 
 Jew's town 228 
 Jidda 367 
 Joachimsthal 341 
 Johanna 404 
 Joliet 1 44 
 Jonkoping 289 
 Juan Fernandez islands 
 
 229 
 
 Julich-Cleve-Berg 351 
 Jutland 278 
 
 Kalish 297 
 
 Key West 104 
 
 Kola 293 
 
 Kalamazoo 148 
 
 Kerasunt 363 
 
 Kolyvan 360 
 
 Kalmar 289 
 
 Khatmandoo 373 
 
 Kolin 840 
 
 Kaluga 294 
 
 Khiva 371 
 
 Kongensteen 397 
 
 Kamtschatka 361 
 
 Kiachta 361 
 
 Kongsberg 285 
 
 Kano 403 
 
 Kidderminster 269 
 
 Konigsburg 300 
 
 Kansas 170 
 
 Kiel 281 
 
 Konigstein 345 
 
 Kaprena 315 
 
 Kiev 294 
 
 Kouka 403 
 
 Kasan 298 
 
 Kilkenny 276 
 
 Koron 316 
 
 Kasbin 369 
 
 Killarney 277 
 
 Krefeld 352 
 
 Kaskaskia 145 
 
 Kilmarnock 273 
 
 Kremnitz 305 
 
 Kastri 315 
 
 King-te-Ching 384 
 
 Kronstadt 306 
 
 Katunga 403 
 
 King-ki-Tao 386 
 
 Kunncrsdorf 349 
 
 Kelat 370 
 
 Kingston 33, 64, 193 
 
 Kurdistan 365 
 
 Kendal 271 
 
 Kingstown 194 
 
 Kurile islands 361 
 
 Kenilworth 269 
 
 Kio 387 
 
 Kusnacht 333 
 
 Kenosha 152 
 
 Kirk wall 275 
 
 Kustrin 349 
 
 Kensington 267 
 
 Kiusiu 387 
 
 Kutaieh 363 
 
 Keokuk 156 
 
 Klagenfurt 339 
 
 
 Kentucky 123 
 
 Knoxrille 131 
 
 
420 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Laaland 278 
 Labrador 30 
 Laccadives 379 
 Ladrone islands 410 
 Lafayette 140 
 Lagos 236 
 La Guayra 204 
 Lahore 374 
 La Marche 252 
 Lancaster 73 
 Landau 342 
 Landskrona 290 
 Languedoc 253 
 Lansing 148 
 Laos 378 
 La Paz 183 
 La Paz de Ayacucho 
 Lapland 290 
 Laporte 140 
 La Rochelle 252 
 Larrissa 311 
 Lassa 385 
 Lauenburg 281 
 Laurvig 285 
 Lausanne 333 
 La Valetta329 
 Laval 251 
 Lawrence 51, 171 
 Laybach 339 
 Lecce 327 
 Lecompton 172 
 Leeds 271 
 Leeuwarden 262 
 Leghorn 324 
 Leicester 270 
 Leipsic 345 
 Leitmeritz 340 
 Lemberg 302 
 Lemnos 312 
 Le Mans 251 
 Le Margiot 195 
 
 Leon 186, 241 
 Lepanto 315 
 Leuthen 350 
 
 Lew-Chew islands 386 
 Lewis (isle) 275 
 Lewiston 41 
 Lexington 126, 161 
 Leyden 261 
 Libau 297 
 Liberia 397 
 Lichtenfels 29 
 Lichtenstein 344 
 Liege 256 
 Liegnitz 350 
 Lier 256 
 Lille 249 
 213 Lima 209 
 
 Limburg 256, 262 
 Limoges 252 
 Limousin 252 
 Lincoln 268 
 Linlithgow 273 
 Linz 339 
 
 Lipari islands 329 
 Lippe-Detmold, Principal 
 
 ity of 355 
 Lisbon 235 
 Lissa 301 
 Lithuania 297 
 Little Antilles 193 
 
 Bokhara 384 
 
 " Rock 122 
 
 " Thibet 385 
 Livadia 315 
 Liverpool 270 
 Livonia 296 
 Loango 398 
 Lodi 322 
 
 Loffoden isles 285 
 Lockport 65 
 Loga 207 
 
 Logansport 140 
 
 L'Orient 252 
 
 Lombardy 322 
 
 London 83, 267 
 
 Londonderry 276 
 
 Long Braueh 68 
 
 Lorca 242 
 
 Loretta 326 
 
 Lorraine 250 
 
 Los Angelos 165 
 
 Louisiana 110 
 
 Louisville 125 
 
 Louvain 257 
 
 Lowell 50 
 
 Low islands 412 
 
 Lower Egypt 390 
 " Guinea 398 
 " Hungary 304 
 " Rhine 351 
 
 Lubec, Free City 353 
 
 Lubec, Principality of 354 
 
 Lublin 297 
 
 Lucca 324 
 
 Lucerne 333 
 
 Ludwigsburg 343 
 
 Ludwigslust 353 
 
 Lund 290 
 
 Luneburg 354 
 
 Luneville 250 
 
 Lusignan 252 
 
 Lutter Cam Barenberg) 
 356 
 
 Lutterworth 270 
 
 Lutzen 351 
 
 Luxemburg 262 
 
 Luzon 381 
 
 Lynchburg 88 
 
 Lynn 51 
 
 Lyonnais 252 
 
 Lyons 252 
 
 Macao 384 
 Maccasar 380 
 Macclesfield 270 
 Macedonia 311 
 M-iCon 100, 250 
 Machias 42 
 M.-ida.^ascnr 404 
 Madison 14<>, 152 
 Madras, Presidency of 3i 
 Madras 375 
 Madrid 239 
 
 M 
 
 Maestricht 262 
 Maffra 235 
 Magdeburg 350 
 Magdenburg 228 
 Magindanao 381 
 Mahe 404 
 Mahon 244 
 
 Mali rat t a country 374 
 5Maidstone 268 
 Maimatchin 384 
 Mnino 88 
 
 Maine and Perch c 251 
 Majorca 243, 244 
 Malacca 379 
 Malacca peninsula 378 
 Malaga 242 
 Malay islands 410 
 Maiden 52 
 Maldives 379 
 Maldouado 220 
 Malimba 898 
 Mai mo 290 
 
INDEX. 
 
 421 
 
 Maltese islands 329 
 Man (isle ) 272 
 Manchester 44, 270 
 Mannheim 343 
 Manilla 381 
 Mantauban 253 
 Mantchooria 384 
 Manti 173 
 Mantua 322 
 Maracaybo 204 
 Maranham 225 
 Marblehead 52 
 Marburg 347 
 Marengo 320 
 Margarita isle 204 
 Marianne islands 410 
 Mariazell 339 
 Marienburg301 
 Marienwerder 301 
 Marietta 137 
 Marino 326 
 Maryborough 52 
 Markebrunn 348 
 Marshall 118 
 Masatierra 229 
 Marquesas islands 412 
 Marseilles 253 
 Martha's Vineyard 48 
 Martinsburg 88 
 Martinique 195 
 Marysville 165 
 Maysville 126 
 Maryland 77 
 Matsmai 387 
 Mascarene islands 404 
 Massachusetts 47 
 Massuah 393 
 Masulipatem 376 
 Matamoras 182 
 Matto Grosso 226 
 Mauritania 395 
 Mauritius 404 
 Mecca 367 
 Mechlin 256 
 
 Mecklenb'g Schwerin, 352Mogadore 395 
 " Strelitz, 352 Mohilev 297 
 
 Medellin 202 
 Medina 366 
 Melbourne 409 
 Melinde 401 
 Meiningen 346 
 Meissen 345 
 Memel 300 
 Memphisl30 
 Mendane isles 412 
 Mentz 347 
 Mequinez 395 
 Merida 204 
 Merseburg 351 
 Merthyr Tydvil 272 
 Mesopotamia 364 
 Messina 328 
 Metz 250 
 Mexico 176, 178 
 Miako 387 
 Michigan 145 
 Michigan city 140 
 Michoacan 180 
 Middle States 57 
 Middlebury 47 
 Middleburg 262 
 Mietau 297 
 Milan 322 
 Milledgeville 100 
 Milford 52 
 
 Military Frontier 306 
 Milwaukee 151 
 Milo 316 
 Minden 351 
 Minneapolis I(i8 
 Minnesota 165 
 Minorca 244 
 Mississippi 107 
 Missolonghi 315 
 Missouri 157 
 Mistra816 
 Modena 323, 324 
 Mobile 100 
 
 Mecklenburg, Duchies of Mocha 376 
 352 Modon 316 
 
 Nagpoor 376 
 Nakskop 280 
 Nainur 258 
 Nancy 250 
 Nangasaki 387 
 NanHin 383 
 
 N 
 
 Nantes 252 
 Nantucket 48 
 Naples, Kingdom of 326 
 Naples Continental 326 
 Naples 326 
 or 
 
 Mojaisk 294 
 Moldavia 313 
 Malimba 398 
 Moluccas 380 
 Mombaz 400 
 Mondovi 320 
 Mongolia 384 
 Monreale 328 
 Monroe 149 
 Monrovia 397 
 Mons 258 
 Montbeliard 251 
 Montenotte 321 
 Monterey 181 
 Montevideo 220 
 Montgomery 107 
 Montpellier 46, 253 
 Montreal 32 
 Montrose 274 
 Montserrat 243 
 Moravia, Margraviate of 
 
 341 
 
 Morea 315 
 Morelia 181 
 
 Morocco, Empire of 395 
 Morocco 395 
 Moscow 294 
 Mosquito territory 187 
 Mostar 311 
 Mosul 364 
 Moulins 251 
 Mountain City 175 
 Mourzouk 401 
 Mozambique 400 
 Mulgrave islands 410 
 Munich 341 
 Munster 277, 351 
 Munkacs 305 
 Murfreesborough 131 
 Murshedabad 375 
 Muscat 367 
 Muscatine 156 
 Mysore 376 
 Mytilene 363 
 
 Napoli di Romania 816 
 Napoli di Malvasia 816 
 Narva 296 
 Nashua 44 
 Nashville 44, 183 
 180 
 
422 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Nassau, Duchy of 347 
 
 New Caledonia 410 
 
 Nicobar islands 379 
 
 Natal 399 
 
 < Granada 199 
 
 Nicopoli 310 
 
 Natchez 109 
 
 * Guatemala 185 
 
 Niederselters 348 
 
 Natchitoches 114 
 
 " Hampshire 42 
 
 Nigritia 402 
 
 Natick 52 
 
 " Haven 56 
 
 Nijnii Novgorod 294 
 
 Natolia 363 
 
 " Holland 408 
 
 Nimes 253 
 
 Naumburg 351 
 
 " Hebrides 409 
 
 Nimuegen 261 
 
 Navarre and Beam 253 
 
 " Ireland 409 
 
 Ningpo 383 
 
 Navarre, Kingdom of 24 
 
 4 " Jersey 66 
 
 Niphon 387 
 
 Navigators Isles 411 
 
 " London 56 
 
 Nitheroy 226 
 
 Naxia 316 
 
 4 Mexico 172 
 
 Nivernais 251 
 
 Naxos 316 
 
 ' Navarino 316 
 
 Norfolk 87 
 
 Nazareth 364 
 
 Orleans 113 
 
 Norfolk island 409 
 
 Nebraska city 174 
 
 ' Providence 187 
 
 Norland 285, 290 
 
 Nebraska territory 174 
 
 ' Siberia 361 
 
 Norkopping L89 
 
 Nedshed 366 
 
 ' South Shetland 229 
 
 Norman islands 272 
 
 Negropont 316 
 
 < Strelitz 352 
 
 Normandy 248 
 
 Nepaul 373 
 
 ' Wales 30 
 
 North America 26 
 
 Nertschinsk 361 
 
 ' North Wales 30 
 
 4 < Brabant 2 62 
 
 Netherlands 258 
 
 < South Wales 30 
 
 " Bridgewater 52 
 
 Nevada territory 173 
 
 York 58, 61 
 
 " Carolina 89 
 
 Nevada 165 
 
 Newark 67, 76 
 
 Northampton 52, 270 
 
 Neufchatel 333 
 
 Newbern 92 
 
 Norway 282 
 
 Newstadt 339 
 
 Newburg 64 
 
 Norwich 47, 56, 268 
 
 Nevers 251 
 
 Newburyport 51 
 
 Nottingham 270 
 
 New Albany 140 
 
 Newcastle 76, 271 
 
 Nova Scotia 35 
 
 Amsterdam 227 
 
 Newfoundland 36 
 
 Novgorod 294 
 
 Archangel 29 
 
 Newport 54, 126 
 
 Nubia 391 
 
 Bedford 01 
 
 Newmarket 268 
 
 Nuevo Leon y Coahuila 181 
 
 Brandenburg 352 
 
 Newry 276 
 
 Numidia 394 
 
 Britain 409 
 
 Newton 52 
 
 Nuremberg 342 
 
 Brunswick 34, 68 
 
 Nicaragua 186 
 
 Nystad 295 
 
 " Castile 239 
 
 Nice 321 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oahu 411 
 
 Oldenburg, Duchy of 354 
 
 Ormus 369 
 
 Oaxaca 181 
 
 Oldham 270 
 
 Oruro 213 
 
 Ocana 240 
 
 Olmutz 341 
 
 Osnaburg 354 
 
 Oceanica 407 
 
 Olympia 174 
 
 Ostend 257 
 
 Odessa. 298 
 
 Omaha City 174 
 
 Osterode 354 
 
 Oed^nburg 305 
 
 Oman 366 
 
 Oswego 64 
 
 Oesel (hie; 296 
 
 Oporto 235 
 
 Ottawa 33 
 
 Ofen 305 
 
 Oran 394 
 
 Ottensen 281 
 
 Offenbach -847 
 
 Orange 228 
 
 Ottoe City 174 
 
 Ogden 173 
 
 Orange river,jFree State 
 
 Oudenarde 257 
 
 Ogdensburg 65 
 
 399 
 
 Ougein 374 
 
 Ohio 131 
 
 Orel 294 
 
 Ouro Preto 226 
 
 Okhotsk 361 
 Old Castile 240 
 
 Orensburg 298 
 Oregon 168 
 
 Overyssel 261 
 Oviedo 240 
 
 Old Strelitz 352 
 
 Oregon City 170 
 
 Owhyhee 411 
 
 Oldenburg 354 
 
 Orleanais 251 
 
 Oxford 92, 268 
 
 Oldenburg, Grand Duch 
 
 y Orleans 251 
 
 
 of 354 
 
 Orkney islands 275 
 
 
INDEX. 
 
 423 
 
 Padang 380 
 Paderborn 351 
 Padua 322 
 Paducah 127 
 Paisley 274 
 Palatinate 342 
 Palembang 380 
 Palenque 179 
 Palermo 328 
 Palestine 363 
 Palmyra 367 
 Palos 241 
 Palma 244, 406 
 Pampeluna 244 
 Panama 202 
 Para 225 
 Paramaribo 228 
 Paramatta 409 
 Paros 316 
 Paraguay 220 
 Palos 241 
 Parma 323 
 Parana 219 
 
 Paradise of India 374 
 Parawan 173 
 Paris 247 
 Pascagoula 110 
 Pass Christian 110 
 Passau 342 
 Patna 375 
 Patagonia 228 
 Patras 31 5 
 Paterson 68 
 Pavia 322 
 Pawtucket 54 
 Paxo 329 
 Payta 211 
 Pegu 378 
 Pekin 383 
 Pelow islands 410 
 Pelaponnessus 315 
 Pembina 175 
 Pembroke 272 
 Pennsylvania C9 
 Pensacola 103 
 Peoria 144 
 Pepper Coast 397 
 Pera 310 
 
 Quadra isle 30 
 Quebec 32 
 
 Peru 207 
 Perpignan 253 
 Perugia 325 
 Persia 367 
 Persia proper 369 
 Pernambuco 225 
 Perth 274 
 Persepolis 369 
 Pesth 305 
 Petersburg 86 
 Peterwardein 306 
 Peterborough 270 
 Pfeffers 333 
 Philadelphia 71 
 Philippi 311 
 Philppine islands 380 
 Philippople 310 
 Philisburg 195 
 Phoenicia 363 
 Phuxuan 378 
 Piacenza 323 
 Picardy 249 
 Pico 237 
 
 Pontecorvo, Principality 
 
 of 326 
 
 Popayan 201 
 Portage City 153 
 Port au Prince 192 
 Port of Spain 194 
 Porto Santo 406 
 Port Royal 195 
 Porto Rico 193 
 Portici 327 
 Porto Ferajo 325 
 Portland 41, 169 
 Porto 235 
 Portsmouth 44, 87, 136, 
 
 268 
 
 Posega 306 
 Posen 301 
 Potosi 213 
 Potshitatz 311 
 Potsdam 349 
 Pottsville 73 
 Poughkeepsie 65 
 Praga 297 
 
 Piedmont, Principality of Prague 340 
 
 320 Prairie du Chien 152 
 
 Pillau 300 Presburg 304 
 
 Pilnitz 345 
 Pinerola 320 
 Pirna 345 
 Pisa 324 
 Pischaur 369 
 Pithyusian islands 244 
 Pittsburg 72 
 Pittsfield 52 
 Placentia 86 
 Plasencia 241 
 Plauen 345 
 Plock 297 
 Plymouth 52, 269 
 Poictiers 252 
 Poitou 252 
 Poltava 294 
 
 Poland, Kingdom of 296 Pulo Pinang 379 
 Polish Russia 296 Puerto de la Mar 213 
 
 Pomerania 349 Pultusk 297 
 
 Pomona 275 Punjaub 374 
 
 Pondicherry 377 Pyrmont 355 
 
 Fonta Delgado 286 
 
 Q 
 
 Queretaro 181 Quincy 52, 144 
 
 Queen Charlotte 409 Quito 206 
 
 Preston 270 
 
 Prince Edward's island 36 
 
 Prince of Wales or Pulo 
 
 Pinang 379 
 Princeton 68 
 Prindsensteen 397 
 Prince's island 405 
 Pristina 312 
 Proveuce 253 
 Providence 53 
 Provo 173 
 
 Prussia, Kingdom of 299 
 Ptolemais 364 
 Puebla 181 
 Puerto Cabello 204 
 Puerto Principe 191 
 
424 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Ilacine 152 Keuss of the Elder Lin 
 
 e Rossbach 351 
 
 Ragusa 307 345 
 
 Rouen 248 
 
 Rangoon 378 Reutlingen 343 
 
 Roumelia 309 
 
 Raleigh 91 Reval 296 
 
 Rousillon 253 
 
 Randolph 52 Rheims 250 
 
 Roseau 194 
 
 Rastadt 344 Rhenish province 351 
 
 Rosetta 391 
 
 Ratisbon 342 Rhode Island 52 
 
 Rostock 353 
 
 Ravenna 326 Rhodes 363 
 
 Rotterdam 261 
 
 Rawicz 301 Richmond 86, 140 
 
 Roveredo 340 
 
 Reading 73, 267 Riga 296 
 
 Roxbury 51 
 
 Regensburg 342 Rimini 326 
 
 Rudesheim 348 
 
 Reggio 324, 327 Riobamba 207 
 
 Rudolstadt 346 
 
 Reichenberg 340 Rio Janeiro 224 
 
 Rugen (isle; 349 
 
 Reichenhall 342 Rochdale 270 
 
 Russia proper 293 
 
 Reikiavik 28-S Rochester 63 
 
 Russian Empire 291 
 
 Remgcheid 352 Rockland 41 
 
 Russian America 29 
 
 Rendsburg 281 Rockford 145 
 
 Rustschuk 310 
 
 Rennes 251 Rock Island 145 
 
 Rutland 46 
 
 Resht 369 Rodriguez 404 
 
 Rutzebuttel 353 
 
 Reuss,Principalities of345Roeraas 285 
 
 Ryswick 261 
 
 " of the younger LineRoeskilde 280 
 
 
 345 Rome 65, 101, 325 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 Saardam 260 St. Kitts 193 
 
 Samsoe 278 
 
 Saco41 '* Louis 159, 396 
 
 San Antonio 117 
 
 Sackatoo 403 Lucia 194 
 
 ' l Francisco 164 
 
 Sacramento 164 Malo 252 
 
 " Ildefonso 240 
 
 Sahara 401 Martin 195 
 
 " Jose 165, 187 
 
 St. Andrews 34, 274 Mary's 101 
 
 Juan 219 
 
 " Anthony 167 Menehould 250 
 
 " " de Porto Rico 
 
 " Augustine 104 Omer 249 
 
 193 
 
 4 Bartholomew 195 Paul 167 
 
 San Luis Potosi 181 
 
 1 Christopher 193 Paul de Loanda 398 
 
 " Juan Bautista 182 
 
 1 Cloud 248 Petersburg 295 
 
 Marino (Republic;326 
 
 1 Croix 195 Quentin 249 
 
 " Miguel 186, 236 
 
 1 Davids 272 Salvador 189 
 
 " Miguel de Tucuman 
 
 Denis 248 Thomas 195, 405 
 
 219 
 
 " Domingo 192 Ubes 235 
 
 San Salvador 186,398 
 
 " Etienne 252 Vincent 194 
 
 ' Sebastian 244 
 
 " Felippe de Benguela Sala 289 
 
 Sana 367 
 
 398 Salamis 316 
 
 Santa Cruz 103, 406 
 
 11 Gall 333 Salamanca 180, 241 
 
 < l FeJ72 
 
 " Georgetown 194 Salem 51, 170 
 
 " Ci-uz islands 409 
 
 " Helena 405 Salency 248 
 
 " Maura 329 
 
 " Jago 405 Salerno 327 
 
 " Martha 202 
 
 " Jago de Gompostella Salisbury 92 
 
 Santiago 215 
 
 . 241 Salonica 311 
 
 Santiago de Colagayta 
 
 " James (isle) 396 Salt Lake City 173 
 
 213 
 
 " Jean d'Acre 364 Salta 219 
 
 Santiago de Cuba 191 
 
 " John 84, 195 Salzburg 330 
 
 Sandusky 136 
 
 Johns 36, 193 Samaroft'id 371 
 
 Sandwich islands 410 
 
 Joseph 100 Sfl :W 05 363 
 
 ^antander 340 
 
INDEX. 
 
 425 
 
 Santorin 312 Seville 241 
 
 Sao Paul 226 Sevres 248 
 
 " Salvador 225 Seychelle islands 404 
 
 Saragossa 243 Shanghai 383 
 
 Sardinia, Kingdom of 320 Shetland Islands 275 
 
 Sardinia island 321 
 Sarepta 298 
 Sark (ia\e) 272 
 Sassari 321 
 Savanilla 202 
 Savannah 99 
 Savona 321 
 Savoy 320 
 Saxe-Altenburg 346 
 Coburg-Gotha 346 
 
 Sheffield 271 
 Shields 271 
 Shiraz 369 
 Shumla 310 
 Siam 378 
 Siberia 359 
 Siberia proper 360 
 The two Sicilies 326 
 Sicily, Island of 328 
 Sidney 408 
 
 41 Meiningen-Hildburg-Siena 325 
 
 hausen 346 Sierra Leone Coast 396 
 
 " Weimar, Grand duchySigmaringen 344 
 
 of 346 Sikhs country 374 
 
 Saxon Switzerland 344 Sikoke 387 
 " Duchies 346 Silesia 350 
 
 Saxony, kingdom of 344 Silistria 310 
 
 " province of 350 Sinaloa 181, 182 
 Scarborough 194 Sincapore 379 
 
 Schatfhausen 332 Sinde 376 
 
 Schaumburg-Lippe, prin- Sinde country 376 
 
 cipality of 355 
 Schenectady 65 
 Schemnitz 305 
 Schmalkalden 347 
 Schwarzburg-Sonders- 
 
 hausen 345 
 " Rudolstadt 345 
 Schwerin 352 
 Scilly isles 272 
 Scotland 272 
 Scranton 74 
 Scutari 363 
 Seattle 174 
 Sebastopol 298 
 Sedan 250 
 Sego 402 
 Segovia 240 
 Seilan 379 
 Sellers 348 
 Semlin 306 
 Semendria 312 
 Senegambia 395 
 Sennaar 392 
 Sennaar, Dominions 
 
 392 
 
 Seres 311 
 Serinagur 374 
 Servia 312 
 Setubal 235 
 
 Sinope 363 
 Skio 363 
 Skutari 311 
 Skye (isle; 275 
 Skyro 316 
 Slave Coast 397 
 
 South Carolina 93 
 *' Danvers 52 
 Southern States 76 
 Spalatro 307 
 Spandau 349 
 Spain 237 
 Spanishtown 103 
 Spezzia 316, 321 
 Spires 342 
 Spice islands 380 
 Springfield 51, 136, 144 
 Staffa 275 
 Stalimene 312 
 Stamboul 309 
 Stargard 349 
 Staten Island 229 
 States of the Church 325 
 Staunton 87 
 Stavenger 285 
 Steilacoom 174 
 Sterile Coast 398 
 Steubenville 136 
 Stettin 349 
 Steyer 339 
 Stirling 274 
 Stockholm 288 
 Stockport 270 
 Stockton 165 
 Stralsund 349 
 Strasburg 250 
 Stratford ("on the AvonJ 
 269 
 
 Slavonia, Kingdom of 306 Styria, Duchy of 339 
 
 Sleswick 281 
 Sligo 276 
 Small Russia 294 
 Smolensk 294 
 Smyrna 76, 363 
 Society islands 412 
 Socorro 173, 202 
 Socotra (isle; 401 
 Soissons 248 
 Solingen 352 
 Solomon islands 407 
 Somerville 52 
 Sondershausen 345 
 Sooloo islands 380 
 Soongaria 385 
 Sophia 310 
 of Soroe 280 
 Soudan 402 
 Southampton 269 
 
 Stuttgart iJ43 
 
 Sucre 212 
 
 Suez 390 
 
 Sumatra 379 
 
 Sunda islands 379 
 
 Sunda islands (small.) 380 
 
 Sumbava 380 . 
 
 Sunderland 271 
 
 Surat 376 
 
 Swansea 272 
 
 Sweden 286 
 
 Sweden proper 288 
 
 Swedish Russia 295 
 
 Swinemunde 349 
 
 Switzerland 330 
 
 Sydney 35 
 
 Syra 316 
 
 Syracuse 64, 328 
 
 Syria 363 
 
 South African States 399 Szelicze 305 
 South America 197 Szegedin 305 
 
 " Brabant 256 
 
426 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Tabriz 369 
 
 Texel 260 
 
 Transvaal Republic 400 
 
 Tacunga 207 
 
 Theaki 329 
 
 Transylvania 305 
 
 Tadmor 367 
 
 Thebes 315 
 
 Trapani 329 
 
 Tafilet 401 
 
 Theresienstadt 305 
 
 Travnik 311 
 
 Taganrog 298 
 
 Thessalonica 311 
 
 Traz os Montes 236 
 
 Tah-le-quah 175 
 
 Thessaly 311 
 
 Trebigno 311 
 
 Talavera de la Reyna 240 Thibet 385 
 
 Trebizond 363 
 
 Tallahasse 104 
 
 Thiva 315 
 
 Trent 340 
 
 Tampico 182 
 
 Thomaston 42 
 
 Trenton 67 
 
 Tamaulipas 182 
 
 Thorn 301 
 
 Treves 352 > 
 
 Tangier 395 
 
 Tiflis 362 
 
 Treviso 323 
 
 Taormina 3S8 
 
 Tilsit 300 
 
 Trikala 311 
 
 Taranto 327 
 
 Timbuctoo 402 
 
 Trieste 339 
 
 Tarragona 243 
 
 Timor 380 
 
 Trinidad 194 
 
 Tarsus 363 
 
 Tischulumbu 385 
 
 Trinkonomale 379 
 
 Tartaric Russia 298 
 
 Tixtla 180 
 
 Tripoli 393 
 
 Tashkent 371 
 
 Tlascala 182 
 
 Tripolizza 315 
 
 Tassisudon 373 
 
 Tobago 194 
 
 Troppau 341 
 
 Taso or Thasos 312 
 
 Tobolsk 360 
 
 Troy 63 
 
 Taurls 369 
 Tatta 376 
 
 Tokay 305 
 Toledo 136, 240 
 
 Troyes 249 
 Truxillo 186, 211 
 
 Taunton 51, 269 
 
 Tolentino 326 
 
 Tscherkask 298 
 
 Tavira 236 
 
 Toluca 180 
 
 Tuam 276 
 
 Tecumseh 172 
 
 Tome 173 
 
 Tubingen 343 
 
 Teentsin 384 
 
 Tomsk 360 
 
 Tula 294 
 
 Tehama 174 
 
 Tongay 216 
 
 Tunis 394 
 
 Teheran 369 
 
 Tonquin 378 
 
 Turin 320 
 
 Tejuco 226 
 
 Tousburg 285 
 
 Turfan 384, 385 
 
 Tendelty 403 
 
 Topeka 172 
 
 Turkestan 370, 371 
 
 Temesvar 305 
 
 Toplitz 341 
 
 Turkish Armenia 364 
 
 Tenedos 363 
 
 Torgau 350 
 
 " Russia 297 
 
 Teneriffe 406 
 
 Toronto 33 
 
 Turkey 307 
 
 Tennessee 12? 
 
 Toulon 254 
 
 Tuscaloosa 107 
 
 Terceira 23? 
 
 Toulouse 253 
 
 Tuscany, Grand Duchy 
 
 Termini 328 
 
 Touraine 251 
 
 of 324 
 
 Terre Haute 140 
 
 Tournay 257 
 
 Tuscumbia 107 
 
 Terre del Fuego 229 
 
 Tours 251 
 
 Twer 294 
 
 Teschen 341 
 
 Tozer 401 
 
 Tyrol, Earldom of 340 
 
 Texas 114 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 Udine 323 
 
 Upper Egypt 390 
 
 Ures 182 
 
 Ukraine 294 
 
 " Guinea 396 
 
 Uruguay 219 
 
 Ulm 343 
 
 41 Hungary 305 
 
 Usedom 349 
 
 Ulster 27G 
 
 Upsala 289 
 
 Utah Territory 173 
 
 Umerapoora 378 
 
 Uralsk 298 
 
 Utica 64 
 
 United States 37 
 
 Urbino 326 
 
 Utrecht 261 
 
 Upernavik 29 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 Valencia 204, 243 
 
 Valles 181 
 
 Van Diemen's Land 409 
 
 Valencai 251 
 
 Valparaiso 216 
 
 Varinas 204 
 
 Valenciennes 249 
 
 Van Buren 122 
 
 Varna 310 
 
 Yalladolid 180, 182, 341 
 
 Vancouver (isle) 30 
 
 Velletri 325 
 
INDEX. 
 
 42T 
 
 Venetia322 
 Vendome 251 
 Venezuela 202 
 Venice 322 
 VeraCruz 182 
 Vercelli 320 
 Verden 354 
 Verdun 250 
 Vergennes 47 
 
 Vermejo 217 
 Vermont 44 
 Verona 323 
 Versailles 248 
 Verviers 256 
 Vezelay 250 
 Vicenza 323 
 VicksburgllO 
 Victoria 182 
 
 w 
 
 Wahlstatt 350 Wast Indies 188 
 
 Wakefield271 " Prussia 300 
 
 Wales 271 " Roxbury 52 
 
 Waldeck, Principality of " Westfield 52 
 
 355 Westphalia 351 
 
 Wallachia 312 Western islands 275 
 
 Waltham 52 " States 119 
 
 Warasdin 306 Wesel 351 
 
 Warrington 270 Westphalia, Province 
 
 Warsaw 297 351 
 
 Washington Territory 174Weston 161 
 Washington City 80 Wetumpka 107 
 Waterford 277 
 Waterbury 56 
 Waterloo 257 
 Watertown 153 
 Waterville 42 
 Wearmouth 271 
 
 Weimar 346 
 West Chester 73 
 " Flanders 257 
 14 Gothland 289 
 
 Wheeling 87 
 Whitehaven 271 
 Wiborg 295 
 Widdin 310 
 Wieliczka 303 
 Wiesbaden 348 
 Wigan 270 
 Wight (islej 272 
 Wilhelmstadt 195 
 Wilhelmsburg 228 
 
 Vienna 338 
 Vienne 253 
 Villa Bella 226 
 Villa Rica 221, 226 
 Vincennes 140 
 Virginia 82 
 Vistula 232 
 Vittoria 244 
 
 Wilkesbarre 73 
 Williamsburg 88 
 Wilmington 75, 92 
 Wilna 297 
 Winchester 88, 268 
 Windsor 46, 267 
 Wirtemberg, Kingdom of 
 
 342 
 
 of Wismar 353 
 Wittemberg 350 
 Wisconsin 149 
 Witebsk 297 
 Woburn 52 
 Wolfenbuttel 855 
 Wollin 349 
 Wolverhampton 270 
 Worcester 61, 269 
 Woolsthorpe 268 
 Woolwich 268 
 Woonsocket 54 
 Worms 347 
 Wurzburg 342 
 
 Xeres de la Frontera 242 
 
 Yakutsk 361 Yemen 366 
 
 Yancton 175 Yeniseisk 360 
 
 Yariba, Kingdom of 403 York 74, 271 
 Yarkand 385 Yorktown 88 
 
 Yarmouth 268 
 
 Yuthia 378 
 Ypern 257 
 Ypsilanti 149 
 Yucatan J82 
 
 Zaardam 260 
 Zacatecas 183 
 Zamosk 297 
 Zanesville 136 
 Zanguebar 400 
 Zante 329 
 
 Zara 306, 367 
 Zealand fisle; 278 
 Zealand Province 262 
 Zeitun 315 
 Zellerfeld 354 
 
 Zeyst 261 
 Zolu Country 399 
 Zurich 332 
 Zwool 261 
 Zwornik 311 
 
EKKATA. 
 
 On page 11, second line, skould read winter instead of summer. 
 
 On page 73, the population of Pittaburg with ths suburbs of Allegheny 
 City, &c., should be 115,000. 
 
 On page 157, the population of Missouri should be 1,182,000. 
 
 On pagt 235. line 15th of the description of Lisbon, should read Cape of 
 Good Hope instead of Cape Horn. 
 
 On page 239, last line, Bhonld read squares instead of the word palaces. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 , p .^ 
 
 
 i" r 
 
 
 nnr i r ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^Si^o^B 60 iwSggSL- 
 
YC134096